Users and Programmers Reference

Volume 1
Core Spectrum Analyzer Functions
PSA Series Spectrum Analyzers
Refer to Vol ume 2 for one-button power measurements i nformati on.
This manual provides documentation for the following instruments:
Agilent Technologies PSA Series
E4440A (3 Hz - 26.5 GHz)
E4443A (3 Hz - 6.7 GHz)
E4445A (3 Hz - 13.2 GHz)
E4446A (3 Hz - 44.0 GHz)
E4447A (3 Hz - 42.98 GHz)
E4448A (3 Hz - 50.0 GHz)
Manufacturing Part Number: E4440-90607
Supersedes: E4440-90345
Printed in USA
J une 2008
Copyri ght 2001-2008 Agi l ent Technol ogi es, I nc.
2
Legal Information
The i nformati on contai ned i n thi s document i s subject to change wi thout noti ce.
Agi l ent Technol ogi es makes no warranty of any ki nd wi th regard to thi s materi al , i ncl udi ng but not
l i mi ted to, the i mpl i ed warranti es of merchantabi l i ty and fi tness for a parti cul ar purpose. Agi l ent
Technol ogi es shal l not be l i abl e for errors contai ned herei n or for i nci dental or consequenti al
damages i n connecti on wi th the furni shi ng, performance, or use of thi s materi al .
Where to Find the Latest Information
Documentati on i s updated peri odi cal l y.
For the l atest i nformati on about Agi l ent Technol ogi es PSA Spectrum Anal yzers, i ncl udi ng
fi rmware upgrades and appl i cati on i nformati on, pl ease vi si t the fol l owi ng I nternet URL:
http://www.agi l ent.com/fi nd/psa
To recei ve the l atest updates by emai l , subscri be to Agi l ent Emai l Updates:
http://www.agi l ent.com/fi nd/emai l updates
I nformati on on preventi ng spectrum anal yzer damage can be found at:
http://www.agi l ent.com/fi nd/ti ps
Contents
3
T
a
b
l
e

o
f

C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s
1. Using This Document
About the User s and Programmer s I nformati on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
What i s i n Thi s Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Terms Used i n Thi s Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
2. Instrument Functions: A L
AMPLI TUDE /Y Scal e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Ref Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Attenuati on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Scal e/Di v . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Scal e Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Presel Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Presel Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Y Axi s Uni ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Ref Lvl Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
I nt Preamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Correcti ons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Ext Amp Gai n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Atten Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Max Mi xer Lvl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Auto Coupl e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Auto Al l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
FFT & Sweep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
PhNoi se Opt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Avg/VBW Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
ADC Di ther . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
ADC Rangi ng. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
BW/Avg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Res BW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Vi deo BW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
VBW/RBW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Average . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Avg/VBW Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Span/RBW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Det/Demod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Di spl ay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Ful l Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Di spl ay Li ne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Acti ve Fctn Posi ti on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Li mi ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Ti tl e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Di spl ay Enabl e (Remote Command Onl y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Fi l e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Catal og . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
4
Contents
T
a
b
l
e

o
f

C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s
Del ete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
Rename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
Create Di r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126
Del ete Al l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
Query Trace Data (Remote Command Onl y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
Move Data to a Fi l e (Remote Command Onl y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
Set Data Byte Order (Remote Command Onl y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
Format Numeri c Data (Remote Command Onl y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
FREQUENCY /Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
Center Freq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
Start Freq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
Stop Freq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
CF Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134
Freq Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
Si gnal Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
I nput/Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
I nput Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
RF Coupl i ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138
I nput Mi xer (Opti on AYZ onl y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138
321.4 MHz I F Out Opt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
Mi crowave Presel ector (E4440A, E4443A, and E4445A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140
W/mmW Presel ectors (E4446A, E4447A, and E4448A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
Ext Mi x Band (Opti on AYZ onl y). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
Si gnal I D (Opti on AYZ onl y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146
Si gnal I D Mode (Opti on AYZ onl y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147
Mi xer Confi g (Opti on AYZ onl y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
3. Instrument Functions: M O
Marker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
Sel ect Marker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
Normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
Del ta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156
Del ta Pai r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156
Span Pai r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158
Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
Marker Trace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
Readout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
Marker Tabl e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162
Marker Al l Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162
Marker Fctn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
Sel ect Marker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
Marker Noi se . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
Band/I ntvl Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
Functi on Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166
Marker Count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166
Marker ->. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
Mkr->CF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
Mkr->CF Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
Contents
5
T
a
b
l
e

o
f

C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s
Mkr->Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Mkr->Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Mkr->Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Mkr->CF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Mkr->Ref Lvl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
MEASURE (Spectrum Anal ysi s Mode). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Measurement Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Meas Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Pause or Resume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Tri gger a Sweep or Measurement (Remote Command Onl y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Abort the Sweep or Measurement (Remote Command Onl y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
MODE and Mode Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Spectrum Anal ysi s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Appl i cati on Mode Number Sel ecti on (Remote command onl y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Appl i cati on Mode Catal og Query (Remote command onl y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Mode Setup (Spectrum Anal ysi s Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
4. Instrument Functions: P Z
Peak Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Next Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Next Pk Ri ght . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Next Pk Left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Mi n Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Pk-Pk Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Mkr->CF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Conti nuous Pk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Search Param . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Preset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
User Preset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Mode Preset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Factory Preset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Save User Preset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Pri nt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Abort the Pri ntout (Remote Command Onl y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Pri nt Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Si ngl e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
SPAN /X Scal e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Span Zoom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Ful l Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Zero Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Last Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
SWEEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Sweep Ti me . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Sweep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
6
Contents
T
a
b
l
e

o
f

C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s
Auto Sweep Ti me . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215
Gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216
Gate Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217
Poi nts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223
Show Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223
Power On/Preset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
Ti me/Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230
Al i gnments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233
Confi g I /O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239
Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245
Show System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246
Show Hdwr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .247
Col or Pal ette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .247
Di agnosti cs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249
Restore Sys Defaul ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250
Li censi ng. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251
Personal i ty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254
Securi ty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255
Managi ng Securi ty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257
Servi ce. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .260
Keyboard Lock (Remote Command Onl y). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .260
Remote Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .260
Remote Message Turned Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261
Power On El apsed Ti me (Remote Command Onl y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261
SCPI Versi on Query (Remote Command Onl y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261
Trace/Vi ew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263
Send/Query Trace Data (Remote Command Onl y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .264
Trace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265
Cl ear Wri te . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265
Max Hol d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266
Mi n Hol d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266
Vi ew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266
Bl ank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267
Operati ons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267
Tri g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .273
Free Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .273
Vi deo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .274
Li ne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .274
Ext Front (Ext Tri g I n). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .275
Ext Rear (Tri gger I n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .275
RF Burst (Wi deband) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .275
Tri g Sl ope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .276
Tri g Del ay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .276
Tri g Offset (Remote Command Onl y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .277
5. Programming Fundamentals
SCPI Language Basi cs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281
Command Keywords and Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281
Contents
7
T
a
b
l
e

o
f

C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s
Creati ng Val i d Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Speci al Characters i n Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Parameters i n Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Putti ng Mul ti pl e Commands on the Same Li ne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
I mprovi ng Measurement Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Turn off the di spl ay updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Use bi nary data format i nstead of ASCI I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Mi ni mi ze the number of GPI B transacti ons for PSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Avoi d unnecessary use of *RST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Put ADC Rangi ng i n Bypass for FFT Measurements for PSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Mi ni mi ze DUT/i nstrument setup changes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Consi der usi ng USB (Opti on 111) or LAN i nstead of GPI B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Usi ng an Opti on Mode: Mi ni mi ze the number of GPI B transacti ons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Usi ng an Opti on Mode: Avoi d automati c attenuator setti ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Usi ng an Opti on Mode: Opti mi ze your GSM output
RF spectrum swi tchi ng measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Usi ng an Opti on Mode: Avoi d usi ng RFBurst tri gger for si ngl e burst si gnal s . . . . . . . . . 293
Usi ng an Opti on Mode: When maki ng power measurements on mul ti pl e bursts
or sl ots, use CALCul ate:DATA<n>:COMPress? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Programmi ng Command Compati bi l i ty
Across Model Numbers and Across Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Across PSA Modes: Command Subsystem Si mi l ari ti es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Across PSA Modes: Speci fi c Command Di fferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Usi ng Appl i cati ons i n PSA Seri es vs. VSA E4406A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Usi ng USB to Control the I nstrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
USB VI SA Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Opti mi zi ng USB Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Usi ng the LAN to Control the I nstrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Usi ng ftp for Fi l e Transfers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Usi ng Tel net to Send Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Usi ng Socket LAN to Send Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Usi ng SI CL LAN to Control the I nstrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Usi ng HP/Agi l ent VEE Over Socket LAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Usi ng a Java Appl et Over Socket LAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Usi ng a C Program Over Socket LAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
General LAN Troubl eshooti ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Programmi ng i n C Usi ng the VTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Typi cal Exampl e Program Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Li nki ng to VTL Li brari es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Compi l i ng and Li nki ng a VTL Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Exampl e Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
I ncl udi ng the VI SA Decl arati ons Fi l e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Openi ng a Sessi on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Devi ce Sessi ons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Addressi ng a Sessi on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Cl osi ng a Sessi on. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Overvi ew of the GPI B Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
GPI B Command Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
8
Contents
T
a
b
l
e

o
f

C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s
6. Using the STATus System
Status System Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .338
Usi ng the Status Regi sters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341
What Status Regi sters Are . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341
How to Use the Status Regi sters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .343
Usi ng a Status Regi ster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .344
Usi ng the Servi ce Request (SRQ) Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .345
Status Byte Regi ster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350
Standard Event Status Regi ster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .353
Operati on and Questi onabl e Status Regi sters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355
Usi ng the STATus System I EEE Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357
Cal i brati on Query. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357
Cl ear Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357
Standard Event Status Enabl e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357
Standard Event Status Regi ster Query . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .358
I denti fi cati on Query . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .358
I nstrument State Query. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359
Operati on Compl ete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359
Query I nstrument Opti ons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359
Power-On Status Cl ear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .360
Recal l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .360
Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .360
Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .361
Servi ce Request Enabl e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .361
Read Status Byte Query . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .361
Tri gger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .362
Sel f Test Query . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .362
Wai t-to-Conti nue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .362
STATus Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .363
Operati on Regi ster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .363
Preset the Status Byte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364
Questi onabl e Regi ster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365
Questi onabl e Cal i brati on Regi ster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .367
Questi onabl e Cal i brati on Extended Needed Regi ster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .368
Questi onabl e Cal i brati on Extended Fai l ure Regi ster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .370
Questi onabl e Frequency Regi ster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .372
Questi onabl e I ntegri ty Regi ster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .374
Questi onabl e I ntegri ty Si gnal Regi ster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375
Questi onabl e I ntegri ty Uncal i brated Regi ster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .377
Questi onabl e Power Regi ster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .379
Questi onabl e Temperature Regi ster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380
7. Menu Maps: Spectrum Analysis
Di recti ons for Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .384
Al pha Edi tor Keys, 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .385
AMPLI TUDE Y Scal e Key, 1 of 2 (See page 35). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387
Auto Coupl e Key, 1 of 3 (See page 55) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .389
BW/Avg Key (See page 67) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .392
Det/Demod Key (See page 77). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393
Contents
9
T
a
b
l
e

o
f

C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s
Di spl ay Key, 1 of 2 (See page 87). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Fi l e Key, 1 of 6 (See page 105) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
FREQUENCY Channel Key (See page 131). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
I nput/Output Key (See page 137) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Marker Key (See page 153) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Marker --> Key (See page 169) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Marker Fctn Key (See page 163) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
MODE Key (See page 173). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
Peak Search Key (See page 185) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
Preset Key (See page 193) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
Pri nt Setup Key (See page 197). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
SPAN X Scal e Key (See page 209). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Sweep Key (See page 213) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
System Key, 1 of 4 (See page 223) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
Trace/Vi ew Key (See page 263) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Tri g Key (See page 273) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
10
Contents
T
a
b
l
e

o
f

C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s
List of Commands
11
L
i
s
t

o
f

C
o
m
m
a
n
d
s
*CAL? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
*CLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
*CLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
*ESE <number> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
*ESE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
*ESR? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
*I DN?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
*OPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
*OPC? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
*PSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
*PSC?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
*RCL <regi ster> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
*RST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
*SAV <regi ster> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
*SRE <i nteger>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
*SRE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
*STB?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
*TRG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
*TST?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
*TST?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
*WAI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
:ABORt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
:CALCul ate:LLI Ne:ALL:DELete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
:CALCul ate:LLI Ne:CMODe FI Xed| RELati ve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
:CALCul ate:LLI Ne:CMODe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
:CALCul ate:LLI Ne:CONTrol :DOMai n FREQuency| TI ME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
:CALCul ate:LLI Ne:CONTrol :DOMai n?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
:CALCul ate:LLI Ne[1]| 2:AMPLi tude:I NTerpol ate:TYPE LOGari thmi c| LI Near . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
:CALCul ate:LLI Ne[1]| 2:AMPLi tude:I NTerpol ate:TYPE?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
:CALCul ate:LLI Ne[1]| 2:CONTrol :I NTerpol ate:TYPE LOGari thmi c| LI Near . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
:CALCul ate:LLI Ne[1]| 2:CONTrol :I NTerpol ate:TYPE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
12
List of Commands
L
i
s
t

o
f

C
o
m
m
a
n
d
s
:CALCul ate:LLI Ne[1]| 2:DATA
<x-axi s>, <ampl >, <connected>{,<x-axi s>,<ampl >,<connected>} . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
:CALCul ate:LLI Ne[1]| 2:DATA:MERGe
<x-axi s>, <ampl >, <connected>{,<x-axi s>,<ampl >,<connected>} . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
:CALCul ate:LLI Ne[1]| 2:DATA? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
:CALCul ate:LLI Ne[1]| 2:DELete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
:CALCul ate:LLI Ne[1]| 2:DI SPl ay OFF| ON| 0| 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
:CALCul ate:LLI Ne[1]| 2:DI SPl ay? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
:CALCul ate:LLI Ne[1]| 2:FAI L?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
:CALCul ate:LLI Ne[1]| 2:MARGi n <ampl _rel > . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
:CALCul ate:LLI Ne[1]| 2:MARGi n:STATe OFF| ON| 0| 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
:CALCul ate:LLI Ne[1]| 2:MARGi n:STATe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
:CALCul ate:LLI Ne[1]| 2:MARGi n?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
:CALCul ate:LLI Ne[1]| 2:STATe OFF| ON| 0| 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
:CALCul ate:LLI Ne[1]| 2:STATe?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
:CALCul ate:LLI Ne[1]| 2:TYPE UPPer| LOWer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
:CALCul ate:LLI Ne[1]| 2:TYPE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
:CALCul ate:MARKer:AOFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162
:CALCul ate:MARKer:FCOunt:GATeti me <ti me> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168
:CALCul ate:MARKer:FCOunt:GATeti me:AUTO OFF| ON| 0| 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168
:CALCul ate:MARKer:FCOunt:GATeti me:AUTO? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168
:CALCul ate:MARKer:FCOunt:GATeti me? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168
:CALCul ate:MARKer:PEAK[1]| 2| 3| 4:SEARch:MODE PARameter| MAXi mum. . . . . . . . . . . . . .190
:CALCul ate:MARKer:PEAK[1]| 2| 3| 4:SEARch:MODE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190
:CALCul ate:MARKer:TABLe:STATe OFF| ON| 0| 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162
:CALCul ate:MARKer:TABLe:STATe?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:CPEak[:STATe] OFF| ON| 0| 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:CPEak[:STATe]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:FCOunt:X? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:FCOunt[:STATe] OFF| ON| 0| 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:FCOunt[:STATe]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:FUNCti on BPOWer| NOI Se| OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
List of Commands
13
L
i
s
t

o
f

C
o
m
m
a
n
d
s
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:FUNCti on?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:MAXi mum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:MAXi mum:LEFT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:MAXi mum:NEXT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:MAXi mum:RI GHt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:MI Ni mum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:MODE POSi ti on| DELTa| BAND| SPAN| OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:MODE?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:PEAK:EXCursi on <rel _ampl i tude> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:PEAK:EXCursi on?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:PEAK:THReshol d <ampl > . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:PEAK:THReshol d? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:PTPeak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:STATe OFF| ON| 0| 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:STATe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:TRACe 1| 2| 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:TRACe:AUTO OFF| ON| 0| 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:TRACe:AUTO?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:TRACe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:TRCKi ng[:STATe] OFF| ON| 0| 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:TRCKi ng[:STATe]?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:X <param>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:X:CENTer <param>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:X:CENTer?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:X:POSi ti on <param>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:X:POSi ti on:CENTer <param> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:X:POSi ti on:CENTer?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:X:POSi ti on:SPAN <param> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:X:POSi ti on:SPAN?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:X:POSi ti on:STARt <i nteger> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:X:POSi ti on:STARt? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
14
List of Commands
L
i
s
t

o
f

C
o
m
m
a
n
d
s
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:X:POSi ti on:STOP <i nteger> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:X:POSi ti on:STOP? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:X:POSi ti on?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:X:READout FREQuency| TI ME| I TI Me| PERi od . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:X:READout? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:X:SPAN <param> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:X:SPAN? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:X:STARt <param> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:X:STARt?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:X:STOP <param> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:X:STOP? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:X?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:Y?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4[:SET]:CENTer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4[:SET]:DELTa:CENTer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4[:SET]:DELTa:SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4[:SET]:RLEVel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4[:SET]:STARt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4[:SET]:STEP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4[:SET]:STOP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170
:CALCul ate:NTData[:STATe] OFF| ON| 0| 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .271
:CALCul ate:NTData[:STATe]?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .271
:CALi brati on:ADC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236
:CALi brati on:ADC? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236
:CALi brati on:AUTO OFF| ON| ALERt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234
:CALi brati on:AUTO? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234
:CALi brati on:DATA:DEFaul t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238
:CALi brati on:FLATness:I F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237
:CALi brati on:FLATness:I F? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237
:CALi brati on:FREQuency[:STATe] OFF| ON| 0| 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235
:CALi brati on:FREQuency[:STATe]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235
List of Commands
15
L
i
s
t

o
f

C
o
m
m
a
n
d
s
:CALi brati on:GAI N:ADI Gi ti zer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
:CALi brati on:GAI N:ADI Gi ti zer? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
:CALi brati on:GAI N:CSYStem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
:CALi brati on:GAI N:CSYStem? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
:CALi brati on:I F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
:CALi brati on:I F?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
:CALi brati on:RF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
:CALi brati on:RF? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
:CALi brati on:TCORrecti ons AUTO| ON| OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
:CALi brati on[:ALL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
:CALi brati on[:ALL]?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
:COUPl e ALL| NONE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
:COUPl e?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
:DI SPl ay:AFUNcti on:POSi ti on BOTtom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
:DI SPl ay:AFUNcti on:POSi ti on BOTTom| CENTer| TOP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
:DI SPl ay:AFUNcti on:POSi ti on CENTer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
:DI SPl ay:AFUNcti on:POSi ti on TOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
:DI SPl ay:AFUNcti on:POSi ti on?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
:DI SPl ay:ANNotati on:CLOCk:DATE:FORMat MDY| DMY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
:DI SPl ay:ANNotati on:CLOCk:DATE:FORMat? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
:DI SPl ay:ANNotati on:CLOCk[:STATe] ON| OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
:DI SPl ay:ANNotati on:CLOCk[:STATe]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
:DI SPl ay:ANNotati on:TI TLe:DATA <stri ng> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
:DI SPl ay:ANNotati on:TI TLe:DATA?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
:DI SPl ay:ENABl e OFF| ON| 0| 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
:DI SPl ay:ENABl e? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
:DI SPl ay:FSCReen[:STATe] OFF| ON| 0| 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
:DI SPl ay:FSCReen[:STATe]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
:DI SPl ay:WI NDow:ANNotati on[:ALL] OFF| ON| 0| 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
:DI SPl ay:WI NDow:ANNotati on[:ALL]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
:DI SPl ay:WI NDow:TRACe:GRATi cul e:GRI D[:STATe] OFF| ON| 0| 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
16
List of Commands
L
i
s
t

o
f

C
o
m
m
a
n
d
s
:DI SPl ay:WI NDow:TRACe:GRATi cul e:GRI D[:STATe]?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104
:DI SPl ay:WI NDow:TRACe:Y:DLI Ne <ampl >. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
:DI SPl ay:WI NDow:TRACe:Y:DLI Ne:STATe OFF| ON| 0| 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
:DI SPl ay:WI NDow:TRACe:Y:DLI Ne:STATe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
:DI SPl ay:WI NDow:TRACe:Y:DLI Ne?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
:DI SPl ay:WI NDow:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:NRPosi ti on <i nteger> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .272
:DI SPl ay:WI NDow:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:NRPosi ti on? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .272
:DI SPl ay:WI NDow[1]:TRACe:Y:[SCALe]:PDI Vi si on <power> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
:DI SPl ay:WI NDow[1]:TRACe:Y:[SCALe]:PDI Vi si on? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
:DI SPl ay:WI NDow[1]:TRACe:Y:[SCALe]:RLEVel <ampl > . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
:DI SPl ay:WI NDow[1]:TRACe:Y:[SCALe]:RLEVel :OFFSet <rel _power> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
:DI SPl ay:WI NDow[1]:TRACe:Y:[SCALe]:RLEVel :OFFSet? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
:DI SPl ay:WI NDow[1]:TRACe:Y:[SCALe]:RLEVel ? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
:DI SPl ay:WI NDow[1]:TRACe:Y:[SCALe]:SPACi ng LI Near| LOGari thmi c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
:DI SPl ay:WI NDow[1]:TRACe:Y:[SCALe]:SPACi ng? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
:FORMat:BORDer NORMal | SWAPped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
:FORMat:BORDer? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
:FORMat[:TRACe][:DATA] ASCi i | I NTeger,32| REAL,32| REAL,64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
:FORMat[:TRACe][:DATA]?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
:HCOPy:ABORt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197
:HCOPy:DEVi ce:COLor NO| YES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
:HCOPy:DEVi ce:COLor? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
:HCOPy:DEVi ce:LANGuage PCL3| PCL5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
:HCOPy:DEVi ce:LANGuage? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
:HCOPy:I MAGe:COLor[:STATe] OFF| ON| 0| 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201
:HCOPy:I MAGe:COLor[:STATe]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201
:HCOPy:I TEM:FFEed[:I MMedi ate] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201
:HCOPy:PAGE:ORI entati on LANDscape| PORTrai t. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
:HCOPy:PAGE:ORI entati on? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200
:HCOPy:PAGE:PRI Nts <i nteger>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200
:HCOPy:PAGE:PRI Nts?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200
List of Commands
17
L
i
s
t

o
f

C
o
m
m
a
n
d
s
:HCOPy:PAGE:SI ZE A| B| A3| A4| LETTer| LEGal | EXECuti ve| LEDGer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
:HCOPy:PAGE:SI ZE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
:HCOPy[:I MMedi ate] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
:I NI Ti ate:CONTi nuous OFF| ON| 0| 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
:I NI Ti ate:CONTi nuous? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
:I NI Ti ate:PAUSe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
:I NI Ti ate:RESTart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
:I NI Ti ate:RESTart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
:I NI Ti ate:RESume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
:I NI Ti ate[:I MMedi ate] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
:I NI Ti ate[:I MMedi ate] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
:I NPut:COUPl i ng AC| DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
:I NPut:COUPl i ng? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
:I NPut:MI Xer I NT| EXT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
:I NPut:MI Xer:TYPE PRESel ected| UNPResel ect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
:I NPut:MI Xer:TYPE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
:I NSTrument:CATal og? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
:I NSTrument:NSELect <i nteger> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
:I NSTrument:NSELect? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
:I NSTrument[:SELect] BASI C| CDMA| CDMA1XEV| CDMA2K| EDGEGSM|
NADC| NFI GURE| PDC| PNOI SE| SA| WCDMA| WLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
:I NSTrument[:SELect]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
:MMEMory:CATal og? <di r_name> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
:MMEMory:COPY <fi l e_name1>,<fi l e_name2>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
:MMEMory:DATA <fi l e_name>,<defi ni te_l ength_bl ock>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
:MMEMory:DATA? <fi l e_name>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
:MMEMory:DELete <fi l e_name> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
:MMEMory:LOAD:CORRecti on ANTenna| CABLe| OTHer| USER,<fi l e_name>. . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
:MMEMory:LOAD:LI Mi t LLI NE1| LLI NE2,<fi l e_name> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
:MMEMory:LOAD:STATe 1,<fi l e_name>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
:MMEMory:LOAD:TRACe <l abel >,<fi l e_name>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
18
List of Commands
L
i
s
t

o
f

C
o
m
m
a
n
d
s
:MMEMory:MDI Rectory <di r_name> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126
:MMEMory:MOVE <fi l e_name1>,<fi l e_name2>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
:MMEMory:RDI Rectory <di rectory_name> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
:MMEMory:STORe:CORRecti on ANTenna| CABLe| OTHer| USER,<fi l e_name>. . . . . . . . . . . . .113
:MMEMory:STORe:LI Mi t LLI NE1| LLI NE2,<fi l e_name> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
:MMEMory:STORe:RESul ts <fi l e_name>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
:MMEMory:STORe:SCReen <fi l e_name>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
:MMEMory:STORe:STATe 1,<fi l e_name>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
:MMEMory:STORe:TRACe <l abel >,<fi l e_name>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
:OUTPut:ANALog SANal yzer| DNWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
:OUTPut:ANALog?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
:STATus:OPERati on:CONDi ti on? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .363
:STATus:OPERati on:ENABl e <i nteger>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .363
:STATus:OPERati on:ENABl e?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .363
:STATus:OPERati on:NTRansi ti on <i nteger>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364
:STATus:OPERati on:NTRansi ti on?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364
:STATus:OPERati on:PTRansi ti on <i nteger> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364
:STATus:OPERati on:PTRansi ti on? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364
:STATus:OPERati on[:EVENt]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364
:STATus:PRESet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:CALi brati on:CONDi ti on? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .367
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:CALi brati on:ENABl e <number>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .367
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:CALi brati on:ENABl e? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .367
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:CALi brati on:EXTended:FAI Lure:
CONDi ti on? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .370
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:CALi brati on:EXTended:FAI Lure:ENABl e <number> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .370
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:CALi brati on:EXTended:FAI Lure:ENABl e? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .370
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:CALi brati on:EXTended:FAI Lure:
NTRansi ti on <number>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .371
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:CALi brati on:EXTended:FAI Lure:
NTRansi ti on? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .371
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:CALi brati on:EXTended:FAI Lure:
List of Commands
19
L
i
s
t

o
f

C
o
m
m
a
n
d
s
PTRansi ti on <number> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:CALi brati on:EXTended:FAI Lure:
PTRansi ti on?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:CALi brati on:EXTended:FAI Lure[:EVENt]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:CALi brati on:EXTended:NEEDed:CONDi ti on? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:CALi brati on:EXTended:NEEDed:ENABl e <number> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:CALi brati on:EXTended:NEEDed:ENABl e? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:CALi brati on:EXTended:NEEDed:
NTRansi ti on <number> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:CALi brati on:EXTended:NEEDed:
NTRansi ti on? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:CALi brati on:EXTended:NEEDed:
PTRansi ti on <number> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:CALi brati on:EXTended:NEEDed:
PTRansi ti on?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:CALi brati on:EXTended:NEEDed[:EVENt]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:CALi brati on:NTRansi ti on <number> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:CALi brati on:NTRansi ti on?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:CALi brati on:PTRansi ti on <number> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:CALi brati on:PTRansi ti on?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:CALi brati on[:EVENt]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:CONDi ti on?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:ENABl e <number> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:ENABl e? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:FREQuency:CONDi ti on? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:FREQuency:ENABl e <number> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:FREQuency:ENABl e?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:FREQuency:NTRansi ti on <number>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:FREQuency:NTRansi ti on? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:FREQuency:PTRansi ti on <number>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:FREQuency:PTRansi ti on? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:FREQuency[:EVENt]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:I NTegri ty:CONDi ti on? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
20
List of Commands
L
i
s
t

o
f

C
o
m
m
a
n
d
s
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:I NTegri ty:ENABl e <number> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .374
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:I NTegri ty:ENABl e? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .374
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:I NTegri ty:NTRansi ti on <number> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:I NTegri ty:NTRansi ti on? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:I NTegri ty:PTRansi ti on <number> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:I NTegri ty:PTRansi ti on?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:I NTegri ty:SI GNal :CONDi ti on? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:I NTegri ty:SI GNal :ENABl e <number> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .376
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:I NTegri ty:SI GNal :ENABl e?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .376
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:I NTegri ty:SI GNal :NTRansi ti on <number> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .376
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:I NTegri ty:SI GNal :NTRansi ti on?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .376
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:I NTegri ty:SI GNal :PTRansi ti on <number>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .377
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:I NTegri ty:SI GNal :PTRansi ti on? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .377
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:I NTegri ty:SI GNal [:EVENt]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .376
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:I NTegri ty:UNCal i brated:CONDi ti on? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .377
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:I NTegri ty:UNCal i brated:ENABl e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .377
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:I NTegri ty:UNCal i brated:ENABl e? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .377
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:I NTegri ty:UNCal i brated:NTRansi ti on <number>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:I NTegri ty:UNCal i brated:NTRansi ti on? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:I NTegri ty:UNCal i brated:PTRansi ti on <number> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:I NTegri ty:UNCal i brated:PTRansi ti on? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:I NTegri ty:UNCal i brated[:EVENt]?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:I NTegri ty[:EVENt]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .374
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:NTRansi ti on <number>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:NTRansi ti on? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:POWer:CONDi ti on? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .379
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:POWer:ENABl e <number> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .379
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:POWer:ENABl e? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .379
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:POWer:NTRansi ti on <number> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:POWer:NTRansi ti on?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:POWer:PTRansi ti on <number> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380
List of Commands
21
L
i
s
t

o
f

C
o
m
m
a
n
d
s
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:POWer:PTRansi ti on?> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:POWer[:EVENt]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:PTRansi ti on <number> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:PTRansi ti on?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:TEMPerature:CONDi ti on?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:TEMPerature:ENABl e <number>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:TEMPerature:ENABl e? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:TEMPerature:NTRansi ti on <number> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:TEMPerature:NTRansi ti on? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:TEMPerature:PTRansi ti on <number> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:TEMPerature:PTRansi ti on?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
:STATus:QUESti onabl e:TEMPerature[:EVENt]?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
:STATus:QUESti onabl e[:EVENt]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
:SYSTem:COMMuni cate:GPI B[:SELF]:ADDRess <i nteger>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
:SYSTem:COMMuni cate:GPI B[:SELF]:ADDRess?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
:SYSTem:COMMuni cate:LAN:SCPI :SI CL:ENABl e OFF| ON| 0| 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
:SYSTem:COMMuni cate:LAN:SCPI :SI CL:ENABl e? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
:SYSTem:COMMuni cate:LAN:SCPI :SOCKet:CONTrol ? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
:SYSTem:COMMuni cate:LAN:SCPI :SOCKet:ENABl e OFF| ON| 0| 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
:SYSTem:COMMuni cate:LAN:SCPI :SOCKet:ENABl e?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
:SYSTem:COMMuni cate:LAN:SCPI :TELNet:ENABl e OFF| ON| 0| 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
:SYSTem:COMMuni cate:LAN:SCPI :TELNet:ENABl e? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
:SYSTem:COMMuni cate:LAN[:SELF]:I P <stri ng>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
:SYSTem:COMMuni cate:LAN[:SELF]:I P? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
:SYSTem:COMMuni cate:USB:CONNecti on? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
:SYSTem:COMMuni cate:USB:PACKets? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
:SYSTem:COMMuni cate:USB:STATus? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
:SYSTem:CONFi gure:HARDware OFF| ON| 0| 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
:SYSTem:DATE <year>,<month>,<day>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
:SYSTem:DATE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
:SYSTem:ERRor:VERBose OFF| ON| 0| 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
22
List of Commands
L
i
s
t

o
f

C
o
m
m
a
n
d
s
:SYSTem:ERRor:VERBose?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
:SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224
:SYSTem:HI D? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241
:SYSTem:KLOCK? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .260
:SYSTem:LKEY <opti on>, <l i cense key> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .252
:SYSTem:LKEY:DELete <appl i cati on opti on> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253
:SYSTem:LKEY? <opti on> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .252
:SYSTem:MESSage <stri ng>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .260
:SYSTem:MESSage:OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261
:SYSTem:OPTi ons?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .247
:SYSTem:PON:ETI Me? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261
:SYSTem:PON:TYPE PRESet| LAST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226
:SYSTem:PON:TYPE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226
:SYSTem:PRESet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194
:SYSTem:PRESet:PERSi stent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251
:SYSTem:PRESet:TYPE FACTory| USER| MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227
:SYSTem:PRESet:TYPE?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227
:SYSTem:PRESet[:USER]:SAVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229
:SYSTem:SECuri ty:CLEAr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255
:SYSTem:SECuri ty:ENABl e ON| OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257
:SYSTem:SECuri ty:ENABl e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257
:SYSTem:SECuri ty:I MMedi ate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .256
:SYSTem:TI ME <hour>,<mi nute>,<second> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231
:SYSTem:TI ME:ADJust <seconds>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232
:SYSTem:TI ME?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231
:SYSTem:VERSi on? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261
:TRACe:COPY <src_trace>,<dest_trace> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268
:TRACe:COPY <src_trace>,<dest_trace> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268
:TRACe:EXCHange: <trace_name>, <trace_name> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267
:TRACe:EXCHange: <trace_name>, <trace_name> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268
:TRACe:MATH:ADD <dest_trace>,<src_trace>,<src_trace>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269
List of Commands
23
L
i
s
t

o
f

C
o
m
m
a
n
d
s
:TRACe:MATH:MEAN? <src_trace> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
:TRACe:MATH:SUBTract <dest_trace>,<src_trace>,<src_trace>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
:TRACe:MATH:SUBTract:DLI N <trace_name>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
:TRACe[:DATA] TRACE1 | TRACE2 | TRACE3 | TRACE4 | TRACE5 | TRACE6,
<defi ni te_l ength_bl ock> | <comma_separated_ASCI I _data> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
:TRACe[:DATA]? TRACE1 | TRACE2 | TRACE3 | TRACE4 | TRACE5 | TRACE6. . . . . . . . . . 264
:TRACe[:DATA]? TRACE1| TRACE2| TRACE3| LLI NE1| LLI NE2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
:TRACe[1]| 2| 3:MODE WRI Te| MAXHol d| MI NHol d| VI EW| BLANk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
:TRACe[1]| 2| 3:MODE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
:TRI Gger[:SEQuence]:DELay <ti me> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
:TRI Gger[:SEQuence]:DELay:STATe OFF| ON| 0| 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
:TRI Gger[:SEQuence]:DELay:STATe?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
:TRI Gger[:SEQuence]:DELay?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
:TRI Gger[:SEQuence]:OFFSet <ti me> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
:TRI Gger[:SEQuence]:OFFSet:STATe OFF| ON| 0| 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
:TRI Gger[:SEQuence]:OFFSet:STATe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
:TRI Gger[:SEQuence]:OFFSet? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
:TRI Gger[:SEQuence]:SLOPe POSi ti ve| NEGati ve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
:TRI Gger[:SEQuence]:SLOPe?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
:TRI Gger[:SEQuence]:SOURce I MMedi ate| VI Deo| LI NE| EXTernal [1]| EXTernal 2| RFBurst . . 273
:TRI Gger[:SEQuence]:SOURce?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
:TRI Gger[:SEQuence]:VI Deo:LEVel <ampl >. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
:TRI Gger[:SEQuence]:VI Deo:LEVel :FREQuency <freq> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
:TRI Gger[:SEQuence]:VI Deo:LEVel :FREQuency? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
:TRI Gger[:SEQuence]:VI Deo:LEVel ?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
:UNI T:POWer DBM| DBMV| DBMA| V| W| A| DBUV| DBUA| DBUVM| DBUAM| DBPT| DBG . 43
:UNI T:POWer? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
[:SENSe]:ADC:DI THer[:STATe] OFF| ON| AUTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
[:SENSe]:ADC:DI THer[:STATe]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
[:SENSe]:ADC:RANGe AUTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
[:SENSe]:ADC:RANGe AUTO| NONE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
24
List of Commands
L
i
s
t

o
f

C
o
m
m
a
n
d
s
[:SENSe]:ADC:RANGe NONE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
[:SENSe]:ADC:RANGe?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
[:SENSe]:AVERage:CLEar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
[:SENSe]:AVERage:COUNt <i nteger> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
[:SENSe]:AVERage:COUNt? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
[:SENSe]:AVERage:TYPE RMS| LOG| SCALar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
[:SENSe]:AVERage:TYPE:AUTO OFF| ON| 0| 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
[:SENSe]:AVERage:TYPE:AUTO? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
[:SENSe]:AVERage:TYPE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
[:SENSe]:AVERage[:STATe] OFF| ON| 0| 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
[:SENSe]:AVERage[:STATe]?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
[:SENSe]:BANDwi dth| BWI Dth:VI Deo <freq> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
[:SENSe]:BANDwi dth| BWI Dth:VI Deo:AUTO OFF| ON| 0| 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
[:SENSe]:BANDwi dth| BWI Dth:VI Deo:AUTO?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
[:SENSe]:BANDwi dth| BWI Dth:VI Deo:RATi o <number>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
[:SENSe]:BANDwi dth| BWI Dth:VI Deo:RATi o:AUTO OFF| ON| 0| 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
[:SENSe]:BANDwi dth| BWI Dth:VI Deo:RATi o:AUTO? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
[:SENSe]:BANDwi dth| BWI Dth:VI Deo:RATi o? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
[:SENSe]:BANDwi dth| BWI Dth:VI Deo?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
[:SENSe]:BANDwi dth| BWI Dth[:RESol uti on] <freq>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
[:SENSe]:BANDwi dth| BWI Dth[:RESol uti on]:AUTO OFF| ON| 0| 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
[:SENSe]:BANDwi dth| BWI Dth[:RESol uti on]:AUTO? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
[:SENSe]:BANDwi dth| BWI Dth[:RESol uti on]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
[:SENSe]:CORRecti on:CSET:ALL:DELete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
[:SENSe]:CORRecti on:CSET:ALL[:STATe] OFF| ON| 0| 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
[:SENSe]:CORRecti on:CSET:ALL[:STATe]?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
[:SENSe]:CORRecti on:CSET[1]| 2| 3| 4:DATA <freq>,<rel _ampl >{,<freq>,<rel _ampl >}. . . . . . . . . .50
[:SENSe]:CORRecti on:CSET[1]| 2| 3| 4:DATA:MERGe <freq>,<rel _ampl >{,<freq>,<rel _ampl >} . .50
[:SENSe]:CORRecti on:CSET[1]| 2| 3| 4:DATA? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
[:SENSe]:CORRecti on:CSET[1]| 2| 3| 4:DELete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
[:SENSe]:CORRecti on:CSET[1]| 2| 3| 4:X:SPACi ng LI Near| LOGari thmi c. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
List of Commands
25
L
i
s
t

o
f

C
o
m
m
a
n
d
s
[:SENSe]:CORRecti on:CSET[1]| 2| 3| 4[:STATe] OFF| ON| 0| 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
[:SENSe]:CORRecti on:CSET[1]| 2| 3| 4[:STATe]?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
[:SENSe]:CORRecti on:OFFSet[:MAGNi tude] <rel ati ve_power>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
[:SENSe]:CORRecti on:OFFSet[:MAGNi tude]?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
[:SENSe]:DETector:AUTO OFF| ON| 0| 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
[:SENSe]:DETector:AUTO? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
[:SENSe]:DETector[:FUNCti on] NORMal | AVERage| POSi ti ve| SAMPl e| NEGati ve| QPEak
| EAVerage| EPOSi ti ve| MPOSi ti v| RMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
[:SENSe]:DETector[:FUNCti on]?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
[:SENSe]:FEED RF| AREFerence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
[:SENSe]:FEED?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer <frequency>| UP| DOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:AUTO OFF| ON| 0| 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:AUTO? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP[:I NCRement] <freq> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP[:I NCRement]?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:OFFSet <freq>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:OFFSet? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:SPAN <freq> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:SPAN:BANDwi dth[:RESol uti on]:RATi o <val ue> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:SPAN:BANDwi dth[:RESol uti on]:RATi o:AUTO OFF| ON| 0| 1 . . . . . . . . . . 75
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:SPAN:BANDwi dth[:RESol uti on]:RATi o:AUTO? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:SPAN:BANDwi dth[:RESol uti on]:RATi o?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:SPAN:FULL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:SPAN:PREVi ous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:SPAN? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:STARt <freq>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:STARt? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:STOP <frequency> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:STOP?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
26
List of Commands
L
i
s
t

o
f

C
o
m
m
a
n
d
s
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:SYNThesi s 1| 2| 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:SYNThesi s:AUTO OFF| ON| 0| 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:SYNThesi s:AUTO? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:SYNThesi s?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
[:SENSe]:MI Xer:BAND K| A| Q| U| V| E| W| F| D| G| Y| J| USER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
[:SENSe]:MI Xer:BAND? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
[:SENSE]:MI Xer:BI AS <number> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
[:SENSE]:MI Xer:BI AS:STATe OFF| ON| 0| 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
[:SENSE]:MI Xer:BI AS:STATe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
[:SENSE]:MI Xer:BI AS?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
[:SENSe]:MI Xer:HARMoni c <i nteger>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
[:SENSe]:MI Xer:HARMoni c:AUTO OFF| ON| 0| 1 or <bool ean>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
[:SENSe]:MI Xer:HARMoni c:AUTO?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
[:SENSe]:MI Xer:HARMoni c?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:ATTenuati on <rel _power> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:ATTenuati on:AUTO OFF| ON| 0| 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:ATTenuati on:AUTO? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:ATTenuati on:STEP[:I NCRement] <i nteger> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:ATTenuati on:STEP[:I NCRement]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:ATTenuati on? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:GAI N[:STATe] OFF| ON| 0| 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:GAI N[:STATe]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:MI Xer:RANGe[:UPPer] <power>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:MI Xer:RANGe[:UPPer]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:MW:PRESel ector[:STATe] ON| OFF| 0| 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:MW:PRESel ector[:STATe] ON| OFF| 0| 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:MW:PRESel ector[:STATe]?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:MW:PRESel ector[:STATe]?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:PADJust <freq> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:PADJust:PRESel ector MWAVe| MMWave| EXTernal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:PADJust:PRESel ector?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
List of Commands
27
L
i
s
t

o
f

C
o
m
m
a
n
d
s
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:PADJust? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:PCENter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
[:SENSe]:ROSCi l l ator:EXTernal :FREQuency <val ue> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
[:SENSe]:ROSCi l l ator:EXTernal :FREQuency?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
[:SENSe]:ROSCi l l ator:OUTPut[:STATe] OFF| ON| 0| 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
[:SENSe]:ROSCi l l ator:OUTPut[:STATe]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
[:SENSe]:ROSCi l l ator:SOURce I NTernal | EXTernal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
[:SENSe]:ROSCi l l ator:SOURce? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
[:SENSe]:SI Denti fy:[STATe]?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
[:SENSe]:SI Denti fy:MODE I SUPpress| I SHi ft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
[:SENSe]:SI Denti fy:MODE?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
[:SENSe]:SI Denti fy[:STATe] OFF| ON| 0| 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
[:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe:DELay <ti me>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
[:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe:DELay? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
[:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe:EXTernal [1]:LEVel <vol tage> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
[:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe:EXTernal [1]:LEVel ? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
[:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe:EXTernal 2:LEVel <vol tage>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
[:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe:EXTernal 2:LEVel ? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
[:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe:LENGth <ti me> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
[:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe:LENGth? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
[:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe:POLari ty NEGati ve| POSi ti ve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
[:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe:POLari ty NEGati ve| POSi ti ve? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
[:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe:SOURce EXTernal [1]| EXTernal 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
[:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe:SOURce? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
[:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe:VI EW ON| OFF| 1| 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
[:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe:VI EW? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
[:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe[:STATe] OFF| ON| 0| 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
[:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe[:STATe]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
[:SENSe]:SWEep:FFT:SPAN:RATi o <i nteger> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
[:SENSe]:SWEep:FFT:SPAN:RATi o? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
[:SENSe]:SWEep:POI Nts <number of poi nts> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
28
List of Commands
L
i
s
t

o
f

C
o
m
m
a
n
d
s
[:SENSe]:SWEep:POI Nts?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222
[:SENSe]:SWEep:TI ME <ti me> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214
[:SENSe]:SWEep:TI ME:AUTO OFF| ON| 0| 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214
[:SENSe]:SWEep:TI ME:AUTO:RULes NORMal | ACCuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215
[:SENSe]:SWEep:TI ME:AUTO:RULes? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215
[:SENSe]:SWEep:TI ME:AUTO? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214
[:SENSe]:SWEep:TI ME? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214
[:SENSe]:SWEep:TYPE AUTO| FFT| SWEep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
[:SENSe]:SWEep:TYPE:AUTO:RULes SPEed| DRANge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
[:SENSe]:SWEep:TYPE:AUTO:RULes? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
[:SENSe]:SWEep:TYPE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
29
U
s
i
n
g

T
h
i
s

D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
1 Using This Document
Thi s book, Vol ume 1, provi des the user and programmi ng i nformati on for the core
spectrum anal yzer functi ons. For the one-button power measurement functi onal i ty refer to
Vol ume 2, One Button Measurements Users and Programmers Reference.
30 Chapter 1
Using This Document
About the Users and Programmers Information
U
s
i
n
g

T
h
i
s

D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
About the Users and Programmers
Information
Your user s and programmer s i nformati on i s organi zed i n two vol umes, Vol ume 1, Core
Spectrum Analyzer Functions Users and Programmers Reference and Vol ume 2,
One-Button Power Measurements Users and Programmers Reference.
Thi s document i s Vol ume 1 and provi des user and programmer i nformati on for the core
spectrum anal yzer functi ons onl y. Refer to Vol ume 2, One-Button Power Measurements
Users and Programmers Reference for i nformati on about the Power Sui te One-Button
Power Measurements functi onal i ty.
NOTE The front- and rear-panel features, al ong wi th the numeri c keypad and
al pha-numeri c softkey fundamental s are i l l ustrated and descri bed, i n
your Getti ng Started gui de.
What is in This Book
Using This Document- descri bes the organi zati on of thi s book.
Instrument Functions - provi des i nformati on about the front-panel and l ower-l evel
key functi ons of your anal yzer and thei r associ ated programmi ng commands. Thi s
i nformati on i s organi zed al phabeti cal l y by the front-panel key name. For your
conveni ence, the i nstrument functi ons i nformati on has been di vi ded i nto three separate
chapters; I nstrument Functions: A-L, I nstrument Functions: M-O, and I nstrument
Functions: P - Z.
NOTE The one-button power measurement functi ons and programmi ng
i nformati on i s provi ded i n i ts own manual ; i f you are unabl e to l ocate
the i nformati on you need i n thi s book, try Vol ume 2, One-Button Power
Measurements Users and Programmers Reference.
Programming Fundamentals - provi des i nformati on on SCPI and C programmi ng
l anguage basi cs, and on usi ng GPI B and LAN.
Using the STATus System - provi des i nformati on about the i nstruments i nternal
status moni tori ng system wi th i nformati on on how to moni tor the status usi ng a remote
program and descri pti ons of al l the avai l abl e commands.
Menu Maps - i l l ustrates the menu structure of the front-panel and l ower-l evel keys.
Refer to thi s chapter to i denti fy the l ower-l evel softkeys associ ated wi th the front-panel
keys.
Chapter 1 31
Using This Document
About the Users and Programmers Information
U
s
i
n
g

T
h
i
s

D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
Terms Used in This Book
There are many terms used throughout thi s book, for exampl e acti ve functi on bl ock, that
are expl ai ned i n detai l i n the Getti ng Started gui de. I t i s recommended that you read the
Getti ng Started gui de fi rst.
The fol l owi ng terms are used to descri be each key. A key descri pti on may not use al l the
terms.
State Saved: I ndi cates what happens to a parti cul ar functi on when the i nstrument
state i s saved (ei ther to di skette or the i nternal C:\ dri ve). I t al so i ndi cates
whether the current setti ngs of the functi on are mai ntai ned i f the
i nstrument i s powered on or preset usi ng Power On Last State or User
Preset.
Dependencies/
Couplings: Descri bes dependenci es or i nteracti ons to other functi ons or setti ngs i n the
anal yzer.
Factory Preset: Descri bes the functi on setti ngs after a Factory Preset.
Default
Terminator: I ndi cates the uni ts that wi l l be attached to the numeri cal val ue that you
have entered. Thi s defaul t wi l l be used from the front panel , when you
termi nate your entry by pressi ng the Enter key, rather then sel ecti ng a
uni ts key. Thi s defaul t wi l l be used remotel y when you send the command
wi thout speci fyi ng any uni ts after your val ue(s).
Range: Descri bes the range of the smal l est to l argest val ues to whi ch the functi on
can be set. I f you try to set a val ue bel ow the mi ni mum val ue, the anal yzer
defaul ts to the mi ni mum val ue. I f you try to set a val ue above the
maxi mum val ue, the anal yzer defaul ts to the maxi mum val ue.
History: Descri bes the fi rmware revi si on hi story. Only applies after first firmware
release.
Remote
Command: Shows the syntax requi rements for each SCPI command.
Example: Provi des command exampl es usi ng the i ndi cated remote command syntax.
32 Chapter 1
Using This Document
About the Users and Programmers Information
U
s
i
n
g

T
h
i
s

D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
33
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

L
2 Instrument Functions: A L
Thi s chapter provi des key descri pti ons and programmi ng i nformati on for the front-panel
key functi ons of your anal yzer starti ng wi th the l etters A through L. The front-panel
functi ons are l i sted al phabeti cal l y and are descri bed wi th thei r associ ated menu keys. The
l ower-l evel menu keys are arranged and descri bed as they appear i n your anal yzer.
34 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A L
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

L
NOTE The front- and rear-panel features, al ong wi th the numeri c keypad and
al pha-numeri c softkey fundamental s are i l l ustrated and descri bed, i n
your Getti ng Started gui de.
Chapter 2 35
Instrument Functions: A - L
AMPLITUDE / Y Scale
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.1 AMPLITUDE / Y Scale
Acti vates the Reference Level functi on and di spl ays the Ampl i tude menu keys. These
functi ons control how data on the verti cal (Y) axi s i s di spl ayed and corrected, and control
i nstrument setti ngs that affect the verti cal axi s.
2.1.1 Ref Level
Enabl es you to adjust the absol ute ampl i tude represented by the top grati cul e l i ne on the
di spl ay (the reference l evel ). Ref i n the upper l eft corner of the di spl ay, i ndi cates the
current val ue. The Amplitude, Y Axis Units setti ng determi nes the Reference Level uni ts. To
change the reference l evel , use the front-panel step keys, knob, or numeri c keypad.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: I f you reduce the Attenuati on setti ng, the anal yzer may have to l ower the
Reference Level to mai ntai n the proper l evel at the top of the screen. I f you
then i ncrease Attenuati on, the Reference Level does not i ncrease to i ts
previ ous val ue.
When the i nput attenuator i s auto-coupl ed, Attenuation (Auto), i ts setti ng
may be affected by changes i n the reference l evel setti ng. See
Attenuati on on page 36.
Reference l evel i s affected by: Attenuati on, Preamp, Ext Amp Gai n,
Reference l evel offset, Max Mi xer Level , Y-Axi s Uni ts.
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: 0 dBm
Range: Determi ned by the setti ngs of the i nput attenuator, reference l evel offset,
external ampl i tude gai n, and whether the preamp (Opti on 1DS or 110) i s
on or off.
Examples:
170 dBm to 30 dBm wi th zero reference l evel offset
180 dBm to 20 dBm wi th 10 dB ext amp gai n
160 dBm to 40 dBm wi th 10 dB reference l evel offset
170 dBm to 0 dBm wi th preamp on (Opti on 1DS or 110)
36 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
AMPLITUDE / Y Scale
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Remote Command:
:DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y:[SCALe]:RLEVel <ampl>
:DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y:[SCALe]:RLEVel?
Exampl e: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:RLEV 20 dbm
Sets the reference l evel to 20 dBm, whi ch di spl ays i n the current Y-Axi s
Uni ts. For exampl e, i f the Y-Axi s Uni ts are dBV, then 127 dBV wi l l be
di spl ayed.
2.1.2 Attenuation
Al l ows you to adjust the i nput attenuati on. Press Atten Step to set the attenuati on step so
that attenuati on wi l l change i n 2 dB or 10 dB i ncrements. The anal yzer i nput attenuator
reduces the power l evel of the i nput si gnal del i vered to the i nput mi xer. I f set manual l y,
the attenuator i s recoupl ed when Attenuation (Auto) i s sel ected. To enter a val ue bel ow 6 dB,
you must use the front-panel numeri c keypad.
Attenuati on i s coupl ed to Reference Level , so adjusti ng the Reference Level may change
the Attenuati on. The anal yzer sel ects an Attenuati on setti ng that i s as smal l as possi bl e
whi l e keepi ng the Ref Level at or bel ow the Max Mi xer Lvl setti ng. The current val ue i s
i ndi cated by Atten at the top of the di spl ay. A # appears i n front of Atten when Attenuation
(Man) i s sel ected.
CAUTION To prevent damage to the i nput mi xer, do not exceed a power l evel of +30 dBm
at the i nput.
To prevent si gnal compressi on, keep the power at the i nput mi xer bel ow
0 dBm (10 MHz - 200 MHz), bel ow 3 dBm (200 MHz - 6.6 GHz), and bel ow
2 dBm (6.6 GHz - 50.0 GHz). Wi th the attenuator set to Auto, a si gnal at or
bel ow the reference l evel resul ts i n a mi xer l evel at or bel ow 10 dBm.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: Auto Coupl ed, 10 dB (for external ampl i fi er gai n of 0 dB)
Resol uti on/Roundi ng/
Truncati on: The attenuati on i s resol ved to 2 dB i ncrements. I f the val ue i s at l east
0.5 dB over a val ue, then the next hi gher val ue i s sel ected. Therefore, 10.4
sel ects 10, whi l e 10.5 sel ects 12.
Range: 0 dB to 70 dB
Chapter 2 37
Instrument Functions: A - L
AMPLITUDE / Y Scale
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:ATTenuation <rel_power>
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:ATTenuation?
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:ATTenuation:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:ATTenuation:AUTO?
Remote Command Notes: The Reference Level setti ng may be affected when the
Attenuati on i s changed. SeeRef Level on page 35.
Exampl e: POW:ATT 30
POW:ATT?
POW:ATT:AUTO ON
POW:ATT:AUTO?
2.1.3 Scale/Div
Sets the uni ts per verti cal grati cul e di vi si on on the di spl ay. Thi s functi on i s onl y avai l abl e
when Scale Type (Log) i s sel ected and the verti cal scal e i s power, or Demod View i s on and
the verti cal scal e i s hertz. When Scale Type (Lin) i s sel ected, Scale/Div i s unavai l abl e.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: 10 dB, i n l ogari thmi c scal e type
Fundamental
Uni ts: dB; kHz
Termi nators: dB; Hz, kHz, MHz, GHz
Defaul t
Termi nator: dB; kHz
Range: 0.1 dB to 20 dB
1 kHz to 240 kHz (When Demod View (On) i s sel ected.)
Remote Command:
:DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y:[SCALe]:PDIVision <power>
:DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y:[SCALe]:PDIVision?
Exampl e: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:PDIV 5 DB
38 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
AMPLITUDE / Y Scale
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.1.4 Scale Type
Al l ows you to choose a l i near or l ogari thmi c verti cal scal e for the di spl ay and for remote
data readout.
The scal e type for di spl ay and remote data readout may be di fferent from the scal e used for
averagi ng processes. For i nformati on on the scal e used for the averagi ng process, see
Avg/VBW Type on page 72.
When Scale Type (Log) i s sel ected, the verti cal grati cul e di vi si ons are scal ed i n l ogari thmi c
uni ts. The top l i ne of the grati cul e i s the Reference Level and uses the scal i ng per di vi si on,
Scale/Div to assi gn val ues to the other l ocati ons on the grati cul e.
When Scale Type (Lin) i s sel ected, the verti cal grati cul e di vi si ons are l i nearl y scal ed wi th
the reference l evel val ue at the top of the di spl ay and zero vol ts at the bottom. Each
verti cal di vi si on of the grati cul e represents one-tenth of the Reference Level .
The Y-axi s uni ts used for each type of di spl ay are set by pressi ng Y Axis Units. The anal yzer
remembers the setti ngs for both Log and Li n.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: Log
Remote Command:
:DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y:[SCALe]:SPACing LINear|LOGarithmic
:DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y:[SCALe]:SPACing?
Exampl e: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:SPAC LOG
DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:SPAC?
2.1.5 Presel Center
Adjusts the centeri ng of the presel ector fi l ter to opti mi ze the ampl i tude accuracy at the
frequency of the acti ve marker. I f no marker i s on when Presel Center i s pressed, the
anal yzer turns on the currentl y sel ected marker and does a peak search. I f a marker i s
al ready on, i t shoul d be pl aced on the peak of i nterest before pressi ng Presel Center.
Some model s of the anal yzer contai n more than one presel ector. The mi crowave presel ector
i s used for frequenci es from 2.85 or 3.05 GHz (dependi ng on frequency band) to 26.8 GHz.
The mi l l i meter presel ector i s used for frequenci es from 26.5 GHz to the maxi mum
frequency of the anal yzer (the mi l l i meter presel ector i s onl y avai l abl e i n anal yzers wi th a
frequency range greater than 26.5 GHz). To center both presel ectors, the user must set up
and request a Presel Center i n a mi crowave band, then set up and request a Presel Center i n
a mi l l i meter band. (See Presel Adjust for more detai l s.).
The unpresel ected hi gh-band Opti on 123 l ets you bypass the presel ector path. (See
Input/Output, Microwave Preselector and Input/output, W/mmW Preselectors.)
When the presel ector path i s bypassed, the Presel Center and Presel Adjust keys are
unavai l abl e (unl ess you are usi ng external mi xi ng wi th presel ected external mi xers.)
Chapter 2 39
Instrument Functions: A - L
AMPLITUDE / Y Scale
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
For proper presel ector centeri ng, you shoul d make sure that:
I f the marker i s off, the hi ghest peak onscreen i s val i d for centeri ng and i s i n the range
of an acti ve presel ector
or
I f the marker i s on, the si gnal at the marker i s a peak that al l ows centeri ng and i s i n
the range of an acti ve presel ector.
Other consi derati ons or cauti ons i ncl ude:
I f a marker i s al ready on, the anal yzer attempts the centeri ng at the current marker
posi ti on and no peak search i s performed. (Thi s al l ows the user to center the presel ector
for si gnal s whi ch are not the strongest on-screen si gnal s.)
The presel ector path can be bypassed. See Input/Output, Microwave Preselector and
Input/output, W/mmW Preselectors. I f i t i s bypassed, thi s functi onal i ty i s not avai l abl e.
I f the si gnal at the marker posi ti on i s unstabl e the al gori thm wi l l not functi on properl y.
An exampl e of thi s woul d be noi se or a noi se-l i ke si gnal l i ke a CDMA di gi tal
communi cati ons si gnal .
There i s no presel ector for si gnal s bel ow 3.05 GHz (i n band 0).
Wi th Input Mixer (Ext) sel ected and the Mixer Type set to Presel (presel ected), Presel
Center adjusts the frequency of the external presel ector fi l ter to maxi mi ze the
ampl i tude at the acti ve marker frequency.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: Thi s functi on i s not avai l abl e (grayed out) i f:
the presel ector i s off. (See Input/Output, Microwave Preselector and
Input/output, W/mmW Preselectors.)
external mi xi ng i s sel ected and Mixer Type i s unpresel ected.
the frequency range i s enti rel y wi thi n band 0 (0 Hz to ~3.05 GHz).
the gated sweep functi on i s on (Sweep, Gate on.)
Hi story: Modi fi ed i n revi si on A.09.00.
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:PCENter
Remote Command Notes: I f thi s command i s sent i n a non-presel ected band, or i f the
acti ve marker i s l ess than 3 GHz, an error message i s sent.
Exampl e: POW:PCEN
40 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
AMPLITUDE / Y Scale
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.1.6 Presel Adjust
Al l ows you to manual l y adjust the presel ector fi l ter center frequency to opti mi ze i ts
response on the si gnal of i nterest. Thi s functi on i s not avai l abl e i n frequency band 0. I t i s
for si gnal s 2.85 GHz i n band 1 and hi gher. I t i s not avai l abl e i f the presel ector i s turned
off. The key al so accesses the menu to choose the desi red presel ector.
For general purpose si gnal anal ysi s, usi ng Presel Center i s recommended. Centeri ng the
fi l ter mi ni mi zes the i mpact of l ong-term presel ector dri ft. Presel Adjust can be used i nstead
to manual l y opti mi ze the presel ector. One appl i cati on of manual opti mi zati on woul d be to
peak the presel ector response, whi ch both opti mi zes the si gnal -to-noi se rati o and
mi ni mi zes ampl i tude vari ati ons due to smal l (short-term) presel ector dri fti ng.
The anal yzer can contai n more than one presel ector. E4446A, E4447A, and E4448A
anal yzers have 3 GHz to 26.5 GHz presel ector bands and >26.5 GHz presel ector bands.
The adjustment i s presel ector speci fi c and the anal yzer stores a val ue for each presel ector.
Therefore, when the desi red frequency range i ncl udes frequenci es both bel ow and above
26.5 GHz, you must center or adjust each presel ector.
The key readout shows whi ch presel ector wi l l be adjusted when the key i s pressed. The
choi ces are [3-26 GHz], [26-50 GHz], and [External]. After performi ng a Presel Center, the
val ue that i s shown on the Presel Adjust key i s the offset from nomi nal of the affected
presel ector s frequency.
Wi th Presel Adjust sel ected, press the key agai n to access the presel ector sel ecti on menu to
sel ect the presel ector you wi sh to adjust. Some i nstrument setti ngs wi l l force a presel ector
sel ecti on. The fol l owi ng fl owchart shows the condi ti ons that cause the presel ector sel ecti on
to change:
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale
Chapter 2 41
Instrument Functions: A - L
AMPLITUDE / Y Scale
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: Thi s functi on i s not avai l abl e (grayed out) i f:
the presel ector i s off. (See Input/Output, Microwave Preselector and
Input/output, W/mmW Preselectors.)
external mi xi ng i s sel ected and Mixer Type i s unpresel ected.
the frequency range i s enti rel y wi thi n band 0 (0 Hz to ~3.05 GHz).
the gated sweep functi on i s on (Sweep, Gate on.)
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: 3 - 26 GHz, 0.0 Hz
Range: 500 MHz to 500 MHz
Hi story: Modi fi ed i n revi si on A.09.00.
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:PADJust <freq>
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:PADJust?
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:PADJust:PRESelector MWAVe|MMWave|EXTernal
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:PADJust:PRESelector?
Exampl e: POW:PADJ:PRES MMW
POW:PADJ 100 KHZ
2.1.7 3 - 26 GHz
Sel ects the presel ector for the anal yzers mi crowave frequency bands.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale, Presel Adjust
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: Thi s functi on i s not avai l abl e (grayed out) i f:
the mi crowave presel ector i s bypassed (see Input/Output, Microwave
Preselector and Input/output, W/mmW Preselectors.) Error 229 i s sent.
external mi xi ng i s sel ected. Error 231 i s sent.
the span i s enti rel y i n band 0. Error 208 i s sent.
the span i s enti rel y i n bands 5-6. Error 208 i s sent.
Hi story: Modi fi ed i n revi si on A.09.00.
Remote Command:
See Presel Adjust on page 40.
42 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
AMPLITUDE / Y Scale
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.1.7.1 26 - 50 GHz
Sel ects the presel ector for the anal yzer s mi l l i meterwave frequency bands.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale, Presel Adjust
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: Thi s functi on i s not avai l abl e (grayed out) i f:
the mi l l i meter wave presel ector i s bypassed (see Input/output, W/mmW
Preselectors.) Error 229 i s sent.
no part of the span i s i n bands 5 or 6. Error 208 i s sent.
usi ng external mi xi ng. Error 231 i s sent.
Hi story: Modi fi ed i n revi si on A.09.00.
Remote Command:
See Presel Adjust on page 40.
2.1.7.2 External
Sel ects the external mi xer presel ector.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale, Presel Adjust
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: I t i s onl y avai l abl e i f Opti on AYZ i s i nstal l ed.
I t i s unavai l abl e i f external mi xi ng i s off. Error 232 i s sent.
I t i s unavai l abl e i f you are usi ng external mi xi ng and have speci fi ed an
unpresel ected external mi xer. Error 230 i s sent.
Hi story: Added i n revi si on A.06.00.
Remote Command:
See Presel Adjust on page 40.
2.1.8 Y Axis Units
Di spl ays the menu keys that enabl e you to change the verti cal (Y) axi s ampl i tude uni ts.
The anal yzer retai ns the entered Y Axis Units separatel y for both Log and Li n ampl i tude
scal e types. For exampl e, i f Scale Type has been set to Log, and you set Y Axis Units to dBm,
pressi ng Scale Type (Log) sets the Y Axis Units to dBm. I f Scale Type has been set to Li n and
you set Y Axis Units to Volts, pressi ng Scale Type (Lin) sets the Y Axis Units to Volts. Pressi ng
Scale Type (Log) agai n sets the Y Axis Units back to dBm.
Thi s key i s unavai l abl e (grayed out) when the FM Demod Vi ew i s on.
Y Axis Units, i n conjuncti on wi th the Scale Type, affect how the data i s read off the di spl ay,
markers, and over the remote i nterface. When usi ng the remote i nterface no uni ts are
returned, so you must know what the Y-Axi s uni ts are to i nterpret the resul ts.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Chapter 2 43
Instrument Functions: A - L
AMPLITUDE / Y Scale
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Factory Preset: For Scale Type (Log) = dBm
For Scale Type (Lin) = Vol ts
Remote Command:
:UNIT:POWer DBM|DBMV|DBMA|V|W|A|DBUV|DBUA|DBUVM|DBUAM|DBPT|DBG
:UNIT:POWer?
Remote Command
Notes: The setti ngs of Y Axi s Uni ts and Scal e Type, affect how the data i s read
over the remote i nterface. When usi ng the remote i nterface no uni ts are
returned, so you must know what the Y-Axi s uni ts are to i nterpret the
resul ts:
Exampl e 1, set the fol l owi ng:
Scal e Type (Log)
Y Axi s Uni ts, dBm
Scal e/Di v, 1 dB
Ref Level , 10 dBm
Thi s sets the top l i ne to 10 dBm wi th each verti cal di vi si on representi ng 1
dB. Thus, i f a poi nt on trace 1 i s on the fi fth grati cul e l i ne from the top, i t
represents 5 dBm and wi l l read out remotel y as 5.
Exampl e 2, set the fol l owi ng:
Scal e Type (Li n)
Y Axi s Uni ts, Vol ts
Ref Level , 100 mV (10 mV/di v)
Thi s sets the top l i ne to 100 mV and the bottom l i ne to 0 V, so each verti cal
di vi si on represents 10 mV. Thus, i f a poi nt on trace 1 i s on the fi fth
grati cul e l i ne from the top, i t represents 50 mV and wi l l read out remotel y
as 50.
Exampl e: UNIT:POW dBmV
UNIT:POW?
2.1.8.1 dBm
Sets the ampl i tude uni ts to dBm.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale, More, Y Axis Units
Remote Command:
See Y Axi s Uni ts on page 42.
Exampl e: UNIT:POW DBM
2.1.8.2 dBmV
Sets the ampl i tude uni ts to dBmV.
44 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
AMPLITUDE / Y Scale
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale, More, Y Axis Units
Remote Command:
See Y Axi s Uni ts on page 42.
Exampl e: UNIT:POW DBMV
2.1.8.3 dBmA
Sets the ampl i tude uni ts to dBmA.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale, More, Y Axis Units
Remote Command:
See Y Axi s Uni ts on page 42.
Exampl e: UNIT:POW DBMA
2.1.8.4 Volts
Sets the ampl i tude uni ts to vol ts.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale, More, Y Axis Units
Remote Command:
See Y Axi s Uni ts on page 42.
Exampl e: UNIT:POW V
2.1.8.5 Watts
Sets the ampl i tude uni ts to watts.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale, More, Y Axis Units
Remote Command:
See Y Axi s Uni ts on page 42.
Exampl e: UNIT:POW W
2.1.8.6 Amps
Sets the ampl i tude uni ts to amps.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale, More, Y Axis Units
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.06.00
Remote Command:
See Y Axi s Uni ts on page 42.
Exampl e: UNIT:POW A
Chapter 2 45
Instrument Functions: A - L
AMPLITUDE / Y Scale
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.1.8.7 dBV
Sets the ampl i tude uni ts to dBV.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale, More, Y Axis Units
Remote Command:
See Y Axi s Uni ts on page 42.
Exampl e: UNIT:POW DBUV
2.1.8.8 dBA
Sets the ampl i tude uni ts to dBA.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale, More, Y Axis Units
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.06.00
Remote Command:
See Y Axi s Uni ts on page 42.
Exampl e: UNIT:POW DBUA
2.1.8.9 dBV/m
Sets the ampl i tude uni ts to dBV/m. Thi s i s a uni t speci fi cal l y appl i cabl e to EMI fi el d
strength measurements. I n the absence of a correcti on factor thi s uni t i s treated by the
i nstrument exactl y as though i t were dBV. You must l oad an appropri ate correcti on factor
usi ng ampl i tude correcti ons for thi s uni t to generate meani ngful resul ts. Therefore, thi s
key i s unavai l abl e unl ess one of the correcti ons i s turned on (i n Amplitude, Corrections
menu) and Apply Corrections i s set to Yes.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale, More, Y Axis Units
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: I f the grayed out key i s pressed, an error message i s generated.
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.06.00
Remote Command:
See Y Axi s Uni ts on page 42.
Exampl e: UNIT:POW DBUVM
2.1.8.10 dBA/m
Sets the ampl i tude uni ts to dBA/m. Thi s i s a uni t speci fi cal l y appl i cabl e to EMI fi el d
strength measurements. I n the absence of a correcti on factor thi s uni t i s treated by the
i nstrument exactl y as though i t were dBV. You must l oad an appropri ate correcti on factor
usi ng ampl i tude correcti ons for thi s uni t to generate meani ngful resul ts. Therefore, thi s
key i s unavai l abl e unl ess one of the correcti ons i s turned on (i n Amplitude, Corrections
menu) and Apply Corrections i s set to Yes.
46 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
AMPLITUDE / Y Scale
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale, More, Y Axis Units
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: I f the grayed out key i s pressed, an error message i s generated.
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.06.00
Remote Command:
See Y Axi s Uni ts on page 42.
Exampl e: UNIT:POW DBUAM
2.1.8.11 dBpT
Sets the ampl i tude uni ts to dBpT. Thi s i s a uni t speci fi cal l y appl i cabl e to EMI fi el d
strength measurements. I n the absence of a correcti on factor thi s uni t i s treated by the
i nstrument exactl y as though i t were dBV. You must l oad an appropri ate correcti on factor
usi ng ampl i tude correcti ons for thi s uni t to generate meani ngful resul ts. Therefore, thi s
key i s unavai l abl e unl ess one of the correcti ons i s turned on (i n Amplitude, Corrections
menu) and Apply Corrections i s set to Yes.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale, More, Y Axis Units
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: I f the grayed out key i s pressed, an error message i s generated.
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.06.00
Remote Command:
See Y Axi s Uni ts on page 42.
Exampl e: UNIT:POW DBPT
2.1.8.12 dBG
Sets the ampl i tude uni ts to dBG. Thi s i s a uni t speci fi cal l y appl i cabl e to EMI fi el d strength
measurements. I n the absence of a correcti on factor thi s uni t i s treated by the i nstrument
exactl y as though i t were dBV. You must l oad an appropri ate correcti on factor usi ng
ampl i tude correcti ons for thi s uni t to generate meani ngful resul ts. Therefore, thi s key i s
unavai l abl e unl ess one of the correcti ons i s turned on (i n Amplitude, Corrections menu) and
Apply Corrections i s set to Yes.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale, More, Y Axis Units
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: I f the grayed out key i s pressed, an error message i s generated.
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.06.00
Remote Command:
See Y Axi s Uni ts on page 42.
Exampl e: UNIT:POW DBG
Chapter 2 47
Instrument Functions: A - L
AMPLITUDE / Y Scale
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.1.9 Ref Lvl Offset
Al l ows you to add an offset val ue to the di spl ayed reference l evel . The reference l evel i s the
absol ute ampl i tude represented by the top grati cul e l i ne on the di spl ay. Reference-l evel
offsets are entered by usi ng the numeri c keypad or programmi ng commands. The knob and
step keys are not acti ve.
Offsets are used when a gai n or l oss occurs between a devi ce under test and the anal yzer
i nput. Thus, the si gnal l evel measured by the anal yzer may be thought of as the l evel at
the i nput of an external ampl i tude conversi on devi ce. Enteri ng an offset does not affect the
trace posi ti on or attenuati on val ue, just the di spl ayed val ue readouts such as reference
l evel and marker ampl i tudes.
The maxi mum reference l evel avai l abl e i s dependent on the reference l evel offset. That i s,
Ref Level Ref Level Offset must be i n the range 170 to +30 dBm.
For exampl e, the reference l evel val ue range can be i ni ti al l y set to val ues from 170 dBm
to 30 dBm wi th no reference l evel offset. I f the reference l evel i s fi rst set to 20 dBm, then
the reference l evel offset can be set to val ues of 50 to +150 dB.
I f the reference l evel offset i s fi rst set to 30 dB, then the reference l evel can be set to
val ues of 200 dBm to 0 dBm. I n thi s case, the reference l evel i s cl amped at 0 dBm
because the maxi mum l i mi t of +30 dBm i s reached wi th a reference l evel setti ng of 0 dBm
wi th an offset of 30 dB. I f i nstead, the reference l evel offset i s fi rst set to 30 dB, then the
reference l evel can be set to val ues of 140 to +60 dBm.
When a reference l evel offset i s entered, the offset val ue appears on the l eft si de of the
di spl ay under Offst (as opposed to frequency offsets whi ch appear at the bottom of the
di spl ay.) To el i mi nate an offset, press Ref Lvl Offst, 0, and dB.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale
Key Notes: Onl y numeri c entri es are val i d, the knob and step keys are not appl i cabl e
to thi s functi on.
Annunci ati on/
Annotati on: The offset i s di spl ayed to the l eft of the Trace wi ndow; thi rd from the top,
just bel ow the scal e type.
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: 0.0 dB
Range: 327.6 dB to 327.6 dB
Remote Command:
:DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y:[SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet <rel_power> (i n dB)
:DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y:[SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet?
Exampl e: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:RLEV:OFFS 12.7
Sets the Ref Level Offset to 12.7 dB. The onl y val i d suffi x i s dB. I f no suffi x
i s sent, dB wi l l be assumed.
48 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
AMPLITUDE / Y Scale
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.1.10 Int Preamp
(Options 1DS and 110 only.) Turns the i nternal preamp on and off. Opti on 1DS preamp
functi ons over a frequency range of 100 kHz to 3 GHz. Opti on 110 preamp functi ons over a
frequency range of 100 kHz to 50 GHz. When the preamp i s on, an automati c adjustment
compensates for the gai n of the preamp so that the di spl ayed ampl i tude readi ngs sti l l
accuratel y refl ect the val ue at the anal yzer i nput connector. The Opti on 1DS preamp i s
swi tched off for frequenci es above 3 GHz, and the correcti on i s not appl i ed, even though
the PA annotati on remai ns on screen. For si gnal frequenci es bel ow 100 kHz, the preamp i s
not automati cal l y swi tched out, but si gnal ampl i tude rol l -off occurs even i n the DC
setti ng of the RF Coupl i ng control .
The gai n of the preamp i s nomi nal l y 30 dB. Thi s functi onal i ty i s not avai l abl e when usi ng
external mi xi ng.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: Reference l evel , Attenuati on
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: Off
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:GAIN[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:GAIN[:STATe]?
Exampl e: POW:GAIN 1
POW:GAIN?
2.1.11 Corrections
Accesses the Corrections menu keys that al l ow you to enabl e the correcti ons functi on and to
sel ect whi ch set of correcti on factors you wi sh to modi fy. These frequency and ampl i tude
correcti ons wi l l be appl i ed to the di spl ayed data to correct for system l osses or gai ns
outsi de the anal yzer. Four di fferent sets of correcti on data can be stored.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale, More
Remote Command:
There i s no equi val ent remote command for thi s key.
2.1.11.1 Apply Corrections
Pressi ng Apply Corrections (Yes) turns on the ampl i tude-correcti on factors. Correcti ons wi l l
onl y be appl i ed for the sets of correcti on factors whose correcti on state i s set to On. To turn
a set of correcti on factors on, use the Correction On Off key i n the Antenna, Cabl e, Other, or
User menus.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale, More, Corrections
Chapter 2 49
Instrument Functions: A - L
AMPLITUDE / Y Scale
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Annunci ati on/
Annotati on: When Apply Corrections (Yes) i s sel ected, an A wi l l appear i n the screen
annotati on on the l eft edge of the di spl ay, whether or not a correcti on set
has been turned on usi ng the Correction (On) key i n the Antenna, Cabl e,
Other, or User menus.
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: No
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:CORRection:CSET:ALL[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:CORRection:CSET:ALL[:STATe]?
Remote Command Notes: To turn On or Off an i ndi vi dual correcti on set, use:
[:SENSe]:CORRection:CSET[1]|2|3|4[:STATe]
Exampl e: CORR:CSET:ALL ON
CORR:CSET:ALL?
2.1.11.2 Antenna, Cable, Other, and User Keys
Pressi ng Antenna, Cable, Other, or User accesses the Correcti on menu for that type of
correcti on data. These 4 keys di spl ay the status of correcti on sets. I f the key i ndi cates On,
then ampl i tude correcti ons for thi s type have been enabl ed. To perform the correcti ons,
both thi s key and Apply Corrections must i ndi cate Yes. The status i s toggl ed i n the
correcti on set menu l ocated under Correction.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale, More, Corrections
Remote Command:
There i s no remote command for thi s key.
2.1.11.2.1 Correction
Turns the ampl i tude correcti on functi on on or off for the speci fi c set of correcti on data. The
correcti ons state must be set to On for the correcti on to be appl i ed.
NOTE Antenna, Cable, and Other correcti on factors are general l y entered as posi ti ve
val ues. Thi s i ndi cates a l oss i n the external devi ce. User correcti on factors are
typi cal l y entered as negati ve val ues whi ch i ndi cate a gai n i n the external
devi ce.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale, More, Corrections, Antenna (Cable, Other, or User)
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: No
50 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
AMPLITUDE / Y Scale
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:CORRection:CSET[1]|2|3|4[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:CORRection:CSET[1]|2|3|4[:STATe]?
Remote Command
Notes: [:SENSe]:CORRection:CSET:ALL[:STATe] must be set to on for thi s
command to functi on.
CSET number equi val ents to front-panel access defi ni ti ons are as fol l ows:
CSET or CSET1 i s Antenna
CSET2 i s Cabl e
CSET3 i s Other
CSET4 i s User
Exampl e: CORR:CSET2 ON
CORR:CSET2?
2.1.11.2.2 Edit
Accesses menu keys that al l ow you to create and edi t an ampl i tude-correcti on factor set. I t
puts the anal yzer i nto a spl i t-screen mode where the correcti on data i s di spl ayed i n a tabl e
under the trace data. Pressi ng ESC whi l e i n thi s menu wi l l exi t the menu and remove the
tabl e from the screen. New poi nts wi l l be appl i ed onl y after the edi tor i s cl osed.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale, More, Corrections, Antenna (Cable, Other, or User)
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:CORRection:CSET[1]|2|3|4:DATA
<freq>,<rel_ampl>{,<freq>,<rel_ampl>} Creates an ampl i tude-correcti on factor set
[:SENSe]:CORRection:CSET[1]|2|3|4:DATA:MERGe
<freq>,<rel_ampl>{,<freq>,<rel_ampl>} Adds the poi nts wi th the speci fi ed val ues to
the current ampl i tude correcti on data, al l owi ng you to merge correcti on data. I f too much
data i s merged, as many poi nts as possi bl e are merged i nto the exi sti ng data and then an
error i s reported.
[:SENSe]:CORRection:CSET[1]|2|3|4:DATA?
Remote Command Notes: [:SENSe]:CORRection:CSET:ALL[:STATe] must be set to on
for thi s command to functi on.
CSET number equi val ents to front-panel access defi ni ti ons are as fol l ows:
CSET or CSET1 i s Antenna
CSET2 i s Cabl e
CSET3 i s Other
CSET4 i s User
<freq> i s the frequency (i n Hz) where the correcti on shoul d be appl i ed;
no uni t i s al l owed i n thi s parameter
<rel _ampl > i s the amount of rel ati ve ampl i tude correcti on (i n dB)
Chapter 2 51
Instrument Functions: A - L
AMPLITUDE / Y Scale
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
needed; no uni t i s al l owed i n thi s parameter
Exampl e: :CORR:CSET2:DATA 900E6,0.3,1.0E9,0.35,1.3E9,0.2
2.1.11.2.2.1 Point
Al l ows you to create or edi t an ampl i tude-correcti on factor data poi nt. Up to 200 poi nts
may be defi ned for each set. Enter the poi nt number to be created or edi ted by usi ng the
numeri c keypad, then press Enter, or use the knob or step keys to move to an exi sti ng
poi nt. After sel ecti ng a poi nt, Frequency becomes acti ve.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale, More, Corrections, Antenna (Cable, Other, or User), Edit
State Saved: Not part of i nstrument state, saved i n a correcti ons fi l e.
Remote Command:
See Edi t on page 50.
2.1.11.2.2.2 Frequency
A frequency coordi nate must al ways be speci fi ed for ampl i tude-correcti on factors.
Ampl i tude-correcti on data i s sorted i n the tabl e by frequency. The sorti ng occurs
i mmedi atel y after you have entered the frequency val ue through the front-panel .
Al l ows you to enter the frequency val ue for an ampl i tude-correcti on poi nt. Enter the frequency
val ue by usi ng the numeri c keypad. Change the frequency val ue by usi ng the step keys or the knob.
After enteri ng a frequency, Amplitude becomes acti ve.
NOTE The ampl i tude correcti on entered for the l owest frequency wi l l be appl i ed to al l
frequenci es l ess than the l owest frequency entered. Si mi l arl y, the ampl i tude
correcti on for the hi ghest frequency entered wi l l be appl i ed to al l frequenci es greater
than the hi ghest frequency entered.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale, More, Corrections, Antenna (Cable, Other, or User), Edit
State Saved: Not part of i nstrument state, saved i n a correcti ons fi l e.
Remote Command:
See Edi t on page 50.
2.1.11.2.2.3 Amplitude
Al l ows you to enter the ampl i tude val ue for the current ampl i tude-correcti on poi nt. After enteri ng
an ampl i tude, the poi nt number automati cal l y i ncrements and Frequency becomes acti ve to al l ow
entry of the frequency of the next poi nt.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale, More, Corrections, Antenna (Cable, Other, or User), Edit
State Saved: Not part of i nstrument state, saved i n a correcti ons fi l e.
Remote Command:
See Edi t on page 50.
52 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
AMPLITUDE / Y Scale
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.1.11.2.2.4 Delete Point
Al l ows you to del ete the ampl i tude-correcti on data for the currentl y sel ected poi nt. The prompt If
you are sure, press key again to delete wi l l appear on the di spl ay. Pressi ng Delete Point
agai n wi l l del ete the poi nt and adjust al l of the poi nt numbers as appropri ate.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale, More, Corrections, Antenna (Cable, Other, or User), Edit
Remote Command:
See Edi t on page 50.
2.1.11.2.3 Delete Corrections
Al l ows you to cl ear al l data from the sel ected ampl i tude-correcti on set. The prompt If
you are sure, press key again to delete wi l l appear on the di spl ay. Pressi ng Delete
agai n wi l l del ete the correcti on set.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale, More, Corrections, Antenna (Cable, Other, or User)
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:CORRection:CSET[1]|2|3|4:DELete
Remote Command Notes: CSET number equi val ents to front-panel access defi ni ti ons are
as fol l ows:
CSET or CSET1 i s Antenna
CSET2 i s Cabl e
CSET3 i s Other
CSET4 i s User
Exampl e: CORR:CSET4:DEL
2.1.11.3 Freq Interp
Al l ows you to determi ne how trace val ues are computed between poi nts i n a correcti on
tabl e. I f the l i near mode i s sel ected, a strai ght l i ne i s used between poi nts i n the correcti on
tabl e (for a l i near frequency scal e and for a deci bel ampl i tude scal e). I f the l ogari thmi c
mode i s sel ected, frequency val ues between poi nts are computed by fi rst taki ng the
l ogari thm of both tabl e val ues and the i ntermedi ate val ue, whi l e usi ng deci bel ampl i tude
val ues.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale, More, Corrections
State Saved: Not saved i n i nstrument state
Factory Preset: Not affected by Factory Preset. Wi l l be set to l i near by Restore Factory
Defaul ts.
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:CORRection:CSET[1]|2|3|4:X:SPACing LINear|LOGarithmic
Exampl e: CORR:CSET4:X:SPAC LOG
Chapter 2 53
Instrument Functions: A - L
AMPLITUDE / Y Scale
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.1.11.4 Delete All Corrections
Al l ows you to del ete al l ampl i tude-correcti on sets.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale, More, Corrections
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: I f correcti ons are on, correcti ons are turned off.
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:CORRection:CSET:ALL:DELete
Exampl e: CORR:CSET:ALL:DEL
2.1.12 Ext Amp Gain
Compensates for external gai n or l oss. The functi on i s si mi l ar to the Ref Lvl Offset
functi on, however thi s val ue i s consi dered, al ong wi th the maxi mum mi xer l evel setti ng, to
determi ne the attenuati on requi red (10 dB of Attenuati on i s added for every 10 dB of
External Amp Gai n). The gai n i s subtracted from the ampl i tude readout so that the
di spl ayed si gnal l evel represents the si gnal l evel at the i nput of the external devi ce.
Gai ns may onl y be entered wi th the numeri c keypad or programmi ng commands, not the
knob or step keys.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State, and survi ves a Preset and power cycl e.
Factory
Defaul t: 0 dB
Range: 81.90 dB to 81.90 dB
NOTE Ext Amp Gai n i s not affected by a Factory Preset or power cycl e. I t can be
reset to the factory defaul t by pressi ng System, Restore Sys Defaults.
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:CORRection:OFFSet[:MAGNitude] <relative_power> (i n dB)
[:SENSe]:CORRection:OFFSet[:MAGNitude]?
Exampl e: CORR:OFFS:MAGN 7.3 DB
Sets the Ext Amp Gai n to 7.3 dB. The onl y val i d suffi x i s dB. I f no suffi x i s
sent, dB i s assumed.
2.1.13 Atten Step
Enabl es you to sel ect 2 dB or 10 dB step resol uti on for i nput attenuati on.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale
54 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
AMPLITUDE / Y Scale
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Saved State: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: 2 dB
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:ATTenuation:STEP[:INCRement] <integer> (i n dB)
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:ATTenuation:STEP[:INCRement]?
Exampl e: POW:ATT:STEP 10
Sets the Attenuati on to 10 dB. The onl y val i d suffi x i s dB. I f no suffi x i s
sent, dB i s assumed.
I f a val ue >5 i s entered, 10 i s used.
I f a val ue 5 i s entered, 2 i s used
2.1.14 Max Mixer Lvl
Enabl es you to set the rel ati onshi p between the hi ghest si gnal that can be di spl ayed (the
reference l evel ) and the i nput attenuati on. The rel ati onshi p appl i es whenever the
Attenuation i s set to Auto. The rel ati onshi p i s that the attenuati on i s gi ven by the reference
l evel mi nus the max mi xer l evel . For exampl e, as the reference l evel changes, the i nput
attenuator changes to ensure that a si gnal at the reference l evel does not exceed the Max
Mixer Lvl setti ng.
Key Path: AMPLITUDE / Y Scale
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: 10 dBm
Range: 50 dBm to 10 dBm (i nternal mi xi ng)
50 dBm to +10 dBm (external mi xi ng)
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:MIXer:RANGe[:UPPer] <power>
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:MIXer:RANGe[:UPPer]?
Exampl e: POW:MIX:RANG -15 dBm
Chapter 2 55
Instrument Functions: A - L
Auto Couple
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.2 Auto Couple
Coupl ed functi ons are functi ons that are l i nked to or dependent on other functi ons.
Pressi ng Auto Couple di spl ays some of the most i mportant coupl ed anal yzer functi ons.
An exampl e of a coupl ed functi on i s Res BW (resol uti on bandwi dth). When Res BW i s set to
auto, the Res BW i s automati cal l y set based on the span setti ng.
Coupl ed functi ons are affected dependi ng on how they are coupl ed. For exampl e, Vi deo BW
i s coupled to Res BW, so changi ng Res BW affects Vi deo BW, but changi ng Vi deo BW does
not affect Res BW. Changi ng Vi deo BW puts i t i n manual (i nstead of auto-coupl ed). When
Vi deo BW i s set to Man i t i s unaffected by Res BW changes.
When a functi on i s i n the Man state, a # wi l l appear next to i ts annotati on on the di spl ay. I f
one or more functi ons are manual l y set so that the ampl i tude or frequency measurement
becomes uncal i brated, Meas Uncal appears on the top ri ght si de of the grati cul e.
2.2.1 Auto All
Auto-coupl es al l coupl ed functi ons. I f Auto All i s pressed, al l coupl ed functi ons are set to
Auto. Setti ng any auto coupl ed functi on to Man (manual ), uncoupl es that functi on wi thout
changi ng the coupl i ng of other functi ons.
Coupl ed functi ons are functi ons that are l i nked. When Auto All i s pressed, the anal yzer
automati cal l y coupl es al l i nstrument setti ngs that have auto and manual choi ces. I n most
cases, these auto setti ngs gi ve the most accurate measurements and opti mum dynami c
range. When a functi on i s coupl ed, i t i s i n the Auto state. When i t i s uncoupl ed i t i s i n the
Man state.
Key Path: Auto Couple
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: When Auto All i s sel ected:
Resolution BW coupl es to: Span and Span/RBW
Video BW coupl es to: Res BW and VBW/RBW
Sweep Time coupl es to: Res BW; Video BW; Detector; Span and Center
Frequency
CF Step coupl es to: Span i n swept spans, to Res BW i n zero span
Attenuation coupl es to: Ref Level; Ext Amp Gain; Atten Step; Max Mixer Lvl;
and Int Preamp
FFT & Sweep coupl es to: Res BW and Span
PhNoise Opt (phase noi se opti mi zati on) coupl es to: Res BW; Span and
FFT & Sweep sweep type
Detector coupl es to: marker functi ons; Avg/VBW Type; Average On Off;
Max Hold and Min Hold
Average Type coupl es to: the marker functi ons; Detector and Scale Type
ADC Dither coupl es to: Sweep Type; Span; Res BW; ADC Ranging and
FFTs/Span
VBW/RBW rati o i s set to 1.0
56 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
Auto Couple
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Span/RBW rati o i s set to Auto
Auto Sweep Time i s set to Normal
FFT & Sweep i s set to Auto:Best Dynami c Range
ADC Ranging i s set to Autorange
Marker Count, Gate Time i s set to Auto
NOTE Marker Trace and Printer have an Auto setti ng, but are not affected by Auto All.
Remote Command:
:COUPle ALL|NONE
:COUPle?
Remote Command Notes: COUPle NONE sets al l the functi ons to the manual (not coupl ed)
mode. There i s no front-panel key equi val ent to the COUPle NONE
command.
COUPle ALL puts al l the functi ons i nto the auto coupl ed mode.
Exampl e: COUP ALL
2.2.2 FFT & Sweep
Sel ects the FFT vs. Sweep key functi ons.
NOTE FFT sweeps shoul d not be used when maki ng EMI measurements. When an
EMI detector i s sel ected, Manual:FFT i s grayed out. I f Manual:FFT i s sel ected
fi rst, the EMI detectors are grayed out.
Key Path: Auto Couple
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:SWEep:TYPE AUTO|FFT|SWEep changes the sweep type to FFT or swept, or i t
l ets the anal yzer automati cal l y choose the type of anal ysi s to use based on current
i nstrument setti ngs.
[:SENSe]:SWEep:TYPE?
Exampl e: SWE:TYPE FFT
Chapter 2 57
Instrument Functions: A - L
Auto Couple
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.2.2.1 Auto: Best Dynamic Range
Thi s functi on i s automati cal l y acti vated when Auto All i s sel ected. Sel ecti ng Auto: Best
Dynamic Range tel l s the anal yzer to choose between swept and FFT anal ysi s, wi th a
pri mary goal of opti mi zi ng the dynami c range. I f the dynami c range i s very cl ose between
swept and FFT, then i t chooses the faster one.
Whi l e Zero Span i s sel ected, thi s key i s grayed out. The status of the FFT & Swept sel ecti on
i s saved when enteri ng zero span and i s restored when l eavi ng zero span.
Key Path: Auto Couple, FFT & Sweep
Saved State: Saved i n I nstrument State
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:SWEep:TYPE:AUTO:RULes SPEed|DRANge sel ects the rul es to use when
SWE:TYPE AUTO i s sel ected. Thi s setti ng, combi ned wi th your current anal yzer setup, i s
used to sel ect ei ther FFT or swept mode.
[:SENSe]:SWEep:TYPE:AUTO:RULes?
Exampl e: SWEep:TYPE AUTO sel ects the automati c mode.
SWE:TYPE:AUTO:RUL DRAN sets the rul es for the auto mode to dynami c
range.
2.2.2.2 Auto: Best Speed
Sel ecti ng Auto: Best Speed tel l s the anal yzer to choose between FFT or swept anal ysi s
based on the fastest anal yzer speed. Whi l e Zero Span i s sel ected, thi s key i s grayed out. The
auto-coupl e setti ngs are kept i n memory and are restored whenever l eavi ng Zero Span.
Key Path: Auto Couple, FFT & Sweep
Saved State: Saved i n I nstrument State
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:SWEep:TYPE:AUTO:RULes SPEed|DRANge sel ects the rul es to use when
SWE:TYPE AUTO i s sel ected. Thi s setti ng, combi ned wi th your current anal yzer setup, i s
used to sel ect ei ther FFT or swept mode.
See Auto: Best Dynami c Range on page 57.
Exampl e: SWEep:TYPE AUTO sel ects the automati c mode.
SWE:TYPE:AUTO:RUL SPE sets the rul es for the auto mode to speed
2.2.2.3 Manual: Swept
Manual l y sel ects swept anal ysi s, so i t cannot change automati cal l y to FFT.
Whi l e Zero Span i s sel ected, thi s key i s grayed out. The status of the FFT & Swept sel ecti on
i s saved when enteri ng zero span and i s restored when l eavi ng zero span.
Key Path: Auto Couple, FFT & Sweep
58 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
Auto Couple
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Saved State: Saved i n I nstrument State
Remote Command:
Use [:SENSe]:SWEep:TYPE AUTO|FFT|SWEep
See FFT & Sweep on page 56.
Exampl e: SWE:TYPE SWE
2.2.2.4 Manual: FFT
Manual l y sel ects FFT anal ysi s, so i t cannot change automati cal l y to swept.
Whi l e Zero Span i s sel ected, thi s key i s grayed out. The status of the FFT & Swept sel ecti on
i s saved when enteri ng zero span and i s restored when l eavi ng zero span.
TIP Making Gated FFT Measurements With Your PSA
The process of maki ng a spectrum measurement wi th FFTs i s i nherentl y a
gated process, i n that the spectrum i s computed from a ti me record of short
durati on, much l i ke a gate si gnal i n swept-gated anal ysi s.
The durati on of the ti me record i s 1.83 di vi ded by the RBW, wi thi n a tol erance
of about 3% for bandwi dths up through 1 MHz. Therefore, unl i ke swept gated
anal ysi s, the durati on of the anal ysi s i s fi xed by the RBW, not by the gate
si gnal . Because FFT anal ysi s i s i nherentl y faster than swept anal ysi s, the
gated FFT measurements can have better frequency resol uti on (a narrower
RBW) than woul d swept anal ysi s for a gi ven durati on of the si gnal to be
anal yzed.
FFT anal ysi s i n the PSA usual l y i nvol ves maki ng autoranged measurements,
and the ti me requi red to autorange the FFT can be both l ong and
i nconsi stent. The PSA hardware automati cal l y sets the ADC Ranging to
Bypass when any tri gger, except Free Run i s sel ected.
To make a gated FFT measurement, set the anal yzer as fol l ows.
1. Press Auto Couple, FFT & Sweep to sel ect ManuaL: FFT.
2. Set the resol uti on bandwi dth to 1.83 di vi ded by the requi red anal ysi s ti me,
or hi gher, by pressi ng BW/Avg, Res BW.
3. Set the tri gger source to the desi red tri gger, by pressi ng Trig.
4. Set the tri gger del ay to observe the si gnal starti ng at the requi red ti me
rel ati ve to the tri gger. Negati ve del ays are possi bl e, by pressi ng Trig, Trig
Delay.
Key Path: Auto Couple, FFT & Sweep
Chapter 2 59
Instrument Functions: A - L
Auto Couple
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Remote Command:
Use [:SENSe]:SWEep:TYPE AUTO|FFT|SWEep
See FFT & Sweep on page 56.
Exampl e: SWE:TYPE FFT
2.2.2.5 FFTs/Span
Di spl ays and control s the number of FFT segments used to measure the enti re Span. Thi s
key i s unavai l abl e (grayed out) unl ess Sweep Type has been set to FFT. I f Sweep Type i s set
to Auto and FFTs are sel ected, FFTs/Span i s sti l l unavai l abl e, and the number of FFTs
automati cal l y sel ected i s shown. I f Sweep Type i s set to Manual:FFT, FFTs/Span becomes
avai l abl e. Press FFTs/Span and an i nteger can be entered. The anal yzer wi l l try to use the
number entered, but i t may need to use more due to hardware or software l i mi tati ons.
An FFT can onl y be performed over a l i mi ted span or segment (al so known as the FFT
wi dth). Several FFT wi dths may need to be combi ned to measure the enti re span. The
FFT Wi dth i s (Span)/(FFTs/Span), and affects the ADC Di ther functi on. (See Auto
Couple).
FFT measurements requi re that the si gnal l evel dri vi ng the A/D converter i n the I F be
smal l enough to avoi d overl oadi ng, and that the gai n that control s that si gnal l evel remai n
fi xed duri ng the measurement of an enti re FFT segment. Thi s constrai nt can al l ow hi gher
dynami c ranges i n swept mode i n some cases, but i ncreasi ng FFTs/Span can restore that
dynami c range to FFT measurements, at the expense of l osi ng some of the speed
advantages of the FFT.
For exampl e, i n pul sed-RF measurements such as radar, i t i s often possi bl e to make hi gh
dynami c range measurements wi th si gnal l evel s approachi ng the compressi on threshol d of
the anal yzer i n swept spans (wel l over 0 dBm), whi l e resol vi ng the spectral components to
l evel s bel ow the maxi mum I F dri ve l evel (about 8 dBm at the i nput mi xer). But FFT
processi ng experi ences overl oads at the maxi mum I F dri ve l evel even i f the RBW i s smal l
enough that no si ngl e spectral component exceeds the maxi mum I F dri ve l evel . I f the user
reduces the wi dth of an FFT usi ng the FFTs/Span functi on, an anal og fi l ter i s pl aced before
the ADC that i s about 1.3 ti mes as wi de as the FFT segment wi dth. Thi s spreads out the
pul sed RF i n ti me and reduces the maxi mum si gnal l evel seen by the ADC. Therefore, the
i nput attenuati on can be reduced and the dynami c range i ncreased wi thout overl oadi ng
the ADC.
Further i mprovement i n the dynami c range i s possi bl e by changi ng the ADC gai n. I n
swept anal ysi s i n the PSA, the gai n i s normal l y autoranged such that i t can track the
si gnal power as the anal yzer sweeps through CW-l i ke si gnal s. Si nce FFT processi ng cannot
autorange the gai n wi thi n the measurement of a si ngl e FFT segment, the autorangi ng
advantage i s l ost for si ngl e FFT measurements. But i f the segments are reduced i n wi dth
by usi ng more FFTs/Span, then i ndi vi dual FFT segments can use hi gher gai ns, i mprovi ng
the dynami c range.
60 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
Auto Couple
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Addi ti onal i nformati on about sel ecti ng FFTs/Span can be found i n a product note, "PSA
Seri es Swept and FFT Anal ysi s", l i terature number 5980-3081EN, avai l abl e on-l i ne:
http://www.agi l ent.com
Key Path: Auto Couple, FFT & Sweep
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: 1
Range: 1 to 400000
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:SWEep:FFT:SPAN:RATio <integer>
[:SENSe]:SWEep:FFT:SPAN:RATio?
Exampl e: SWE:FFT:SPAN:RAT 20
2.2.3 PhNoise Opt
Sel ects the LO (l ocal osci l l ator) phase noi se behavi or for vari ous operati ng condi ti ons. The
currentl y sel ected val ue i s di spl ayed bel ow the (f) i ndi cator on the l eft si de of the screen.
I t i s preceded by #i f Auto has been sel ected (#(f)). The key l abel s i ndi cate measurement
si tuati ons where a speci fi c type of opti mi zati on i s best.
Key Path: Auto Couple
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: Auto
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:SYNThesis 1|2|3
1 sel ects opti mi zati on of phase noi se for measuri ng si gnal s wi th frequency offset
<50 kHz from the carri er.
2 sel ects opti mi zati on of phase noi se for measuri ng si gnal s wi th frequency offset
>50 kHz from the carri er.
3 sel ects opti mi zati on of LO phase noi se for fast tuni ng (that i s, faster measurements)
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:SYNThesis?
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:SYNThesis:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:SYNThesis:AUTO?
Exampl e: FREQ:SYNT:AUTO OFF
FREQ:SYNT 3 sel ects opti mi zati on for fast tuni ng
Chapter 2 61
Instrument Functions: A - L
Auto Couple
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.2.3.1 Auto
Sel ects the LO phase noi se behavi or to opti mi ze speed or dynami c range for vari ous
i nstrument operati ng condi ti ons.
The Auto rul es choose:
Fast Tuning, for span 10.5 MHz or the Res BW > 200 kHz
Optimize (f) for f >50 kHz, for spans >141.4 kHz, and for Res BWs >9.1 kHz
Optimize (f) for f <50 kHz, for al l other spans and Res BWs.
Key Path: Auto Couple, PhNoise Opt
Remote Command:
See PhNoi se Opt on page 60.
Exampl e: FREQ:SYNT:AUTO ON
2.2.3.2 Optimize (f) for frequencies < 50 kHz
The LO phase noi se i s opti mi zed for measuri ng si gnal s wi th offsets l ess than 50 kHz from
the carri er, at the expense of phase noi se beyond 50 kHz offset.
Key Path: Auto Couple, PhNoise Opt
Remote Command:
See PhNoi se Opt on page 60.
Exampl e: FREQ:SYNT 1
2.2.3.3 Optimize (f) for frequencies > 50 kHz
Opti mi zes phase noi se for measuri ng offsets greater than 50 kHz from the carri er,
especi al l y those from 70 kHz to 300 kHz. Cl oser offsets are compromi sed and the
throughput of measurements (especi al l y remote measurements where the center
frequency i s changi ng rapi dl y), i s reduced. There i s a graph of typi cal phase noi se
performance i n the Speci fi cati ons Gui de.
Key Path: Auto Couple, PhNoise Opt
Remote Command:
See PhNoi se Opt on page 60.
Exampl e: FREQ:SYNT 2
62 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
Auto Couple
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.2.3.4 Optimize LO for Fast Tuning
I n thi s mode, the LO behavi or compromi ses phase noi se at al l offsets from the carri er
bel ow approxi matel y 2 MHz. Thi s al l ows rapi d measurement throughput when changi ng
the center frequency or span.
Key Path: Auto Couple
Remote Command:
See PhNoi se Opt on page 60.
Exampl e: FREQ:SYNT 3
2.2.4 Detector
See the secti on Detector on page 77.
Key Path: Auto Couple
2.2.5 Avg/VBW Type
See the secti on Avg/VBW Type on page 72.
Key Path: Auto Couple
2.2.6 ADC Dither
Access the menu to set ADC Dither to On, Off, or Auto.
Key Path: Auto Couple
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:ADC:DITHer[:STATe] OFF|ON|AUTO
[:SENSe]:ADC:DITHer[:STATe]?
Exampl e: ADC:DITH OFF
Chapter 2 63
Instrument Functions: A - L
Auto Couple
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.2.6.1 Auto
Turns the ADC di ther to automati c. I t then chooses on or off accordi ng to whi ch i s most
l i kel y to be the best sel ecti on, based on the other anal yzer setti ngs such as span, resol uti on
BW and sweep type (FFT or swept).
Key Path: Auto Couple
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: Auto
Remote Command:
Use [:SENSe]:ADC:DITHer[:STATe] AUTO
Exampl e: ADC:DITH AUTO
64 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
Auto Couple
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.2.6.2 On
When ADC Dither i s On, the l i neari ty of l ow-l evel si gnal s i s i mproved. However, the ADC
dynami c range i s reduced to make room for the di ther. As a resul t, the noi se fl oor of the
anal yzer i s somewhat compromi sed. So maki ng measurements wi th ADC di ther on gi ves
you better ampl i tude l i neari ty, but turni ng ADC di ther off gi ves you a l ower noi se fl oor
(better sensi ti vi ty).
Key Path: Auto Couple
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Remote Command:
Use [:SENSe]:ADC:DITHer[:STATe] ON
Exampl e: ADC:DITH ON
2.2.6.3 Off
When ADC Dither i s Off, the i nstrument noi se fl oor i s i mproved. I f ADC di ther i s on the
ADC dynami c range i s reduced to make room for the di ther. As a resul t, the noi se fl oor of
the anal yzer i s somewhat compromi sed. So maki ng measurements wi th ADC di ther on
gi ves you i mproved ampl i tude l i neari ty. but turni ng ADC di ther off gi ves you a l ower noi se
fl oor (better sensi ti vi ty).
Key Path: Auto Couple
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Remote Command:
Use [:SENSe]:ADC:DITHer[:STATe] OFF
Exampl e: ADC:DITH OFF
2.2.7 ADC Ranging
Accesses the keys that enabl e you to set the ADC rangi ng to provi de for the best si gnal to
noi se rati o (Bypass), or for the best FFT speed (Autorange).
Key Path: Auto Couple
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: Autorange
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:ADC:RANGe AUTO|NONE
[:SENSe]:ADC:RANGe?
Exampl e: ADC:RANG NONE
Chapter 2 65
Instrument Functions: A - L
Auto Couple
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.2.7.1 Autorange
Turns the ADC rangi ng to automati c, whi ch provi des the best si gnal to noi se rati o. Auto
Coupl e Al l sets the ADC rangi ng to Autorange. Autorange i s usual l y preferred over
Bypass.
Key Path: Auto Couple
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:ADC:RANGe AUTO
Exampl e: ADC:RANG AUTO
2.2.7.2 Bypass
Turni ng the ADC rangi ng to bypass mode al l ows hi gher throughput for FFT
measurements. (I t can i mprove FFT measurement speed by 10% to 50%.) Bypass al so
provi des better phase noi se, though the effect i s negl i gi bl e when usi ng swept anal ysi s or
for offsets bel ow 300 kHz. The (f) i mprovement i s a few dB i n FFT mode at 800 kHz offset.
Bypass al l ows tri ggered FFT measurements to occur at the tri gger ti me i nstead of
fol l owi ng an autorangi ng ti me. Therefore, whenever the tri gger sel ected i s anythi ng other
than Free Run, and the Manual:FFT sweep sel ecti on i s made, the ADC hardware i s set to
Bypass regardl ess of the setti ng of ADC Rangi ng. See Maki ng Gated FFT Measurements
Wi th Your PSA on page 58. Another advantage of Bypass i s l ower I F harmoni c di storti on,
whi ch may be vi si bl e wi th very hi gh si gnal l evel s at the i nput mi xer.
Key Path: Auto Couple
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:ADC:RANGe NONE
Exampl e: ADC:RANG NONE
66 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
Auto Couple
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Chapter 2 67
Instrument Functions: A - L
BW/Avg
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.3 BW/Avg
Acti vates the resol uti on bandwi dth functi on, and di spl ays the menu keys that control both
the bandwi dth and averagi ng functi ons.
2.3.1 Res BW
Enabl es you to sel ect the 3.01 dB resol uti on bandwi dth (RBW) of the anal yzer i n 10% steps
from 1 Hz to 3 MHz, pl us bandwi dths of 4, 5, 6, or 8 MHz. I f an unavai l abl e bandwi dth i s
entered wi th the numeri c keypad, the cl osest avai l abl e bandwi dth i s sel ected.
Sweep ti me i s coupl ed to RBW. As the RBW changes, the sweep ti me (i f set to Auto) i s
changed to mai ntai n ampl i tude cal i brati on.
Vi deo bandwi dth (VBW) i s coupl ed to RBW. As the resol uti on bandwi dth changes, the
vi deo bandwi dth (i f set to Auto) changes to mai ntai n the rati o set by VBW/RBW.
When Res BW i s set to Auto, resol uti on bandwi dth i s autocoupl ed to span, except when
usi ng the CI SPR and MI L detectors (Quasi Peak, EMI Average EMI Peak and MI L Peak).
For these detectors, Auto RBW coupl i ng i s to the center frequency. The rati o of span to
RBW i s set by Span/RBW (descri bed on page 75). The factory defaul t for thi s rati o i s
approxi matel y 106:1 when auto coupl ed. When Res BW i s set to Man, bandwi dths are
entered by the user, and these bandwi dths are used regardl ess of other anal yzer setti ngs.
NOTE I n zero span, the auto/manual functi on of thi s key i s not appl i cabl e. When Res
BW (Auto) i s sel ected i n non-zero span, any changes to Res BW whi l e i n zero
span wi l l revert to the Auto val ue when you return to non-zero span. When
Res BW (Man) i s sel ected i n non-zero span, any changes to Res BW whi l e i n
zero span wi l l be mai ntai ned when you return to non-zero span.
NOTE When the Quasi Peak or one of the EMI detectors are sel ected, the resol uti on
bandwi dths avai l abl e are restri cted to the set defi ned i n Tabl e 2-2 on page
83. When the MI L Peak detector i s sel ected, the resol uti on bandwi dths
avai l abl e are restri cted to the set defi ned i n Tabl e 2-4 on page 85.
A # mark appears next to Res BW on the bottom of the anal yzer di spl ay when i t i s not
coupl ed. To coupl e the resol uti on bandwi dth, press Res BW (Auto) or Auto All.
NOTE For appl i cati ons that requi re 6 dB resol uti on bandwi dths, i t i s possi bl e to use
an equi val ent 3 dB resol uti on bandwi dth. Because the anal yzer has Gaussi an
RBW, the equi val ent 6 dB bandwi dth of any RBW fi l ter can be determi ned
usi ng the fol l owi ng formul a: 6 dB RBW = 3 dB RBW x 1.414. For exampl e, i f a
6 dB RBW of 100 kHz i s requi red, the equi val ent 3 dB RBW Fi l ter woul d be
100 kHz/1.414 = 70.7 kHz. The cl osest RBW fi l ter for the anal yzer that woul d
be used i s 68 kHz.
68 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
BW/Avg
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Key Path: BW/Avg
Saved State: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: Auto (3 MHz)
Range: 1 Hz to 8 MHz
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution] <freq>
[:SENSe]:BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]?
[:SENSe]:BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:AUTO?
Exampl e: BAND 1 kHz
BAND?
BWID:AUTO On
BWID:AUTO?
2.3.2 Video BW
Enabl es you to change the anal yzer post-detecti on fi l ter from 1 Hz to 8 MHz i n
approxi matel y 10% steps between 1 Hz and 3 MHz pl us the bandwi dths of 4, 5, 6, and
8 MHz. I n addi ti on, a wi de-open vi deo fi l ter bandwi dth (VBW) may be chosen by sel ecti ng
50 MHz. Video BW (Auto) sel ects automati c coupl i ng of the Vi deo BW fi l ter to the resol uti on
bandwi dth fi l ter usi ng the VBW/RBW rati o set by the VBW/RBW key.
NOTE Sweep Ti me i s coupl ed to Vi deo Bandwi dth (VBW). As the VBW i s changed,
the sweep ti me (when set to Auto) i s changed to mai ntai n ampl i tude
cal i brati on. Thi s occurs because of common hardware between the two
ci rcui ts, even though the Vi deo BW fi l ter i s not actual l y i n-ci rcui t when the
detector i s set to Average. Because the purpose of the average detector and
the VBW fi l ter are the same, ei ther can be used to reduce the vari ance of the
resul t.
Al though the VBW fi l ter i s not i n-ci rcui t when usi ng the average detector,
the Vi deo BW key can have an effect on (Auto) sweep ti me, and i s not
di sabl ed. I n thi s case, reduci ng the VBW setti ng i ncreases the sweep ti me,
whi ch i ncreases the averagi ng ti me, produci ng a l ower-vari ance trace.
However, when the EMI Average detector i s sel ected, the Vi deo BW i s
restri cted to 1 Hz whi l e the sweep ti me i s set to Auto.
When usi ng the average detector wi th ei ther Sweep Time set to Man, or i n zero
span, the VBW setti ng has no effect and i s di sabl ed (grayed out).
Chapter 2 69
Instrument Functions: A - L
BW/Avg
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
A # mark appears next to VBW on the bottom of the anal yzer di spl ay when i t i s not
coupl ed. To coupl e the vi deo bandwi dth, press Video BW (Auto) (or press Auto All).
Key Path: BW/Avg
Saved State: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: Auto (3 MHz)
Range: 1 Hz to 50 MHz
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo <freq>
[:SENSe]:BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo?
[:SENSe]:BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:AUTO?
Exampl e: BAND:VID 1 kHz
BAND:VID?
BWID:VID:AUTO ON
BWID:VID:AUTO?
2.3.3 VBW/RBW
Sel ects the rati o between the vi deo and resol uti on bandwi dths i n a 1, 3, 10 sequence. A
Vi deo bandwi dth wi der than the resol uti on bandwi dth (VBW/RBW rati o > 1.000), provi des
the best peak measurements of si gnal s such as wi deband radar pul ses. A VBW narrower
than the RBW (VBW/RBW rati o < 1.000) reduces the vari ance of noi se-l i ke si gnal s and
makes spectral components cl ose to the noi se fl oor easi er to vi ew. The knob and step keys
change the rati o i n a 1, 3, 10 sequence. I f the numbered keys are used, the VBW/RBW rati o
wi l l be rounded to the nearest 1, 3, or 10 response. Pressi ng Preset or sel ecti ng Auto Couple,
Auto All sets the rati o to 1.000 X. When VBW/RBW (Auto) i s sel ected, the rati o i s determi ned
as i ndi cated i n Tabl e 2-1 on page 70.
NOTE Thi s key i s unavai l abl e (grayed out) when the Quasi Peak or EMI Average
detector i s sel ected.
70 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
BW/Avg
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Key Path: BW/Avg
Saved State: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: Auto (1.0)
Range: 0.00001 to 3.0e6 (3,000,000), i n a 1, 3, 10 sequence
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:RATio <number>
[:SENSe]:BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:RATio?
[:SENSe]:BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:RATio:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:RATio:AUTO?
Exampl e: BAND:VID:RAT 2
BAND:VID:RAT?
BAND:VID:RAT:AUTO 0
BAND:VID:RAT:AUTO?
Table2-1 VBW/RBW Ratio Auto Rules
Detector Mode Noise
Marker
Ratio Notes
Peak On 10 Noi se response i s esti mated for wi de VBW case
Negati ve Peak On 10 Dont care
Average On 0.1 Narrow VBW for l ow-si gma marker readout
Normal On 0.1 Dont care (noi se marker makes i s not val i d wi th
normal detecti on.)
Sampl e On 0.1 Narrow VBW for l ow-si gma marker readout
Peak Off 10 Wi de VBW for good i mpul se BW (pul sed RF)
Negati ve peak Off 10 Dont care
Average Off 0.1 Narrow VBW for l ow-si gma trace resul ts
Normal Off 1.0 Swept anal ysi s CW si gnal setti ng
Sampl e Off 1.0 Wi de VBW for good i mpul se BW (pul sed RF)
Chapter 2 71
Instrument Functions: A - L
BW/Avg
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.3.4 Average
I ni ti ates a di gi tal averagi ng routi ne that averages the trace poi nts i n a number of
successi ve sweeps, resul ti ng i n trace smoothi ng. You can sel ect the number of sweeps
(average number) wi th the numeri c keypad (not the knob or step keys). I ncreasi ng the
average number further smooths the trace. To sel ect the type of averagi ng used, press
BW/Avg, Avg/VBW Type.
Averagi ng restarts when any of the fol l owi ng occurs:
a new average number i s entered.
any measurement rel ated parameter (for exampl e, center frequency) i s changed.
Restart i s pressed.
Single Sweep i s pressed.
I n si ngl e sweep, the speci fi ed number of averages i s taken, then the sweep stops. I n
conti nuous sweep, the speci fi ed number of averages i s taken, then the averagi ng
conti nues, wi th each new sweep averaged i n wi th a wei ght of and the ol d
average reduced by mul ti pl yi ng i t by .
To turn off averagi ng, press Average (Off).
Key Path: BW/Avg
Saved State: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: Off, 100 averages
Range: Count: 1 to 8192
Remote Commands:
[:SENSe]:AVERage[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:AVERage[:STATe]?
[:SENSe]:AVERage:COUNt <integer>
[:SENSe]:AVERage:COUNt?
[:SENSe]:AVERage:CLEar
Remote Command Notes: For val i d average data, you must re-start the trace at the
begi nni ng of a sweep. To do thi s remotel y, fi rst abort (:ABORT) the sweep
and then i ni ti ate a si ngl e sweep (:INIT:CONT OFF).
When Average i s remotel y turned on, the anal yzer automati cal l y i ni ti ates
a sweep, even when set to si ngl e sweep mode. To avoi d program ti mi ng
probl ems, thi s event shoul d be consi dered when programmi ng.
Exampl e: AVER ON
AVER:COUN 100
AVER:CLE cl ears the current average and restarts the averagi ng process.
1
Average Number
-----------------------------------------
Average Number 1
Average Number
--------------------------------------------------
72 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
BW/Avg
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.3.5 Avg/VBW Type
Di spl ays the functi ons that enabl e you to automati cal l y or manual l y choose one of the
fol l owi ng averagi ng scal es: l og-power (vi deo), power (RMS), or vol tage averagi ng.
NOTE When you sel ect l og-power averagi ng, the measurement resul ts are the
average of the si gnal l evel i n l ogari thmi c uni ts (deci bel s). When you sel ect
power average (RMS), al l measured resul ts are converted i nto power uni ts
before averagi ng and fi l teri ng operati ons, and converted back to deci bel s for
di spl ayi ng. Remember: there can be si gni fi cant di fferences between the
average of the l og of power and the l og of the average power.
The fol l owi ng are the averagi ng processes wi thi n a spectrum anal yzer, al l of whi ch are
affected by thi s setti ng:
Trace averagi ng (see BW/Avg) averages si gnal ampl i tudes on a trace-to-trace basi s.
Average detector (see Detector, Average) averages si gnal ampl i tudes duri ng the ti me or
frequency i nterval represented by a parti cul ar measurement poi nt.
Noi se Marker (see Marker Noise) averages si gnal ampl i tudes across measurement poi nts
to reduce vari ati ons for noi sy si gnal s.
VBW fi l teri ng adds vi deo fi l teri ng whi ch i s a form of averagi ng of the vi deo si gnal .
When manual i s sel ected, the type i s shown on the l eft si de of the di spl ay wi th a #. When
auto i s sel ected, the anal yzer chooses the type of averagi ng. When one of the average types
i s sel ected manual l y, the anal yzer uses that type regardl ess of other anal yzer setti ngs, and
sets Avg/VBW Type to Man.
Key Path: BW/Avg or Auto Couple
Saved State: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: Auto (Log-power)
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:AVERage:TYPE RMS|LOG|SCALar
[:SENSe]:AVERage:TYPE?
[:SENSe]:AVERage:TYPE:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:AVERage:TYPE:AUTO?
Exampl e: AVER:TYPE:RMS Sets Power (RMS) averagi ng
AVER:TYPE:SCAL Sets Vol tage averagi ng
AVER:TYPE:LOG Sets Log-Power (vi deo) averagi ng
Chapter 2 73
Instrument Functions: A - L
BW/Avg
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.3.5.1 Auto
Chooses the opti mum type of averagi ng for the current i nstrument measurement setti ngs.
Auto sel ects Power (RMS) Averagi ng i f Marker Noise i s on, Band/Intvl Power i s on, or Detector
i s set to Man and Average. I t sel ects Vol tage Averagi ng i f Amplitude, Scale Type i s set to Lin
or Detector i s set to Quasi Peak or EMI Average. For other condi ti ons, Auto sel ects
Log-Power Average.
Key Path: BW/Avg, Avg/VBW Type
Remote Command:
See Avg/VBW Type on page 72.
Exampl e: AVER:TYPE:AUTO ON
2.3.5.2 Log-Pwr Avg (Video)
Sel ects the l ogari thmi c (deci bel ) scal e for al l fi l teri ng and averagi ng processes. Thi s scal e i s
someti mes cal l Vi deo because i t i s the most common di spl ay and anal ysi s scal e for the
vi deo si gnal wi thi n a spectrum anal yzer. Thi s scal e i s excel l ent for fi ndi ng CW si gnal s near
noi se, but i ts response to noi se-l i ke si gnal s i s 2.506 dB l ower than the average power of
those noi se si gnal s. Thi s i s compensated for i n the Marker Noi se functi on. When thi s type
of averagi ng i s sel ected, LgAv appears on the l eft si de of the di spl ay.
The equati on for trace averagi ng on the l og-power scal e i s shown bel ow, where N i s the
number of averages accumul ated. (I n conti nuous sweep mode, once N has reached the
Average Number, N stays at that val ue, provi di ng a runni ng average.)
Assumes al l val ues i n deci bel scal e.
Key Path: BW/Avg, Avg/VBW Type
or Auto Couple, Avg/VBW Type
Remote Command:
See Avg/VBW Type on page 72.
Exampl e: AVER:TYPE LOG
New avg
N 1 ( )Oldavg Newdata +
N
------------------------------------------------------------------- =
74 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
BW/Avg
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.3.5.3 Pwr Avg (RMS)
I n thi s average type, al l fi l teri ng and averagi ng processes work on the power (the square of
the magni tude) of the si gnal , i nstead of i ts l og or envel ope vol tage. Thi s scal e i s best for
measuri ng the true ti me power of compl ex si gnal s. Thi s scal e i s someti mes cal l ed RMS
because the resul ti ng vol tage i s proporti onal to the square root of the mean of the square of
the vol tage. When thi s type of averagi ng i s sel ected, PAvg appears on the l eft si de of the
di spl ay.
I n the equati on for averagi ng on thi s scal e (bel ow), N i s the number of averages
accumul ated. (I n conti nuous sweep mode, once N has reached the Average Number, N
stays at that val ue.)
Assumes al l val ues i n dB.
Key Path: BW/Avg, Avg/VBW Type or Auto Couple, Avg/VBW Type
Remote Command:
See Avg/VBW Type on page 72.
Exampl e: AVER:TYPE RMS
2.3.5.4 Voltage Avg
I n thi s Average type, al l fi l teri ng and averagi ng processes work on the vol tage of the
envel ope of the si gnal . Thi s scal e i s good for observi ng ri se and fal l behavi or of AM or
pul se-modul ated si gnal s such as radar and TDMA transmi tters, but i ts response to
noi se-l i ke si gnal s i s 1.049 dB l ower than the average power of those noi se si gnal s. Thi s i s
compensated for i n the Marker Noi se functi on. When thi s type of averagi ng i s sel ected,
VAvg appears on the l eft si de of the di spl ay.
I n the equati on for averagi ng on thi s scal e (bel ow), N i s the number of averages
accumul ated. (I n conti nuous sweep mode, once N has reached the Average Number, N
stays at that val ue.)
Assumes al l val ues i n dB.
Key Path: BW/Avg, Avg/VBW Type or Auto Couple, Avg/VBW Type
Remote Command:
See Avg/VBW Type on page 72.
Exampl e: AVER:TYPE SCAL
New Avg 10
N 1 ( ) 10
Old Avg
10
--------------------
10
New data
10
----------------------
+
N
------------------------------------------------------------------------------




log =
New Avg 20
N 1 ( ) 10
Old Avg
20
--------------------
10
New data
20
----------------------
+
N
------------------------------------------------------------------------------




log =
Chapter 2 75
Instrument Functions: A - L
BW/Avg
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.3.6 Span/RBW
Sel ects the rati o between span and resol uti on bandwi dth. A factory preset sets the rati o to
106:1. The rati o can be changed usi ng the front-panel step keys, knob, or numeri c keypad.
NOTE Thi s key i s unavai l abl e (grayed out) when any of the EMI detectors are
sel ected.
Key Path: BW/Avg
Saved State: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: 106:1
Range: 2 to 10,000
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.02.00
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:SPAN:BANDwidth[:RESolution]:RATio <value>
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:SPAN:BANDwidth[:RESolution]:RATio?
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:SPAN:BANDwidth[:RESolution]:RATio:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:SPAN:BANDwidth[:RESolution]:RATio:AUTO?
Exampl e: FREQ:SPAN:BAND:RAT 200 sets a rati o of 200:1, and turns off the auto
coupl i ng.
FREQ:SPAN:BAND:RAT:AUTO ON
FREQ:SPAN:BAND:RAT?
76 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
BW/Avg
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Chapter 2 77
Instrument Functions: A - L
Det/Demod
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.4 Det/Demod
Di spl ays the menu keys that sel ect the detector.
2.4.1 Detector
Thi s menu al l ows you to sel ect a speci fi c type of detector, or choose Auto to l et the
i nstrument sel ect the appropri ate detector for a parti cul ar measurement.
When di scussi ng detectors, i t i s i mportant to understand the concept of a trace bucket.
For every trace poi nt di spl ayed i n swept and zero-span anal ysi s, there i s a fi ni te ti me
duri ng whi ch the data for that poi nt i s col l ected. The anal yzer has the abi l i ty to l ook at al l
of the data col l ected duri ng that ti me and present a si ngl e poi nt of trace data based on the
detector mode. We cal l the i nterval duri ng whi ch the data for that trace poi nt i s bei ng
col l ected, the bucket. The data i s sampl ed rapi dl y enough wi thi n a bucket that i t must
be reduced i n some fashi on to yi el d a si ngl e data poi nt for each bucket. There are a number
of ways to do thi s and whi ch way i s used depends on the detector sel ected. Detai l s on how
each detector does thi s are presented bel ow.
I n FFT anal ysi s, the bucket represents just a frequency i nterval . The detector i n an FFT
mode determi nes the rel ati onshi p between the spectrum computed by the FFT and the
si ngl e data poi nt di spl ayed for the bucket.
When the Detector choi ce i s Auto, the detector sel ected depends on marker functi ons, trace
functi ons, and the trace averagi ng functi on.
See Auto Rul es For Detector Sel ecti on on page 80 for i nformati on on the Auto detector
sel ecti on.
When you manual l y sel ect a detector (i nstead of sel ecti ng Auto), that detector i s used
regardl ess of other anal yzer setti ngs.
The detector choi ces are:
Normal di spl ays the peak of CW-l i ke si gnal s and maxi mums and mi ni mums of
noi se-l i ke si gnal s.
Average di spl ays the average of the si gnal wi thi n the bucket. The averagi ng method
depends upon Avg Type sel ecti on (vol tage, power or l og scal es).
Peak di spl ays the maxi mum of the si gnal wi thi n the bucket.
Sample di spl ays the i nstantaneous l evel of the si gnal at the center of the bucket
represented by each di spl ay poi nt.
Negative Peak di spl ays the mi ni mum of the si gnal wi thi n the bucket.
Quasi Peak a fast-ri se, sl ow-fal l detector used i n maki ng CI SPR compl i ant EMI
measurements.
EMI Average di spl ays the i nstantaneous l evel of the si gnal at the center of the bucket,
just l i ke the sampl e detector. I t al so changes the auto coupl i ng of VBW, RBW and
Avg/VBW Type and the set of avai l abl e RBWs. Thi s detector i s used i n maki ng
CI SPR-compl i ant measurements.
EMI Peak the same as the Peak detector but uses CI SPR rel ated bandwi dths.
MIL Peak the same as the Peak detector but uses MI L rel ated bandwi dths.
78 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
Det/Demod
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Because they may not fi nd the true peak of a spectral component, nei ther average nor
sampl e detectors measure ampl i tudes of CW si gnal s as accuratel y as peak or normal , but
they do measure noi se wi thout the bi ases of peak detecti on.
The detector i n use i s i ndi cated on the l eft si de of the di spl ay, just bel ow Reference l evel .
The desi gnators are:
Norm Normal detector
Avg Average detector
Peak Peak detector
Samp Sampl e detector
NPk Negati ve Peak detector
EmiQP Quasi Peak detector
EmiAv MI Average detector
EmiPk Peak detector wi th CI SPR bandwi dths
MILPk Peak detector wi th MI L bandwi dths
I f the detector has been manual l y sel ected, a # appears next to i t.
TIP RMS Detection
To measure the average power (RMS vol tage) i n each di spl ay poi nt, set
Detector to Average, and veri fy that Avg/VBW Type i s set to Pwr Avg (RMS).
Key Path: Det/Demod
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: Normal , Auto Coupl ed
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:DETector[:FUNCtion] NORMal|AVERage|POSitive|SAMPle|NEGative|QPEak
|EAVerage|EPOSitive|MPOSitiv|RMS
[:SENSe]:DETector[:FUNCtion]?
The query returns a name that corresponds to the detector mode as shown by the fol l owi ng
terms:
NORMal Normal
AVERage Average
POSi ti ve Peak
SAMPl e Sampl e
NEGati ve Negati ve peak
QPEak Quasi Peak
EAVerage EMI Average
EPOSi ti ve EMI Peak
Chapter 2 79
Instrument Functions: A - L
Det/Demod
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Remote Command
Notes:
The query returns a name that corresponds to the detector mode. The
RMS sel ecti on i s an al i as whi ch sel ects the Average detector and Power
Averagi ng. Therefore, i f RMS has been sel ected, the query wi l l return the
AVER stri ng.
Exampl e: DET POS
2.4.1.1 Auto
The system sel ects normal detecti on as the defaul t, but i f a condi ti on ari ses where a
di fferent type of detecti on scheme woul d be better uti l i zed, the system uses the al ternate
scheme. For exampl e, when i n Auto mode, the Marker Noi se functi on uses Average
detecti on because the system determi nes that the average detector has better speed or
vari ance tradeoffs for noi se-type si gnal s.
Refer to Fi gure 2-1, whi ch shows a deci si on tree of how detecti on type i s determi ned.
MPOSi ti ve MI L Peak
RMS RMS (al i as)
80 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
Det/Demod
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Figure2-1 Auto Rules For Detector Selection
Any Marker type
is noise, band or
interval?
Any Trace in
Average?
Gate On?
Average Sample
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
detectset.vsd
Gate On?
No
Yes
Gating
method is Gated
Video?
No
Yes
Peak
Average
Type is Log-Pwr
Avg?
Yes
No
Average
Type is Auto?
Yes
No
Gating
method is Gated
Video?
No
Yes
Any Traces
in Max Hold?
No
Yes
Any Traces
in Min Hold?
No
Yes
Any Traces
in Min Hold?
No
Yes
Normal Neg Peak
Chapter 2 81
Instrument Functions: A - L
Det/Demod
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Key Path: Det/Demod
Factory Preset: On, Normal
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:DETector:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:DETector:AUTO?
Exampl e: DET:AUTO ON
2.4.1.2 Normal
Di spl ays the peak-detected l evel i n the i nterval (bucket) bei ng di spl ayed when the si gnal i s
CW-l i ke. I f the si gnal i s noi se-l i ke (wi thi n a bucket the si gnal both rose and fel l ), the even
bucket shows the peak (maxi mum) wi thi n a two-bucket i nterval , and the odd bucket shows
the negati ve peak (mi ni mum). Gai n i s i ncreased to compensate for the effects of faster
sweep rates, to keep the di spl ayed val ue of CW si gnal s accurate.
When Normal i s sel ected, Norm appears on the l eft si de of the di spl ay.
Key Path: Det/Demod
Remote Command:
See Detector on page 77.
Exampl e: DET NORM
2.4.1.3 Average
For each i nterval (bucket) i n the trace, Average detecti on di spl ays the average of al l
sampl es wi thi n the i nterval usi ng one of the fol l owi ng averagi ng methods:
l og (al so known as vi deo)
power (al so known as RMS)
vol tage envel ope
To expl i ci tl y set the averagi ng method, use the BW/Avg, Avg/VBW Type key. The
combi nati on of the average detector and the power method i s equi val ent to what i s
someti mes referred to as RMS detecti on. When the method (Avg/VBW Type) i s set to Pwr
Avg, and Detector i s set to Average, the RMS method i s sel ected.
When Average i s sel ected, Avg appears on the l eft si de of the di spl ay.
Key Path: Det/Demod
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: Use of Average affects the VBW setti ng. See the secti on Vi deo BW on
page 68.
When i n Average detecti on, vi deo tri gger i s not avai l abl e.
82 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
Det/Demod
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Remote Command:
See Detector on page 77.
Exampl e: DET AVER
2.4.1.4 Peak
For each i nterval (bucket) i n the trace, Peak detecti on di spl ays the hi ghest ampl i tude
wi thi n the i nterval . Peak detecti on i s used for CW measurements and some pul sed-RF
measurements. For swept anal ysi s, peak detecti on basi cal l y obtai ns the maxi mum vi deo
si gnal between the end of the previ ous bucket and the end of the current one. Gai n i s
i ncreased to compensate for the effects of faster sweep rates, to keep the di spl ayed val ue
accurate. For FFT anal ysi s, the hi ghest spectral ampl i tude i s di spl ayed, even i f that peak
ampl i tude fal l s between sampl es of the spectrum computed i n the FFT process.
When Peak i s sel ected, Peak appears on the l eft si de of the di spl ay.
Key Path: Det/Demod
Remote Command:
See Detector on page 77.
Exampl e: DET POS
2.4.1.5 Sample
The sampl e detector di spl ays the i nstantaneous l evel of the si gnal at the center of the
i nterval (bucket) represented by each trace poi nt.
Sampl e detecti on i s pri mari l y used to di spl ay noi se or noi se-l i ke si gnal s.
Sampl e detecti on i s not best for ampl i tude measurements of CW-l i ke si gnal s for two
reasons. Fi rst, the peak response to a si gnal can occur between sampl es, so unl ess the
Span to RBW rati o i s l ower than usual , the hi ghest sampl e can be wel l bel ow the peak
si gnal ampl i tude. Second, for the hi gh sweep rates normal l y used, the peak response of the
RBW fi l ters i s up to 0.5 dB. Thi s sweepi ng error i s compensated when usi ng the peak and
normal detectors by changi ng the overal l gai n. But the gai n i s not changed when i n the
sampl e detector, because to do so woul d cause errors i n the response to noi se.
When Sample i s sel ected, Samp appears on the l eft si de of the di spl ay.
Key Path: Det/Demod
Remote Command:
See Detector on page 77.
Exampl e: DET SAMP
Chapter 2 83
Instrument Functions: A - L
Det/Demod
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.4.1.6 Negative Peak
For each i nterval (bucket) i n the trace, Negative Peak detecti on di spl ays the l owest sampl e
wi thi n the i nterval .
When Negative Peak i s sel ected, NPk appears on the l eft si de of the di spl ay.
Key Path: Det/Demod
Remote Command:
See Detector on page 77.
Exampl e: DET NEG
2.4.1.7 Quasi Peak
Sel ects quasi peak detecti on. Thi s i s a fast-ri se, sl ow-fal l detector used i n maki ng CI SPR
compl i ant EMI measurements. Quasi peak detecti on di spl ays a wei ghted ampl i tude usi ng
speci fi c charge, di scharge, and meter-movement ti me constants as descri bed i n CI SPR
Publ i cati on 16.
Key Path: Det/Demod
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: Whenever the quasi peak detector i s sel ected, the resol uti on bandwi dths
avai l abl e wi l l be the CI SPR set descri bed i n the tabl es bel ow. I f the FFT
and Sweep setti ng i s Manual :FFT Quasi Peak i s grayed out.
Table2-2 CISPR Bandwidths with RBW Set to Auto
Band Start
Frequency
Stop
Frequency
Bandwidth
A 10 kHz 150 kHz 200 Hz
B 150 kHz 30 MHz 9 kHz
C & D 30 MHz 1 GHz 120 kHz
Table2-3 CISPR Bandwidths with RBW Set to Manual
RBW, Hz Type Equivalent
3 dB BW Filter
10 6 dB 6.8 Hz
30 6 dB 20 Hz
100 6 dB 68 Hz
200 CI SPR 150 Hz
300 6 dB 200Hz
1 k 6 dB 680 Hz
84 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
Det/Demod
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Hi story: A.6.00
Remote Command:
See [:SENSe]:DETector[:FUNCtion] QPEak i n Detector on page 77.
Exampl e: DET QPE
2.4.1.8 EMI Average
Sel ects EMI averagi ng detecti on. EMI Average detecti on di spl ays the average val ue of
ampl i tude envel ope. I t i s defi ned for EMI measurements by the CI SPR standard and uses
the VBW fi l ter as a l ow pass fi l ter, the output of whi ch i s sampl ed duri ng the bucket
i nterval . Thi s functi onal i ty i s qui te di fferent from the Average detector.
Key Path: Det/Demod
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: Whenever the EMI Average detector i s sel ected, the resol uti on bandwi dths
avai l abl e wi l l be the CI SPR set l i sted i n Tabl e 2-2, CI SPR Bandwi dths
wi th RBW Set to Auto, and Tabl e 2-3, CI SPR Bandwi dths wi th RBW Set
to Manual , on page 83.
The Vi deo BW i s restri cted to 1 Hz whi l e VBW i s set to Auto.
Hi story: Fi rmware revi si ons A.06.00
Remote Command:
See Detector on page 77.
Exampl e: DET EAV
3 k 6 dB 20 kHz
9 k CI SPR 6.2 kHz
30 k 6 dB 20 kHz
120 k CI SPR 75 kHz
300 k 6 dB 200 kHz
1 M CI SPR 680 kHz
3 M 6 dB 2 MHz
10 M 6 dB 8 MHz
Table2-3 CISPR Bandwidths with RBW Set to Manual
RBW, Hz Type Equivalent
3 dB BW Filter
Chapter 2 85
Instrument Functions: A - L
Det/Demod
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.4.1.9 EMI Peak
Sel ects peak detecti on. Thi s i s the same detecti on as the regul ar Peak detector. The
di fference i s the Auto resol uti on bandwi dths that are avai l abl e as descri bed i n Tabl e 2-2,
CI SPR Bandwi dths wi th RBW Set to Auto, and Tabl e 2-3, CI SPR Bandwi dths wi th
RBW Set to Manual , on page 83.
Key Path: Det/Demod
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: Whenever the EMI Average detector i s sel ected, the resol uti on bandwi dths
avai l abl e wi l l be the CI SPR set l i sted i n Tabl e 2-2, CI SPR Bandwi dths
wi th RBW Set to Auto, and Tabl e 2-3, CI SPR Bandwi dths wi th RBW Set
to Manual , and Tabl e 2-4, MI L Speci fi cati ons for Bandwi dth vs.
Frequency wi th RBW Set to Auto, on page 85. EMI Peak i s grayed out i f the
anal yzer i s i n Manual:FFT mode.
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.6.0
Remote Command:
See Detector on page 77.
Exampl e: DET EPOS
2.4.1.10 MIL Peak
Sel ects peak detecti on. Thi s i s the same detecti on as the regul ar Peak detector. The
di fference i s the resol uti on bandwi dths that are avai l abl e, as shown i n Tabl e 2-4, MI L
Speci fi cati ons for Bandwi dth vs. Frequency wi th RBW Set to Auto, and Tabl e 2-5, MI L
Bandwi dths wi th RBW Set to Manual ,.
Table2-4 MIL Specifications for Bandwidth vs. Frequency
with RBW Set to Auto
Start
Frequency
Stop
Frequency
Bandwidth
30 Hz 1 kHz 10 Hz
1 kHz 10 kHz 100 Hz
10 kHz 150 kHz 1 kHz
150 kHz 30 MHz 10 kHz
30 MHz 1 GHz 100 kHz
1 GHz Unl i mi ted 1 MHz
86 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
Det/Demod
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Key Path: Det/Demod
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.6.0
Remote Command:
See Detector on page 77.
Exampl e: DET MPOS
2.4.1.11 RMS (Remote Command Only)
Sel ects the Average Detector. I f BW/Avg, Avg/VBW Type i s set to Auto (or Pwr Avg) thi s wi l l
yi el d the RMS vol tage (average power) for each trace poi nt. (See 3.4.1.3, Average)
Key Path: There i s no key sel ecti on for thi s setti ng, but you can access i t by usi ng
Average Detector (see Average on page 81).
Remote Command:
See Detector on page 77.
Exampl e: DET RMS
Table2-5 MIL Bandwidths with RBW Set to Manual
RBW, Hz Type Equivalent
3 dB BW Filter
10 MI L 6.8 Hz
30 6 dB 20 Hz
100 MI L 68 Hz
300 6 dB 200 Hz
1 k MI L 680 Hz
3 k 6 dB 2 kHz
10 k MI L 6.8 kHz
30 k 6 dB 20 kHz
100 k MI L 68 kHz
300 k 6 dB 200 kHz
1 M MI L 680 kHz
3 M 6 dB 2 MHz
10 M 6 dB 8 MHz
Chapter 2 87
Instrument Functions: A - L
Display
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.5 Display
Di spl ays menu keys that enabl e you to control certai n i tems on the di spl ay of the anal yzer.
NOTE CCDF and SEM measurements have measurement speci fi c Display menus.
For the Di spl ay descri pti on for a CCDF or SEM measurement, see the
One-Button Measurements User s and Programmer s gui de.
Key Path: Front-panel key
2.5.1 Full Screen
When Full Screen i s pressed the measurement wi ndow expands hori zontal l y over the enti re
i nstrument di spl ay. I t turns on/off the di spl ay of the softkey l abel s. Pressi ng any other key
that resul ts i n a new menu wi l l cancel the ful l screen functi on.
Key Path: Display
State Saved: Not saved i n state.
Factory Preset: Off
Factory Defaul t: Off
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.02.00
Remote Command:
:DISPlay:FSCReen[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1
:DISPlay:FSCReen[:STATe]?
Exampl e: DISP:FSCR ON
2.5.2 Display Line
Acti vates an adjustabl e hori zontal l i ne that i s used as a vi sual reference l i ne. The l i ne has
an ampl i tude val ue that corresponds to i ts verti cal posi ti on rel ati ve to the reference l evel .
The val ue of the di spl ay l i ne appears on the l eft si de of the di spl ay bel ow the l abel Dl. The
di spl ay l i ne can be adjusted usi ng the step keys, knob, or numeri c keypad. The uni ts of
Di spl ay Li ne are determi ned by the Y-Axis Units setti ng under Amplitude.
Key Path: Display
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory Preset: 25 dBm, Off
Factory Defaul t: 25 dBm, Off
88 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
Display
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Termi nators: dBm, mV, uV
Range: 370 dBm to 30 dBm
Remote Command:
:DISPlay:WINDow:TRACe:Y:DLINe <ampl>
:DISPlay:WINDow:TRACe:Y:DLINe?
:DISPlay:WINDow:TRACe:Y:DLINe:STATe OFF|ON|0|1
:DISPlay:WINDow:TRACe:Y:DLINe:STATe?
Exampl e: :DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:DLIN -32 dBm
:DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:DLIN:STAT OFF
2.5.3 Active Fctn Position
Sel ects the screen posi ti on for the Acti ve Functi on Di spl ay. Dependi ng on the type of trace
date bei ng vi ewed, you can move the Acti ve Functi on Di spl ay posi ti on for l ess vi sual
i nterference wi th your screen data.
Key Path: Display
Readback: The sel ecti on of the posi ti on to di spl ay the acti ve functi on (Top, Center,
Bottom) reads back to l i ne 3 of thi s key.
State Saved: Not saved i n i nstrument state, survi ves power cycl e and preset.
Factory Preset: No effect, persi stent vari abl e, survi ves power cycl e and preset.
Factory Defaul t: Center. Pressi ng System, Restore Sys Defaults wi l l reset to factory
defaul ts.
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.04.00
Remote Command:
:DISPlay:AFUNction:POSition BOTTom|CENTer|TOP
:DISPlay:AFUNction:POSition?
Exampl e: :DISP:AFUN:POS BOT
Chapter 2 89
Instrument Functions: A - L
Display
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.5.3.1 Top
Di spl ays the acti ve functi on i n the top-l eft corner of the di spl ay.
Key Path: Display, Active Fctn Position
Readback: Top reads back to l i ne 3 of thi s key.
State Saved: Not saved i n i nstrument state, survi ves power cycl e and preset.
Factory Preset: No effect, persi stent vari abl e, survi ves power cycl e and preset.
Factory Defaul t: Center
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.04.00
Remote Command:
:DISPlay:AFUNction:POSition TOP
Exampl e: :DISP:AFUN:POS TOP
2.5.3.2 Center
Di spl ays the acti ve functi on i n the center-l eft si de of the di spl ay.
90 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
Display
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Key Path: Display, Active Fctn Position
Readback: Center reads back to l i ne 3 of thi s key.
State Saved: Not saved i n i nstrument state, survi ves power cycl e and preset.
Factory Preset: No effect, persi stent vari abl e, survi ves power cycl e and preset.
Factory Defaul t: Center
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.04.00
Remote Command:
:DISPlay:AFUNction:POSition CENTer
Exampl e: :DISP:AFUN:POS CENT
2.5.3.3 Bottom
Di spl ays the acti ve functi on i n the bottom-l eft corner of the di spl ay.
Key Path: Display, Active Fctn Position
Readback: Bottom reads back to l i ne 3 of thi s key.
State Saved: Not saved i n i nstrument state, survi ves power cycl e and preset.
Factory Preset: No effect, persi stent vari abl e, survi ves power cycl e and preset.
Factory Defaul t: Center
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.04.00
Remote Command:
:DISPlay:AFUNction:POSition BOTtom
Exampl e: :DISP:AFUN:POS BOT
Chapter 2 91
Instrument Functions: A - L
Display
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.5.4 Limits
Li mi t l i nes can be defi ned to compare the data to your defi ned l i mi ts and i ndi cate a pass or
fai l condi ti on. Limits accesses menus that al l ow you to create, modi fy, and change the
properti es of l i mi t l i nes. There are two l i mi t l i nes i n the i nstrument.
Key Path: Display
State Saved: Not saved i n i nstrument state.
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: No OPC dependenci es.
Factory Defaul t: Unaffected by system defaul ts.
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.03.00
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:LLINe[1]|2:DATA
<x-axis>, <ampl>, <connected>{,<x-axis>,<ampl>,<connected>}
:CALCulate:LLINe[1]|2:DATA?
Defi nes the l i mi t l i ne val ues, and destroys al l exi sti ng data. Up to 200 poi nts may be
defi ned for each l i mi t usi ng the fol l owi ng parameters.
<x-axis> can be frequency or ti me val ues as speci fi ed by the fol l owi ng command:
:Calculate:LLINe:CONTrol:DOMain.
Frequenci es are al ways i n Hz. Ti me i s al ways i n seconds. No uni t i s
al l owed i n thi s parameter.
Range: 1000 Ms to 1000 Ms for ti me l i mi ts, -3 kHz to +350 GHz for
frequency l i mi ts.
<ampl> ampl i tude val ues are al ways i n uni ts of dBm. Up to two ampl i tude val ues
can be provi ded for each x-axi s val ue, by repeati ng <x-axi s> i n the data
l i st. No uni t i s al l owed i n thi s parameter.
Range: -140 dBm to +100 dBm
<connected> connected val ues are ei ther "0" or "1". A "1" means thi s poi nt shoul d be
connected to the previ ousl y defi ned poi nt to defi ne the l i mi t l i ne. A "0"
means that i t i s a poi nt of di sconti nui ty and i s not connected to the
precedi ng poi nt. The connected val ue i s i gnored for the fi rst poi nt.
:CALCulate:LLINe[1]|2:DATA:MERGe
<x-axis>, <ampl>, <connected>{,<x-axis>,<ampl>,<connected>}
Adds the poi nts wi th the speci fi ed val ues to the current l i mi t l i ne, al l owi ng you to merge
l i mi t l i ne data. Up to two ampl i tude val ues are al l owed for each x val ue. I f more than 200
poi nts are entered to be merged, the fi rst 200 poi nts are merged i nto the exi sti ng l i mi t,
then an error too many DATA entries i s reported.
Remote Command Notes: Up to 200 poi nts total may be defi ned for each l i mi t.
Exampl e: CALC:LLIN1:DATA 1000000000, -20,0,200000000,-30,1
92 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
Display
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.5.4.1 Limit 1 or Limit 2
Sel ects Li mi t 1 or Li mi t 2 for modi fi cati on.
Key Path: Display, Limits
State Saved: Not saved i n i nstrument state.
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.03.00
2.5.4.1.1 Type (Upper Lower)
Al l ows you to defi ne the l i mi t you are edi ti ng as ei ther an upper or l ower l i mi t. An Upper
l i mi t fai l s i f the trace exceeds the l i mi t. A Lower l i mi t fai l s i f the trace fal l s bel ow the l i mi t.
Key Path: Display, Limits, Limit 1
Display, Limits, Limit 2
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: I f a margi n has al ready been set for thi s l i mi t l i ne, and thi s key i s used to
change the l i mi t type, then the margi n val ue i s reset to 0 dB.
State Saved: Not saved i n i nstrument state. Survi ves power cycl e and preset. The
l i mi t-l i ne data i s saved i n fi l es.
Factory Preset
and *RST: Not affected by preset.
Factory Defaul t: Li mi ts are off by defaul t. Upper for Limit 1, then a l i mi t l i ne i s created.
Lower for Limit 2, then a l i mi t l i ne i s created.
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.03.00
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:LLINe[1]|2:TYPE UPPer|LOWer
:CALCulate:LLINe[1]|2:TYPE?
Exampl e: :CALC:LLIN2:TYPE LOW sets l i mi t l i ne 2 as a l ower l i mi t.
:CALC:LLIN1:TYPE? responds wi th the l i mi t l i ne 1 l i mi t type.
2.5.4.1.2 Limit Display
Turns l i mi t-l i ne di spl ay On or Off. Ei ther Limit or Margin, as wel l as Test, must be turned on
to turn on a l i mi t test.
Key Path: Display, Limits, Limit 1
Display, Limits, Limit 2
State Saved: Not saved i n i nstrument state.
Chapter 2 93
Instrument Functions: A - L
Display
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: No OPC dependenci es.
Factory Preset
and *RST: Off
Factory Defaul t: Off (when a l i mi t l i ne i s created)
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.03.00
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:LLINe[1]|2:DISPlay OFF|ON|0|1
:CALCulate:LLINe[1]|2:DISPlay? queri es the current l i mi t l i ne.
Exampl e: :CALC:LLIN2:DISP OFF turns off the di spl ay of the l i mi t l i nes.
:CALC:LLIN1:DISP? tel l s you whether the l i mi t l i nes are bei ng di spl ayed.
2.5.4.1.3 Limit Test
Turns the testi ng of the l i mi t l i ne On or Off. I f the trace i s at or wi thi n the bounds of the set
l i mi t or margi n, PASS LIMIT# or PASS MARGIN# i s di spl ayed i n green i n the upper-l eft
corner of the measurement area where # i s the number of the sel ected l i mi t l i ne.
Onl y posi ti ve margi ns are al l owed for l ower l i mi ts and onl y negati ve margi ns are al l owed
for upper l i mi ts. I f the trace i s out of the l i mi t or margi n boundari es, FAIL LIMIT# or FAIL
MARGIN# i s di spl ayed i n red. The resul ts for Li mi t 2 are di spl ayed bel ow those for Li mi t 1.
Ei ther Limit or Margin must be turned on for Test to be turned on.
NOTE The col or of your screen annotati on i s dependent on your anal yzer setti ngs
and may not correspond to the col ors descri bed above.
Key Path: Display, Limits, Limit 1
Display, Limits, Limit 2
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: I f ei ther of the l i mi ts or margi ns are turned off, the test cannot be turned
on. That i s, i f both Limit and Margin are set to Off, then the test i s turned off
automati cal l y.
State Saved: Not saved i n i nstrument state.
Factory Preset
and *RST: Off
Factory Defaul t: Off (when a l i mi t l i ne i s created)
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.03.00
94 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
Display
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:LLINe[1]|2:STATe OFF|ON|0|1 to turn l i mi t l i nes on or off.
:CALCulate:LLINe[1]|2:STATe?
:CALCulate:LLINe[1]|2:FAIL?
Exampl e: :CALC:LLIN:STATE 1 sets l i mi t l i ne 1 test on.
:CALC:LLIN:STATE? responds wi th the l i mi t l i ne test status.
:CALC:LLIN:FAIL? Queri es the status of the l i mi t-l i ne testi ng. Returns a
"0" i f the data passes, and returns a "1" i f there i s a fai l ure. Thi s query
val ue i s val i d onl y i f Margin or Test i s On.
2.5.4.1.4 Margin (On Off)
Turns margi n On or Off. Sel ecti ng On al l ows you to set a l i mi t-l i ne offset for the sel ected
l i mi t l i ne. Onl y posi ti ve margi ns are al l owed for l ower l i mi ts and onl y negati ve margi ns
are al l owed for upper l i mi ts. The margi n l i nes are di spl ayed i n a l i ght gray col or. I f the
l i mi t l i nes are off and margi n i s on, the trace i s checked agai nst the margi n, then a pass or
fai l margi n i s di spl ayed. Ei ther Limit or Margin, as wel l as Test, must be turned on to turn
on a l i mi t test.
Key Path: Display, Limits, Limit 1
Display, Limits, Limit 2
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: I f nei ther of the l i mi ts or margi ns are turned on, the test cannot be turned
on. That i s, i f both Limit and Margin are set to Off, then the test i s turned off
automati cal l y. I f a margi n has been set for thi s l i mi t l i ne, and thi s key i s
used to change the l i mi t type, then the margi n val ues i s reset to 0 dB.
State Saved: Not saved i n i nstrument state. Survi ves preset and power cycl e.
Factory Preset
and *RST: Off
Factory Defaul t: Off (when a l i mi t l i ne i s created). Defaul t val ue i s not affected by a
preset.
Fundamental Uni ts: dB
Termi nators: dB, dB
Defaul t Termi nator: dB
Resol uti on: 0.1 dB
Knob I ncrement: 0.1 dB (Upper); 0.1 dB (Lower)
Step Key
I ncrement: 1 dB (Upper); 1 dB (Lower)
Range: 0 to 40 dB (Upper); 0 to 40 dB (Lower)
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.03.00
Chapter 2 95
Instrument Functions: A - L
Display
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:LLINe[1]|2:MARGin:STATe OFF|ON|0|1 turns on margi ns on or off. I f the
margi n and l i mi t di spl ay are both turned off, l i mi t test i s automati cal l y turned off.
:CALCulate:LLINe[1]|2:MARGin:STATe?
Responds wi th the margi n state; 0 = off 1 = on.
:CALCulate:LLINe[1]|2:MARGin <ampl_rel>
Defi nes the amount of measurement margi n that i s added to the desi gnated l i mi t l i ne.
:CALCulate:LLINe[1]|2:MARGin?
Returns the margi n offset val ue.
2.5.4.1.5 Edit
Pressi ng Edit accesses menus for edi ti ng l i mi t l i nes and for accessi ng the l i mi t-l i ne tabl e
edi tor. Navi gati on through the l i mi t-l i ne tabl e i s achi eved by usi ng the front-panel arrow
and tab keys. Enteri ng data i n each fi el d navi gates to the next fi el d. New l i mi t segments
wi l l onl y be appl i ed after the edi tor i s cl osed.
Pressi ng Return, or any key that i s not associ ated wi th the edi tor, wi l l cl ose the l i mi t-l i ne
tabl e edi tor.
NOTE Refer to your Getti ng Started gui de for more i nformati on about navi gati on
wi thi n tabl es usi ng your front-panel arrow and tab keys.
Key Path: Display, Limits, Limit 1
Display, Limits, Limit 2
Factory Preset
and *RST: Exi ts the edi t mode.
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.03.00
2.5.4.1.5.1 Point
Up to 200 poi nts may be defi ned for each l i mi t l i ne usi ng Point. A maxi mum of two di fferent
poi nts may be entered that have the same frequency. Enter the poi nt number to be created
or edi ted usi ng the numeri c keypad, then press Enter, or use the front-panel knob, or step
keys to move to an exi sti ng poi nt. The step-up key takes you to the next poi nt, whi l e the
step-down key takes you to the previ ous poi nt. After sel ecti ng a poi nt, Frequency (or Time,
dependi ng on x-axi s sel ecti on) becomes acti ve.
Key Path: Display, Limits, Limit 1, Edit
Display, Limits, Limit 2, Edit
State Saved: Not affected by state.
96 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
Display
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Factory Preset
and *RST: 1
Termi nators: Enter
Defaul t Termi nator: Enter
Resol uti on: 1
Knob I ncrement: 1
Step Key
I ncrement: 1
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.03.00
Range: 1 to 200
2.5.4.1.5.2 Frequency (or Time)
Pressi ng thi s key al l ows you to enter a val ue for a l i mi t poi nt i n frequency (or ti me). Note
that thi s key l abel changes to Time i f X Axis Units has been sel ected. After enteri ng a val ue,
the l i mi t tabl e i s sorted to pl ace the val ue i n the correct order. A maxi mum of two di fferent
poi nts may be entered that have the same frequency. For a new poi nt, Amplitude defaul ts to
0 dBm and Connected defaul ts to Yes. Amplitude then becomes acti ve.
Key Path: Display, Limits, Limit 1, Edit
Display, Limits, Limit 2, Edit
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: Li mi t-l i ne poi nts are sel ected accordi ng to the X-axi s uni ts sel ected, for
exampl e i f frequency i s sel ected as your X-axi s uni ts, then the l i mi t poi nts
are frequency val ues. Al so, i f both upper and l ower l i mi t l i nes are sel ected
for the trace then both need to be defi ned usi ng the same X-axi s uni ts.
Fundamental
Uni ts: Hz, s
Factory Preset
and *RST: 300 MHz; 120 Ms
Termi nators: Hz, s
Defaul t Termi nator: Hz (frequency), s (ti me)
Knob I ncrement: 0.2 MHz, 30 Ms
Step Key
I ncrement: 20 MHz, 12 Ms
Range: 3 kHz to 350 GHz; 1000 Msec to 1000 Msec
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.03.00
Chapter 2 97
Instrument Functions: A - L
Display
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.5.4.1.5.3 Amplitude
Pressi ng Amplitude al l ows you to enter the ampl i tude val ue for the current l i mi t poi nt. After
enteri ng a val ue, Connected becomes acti ve. I f a front-panel arrow key i s pressed wi thout
enteri ng a val ue, the current Amplitude and Connected val ues of the poi nt are sel ected. I f the
up arrow i s pressed, the poi nt number automati cal l y i ncrements to al l ow entry of the
ampl i tude of the next poi nt. I f i t i s a new poi nt, the Frequency may al so be entered for the
new poi nt.
Key Path:. Display, Limits, Limit 1, Edit
Display, Limits, Limit 2, Edit
Factory Preset
and *RST:. 0 dBm
Fundamental
Uni ts:. dBm
Termi nators:. dBm
Defaul t Termi nator:. dBm
Resol uti on:. 0.1 dBm
Knob I ncrement:. 0.1 dBm
Step Key
I ncrement:. 10 dBm
Range:. -140 dBm to 100 dBm
Hi story:. Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.03.00
2.5.4.1.5.4 Connected To Previous Pt
A current poi nt may be connected to the previ ous poi nt by pressi ng Yes. No l i mi t testi ng i s
performed between di sconnected poi nts. Pressi ng thi s key when the Connected fi el d i s
sel ected toggl es the connected val ue of the current poi nt and i ncrements the Poi nt number
to al l ow entry or edi ti ng of the Frequency of the next poi nt. I f an arrow key i s pressed
wi thout enteri ng a val ue, the current Connected val ue of the poi nt i s sel ected. I f an arrow
key i s pressed, the Poi nt number automati cal l y i ncrements to al l ow entry of the Connected
val ue of the next poi nt. I f i t i s a new poi nt, the Frequency may be entered for the new poi nt.
Key Path:. Display, Limits, Limit 1, Edit
Display, Limits, Limit 2, Edit
Factory Preset
and *RST:. Yes
Knob I ncrement:. Toggl es to other sel ecti on.
Step Key
I ncrement:. Toggl es to other sel ecti on
Hi story:. Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.03.00
98 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
Display
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.5.4.1.5.5 Delete Point
Del eti ng the current l i mi t poi nt can be achi eved by pressi ng Delete Point. You wi l l be
prompted wi th the message If you are sure, press key again to delete. Pressi ng
Delete Point agai n wi l l del ete the l i mi t poi nt.
Key Path:. Display, Limits, Limit 1, Edit
Display, Limits, Limit 2, Edit
Hi story:. Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.03.00
2.5.4.1.6 Delete Limit
Del eti ng the current l i mi t set can be achi eved by pressi ng Delete. You wi l l be prompted
wi th the message If you are sure, press key again to delete. Pressi ng Delete agai n
wi l l del ete the l i mi t set.
Key Path: Display, Limits, Limit 1
Display, Limits, Limit 2
Factory Preset
and *RST: Off
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.03.00
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:LLINe[1]|2:DELete
Exampl e: :CALC:LLIN:DEL del etes l i mi t l i ne/margi n 1 (LLI N defaul ts to Li mi t Li ne
1)
2.5.4.1.7 Freq Interp
Thi s key i s grayed out i f Time i s the sel ected X Axis Units. Sets the i nterpol ati on to l i near or
l ogari thmi c for the speci fi ed l i mi ti ng poi nts set, al l owi ng you to determi ne how l i mi t trace
val ues are computed between poi nts i n a l i mi t tabl e. The avai l abl e i nterpol ati on modes are
l i near and l ogari thmi c. I f the l i near (Lin) mode i s used for both frequency and ampl i tude, a
strai ght l i ne i s used when i nterpol ati ng between poi nts i n a l i mi t tabl e. I f frequency
i nterpol ati on i s l ogari thmi c (Log), frequency val ues between l i mi t poi nts are computed by
fi rst taki ng the l ogari thm of both the tabl e val ues and the i ntermedi ate val ue. A l i near
i nterpol ati on i s then performed i n thi s l ogari thmi c frequency space. An exactl y anal ogous
mani pul ati on i s done for l ogari thmi c ampl i tude i nterpol ati on.
Chapter 2 99
Instrument Functions: A - L
Display
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
NOTE I f two ampl i tude val ues are entered for the same frequency, a si ngl e verti cal
l i ne i s the resul t. I n thi s case, i f an upper l i ne i s chosen, the ampl i tude of
l esser frequency (ampl i tude 1) i s tested. I f a l ower l i ne i s chosen, the
ampl i tude of greater frequency (ampl i tude 2) i s tested.
For l i near ampl i tude i nterpol ati on and l i near frequency i nterpol ati on, the
i nterpol ati on i s computed as:
For l i near ampl i tude i nterpol ati on and l og frequency i nterpol ati on, the
i nterpol ati on i s computed as:

For l og ampl i tude i nterpol ati on and l i near frequency i nterpol ati on, the
i nterpol ati on i s computed as:
For l og ampl i tude i nterpol ati on and l og frequency i nterpol ati on, the
i nterpol ati on i s computed as:
Key Path: Display, Limits, Limit 1
Display, Limits, Limit 2
State Saved: Persi stent; retai ns setti ngs, even through a power cycl e.
Factory Preset
and *RST: Log
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.03.00
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:LLINe[1]|2:CONTrol:INTerpolate:TYPE LOGarithmic|LINear
:CALCulate:LLINe[1]|2:CONTrol:INTerpolate:TYPE?
Exampl e: :CALC:LLIN2:CONT:INT:TYPE LIN sets l i mi t l i ne 2 frequency
i nterpol ati on to l i near.
y
y
i 1 +
y
i

f
i 1 +
f
i

---------------------- f f
i
( ) y
i
+ =
y
y
i 1 +
y
i

log f
i 1 +
log f
i

--------------------------------------- log f log f

i
( ) y
i
+ =
log y
log y
i 1 +
log y
i

f
i 1 +
f
i

----------------------------------------- f f
i
( ) log y
i
+ =
log y
log y
i 1 +
log y
i

log f
i 1 +
log f
i

----------------------------------------- log f log f

i
( ) y log
i
+ =
100 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
Display
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.5.4.1.8 Amptd Interp
Al l ows you to determi ne how l i mi t trace val ues are computed between poi nts i n a l i mi t
tabl e. The avai l abl e i nterpol ati on modes are l i near (Lin) and l ogari thmi c (Log). I f the l i near
mode i s used for both frequency and ampl i tude, a strai ght l i ne i s used when i nterpol ati ng
between poi nts i n a l i mi t tabl e. Thi s functi on does not work i n zero span (when the
anal yzer i s i n ti me domai n). Refer to the "Note" i n Freq I nterp on page 98 for more
i nformati on.
NOTE I nterpol ati on modes determi ne how l i mi t val ues are computed between
poi nts i n the l i mi t tabl e. The appearance of a l i mi t trace i s al so affected by the
ampl i tude scal e, whi ch may be l i near or l ogari thmi c.
Key Path: Display, Limits, Limit 1
Display, Limits, Limit 2
State Saved: Persi stent; retai ns setti ngs, even through a power cycl e.
Factory Preset
and *RST: Not affected by preset
Factory Defaul t: Log for a new l i mi t.
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.03.00
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:LLINe[1]|2:AMPLitude:INTerpolate:TYPE LOGarithmic|LINear
:CALCulate:LLINe[1]|2:AMPLitude:INTerpolate:TYPE?
Exampl e: :CALC:LLIN:AMPLLINT:TYPE LOG sets l i mi t l i ne 1 ampl i tude
i nterpol ati on to LOG.
:CALC:LLIN:AMPLLINT:TYPE? responds wi th the l i mi t l i ne i nterpol ati on
type.
2.5.4.2 X Axis Units
Sel ects how the l i mi t-l i ne segments are defi ned. Pressi ng X Axis Units sel ects whether the
l i mi t l i nes wi l l be entered usi ng frequency (Freq) or sweep ti me (Time) to defi ne the
segments. They can be speci fi ed as a tabl e of l i mi t-l i ne segments of ampl i tude versus
frequency, or of ampl i tude versus ti me. A ti me val ue of zero corresponds to the start of the
sweep, whi ch i s at the l eft edge of the grati cul e. Swi tchi ng the l i mi t-l i ne defi ni ti on between
Freq and Time wi l l erase both of the current l i mi t l i nes. The fol l owi ng message wi l l appear
on screen:
Changing X axis units will delete all limits. If you are sure, press key
again to change units.
CAUTION Changi ng thi s setti ng del etes al l exi sti ng l i mi t data from the anal yzer. I n
other words, i f a l i mi t l i ne has al ready been defi ned, changi ng the uni ts cl ears
Chapter 2 101
Instrument Functions: A - L
Display
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
the exi sti ng l i mi t l i ne.
Press X Axis Units agai n to purge both l i mi t l i nes and to swi tch between frequency and
ti me.
Key Path: Display, Limits
Factory Defaul t: Frequency for a new l i mi t.
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.03.00
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:LLINe:CONTrol:DOMain FREQuency|TIME
:CALCulate:LLINe:CONTrol:DOMain?
Remote Command Notes: For TI ME, the l i mi t l i ne segments are pl aced on the spectrum
anal yze di spl ay wi th respect to the sweep ti me setti ng of the anal yzer,
wi th 0 at the l eft edge of the di spl ay.
For FREQuency, segments are pl aced accordi ng to the frequency that i s
speci fi ed for each segment.
Exampl e: :CALC:LLIN:CONT:DOM FREQ sets l i mi t l i nes 1 and 2 x-axi s uni ts to
frequency.
:CALC:LLIN:CONT:DOM TIME sets l i mi t l i nes 1 and 2 x-axi s uni ts to ti me.
:CALC:LLIN:CONT:DOM? responds wi th l i mi t l i nes 1 and 2 x-axi s uni t type.
2.5.4.3 Limits (Fixed Rel)
Speci fi es whether the current l i mi t l i nes are fi xed or rel ati ve.
Pressi ng Limits to choose fi xed (Fixed) or rel ati ve (Rel) l i mi t l i nes. The fi xed (Fixed) type
uses the current l i mi t l i nes as a reference wi th fi xed frequency and ampl i tude val ues. The
rel ati ve (Rel) setti ng resul ts i n the current l i mi t-l i ne val ue to be rel ati ve to the di spl ayed
center frequency and reference l evel ampl i tude val ues. When l i mi t l i nes are speci fi ed wi th
ti me, rather than frequency, the Rel setti ng onl y affects the ampl i tude val ues. The current
ampl i tude val ues wi l l be rel ati ve to the di spl ayed reference l evel ampl i tude, but the ti me
val ues wi l l al ways start at the l eft edge of the grati cul e.
For exampl e, assume you have a frequency l i mi t l i ne. I f the l i mi t l i ne i s speci fi ed as fi xed
(Fixed) enteri ng a l i mi t l i ne segment wi th a frequency coordi nate of 300 MHz di spl ays the
l i mi t l i ne segment at 300 MHz. I f the same l i mi t l i ne tabl e i s speci fi ed as rel ati ve (Rel), i t i s
di spl ayed rel ati ve to the anal yzer center frequency and reference l evel . I f the center
frequency i s at 1.0 GHz, a rel ati ve l i mi t l i ne segment wi th a frequency coordi nate of 300
MHz wi l l di spl ay the l i mi t l i ne segment at 1.3 GHz. I f the ampl i tude component of the
rel ati ve l i mi t l i ne segment i s -10 dB, the -10 dB i s added to the reference l evel val ue to
obtai n the ampl i tude of the gi ven segment (reference l evel offset i ncl uded).
A l i mi t l i ne entered as Fixed may be changed to Rel, and one entered as Rel may be changed
to Fixed. When changi ng between fi xed and rel ati ve l i mi t l i nes, the frequency and
ampl i tude val ues i n the l i mi t l i ne tabl e change so that the l i mi t l i ne remai ns i n the same
posi ti on for the current frequency and ampl i tude setti ngs of the anal yzer. I f a ti me and
102 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
Display
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
ampl i tude l i mi t l i ne i s used, the ampl i tude val ues change but the ti me val ues remai n the
same.
Key Path: Display, Limits
Factory Defaul t: Fi xed for a new l i mi t.
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.03.00
Remote Command:
NOTE I f you need to change the domai n wi th :CALCul ate:LLI Ne:CONTrol :DOMai n,
do i t before thi s command. Changi ng the domai n del etes al l the exi sti ng l i mi t
l i ne val ues.
:CALCulate:LLINe:CMODe FIXed|RELative
:CALCulate:LLINe:CMODe?
Exampl e: :CALC:LLIN:CMOD FIX sets l i mi t l i nes 1 and 2 l i mi ts to fi xed.
2.5.4.4 Delete All Limits
Del etes the sel ected l i mi t l i ne. Pressi ng Delete Limits purges the data from the l i mi t-l i ne
tabl es. Pressi ng Delete Limits after the prompt, If you are sure, press key again to
delete, wi l l del ete the l i mi ts.
Key Path: Display, Limits
Factory Preset
and *RST: Not affected by preset.
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.03.00
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:LLINe:ALL:DELete
Exampl e: :CALC:LLIN:ALL:DEL del etes al l of the data poi nts for l i mi ts l i nes 1 and 2.
2.5.5 Title
Di spl ays menu keys that enabl e you to change or cl ear a ti tl e on your di spl ay.
Key Path: Display
2.5.5.1 Change Title
Al l ows you to wri te a ti tl e across the top of the di spl ay. Press Change Title to access the
Al pha Edi tor Menus that contai n avai l abl e characters and symbol s. You may al so use the
numeri c keypad to enter numbers. Press Enter or Return to compl ete the entry. Press ESC to
cancel the entry and preserve your exi sti ng ti tl e.
The di spl ay ti tl e wi l l remai n unti l you press Change Title agai n, or you recal l a trace or
state, or a Factory Preset i s performed. A ti tl e can al so be cl eared by pressi ng Title, Clear
Chapter 2 103
Instrument Functions: A - L
Display
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Title.
Pressi ng thi s key cancel s any acti ve functi on.
Key Path: Display, Title
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State.
Remote Command:
:DISPlay:ANNotation:TITLe:DATA <string>
:DISPlay:ANNotation:TITLe:DATA?
Exampl e: DISP:ANN:TITL:DATA This Is My Title
2.5.5.2 Clear Title
Al l ows you to cl ear a ti tl e from the front-panel di spl ay. Once cl eared, the ti tl e cannot be
retri eved.
Key Path: Display, Title
Factory Preset: No ti tl e
Remote Command:
There i s no equi val ent command, but the exampl e bel ow shows how to enter an empty
ti tl e.
Exampl e: DISP:ANN:TITL:DATA TEST 3
2.5.6 Preferences
Accesses menu keys whi ch al l ow you to turn the grati cul e and annotati on on or off.
Key Path: Display
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory Preset
and *RST: No ti tl e
Factory Defaul t: n/a
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.03.00
2.5.6.1 Graticule (On Off)
Pressi ng Grati cul e turns the di spl ay grati cul es on or off.
Key Path: Display
Factory Preset
and *RST: On
Factory Defaul t: On
Termi nators: Enter
104 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
Display
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.03.00
Remote Command:
:DISPlay:WINDow:TRACe:GRATicule:GRID[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1
:DISPlay:WINDow:TRACe:GRATicule:GRID[:STATe]?
Exampl e: DISP:WIND:TRAC:GRAT:GRID OFF
2.5.6.2 Annotation
Turns the screen annotati on on or off for al l wi ndows, however, menu key annotati on wi l l
remai n on the di spl ay. The screen annotati on may not be requi red for pri nts or duri ng
remote operati on.
Key Path: Display
Factory Preset
and *RST: On
Remote Command:
:DISPlay:WINDow:ANNotation[:ALL] OFF|ON|0|1
:DISPlay:WINDow:ANNotation[:ALL]?
Exampl e: DI SP:WI ND:ANN OFF
2.5.7 Display Enable (Remote Command Only)
Turns the di spl ay on or off. I f enabl e i s set to off, the di spl ay wi l l appear to bl ank. Thi s can
make the measurement run faster si nce the i nstrument does not have to update the
di spl ay after every data acqui si ti on. There i s often no need to update the di spl ay
i nformati on when usi ng remote operati on.
Sendi ng SYSTem:PRESet or *TST commands wi l l turn i t on. *RST wi l l not.
Key Path: None, no front-panel control .
State Saved: Not saved i n i nstrument state.
Factory Preset: On
Factory Defaul t: On
Remote Command:
:DISPlay:ENABle OFF|ON|0|1
:DISPlay:ENABle?
Exampl e: DISP:ENAB OFF
Chapter 2 105
Instrument Functions: A - L
File
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.6 File
Di spl ays a menu of functi ons that enabl e you to l oad, save, and manage data on ei ther a
di skette (A:) or the anal yzer s i nternal dri ve (C:); you can recal l , save, copy, del ete, or
rename fi l es of i nstrument states, trace data, and screen captures. The menu keys di spl ay
di al og boxes appropri ate for the sel ected functi on.
Agi l ent anal yzers use di fferent types of mass storage devi ces:
3.5 i nch di sk dri ve (hi gh densi ty, 1.44 MBytes formatted) desi gnated A: (Savi ng
di rectl y to dri ve A:\ can be sl ow. Try savi ng fi rst to i nternal dri ve C:\ and then
transferri ng the fi l e.)
Part of fl ash memory and treated as a devi ce desi gnated C:
Part of fl ash memory and treated as a devi ce for i nternal use onl y to store personal i ty
opti on fi rmware, desi gnated I :
The MMEMory command syntax term <file_name> i s a speci fi er havi ng the form:
DRIVE:\DIRECTORY\NAME.EXT, where the fol l owi ng rul es appl y:
DRI VE i s A: or C:
\DI RECTORY\ i s the path name.
NAME i s a DOS fi l e name of up to ei ght characters, l etters (A-Z, a-z) and numbers
(0-9) onl y.
EXT i s an opti onal fi l e extensi on usi ng the same rul es as name, but consi sts of up to
three characters total
File Types
You can save the fol l owi ng types of fi l es:
State - A fi l e that contai ns a copy of the state of the anal yzer at the ti me the fi l e i s saved.
The setti ngs of most anal yzer functi ons are saved i n the state fi l es but not traces, l i mi ts,
and correcti ons. When a State fi l e i s l oaded i nto the anal yzer, the anal yzer i s restored to
the same state as when the fi l e was saved. Some setti ngs are not saved i n the State fi l es,
for exampl e the GPI B address; these setti ngs are cal l ed persi stent. I n thi s manual , each
functi on descri bes whether that functi on i s saved i n I nstrument State or i s persi stent.
Trace - A fi l e that contai ns a copy of the trace data for one or more traces. There are two
formats for trace fi l es, Trace + State and CSV fi l es.
Trace + State: A fi l e that contai ns the trace data and a copy of the current anal yzer state.
The trace and state are stored i n an i nternal data format (TRC), whi ch cannot be l oaded
i nto a PC, but can be l oaded back i nto the anal yzer. Traces can be l oaded i ndi vi dual l y or as
a group. When a Trace + State fi l e i s l oaded i nto the anal yzer the trace data that was on the
screen, when saved, i s l oaded i nto the anal yzer. Thi s enabl es you to vi ew the trace as i t
l ooked when i t was saved. Because the state data i s al so saved, the anal yzer setti ngs,
i ncl udi ng al l the annotati on on the screen, i s restored as wel l . To preserve the trace data,
the traces contai ned i n the saved fi l es are pl aced i n View mode (see Trace/Vi ew on page
263) so that they are not i mmedi atel y overwri tten by new trace data. Thi s means that you
can save traces whi l e maki ng a measurement, and l ater l oad them back i nto the anal yzer,
106 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
File
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
where you can pri nt them or transfer them to a computer, i n CSV format, for anal ysi s. I f
you wi sh to compare two saved tr aces, pl ace traces i n vi ew mode before savi ng them. Thi s
prevents the trace from bei ng rewri tten based on a state change from subsequent l oads.
CSV: A fi l e that contai ns trace data i n comma-separated val ues format (CSV, standard PC
spreadsheet format), to be read i nto a spreadsheet for anal ysi s. Most spreadsheet
programs support CSV format. They cannot be l oaded back i nto the anal yzer.
Limits - A fi l e that contai ns a copy of the anal yzer l i mi t sets at the ti me the fi l e i s
saved. Li mi ts provi de data sets to determi ne whether a trace has exceeded preset
speci fi cati ons. Li mi t sets can hol d up to 200 poi nts and can onl y be saved i ndi vi dual l y.
Refer to the File, Save, Source key descri pti on, page 115. When you l oad a Limits fi l e i nto
the anal yzer, you restore al l of the l i mi t sets that were i n the i nstrument at the ti me of
the save.
NOTE When l oadi ng Li mi ts fi l es, be sure you have sel ected the appropri ate X Axi s
Uni ts: frequency or ti me (Display, Limits, Properties, X Axis Units). I f you are
i n ti me X-Axi s Uni ts, and you l oad frequency l i mi ts, al l current l i mi t l i ne
data wi l l be erased and the anal yzer wi l l swi tch to frequency uni ts. The
reverse of the thi s si tuati on al so hol ds true.
Screen - A fi l e that contai ns an exact representati on of the anal yzer di spl ay at the ti me i t
was saved. You cannot extract data from Screen fi l es as you can wi th Trace fi l es, but you
can pri nt them or i ncl ude them i n other documents; Screen fi l es l ook exactl y as the di spl ay
l ooked when the fi l e was saved. They cannot be l oaded i nto the anal yzer. There are four
formats for screen fi l es, Bitmap and Reverse Bitmap.
Bitmap: A fi l e that contai ns an exact bi t representati on of the screen. Stored i n
Graphi cs I nterchange Format (GI F) format.
Reverse Bitmap: Same as Bitmap, but the bl ack di spl ay backgrounds are changed
to whi te and the yel l ow traces are turned to green to preserve pri nter bl ack i nk.
Corrections - A fi l e that contai ns a copy of the anal yzer correcti on tabl es at the ti me the
fi l e i s saved (CBL, ANT, OTH, AMP). Correcti ons provi de a way to adjust the trace di spl ay
for preset gai n factors (such as for cabl e l oss). A correcti on set can hol d up to 200 poi nts.
Pressi ng Corrections acti vates the Source key. Refer to the File, Save, Source key
descri pti on, page 115. When you l oad a Corrections fi l e i nto the anal yzer, you restore al l of
the correcti ons val ues that were i n the i nstrument at the ti me of the save.
Measurement Results - A fi l e that contai ns a copy of the anal yzer measurement data
that was current at the ti me the fi l e i s saved. Measurement resul ts fi l es are saved i n .CSV
format (for i mporti ng i nto spreadsheets). When you l oad a Measurement Results fi l e i nto the
anal yzer, you restore al l of the measurement data that was i n the i nstrument at the ti me
of the save.
Chapter 2 107
Instrument Functions: A - L
File
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.6.1 Catalog
Di spl ays di rectori es and fi l es l ocated on the sel ected dri ve, dependi ng upon the preferences
set under the Type (page 107) and Sort (page 109) keys. Catalog di spl ays menus to
navi gate the dri ves and to sort and sel ect the fi l es you wi sh to vi ew.
NOTE The i nternal anal yzer dri ve (C:\) i s not an actual di sk dri ve, but an area of
nonvol ati l e (fl ash) memory whi ch i s presented as though i t were a di sk dri ve.
The i nternal anal yzer dri ve (I :\) i s used for i nstrument fi rmware and
opti onal measurement personal i ti es. I t i s not avai l abl e for data/fi l e storage.
Key Path: File
Remote Command:
:MMEMory:CATalog? <dir_name>
Remote Command Notes: Query returns al l fi l es i n the speci fi ed dri ve\path name.
The return data wi l l be i n the format: <mem_used>,<mem_free>
{,<file_listing>}
Each <file listing> i ndi cates the name and si ze i n bytes of one fi l e i n
the di rectory l i st i n the form: <file_name>, <file_size> for exampl e, a
fi l e cal l ed SCREN000.GI F whi ch i s 21286 bytes i n si ze, woul d l i st as
SCREN000.GIF,.,21286. Di rectori es are i ndi cated by square brackets,
for exampl e [MYDIR],,.
Al l fi l es are l i sted, wi thout regard to the preferences sel ected for the fi l e
catal og on the anal yzer screen.
I f you use l owercase characters, they are converted to uppercase i n
i nterpreti ng catal og commands.
Exampl e: :MMEM:CAT? C:\MYDIR\MYMEAS
2.6.1.1 Type
Al l ows you to sel ect the desi red type of i nstrument-data fi l es to be di spl ayed. Common
types of i nstrument data fi l es i ncl ude trace data, l i mi t l i ne data, and ampl i tude correcti on
data. See Fi l e Types on page 105 for more i nformati on The catal og di spl ays al l fi l es (i f
Type i s set to All) or fi l es of the currentl y sel ected fi l e type. Al l di rectori es are al ways
di spl ayed.
Type Format Destination Extension
State State STA
Trace Trace + state Trace 1, 2, 3, or al l traces TRC
Comma separated trace val ues Trace 1, 2, 3, or al l traces CSV
Limit I nternal data format LIM
108 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
File
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Key Path: File, Catalog
State Saved: Type i s not saved i n the i nstrument state
Factory Preset: Type survi ves Factory Preset and *RST, but i s set to State at power on.
Remote Command:
There i s no remote command for thi s key.
2.6.1.1.1 All
Di spl ays al l fi l es l ocated i n the sel ected di rectory. I f sel ected, i t appl i es to Catalog, Delete,
Copy, and Rename.
Key Path: File, Catalog, Type
2.6.1.1.2 State
Di spl ays al l state fi l es (STA) i n the sel ected di rectory. State fi l es contai n most i nstrument
setti ngs. I f sel ected, i t appl i es to al l File functi ons.
Key Path: File, Catalog, Type
2.6.1.1.3 Trace
Di spl ays al l trace fi l es (TRC and CSV) i n the sel ected di rectory. I f sel ected, i t appl i es to al l
File functi ons.
Key Path: File, Catalog, Type
2.6.1.1.4 Limits
Di spl ays al l l i mi ts fi l es (LI M) i n the sel ected di rectory.
Key Path: File, Catalog, Type
Screen Bi tmap GIF
Reverse bi tmap GIF
Corrections I nternal data format ANT, CBL, OTH,
and AMP
Measurement
Results
Comma separated val ues CSV
Type Format Destination Extension
Chapter 2 109
Instrument Functions: A - L
File
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.6.1.1.5 Screen
Di spl ays al l screen fi l es (GI F) i n the sel ected di rectory.
To save a screen fi l e, press File, Save, Type, Screen. Then press the front-panel Return key to
return to the measurement di spl ay. You can then press the front-panel Save key to save the
current i mage.
Key Path: File, Catalog, Type
2.6.1.1.6 Corrections
Di spl ays al l correcti on fi l es (ANT, CBL, OTH, and AMP) i n the sel ected di rectory.
Key Path: File, Catalog, Type
2.6.1.2 Sort
Di spl ays the Sort menu keys that enabl e you to vi ew your saved fi l es accordi ng to a
sel ected fi l e attri bute.The sel ecti ons i ncl ude, By Date, By Name, By Extension, By Size, and
Order. Order (Up) sorts fi l es i n ascendi ng order (for exampl e, A,B,C). Order (Down) sorts fi l es
i n descendi ng order (for exampl e, C,B,A).
The Sort setti ng appl i es to al l of the File functi ons, except Save.
Key Path: File, Catalog
State Saved: The Sort order survi ves Preset, but i s not saved i n the i nstrument state.
Remote Command:
There i s no remote command for thi s key.
2.6.1.2.1 By Date
Sorts and di spl ays the current fi l e catal og by the date of the fi l es.
Key Path: File, Catalog, Sort
2.6.1.2.2 By Name
Sorts and di spl ays the current fi l e catal og i n al phabeti cal order of the name of the fi l es.
Key Path: File, Catalog, Sort
110 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
File
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.6.1.2.3 By Extension
Sorts and di spl ays the current fi l e catal og, i n al phabeti cal order, by the fi l e extensi on of
the fi l e names (for exampl e: .TRC, .STA).
Key Path: File, Catalog, Sort
2.6.1.2.4 By Size
Sorts and di spl ays the current fi l e catal og by the si ze of the fi l es.
Key Path: File, Catalog, Sort
2.6.1.2.5 Order
Changes the order of the di spl ay of the current fi l e catal og. Up sorts the fi l es i n ascendi ng
order (A to Z, 1 to 9), whi l e Down sorts i n descendi ng order (Z to A, 9 to 1).
Key Path: File, Catalog, Sort
2.6.1.3 Dir Up
Moves up one subdi rectory l evel wi thi n a di rectory. I f your posi ti on i s i n the top l evel of the
dri ve al ready, i t moves up to the dri ve l evel and the current dri ve i s hi ghl i ghted (A: or C:).
Key Path: File, Catalog
2.6.1.4 Dir Select
Sel ects the dri ve or di rectory that i s hi ghl i ghted on the di spl ay. You can use the up and
down arrows to sel ect and hi ghl i ght the desi red dri ve or di rectory. I f the top entry i n the
catal og has a . . i ndi cati on, you are i n a subdi rectory, and thi s key acts the same as the Dir
Up key. When you are at the top di rectory l evel , thi s key moves up to the dri ve l evel .
Key Path: File, Catalog
Chapter 2 111
Instrument Functions: A - L
File
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.6.2 Save
Di spl ays menu keys that enabl e you to save fi l es to the fl oppy (A:) or i nternal (C:) dri ve.
The menus al l ow you to fi l l i n data-entry fi el ds for fi l e name, type, format, source, and
path (di rectory). Some fi el ds may be bl ank dependi ng on fi l e type.
The catal og l i st box i s acti ve and can be used for sel ecti ng the di rectory i n whi ch to save
the fi l e. Saved fi l es that match the current Type and Format are shown. The Sort Order i s
al ways Down, By Date.
NOTE Never remove the di skette duri ng a save operati on. To do so coul d corrupt all
data on the di skette.
Savi ng di rectl y to fl oppy dri ve A:\ can be sl ow. Try savi ng fi rst to i nternal
dri ve C:\ and then transfer the fi l e to the fl oppy dri ve.
NOTE Many errors can be generated by a bad Save operati on. For thi s reason, i f an
Unable to Save file message i s seen, you shoul d check the error queue
(System, Show Errors) for the source of the error.
NOTE You can press the front-panel Save key to i mmedi atel y save a fi l e usi ng an
automati cal l y generated fi l e name. The current Save parameters wi l l be used,
as though Save Now had been pressed.
NOTE I f savi ng a Screen, the screen saved i s the screen that was di spl ayed before
pressi ng File. For thi s reason, the screens seen whi l e i n the File menus cannot
be saved.
Key Path: File
Factory Preset: State i s the defaul t fi l e type at power on.
112 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
File
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.6.2.1 Save Now
Executes the save functi on. Whi l e the fi l e i s bei ng saved the popup message Saving
file fol l owed by Reading directory i s di spl ayed. After a successful save, the text
message xxxxxx file saved (where xxxxxx i s the fi l e name) appears i n the status l i ne.
Once you have used the File, Save, Save Now keys to setup and save a fi l e, the Save hardkey
wi l l perform an i mmedi ate Save Now of your fi l e i n the same format and to the same
l ocati on.
The anal yzer wi l l pi ck a fi l ename for you based on the tabl e bel ow. The ### i n the
auto-generated fi l e name represents a three-di gi t number whi ch the anal yzer has chosen
to be the l owest number i n the current sequence that does not confl i ct wi th an exi sti ng fi l e
name. The number starts at 000 with a new analyzer or after the installation of
new firmware and counts up with each attempted Save. After a Restore Sys Defaults,
the number wi l l start at a number that may be l ower then the l owest number of the fi l e the
currentl y saved fi l es. The number counts up wi th each attempted Save, but wi l l ski p the
numbers al ready i n use and not over wri te exi sti ng fi l es. I f you want to enter your own fi l e
name, refer to Name (page 116) for addi ti onal i nformati on.
NOTE Never remove the di skette duri ng a save operati on. To do so coul d corrupt all
data on the di skette.
NOTE Many errors can be generated by a bad Save operati on. For thi s reason, i f an
Unable to Save file message i s seen, you shoul d check the error queue
(System, Show Errors) for the source of the error.
NOTE You are al ways safe pressi ng Save Now wi thout enteri ng a fi l e name, because
the auto-generated fi l e name never confl i cts wi th an exi sti ng fi l e.
I f the Path: fi el d above the di rectory box i s empty when pressi ng Save Now,
the status l i ne wi l l di spl ay the error message: Unable to save file,
invalid path. I n thi s case, pl ease sel ect a dri ve.
Key Path: File, Save
Remote Command:
:MMEMory:STORe:SCReen <file_name>
Type Auto-Generated
File Name
Extension
State STATE### .STA
Trace TRACE### .TRC or
.CSV
Screen SCREN### .GIF
Chapter 2 113
Instrument Functions: A - L
File
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
:MMEMory:STORe:STATe 1,<file_name>
The MMEM:STOR:STAT command onl y saves the state of the Si gnal Anal ysi s mode. Use
*SAV to save al l mode states.
:MMEMory:STORe:TRACe <label>,<file_name>
Thi s command i s not avai l abl e when you are outsi de the Spectrum Anal ysi s mode and
worki ng i n opti onal measurement modes.
:MMEMory:STORe:LIMit LLINE1|LLINE2,<file_name>
:MMEMory:STORe:CORRection ANTenna|CABLe|OTHer|USER,<file_name>
:MMEMory:STORe:RESults <file_name>
*SAV <register#>
Remote Command Notes: For the MMEM:STOR:TRAC <l abel >,<fi l e_name> command:
Trace l abel s are: TRACE1|TRACE2|TRACE3|ALL
The fi l e name must have a fi l e extensi on of .TRC or .CSV. The fi l e
extensi on determi nes whether a trace i s stored (.CSV), or a trace wi th i ts
state (.TRC), are stored.
The <file_name> must i ncl ude the compl ete path, for exampl e
C:\MYTRACE.TRC. Lowercase characters are i nterpreted as uppercase.
These commands wi l l fai l i f the <file_name> al ready exi sts.
For the MMEM:STOR:LI M LLI NE2,C:myl i mi t.l i m command, there i s no
short form for parameters LLI NE1| LLI NE2.
Exampl e: MMEM:STOR:STAT 1,C:\mystate.sta saves the current i nstrument
state to the speci fi ed fi l e name. The .sta extensi on i s requi red.
*SAV saves the current i nstrument state to a fi l e name REGxxx, where xxx
= the regi ster number. The avai l abl e regi ster numbers are 0 to 127.
MMEM:STOR:SCR C:\myscreen.gif The fi l e must have a .gif fi l e
extensi on. The speci fi ed fi l e extensi on determi nes whi ch fi l e format the
i nstrument wi l l use to save the i mage. Onl y Bitmap i s avai l abl e (not
Reverse Bitmap).
MMEM:STOR:TRAC TRACE3,C:\mytrace.trc Saves trace 3 to the trace +
state fi l e C:\MYTRACE.TRC
MMEM:STOR:CORR ANT, A:TEST1.AMP saves the current antenna
correcti on to the speci fi ed fi l e name. The .amp extensi on i s requi red.
MMEM:STOR:LIM LLINE2,C:mylimit.lim saves the current l i mi t l i ne
two data set to the speci fi ed fi l e name. The .l i m extensi on i s requi red.
MMEM:STOR:RES A:ACP.CSV saves the current ACP measurement
resul ts to the speci fi ed fi l e name. The .csv extensi on i s requi red.
114 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
File
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.6.2.2 Type
Al l ows you to sel ect the type of data you want to save. The fi l e types avai l abl e for savi ng
are descri bed bel ow. See Fi l e Types on page 105 and Type on page 107 for more
i nformati on.
NOTE All i s not an opti on i n Save, you have to speci fy the desi red fi l e type.
Key Path: File, Save
State Saved: Type i s not saved i n the i nstrument state
Factory Preset: Type survi ves Factory Preset and *RST, but i s set to State at power on.
2.6.2.3 Format
When Type i s set to Trace, Format al l ows you to choose between Trace + State and CSV
formats. For more i nformati on on fi l e types, refer to Fi l e Types on page 105.
When Type i s set to Screen, Format al l ows you to choose between Bitmap and Reverse Bitmap
formats. For more i nformati on on fi l e types, refer to Fi l e Types on page 105.
Key Path: File, Save
State Saved: Format i s not saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory Preset: Format survi ves Factory Preset and *RST, but:
Trace fi l e format i s Trace + State at power on
Screen fi l e format i s Bitmap at power on
Type Format Source Extension
State State STA
Trace Trace + state Trace 1, 2, 3, or al l traces TRC
Comma separated trace val ues Trace 1, 2, 3, or al l traces CSV
Limit I nternal data format LIM
Screen Bi tmap GIF
Reverse bi tmap GIF
Corrections I nternal data format ANT, CBL, OTH,
and AMP
Measurement
Results
Comma separated val ues CSV
Chapter 2 115
Instrument Functions: A - L
File
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.6.2.3.1 Trace + State
When the fi l e type i s Trace, thi s key sel ects the Trace + State, i nstrument-readabl e fi l e
(TRC) format for your fi l e. For more i nformati on on fi l e types, refer to Fi l e Types on
page 105.
Key Path: File, Save, Format
2.6.2.3.2 CSV
When the fi l e type i s Trace, thi s key sel ects the trace data as comma-separated val ues
(CSV). The CSV format i s readabl e by a spreadsheet on your computer, but the trace cannot
be restored to the anal yzer di spl ay. For more i nformati on on fi l e types, refer to Fi l e Types
on page 105.
Key Path: File, Save, Format
2.6.2.3.3 Bitmap
When the fi l e type i s Screen, thi s key sel ects the bi tmap Graphi cs I nterchange Format
(GI F) fi l e format for your saved data. For more i nformati on on fi l e types, refer to Fi l e
Types on page 105.
Key Path: File, Save, Format
2.6.2.3.4 Reverse Bitmap
When the fi l e type i s Screen, thi s key sel ects the i nverse bi tmap fi l e format (GIF) for your
saved data. For more i nformati on on fi l e types, refer to Fi l e Types on page 105.
Key Path: File, Save, Format
2.6.2.4 Source
When the fi l e type i s set to Trace, thi s key al l ows you to save trace 1, 2, 3 or All. Savi ng
trace All saves al l traces i n a si ngl e.TRC fi l e.
When the fi l e type i s set to Corrections, Source accesses the Antenna, Cable, Other and User
menu keys, whi ch al l ow you to sel ect the type of correcti on to be saved.
When the fi l e type i s set to Limits, Source accesses the Limit 1 and Limit 2 menu keys. Limit 1
and Limit 2 provi de data sets to determi ne whether a trace has exceeded preset
speci fi cati ons. Li mi t sets can hol d up to 200 poi nts and can onl y be saved i ndi vi dual l y.
For any other Save type, Source i s unavai l abl e (grayed out).
Key Path: File, Save
State Saved: Source i s not saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory Preset: Source survi ves Factory Preset and *RST, but i s set to All Traces at
power-up.
116 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
File
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.6.2.4.1 Trace 1
Sel ects trace 1 to be saved.
Key Path: File, Save, Source
2.6.2.4.2 Trace 2
Sel ects trace 2 to be saved.
Key Path: File, Save, Source
2.6.2.4.3 Trace 3
Sel ects trace 3 to be saved.
Key Path: File, Save, Source
2.6.2.4.4 All Traces
Sel ects al l the traces to be saved.
Key Path: File, Save, Source
2.6.2.5 Name
Di spl ays the Al pha Edi tor and enabl es you to enter a fi l ename. The numeri c keypad can
al so be used whi l e enteri ng fi l e names. Press Enter or Return to compl ete the name entry.
NOTE Onl y capi tal l etters (A-Z) and di gi ts (0-9) may appear i n fi l e names (8
characters, maxi mum). Addi ti onal l y, fi l e names i ncl ude a 3 di gi t extensi on
whi ch i s automati cal l y set by the i nstrument dependi ng on the fi l e type and
format.
Key Path: File, Save
Remote Command:
The fi l e name i s entered as part of the di rectory path name that i s sent wi th the SCPI
command. See Save Now on page 112.
2.6.2.6 Dir Up
Moves up one subdi rectory l evel wi thi n a di rectory. I f your posi ti on i s i n the top l evel of the
dri ve al ready, i t moves up to the dri ve l evel and the current dri ve i s hi ghl i ghted (A: or C:).
Key Path: File, Save
Chapter 2 117
Instrument Functions: A - L
File
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Remote Command:
The di rectory i s entered as part of the di rectory path name that i s sent wi th the SCPI
command. See Save Now on page 112.
2.6.2.7 Dir Select
Di spl ays the hi ghl i ghted di rectory. See Di r Sel ect on page 110 for more i nformati on.
Key Path: File, Save
Remote Command:
The di rectory i s entered as part of the di rectory path name that i s sent wi th the SCPI
command. See Save Now on page 112.
2.6.3 Load
Di spl ays the menu key that enabl es you to l oad i nstrument-data fi l es from the sel ected
dri ve and di rectory back i nto the i nstrument. Thi s functi on di spl ays the fi l e l i st box, whi ch
shows the data-entry fi el ds for the fi l e name, type, desti nati on, and path.
The catal og l i st box i s acti ve and can be used for sel ecti ng the fi l e i nformati on i n the
data-entry fi el ds. Onl y l oadabl e fi l es that match the current type are shown. Pl aci ng the
cursor on a fi l e name causes i t to be l oaded i nto the fi l e name fi el d.
Key Path: File
2.6.3.1 Load Now
Loads the currentl y sel ected fi l e. Di spl ayed setti ngs i ncl ude name, type, desti nati on, and
path. Whi l e the fi l e i s bei ng l oaded a popup message i s di spl ayed Loading file. After a
successful l oad, the text message xxxxxx file loaded (where xxxxxx i s the fi l e name)
appears i n the status l i ne. When traces are l oaded they al ways l oad i n View mode.
Traces save i n TRC format can be l oaded i ndi vi dual l y or as a group. When a trace i s
l oaded, the state that exi sted when that trace was saved i s l oaded al ong wi th the trace.
Al so, the l oaded trace(s) i s/are pl aced i n vi ew mode.
NOTE To compare two saved traces from di fferent saves, pl ace traces i n vi ew mode
before savi ng them. Thi s prevents the trace from bei ng rewri tten based on a
state change from subsequent l oads.
Key Path: File, Load
118 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
File
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Remote Command:
:MMEMory:LOAD:STATe 1,<file_name> l oads the speci fi ed state fi l e i nto the current
acti ve state of the i nstrument.
The MMEM:LOAD:STAT command onl y saves the state of the Si gnal Anal ysi s mode.
Use *RCL to l oad al l mode states. *RCL <register#> l oads the state from the speci fi ed
i nternal regi ster i nto the current acti ve state of the i nstrument. The avai l abl e regi ster
numbers are 0 to 127.
:MMEMory:LOAD:TRACe <label>,<file_name>
:MMEMory:LOAD:CORRection ANTenna|CABLe|OTHer|USER,<file_name>
:MMEMory:LOAD:LIMit LLINE1|LLINE2,<file_name>
Remote Command Notes: For the MMEM:LOAD:TRAC <file_name> command,
<file_name> must i ncl ude the fol l owi ng:
Compl ete path
A fi l e extensi on of TRC
Use al l uppercase l etters.
Trace l abel s are: TRACE1|TRACE2|TRACE3
For the MMEM:LOAD:STAT 1 command:
I f the fi rmware revi si on of the state bei ng l oaded i s newer than the
fi rmware revi si on of the i nstrument, no state i s recal l ed and an error i s
reported.
I f the fi rmware revi si on of the state bei ng l oaded i s the same as the
fi rmware revi si on of the i nstrument, al l setti ngs of the state wi l l be
l oaded.
I f the fi rmware revi si on of the state bei ng l oaded i s ol der than the
fi rmware revi si on of the i nstrument, the i nstrument wi l l onl y l oad the
ol der setti ngs of the state.
Exampl e: MMEM:LOAD:STAT 1,C:MYSTATE.STA l oads the state fi l e
C:\MYSTATE.STA.
MMEM:LOAD:TRAC,C:MYTRACE.TRC l oads the trace i n fi l e
C:\MYTRACE.TRC i nto trace 3.
Chapter 2 119
Instrument Functions: A - L
File
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.6.3.2 Type
Enabl es you to sel ect the type of fi l e you want to l oad. See Fi l e Types on page 105. and
Type on page 107 for more i nformati on.
The fi l e types avai l abl e for l oadi ng are descri bed i n the fol l owi ng tabl e:
NOTE All i s not a fi l e type opti on i n Load. You have to speci fy the desi red fi l e type.
Key Path: File, Load
2.6.3.3 Sort
Al l ows you to vi ew saved fi l es accordi ng to a sel ected fi l e attri bute. See Sort on page 109
for more i nformati on.
Key Path: File, Load
2.6.3.4 Destination
When Type i s set to Trace, Destination al l ows you to di rect your data to Trace 1, Trace 2, or
Trace 3 for a si ngl e-trace fi l e. I f the data i s for al l three traces (Source was All when they
were saved), the data wi l l be returned to the ori gi nal trace regi sters, regardl ess of the
Destination setti ng.
When Type i s set to Limits, Destination al l ows you to di rect your data to Limit 1 or Limit 2.
Key Path: File, Load
State Saved: Not saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory Preset: Trace fi l e format, i s Al l Traces at power on.
Type Format Destination Extension
State State STA
Trace Trace + state Trace 1, 2, 3, or al l traces TRC
Comma separated trace val ues Trace 1, 2, 3, or al l traces CSV
Limit I nternal data format LIM
Corrections I nternal data format ANT, CBL, OTH,
and AMP
120 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
File
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.6.3.4.1 Trace 1
Sel ects trace 1 for the trace data to be l oaded i nto.
Key Path: File, Load, Destination
State Saved: Not saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory Preset: Not affected by Preset. Power up and Restore Sys Defaults sets Trace 1.
2.6.3.4.2 Trace 2
Sel ects trace 2 for the trace data to be l oaded i nto.
Key Path: File, Load, Destination
State Saved: Not saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory Preset: Not affected by Preset. Power up and Restore Sys Defaults sets Trace 1.
2.6.3.4.3 Trace 3
Sel ects trace 3 for the trace data to be l oaded i nto.
Key Path: File, Load, Destination
State Saved: Not saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory Preset: Not affected by Preset. Power up and Restore Sys Defaults sets Trace 1.
2.6.3.5 Dir Up
Moves up one subdi rectory l evel wi thi n a di rectory. I f your posi ti on i s i n the top l evel of the
dri ve al ready, i t moves up to the dri ve l evel and the current dri ve i s hi ghl i ghted (A: or C:).
Key Path: File, Load
State Saved: Not saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory Preset: Trace fi l e format, i s Al l Traces at power on.
2.6.3.6 Dir Select
Di spl ays the hi ghl i ghted di rectory. See Di r Sel ect on page 110. for more i nformati on.
Key Path: File, Load
State Saved: Not saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory Preset: Trace fi l e format, i s Al l Traces at power on.
Chapter 2 121
Instrument Functions: A - L
File
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.6.4 Delete
Di spl ays the Delete menu keys that enabl e you to del ete i nstrument data fi l es from the
sel ected di rectory. The catal og l i st box i s acti ve and can be used for sel ecti ng fi l e
i nformati on for the data-entry fi el ds. Onl y fi l es that match the current type are shown.
Pl aci ng the cursor on a fi l e name causes i t to be l oaded i nto the fi l e name fi el d.
Key Path: File
2.6.4.1 Delete Now
Executes the del ete functi on. After you sel ect the fi l e or di rectory you want to del ete, press
Delete Now to perform the del ete. Whi l e the fi l e i s bei ng del eted, the popup message
Deleting file fol l owed by Reading directory are di spl ayed. After a successful
del eti on, the text message xxxxxx file deleted (where xxxxxx i s the fi l e name)
appears i n the status l i ne.
I f you sel ect a di rectory or subdi rectory to del ete, the fol l owi ng popup message i s di spl ayed
WARNING: You are about to delete all of the contents of directory xxxxxx.
Press Delete Now again to proceed or any other key to abort. (xxxxxx i s the ful l
path and di rectory name).
To qui ckl y del ete al l of the fi l es i n a di rectory, sel ect the fi l e at the top of the l i st and press
Delete Now repeatedl y unti l al l the fi l es are del eted.
Key Path: File, Delete
Remote Command:
:MMEMory:DELete <file_name> del etes a fi l e.
:MMEMory:RDIRectory <directory_name> del etes a di rectory.
Remote Command Notes: I f <file_name> does not exi st, a File Name Error occurs.
<file_name> and <directory_name> must i ncl ude the compl ete
path. Lowercase characters are read as uppercase.
Exampl e: MMEM:DEL C:\destinat.trc removes the fi l e C:\DESTINAT.TRC.
MMEM:RDIR C:\myDir removes di rectory C:\MYDIR and al l fi l es and
subdi rectori es wi thi n that di rectory.
2.6.4.2 Type
Al l ows you to sel ect the type of fi l e you want to del ete. See Fi l e Types on page 105. and
Type on page 107 for more i nformati on.
Common types of i nstrument data fi l es i ncl ude trace data, l i mi t l i ne data, and ampl i tude
correcti on data. The catal og di spl ays al l fi l es, i f Type i s set to All or fi l es of the currentl y
sel ected fi l e type. Al l di rectori es are al ways di spl ayed.
Key Path: File, Delete
122 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
File
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.6.4.3 Sort
Al l ows you to vi ew your saved fi l es accordi ng to a sel ected fi l e attri bute. See Sort on
page 109. for more i nformati on.
Key Path: File, Delete
2.6.4.4 Dir Up
Moves up one subdi rectory l evel wi thi n a di rectory. I f your posi ti on i s i n the top l evel of the
dri ve al ready, i t moves up to the dri ve l evel and the current dri ve i s hi ghl i ghted (A: or C:).
Key Path: File, Delete
2.6.4.5 Dir Select
Di spl ays the hi ghl i ghted di rectory. See Di r Sel ect on page 110. for more i nformati on.
Key Path: File, Delete
2.6.5 Copy
Di spl ays the functi ons to copy i nstrument data fi l es i n the sel ected di rectory to the
di rectory and fi l e name that you choose. Thi s key al so di spl ays a catal og of the fi l es that
are currentl y saved i n the sel ected di rectory and data-entry fi el ds for the fol l owi ng: fi l e
name, type, and path l ocati on.
Key Path: File
2.6.5.1 Copy Now
Executes the copy functi on, copi ng data fi l es from one di rectory to another on one or more
mass storage devi ces, usi ng the currentl y di spl ayed fi l e setti ngs. Whi l e the fi l e i s bei ng
copi ed, the Copying file fol l owed by Reading directory popup message i s di spl ayed.
After a successful copy, the green text message xxxxxx file copied (where xxxxxx i s
the fi l e name) appears i n the status l i ne. I f a copy i s bei ng done for a fi l e that al ready
exi sts i n the To di rectory, the text message File already exists appears i n the
status l i ne.
Key Path: File, Copy
Remote Command:
:MMEMory:COPY <file_name1>,<file_name2>
Remote Command Notes: The fi l e names must i ncl ude the compl ete fi l e paths. Lowercase
characters are read as uppercase.
The ori gi nal fi l e i s <fi l e_name1>, and the new copy of the fi l e i s
<fi l e_name2>.
Exampl e: :MMEM:COPY C:\oldname.sta,A:\newname.sta copi es
C:\OLDNAME.STA to A:\NEWNAME.STA.
Chapter 2 123
Instrument Functions: A - L
File
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.6.5.2 Type
Enabl es you to sel ect the type of fi l e you want to copy. See Fi l e Types on page 105. and
Type on page 107 for more i nformati on. I f Type i s set to All, the catal og di spl ays al l fi l es,
otherwi se the fi l es of the currentl y sel ected fi l e type are di spl ayed. Al l di rectori es are
al ways di spl ayed.
Key Path: File, Copy
2.6.5.3 Sort
Al l ows you to vi ew your saved fi l es accordi ng to a sel ected fi l e attri bute. See Sort on
page 109. for more i nformati on.
Key Path: File, Copy
2.6.5.4 Dir From/To
Al l ows you to sel ect the source and desti nati on di rectori es for your copy on one or more
dri ves. When you press Dir From/To, i t toggl es between the two di spl ayed di rectory l i st
wi ndows. Al l owi ng you to defi ne the From and To l ocati ons for copyi ng.
Key Path: File, Copy
State Saved: Powers up wi th C:\ as both the From and To dri ves. Not saved i n state.
Survi ves Factory Preset.
2.6.5.5 Dir Up
Moves up one subdi rectory l evel wi thi n a di rectory. I f your posi ti on i s i n the top l evel of the
dri ve al ready, i t moves up to the dri ve l evel and the current dri ve i s hi ghl i ghted (A: or C:).
Key Path: File, Copy
Type Format Extension
State State STA
Trace Trace + state TRC
Comma separated trace val ues CSV
Limit I nternal data format LIM
Screen Bi tmap GIF
Reverse bi tmap GIF
Corrections I nternal data format ANT, CBL, OTH, and
AMP
Measurement
Results
Comma separated val ues CSV
124 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
File
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.6.5.6 Dir Select
Di spl ays the hi ghl i ghted di rectory. See Di r Sel ect on page 110. for more i nformati on.
Key Path: File, Copy
2.6.6 Rename
Al l ows you to rename a fi l e. The catal og l i st box i s acti ve and can be used for sel ecti ng both
the path and a fi l e name. Onl y l oadabl e fi l es that match the current type are shown.
Pl aci ng the cursor on a fi l e name causes i t to be l oaded i nto the fi l e name fi el d.
Key Path: File
2.6.6.1 Rename Now
Executes the rename functi on. When the rename i s compl ete, the message XXXXXX file
renamed to YYYYYY (where XXXXXX and YYYYYY are the fi l enames) wi l l appear i n the
status l i ne on your di spl ay. I f you try to rename a fi l e wi th a name that al ready exi sts, the
text message (File already exists) appears i n the status l i ne. Pl aci ng the cursor on a
fi l e name causes i t to be l oaded i nto the fi l e name fi el d.
Key Path: File, Rename
Remote Command:
:MMEMory:MOVE <file_name1>,<file_name2>
Remote Command Notes: <file_name1> must i ncl ude the compl ete path, and the case
must match that of the fi l e to be renamed. <file_name2> must contai n
the compl ete path of the desti nati on, and the case of any di rectori es i n the
path must match those of the di rectori es i n the desti nati on path. The case
of the desti nati on fi l e name i s al ways i nterpreted as uppercase.
You can use thi s command to move fi l es between di rectori es and dri ves,
even though there i s no way to do thi s from the front panel .
Exampl e: MMEM:MOVE C:\STATE001.STA,C:\FREQ.STA
2.6.6.2 Type
Enabl es you to sel ect the type of fi l e you want to rename. See Fi l e Types on page 105. and
Type on page 107 for more i nformati on.
I f Type i s set to All, the catal og di spl ays al l fi l es, otherwi se the fi l es of the currentl y sel ected
fi l e type are di spl ayed. Al l di rectori es are al ways di spl ayed.
Type Format Extension
State State STA
Trace Trace + state TRC
Comma separated trace val ues CSV
Limit I nternal data format LIM
Chapter 2 125
Instrument Functions: A - L
File
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Key Path: File, Rename
2.6.6.3 Sort
Al l ows you to vi ew your saved fi l es accordi ng to a sel ected fi l e attri bute. See Sort on
page 109. for more i nformati on.
Key Path: File, Rename
2.6.6.4 Name
Di spl ays the Al pha Edi tor and enabl es you to enter the fi l e name you want to rename the
fi l e to. The numeri c keypad can al so be used to enter a fi l ename whi l e the al pha edi tor i s
accessed. Compl ete your entry by pressi ng Return or Enter. See Name on page 116 for
more i nformati on.
NOTE Onl y capi tal l etters (A-Z) and di gi ts (0-9) may appear i n fi l e names (8
characters, maxi mum). Addi ti onal l y, fi l e names i ncl ude a 3 di gi t extensi on
that i s automati cal l y set by the i nstrument.
Key Path: File, Rename
2.6.6.5 Dir Up
Moves up one subdi rectory l evel wi thi n a di rectory. I f your posi ti on i s i n the top l evel of the
dri ve al ready, i t moves up to the dri ve l evel and the current dri ve i s hi ghl i ghted (A: or C:).
Key Path: File, Rename
2.6.6.6 Dir Select
Di spl ays the hi ghl i ghted di rectory. See Di r Sel ect on page 110. for more i nformati on.
Key Path: File, Rename
Screen Bi tmap GIF
Reverse bi tmap GIF
Corrections I nternal data format ANT, CBL, OTH, and
AMP
Measurement
Results
Comma separated val ues CSV
Type Format Extension
126 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
File
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.6.7 Create Dir
Di spl ays the functi ons to create a new subdi rectory i n the currentl y sel ected di rectory.
Key Path: File
2.6.7.1 Create Dir Now
Executes the create a new di rectory functi on. Whi l e the di rectory i s bei ng created a popup
message i s di spl ayed Creating directory fol l owed by Reading directory. After the
successful creati on of a di rectory, the text message Directory xxxxxx created (where
xxxxxx i s the new di rectory name) appears i n the status l i ne. I f the creati on of a new
di rectory i s bei ng performed for a di rectory name that al ready exi sts, the text message
Di rectory al ready exi sts appears i n the status l i ne.
Key Path: File, Create Dir
Remote Command:
:MMEMory:MDIRectory <dir_name>
Remote Command Notes: <dir_name> must contai n the compl ete path for the new
di rectory. Lowercase characters are i nterpreted as uppercase.
Exampl e: MMEM:MDIR C:\myDir creates di rectory MYDIR on the C:\ dri ve.
2.6.7.2 Name
Di spl ays the Al pha Edi tor and enabl es you to enter a di rectory name. The numeri c keypad
can al so be used to enter a di rectory name whi l e the al pha edi tor i s accessed. To compl ete
the entry, press Return or Enter.
NOTE Onl y capi tal l etters (A-Z) and di gi ts (0-9) may appear i n di rectory names (8
characters, maxi mum).
Key Path: File, Create Dir
2.6.7.3 Dir Up
Moves up one subdi rectory l evel wi thi n a di rectory. I f your posi ti on i s i n the top l evel of the
dri ve al ready, i t moves up to the dri ve l evel and the current dri ve i s hi ghl i ghted (A: or C:).
Key Path: File, Create Dir
2.6.7.4 Dir Select
Di spl ays the hi ghl i ghted di rectory. See Di r Sel ect on page 110. for more i nformati on.
Key Path: File, Create Dir
Chapter 2 127
Instrument Functions: A - L
File
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.6.8 Delete All
Del etes al l the fi l es on a di skette; any i nformati on on the di sk wi l l be destroyed.
Key Type: Branch
Key Notes: Thi s key di spl ays the fi l e manager di spl ay form whi ch i ncl udes data entry
fi el ds for the new dri ve name and path.
There i s another defi ni ti on of Format key that defi nes the format (fi l e
type) of you data that you want to save.
Remote Command:
There i s no remote command for thi s key.
2.6.8.1 Delete All Now
Executes the Delete All functi on. After pressi ng Delete All, the fol l owi ng message wi l l
appear on the di spl ay: WARNING: You are about to destroy ALL data on volume A:
Press Delete All again to proceed or any other key to abort. Whi l e del eti ng, a
popup message i s di spl ayed Deleting All. After a successful di skette fi l e del eti on, the
green text message Volume A: delete complete, appears i n the status l i ne.
Key Path: File, Delete All
Remote Command:
There i s no remote command for thi s key.
2.6.9 Query Trace Data (Remote Command Only)
Thi s command queri es trace data from the speci fi ed trace. The data format i s set by the
command :FORMat [:TRACe][:DATA]. When ASCI I format i s sel ected, the data i s
comma-separated ASCI I val ues. Real or I nteger format uses a defi ni te l ength bl ock of
data.
The number of trace poi nts returned i s set by [:SENSE]:SWE:POIN (from 101 to 8192).
Remote Command:
:TRACe[:DATA]? TRACE1|TRACE2|TRACE3|LLINE1|LLINE2
Remote Command Notes: Commands :MMEM:STOR:TRAC and :MMEM:LOAD:TRAC are used
to transfer trace data to, or from, the i nternal hard dri ve or fl oppy dri ve of
the i nstrument.
The query returns the current val ues of the desi gnated trace. The data i s
termi nated wi th <NL><END> (for GPI B that i s newl i ne, or l i nefeed,
fol l owed by EOI set true.)
Exampl e: TRAC:DATA? TRACE1
128 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
File
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.6.10 Move Data to a File (Remote Command Only)
Thi s command l oads a bl ock of data i n the format <defi ni te_l ength_bl ock> i nto the
i nstrument memory l ocati on <file_name>. The query form of the command returns the
contents of the fi l e i denti fi ed by <file_name>, i n the format of a defi ni te l ength bl ock of
data. The query can be used for copyi ng fi l es out of the anal yzer over the remote bus.
A defi ni te l ength bl ock of data starts wi th an ASCI I header that begi ns wi th #and
i ndi cates how many addi ti onal data poi nts are fol l owi ng i n the bl ock. I f the header i s
#512320:
The fi rst di gi t i n the header (5) tel l s you how many addi ti onal di gi ts/bytes there are i n
the header.
The 12320 means 12,320 data bytes fol l ow the header.
Di vi de thi s number of bytes by your sel ected data format bytes/poi nt, ei ther 8 (for real
64), or 4 (for real 32). I n thi s exampl e, i f you are usi ng real 64 then there are 1540
poi nts i n the bl ock.
Remote Command:
:MMEMory:DATA <file_name>,<definite_length_block>
:MMEMory:DATA? <file_name>
Exampl e: MMEM:DATA C:\DEST.TXT,#14abcd Loads the data abcd i nto
C:\DEST.TXT.
MMEM:DATA? C:\SCREN001.GIF I ni ti ates a transfer of data from fi l e
C:\SCREN001.GIF.
2.6.11 Set Data Byte Order (Remote Command Only)
Thi s command sel ects the bi nary data byte order for data transfer. I t control s whether
bi nary data i s transferred i n normal or swapped mode. Normal mode i s when the byte
sequence begi ns wi th the most si gni fi cant byte (MSB) fi rst, and ends wi th the l east
si gni fi cant byte (LSB) l ast i n the sequence: 1| 2| 3| 4. Swapped mode i s when the byte
sequence begi ns wi th the LSB fi rst, and ends wi th the MSB l ast i n the sequence: 4| 3| 2| 1.
State Saved: Survi ves Preset but not power cycl e. Not saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory Preset: Normal
Remote Command:
:FORMat:BORDer NORMal|SWAPped
:FORMat:BORDer?
Exampl e: FORM:BORD SWAP
2.6.12 Format Numeric Data (Remote Command Only)
Thi s command changes the format of the data. I t speci fi es the format used for trace data
Chapter 2 129
Instrument Functions: A - L
File
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
duri ng data transfer across any remote port. REAL and ASCI I formats wi l l format trace
data i n the current ampl i tude uni ts. The format of state data cannot be changed. I t i s
al ways i n a machi ne readabl e format onl y.
NOTE One-button measurement functi ons onl y support Bi nary Real 32, Bi nary Real
64, and ASCI I data formats.
When i n Spectrum Anal ysi s mode usi ng ol der i nstrument fi rmware, you were onl y al l owed
to change the format of trace type data that was returned usi ng TRACe[:DATA]. Wi th thi s
ol d fi rmware, other types of measurement data was onl y avai l abl e i n the ASCI I format.
(That i s, data returned usi ng FETCh, MEASure and READ commands whi l e i n Si gnal
Anal ysi s mode.)
For corrected trace data (:TRACe[:DATA] wi th parameter <trace_name>), REAL and
ASCI I formats wi l l provi de trace data i n the current ampl i tude uni ts. I NTeger format wi l l
provi de trace data i n mdBm. The fastest mode i s I NTeger,32. However, some measurement
data wi l l not fi t i n 32-bi t i ntegers.
ASCI I - Ampl i tude val ues are i n ampl i tude uni ts separated by commas. ASCI I format
requi res more memory than the bi nary formats. Handl i ng l arge amounts of thi s type of
data takes more ti me and storage space.
I nteger,32 - Bi nary 32-bi t i nteger val ues i n i nternal uni ts (dBm), i n a fi ni te l ength
bl ock.
Real ,32 (or 64) - Bi nary 32-bi t (or 64-bi t) real val ues i n ampl i tude uni ts, i n a fi ni te
l ength bl ock. Transfers of real data are done i n a bi nary bl ock format.
A fi ni te l ength bl ock of data starts wi th an ASCI I header that begi ns wi th #and i ndi cates
how many addi ti onal data poi nts are fol l owi ng i n the bl ock. Suppose the header i s
#512320:
The fi rst di gi t i n the header (5) tel l s you how many addi ti onal di gi ts/bytes there are i n
the header.
The 12320 means that 12,320 data bytes fol l ow the header.
Di vi de thi s number of bytes by your sel ected data format bytes/poi nt, ei ther 8 (for real
64), or 4 (for real 32). I n thi s exampl e, i f you are usi ng real 64 then there are 1540 data
poi nts i n the bl ock.
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory Preset: Survi ves Preset but not power cycl e. Powers up i n ASCI I format.
Remote Command:
:FORMat[:TRACe][:DATA] ASCii|INTeger,32|REAL,32|REAL,64
:FORMat[:TRACe][:DATA]?
130 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
File
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Remote Command Notes:
Exampl e: FORM REAL,32
Corrected Trace Data Types for :TRACe:DATA?<trace_name>
Data Type Result
ASCi i Ampl i tude Uni ts
I NTeger,32 (fastest) I nternal Uni ts
REAL,32 Ampl i tude Uni ts
REAL,64 Ampl i tude Uni ts
Chapter 2 131
Instrument Functions: A - L
FREQUENCY / Channel
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.7 FREQUENCY / Channel
Di spl ays the menu of frequency functi ons. Dependi ng on the Frequency entry mode, ei ther
the center frequency or the start and stop frequency val ues appear bel ow the grati cul e on
the di spl ay. I n Center/Span mode, the Center Frequency and Span appear, and the Center
Freq functi on i s automati cal l y acti vated. I n Start/Stop mode, the Start and Stop frequenci es
appear, and the Start Freq functi on i s automati cal l y acti vated.
NOTE Al though the anal yzer al l ows entry of frequenci es greater than i ts speci fi ed
range, anal yzer performance wi l l be degraded i f i t i s used beyond the
speci fi ed frequency range.
2.7.1 Center Freq
Acti vates the functi on that sets the center of the di spl ayed frequency range to the speci fi ed
frequency.
Key Path: FREQUENCY
Annunci ati on/
Annotati on: Center <val ue> appears i n the l ower l eft corner of the di spl ay.
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: Center frequency and span are coupl ed to each other.
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory Preset:
Range:
Model Center Frequency
E4440A 13.255 GHz
E4443A 3.355 GHz
E4445A 6.605 GHz
E4446A 22.005 GHz
E4447A 21.495 GHz
E4448A 25.005 GHz
Model Frequency Range
(with Frequency Offset = 0 Hz)
E4440A 100.0 MHz to 27.00 GHz
E4443A 100.0 MHz to 7.20 GHz
132 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
FREQUENCY / Channel
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer <frequency>|UP|DOWN
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer?
Exampl e: FREQ:CENT 5 GHZ sets the center frequency to 5 GHz
FREQ:CENT UP changes the center frequency to 5.1 GHz i f you use
FREQ:CENT:STEP 100 MHz to set the center frequency step si ze to 100 MHz
FREQ:CENT?
2.7.2 Start Freq
Sets the frequency at the l eft si de of the grati cul e and sets the frequency entry mode to
Start/Stop. When the Start/Stop Frequency entry mode i s acti vated, the start and stop
frequency val ues are di spl ayed bel ow the grati cul e i n pl ace of center frequency and span.
The l eft and ri ght si des of the grati cul e correspond to the start and stop frequenci es.
When Start Freq reaches the upper frequency l i mi t, the stop frequency i s set to the hi ghest
avai l abl e frequency and the start frequency i s changed to be l ess then the stop frequency
by the mi ni mum span (10 Hz). Center Freq wi l l be updated to the stop frequency mi nus
one-hal f of the span, or to the stop frequency mi nus 5 Hz, and Res BW and VBW wi l l be set
to 1 Hz.
Key Path: FREQUENCY
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: 10 MHz
Range:
E4445A 100.0 MHz to 13.70 GHz
E4446A 100.0 MHz to 44.50 GHz
E4447A 100.0 MHz to 43.48 GHz
E4448A 100.0 MHz to 51.00 GHz
Model Frequency Range
E4440A 100.0000000 MHz to 26.99999999 GHz
E4443A 100.0000000 MHz to 7.19999999 GHz
E4445A 100.0000000 MHz to 13.69999999 GHz
E4446A 100.0000000 MHz to 44.49999999 GHz
E4447A 100.0000000 MHz to 43.47999999 GHz
E4448A 100.0000000 MHz to 50.99999999 GHz
Model Frequency Range
(with Frequency Offset = 0 Hz)
Chapter 2 133
Instrument Functions: A - L
FREQUENCY / Channel
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:STARt <freq>
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:STARt?
Exampl e: FREQ:STAR 200 MHz
FREQ:STAR?
2.7.3 Stop Freq
Sets the frequency at the ri ght si de of the grati cul e and sets the frequency entry mode to
Start/Stop. When the Start/Stop Frequency entry mode i s acti vated, the start and stop
frequency val ues are di spl ayed bel ow the grati cul e i n pl ace of center frequency and span.
The l eft and ri ght si des of the grati cul e corr espond to the start and stop frequenci es.
Key Path: FREQUENCY
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset:
Range:
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:STOP <frequency>
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:STOP?
Model Stop Frequency
E4440A 26.50000000 GHz
E4443A 6.70000000 GHz
E4445A 13.20000000 GHz
E4446A 44.00000000 GHz
E4447A 42.98000000 GHz
E4448A 50.00000000 GHz
Model Frequency Range
E4440A 100.0000000 MHz to 27.00 GHz
E4443A 100.0000000 MHz to 13.70 GHz
E4445A 100.0000000 MHz to 7.20 GHz
E4446A 100.0000000 MHz to 44.50 GHz
E4447A 100.0000000 MHz to 43.48 GHz
E4448A 100.0000000 MHz to 51.00 GHz
134 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
FREQUENCY / Channel
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Exampl e: FREQ:STOP 1600
FREQ:STOP?
2.7.4 CF Step
Changes the step si ze for the center frequency and start/stop frequency functi ons. Once a
step si ze has been sel ected and the center frequency functi on i s acti vated, the step keys
(and the UP| DOWN parameters for Center Frequency from remote commands) change
center frequency by the step-si ze val ue. The step si ze functi on i s useful for fi ndi ng
harmoni cs and si debands beyond the current frequency span of the anal yzer. When
auto-coupl ed i n a non-zero span, the center frequency step si ze i s set to 10% of the span.
Key Path: FREQUENCY
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: Span/10
Knob
I ncrement:
Step Key
I ncrement:
Range:
i f Span = 0 Hz i ncrement = RBW/20
i f Span > 0 Hz i ncrement = Span/200
i f CF Step = auto, Span = 0
Hz
step = RBW
i f CF Step = auto, Span > 0
Hz
step = Span/10
i f CF Step = manual step = 1, 2, 5
sequence
Model Minimum Maximum
E4440A 1 Hz 27.00 GHz
E4443A 1 Hz 7.20 GHz
E4445A 1 Hz 13.70 GHz
E4446A 1 Hz 44.50 GHz
E4447A 1 Hz 43.48 GHz
E4448A 1 Hz 51.00 GHz
Chapter 2 135
Instrument Functions: A - L
FREQUENCY / Channel
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP[:INCRement] <freq>
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP[:INCRement]?
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:AUTO?
Exampl e: FREQ:CENT:STEP:AUTO ON
FREQ:CENT:STEP 500 MHz
FREQ:CENT UP i ncreases the current center frequency val ue by 500 MHz
FREQ:CENT:STEP?
FREQ:CENT:STEP:AUTO?
2.7.5 Freq Offset
Enabl es you to i nput a frequency offset val ue to account for frequency conversi ons external
to the anal yzer. Thi s val ue i s added to the di spl ay readout of the marker frequency, center
frequency, start frequency, stop frequency and al l other absol ute frequency setti ngs i n the
anal yzer. When a frequency offset i s entered, the val ue appears bel ow the center of the
grati cul e. Offsets may onl y be entered usi ng the numeri c keypad, not the knob or step
keys. To el i mi nate an offset, perform a Factory Preset or set the frequency offset to 0 Hz.
Thi s command does not affect any bandwi dths or the setti ngs of rel ati ve frequency
parameters such as del ta markers or span. I t does not affect the current hardware setti ngs
of the anal yzer, but onl y the di spl ayed frequency val ues. Offsets are not added to the
frequency count readouts. Enteri ng an offset does not affect the trace di spl ay.
Key Path: FREQUENCY
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: 0 Hz
Range: 500 THz to 500 THz
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:OFFSet <freq>
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:OFFSet?
Exampl e: FREQ:OFFS 10 MHz
136 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
FREQUENCY / Channel
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.7.6 Signal Track
When a marker i s pl aced on a si gnal and Signal Track i s pressed, the marker wi l l remai n on
the si gnal whi l e the anal yzer retunes the center frequency to the marker frequency. The
anal yzer wi l l keep the si gnal at the center of the di spl ay, as l ong as the ampl i tude of the
si gnal does not change by more than 3 dB from one sweep to another. I f no marker i s
acti ve, pressi ng Signal Track to On wi l l acti vate a marker, perform a peak search, and
center the marker on the di spl ay.
I f the si gnal i s l ost, an attempt wi l l be made to fi nd i t agai n and conti nue tracki ng. I f there
are other si gnal s on screen near the same ampl i tude, one of them may be found i nstead.
Si gnal s near 0 Hz cannot be tracked effecti vel y as they cannot be di sti ngui shed from the
LO feedthrough, whi ch i s excl uded by i ntent from the search al gori thm.
When Signal Track i s On and the span i s reduced, an automati c zoom i s performed and the
span i s reduced i n steps so that the si gnal remai ns at the center of the di spl ay. I f the span
i s zero, si gnal track cannot be acti vated.
NOTE Thi s functi on i s i ntended to track si gnal s wi th a frequency that i s changi ng
(dri fti ng), and an ampl i tude that i s not changi ng. I t keeps tracki ng i f i n
conti nuous-sweep mode. I f i n si ngl e-sweep mode, the anal yzer onl y does one
center frequency adjustment as necessary.
Si gnal tracki ng can al so be used wi th the (del ta) pai r marker functi on. Thi s coul d be
used to measure the ampl i tude at a frequency offset, rel ati ve to the fundamental si gnal
ampl i tude, even i f the fundamental i s dri fti ng. I n thi s si tuati on, the tracki ng functi on
wi l l be done on the del ta marker, not on the reference marker. So you woul d want to put
the ref marker on the frequency+offset, and put the marker on the fundamental si gnal
peak. Then turn on si gnal tracki ng. The frequency di fference between the two markers wi l l
stay fi xed. The marker, on the fundamental , wi l l track to the center of the di spl ay. The
marker readout val ue wi l l show the ampl i tude del ta between the two markers.
Key Path: FREQUENCY
Annunci ati on/
Annotati on: ST appears near the l ower-l eft corner of the di spl ay. An asteri sk (*) may
appear i n the upper-ri ght corner of the di spl ay whi l e the anal yzer
whenever the anal yzer fi nds that i t must retune i n order to center the
si gnal on the di spl ay.
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory Preset: Off
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:TRCKing[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:TRCKing[:STATe]?
Exampl e: CALC:MARK1:TRCK ON turns on Signal Track usi ng Marker 1.
CALC:MARK1:TRCK?.
Chapter 2 137
Instrument Functions: A - L
Input/Output
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.8 Input/Output
Di spl ays the keys that control some of the anal yzer s si gnal i nputs and outputs.
2.8.1 Input Port
Bri ngs up a menu of i nput si gnal sources, the most common one bei ng the front panel RF
I nput port.
Key Path: Input/Output
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: RF
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:FEED RF|AREFerence| EMI Xer
[:SENSe]:FEED?
Exampl e: FEED AREF sel ects the 50 MHz ampl i tude reference as the si gnal i nput.
2.8.1.1 RF
Sel ects the front panel RF I nput port to be the anal yzer si gnal i nput.
Key Path: Input/Output, Input Port
Remote Command:
See I nput Port on page 137
Exampl e: FEED AREF sel ects the 50 MHz ampl i tude reference as the si gnal i nput.
2.8.1.2 Amptd Ref
Sel ects the 50 MHz, 25 dBm i nternal ampl i tude reference as the i nput si gnal .
Key Path: Input/Output, Input Port
Remote Command:
See I nput Port on page 137
Exampl e: FEED AREF sel ects the 50 MHz ampl i tude reference as the si gnal i nput.
138 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
Input/Output
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.8.2 RF Coupling
Speci fi es al ternati ng current (AC) or di rect current (DC) coupl i ng at the anal yzer RF i nput
port. Sel ecti ng AC coupl i ng swi tches i n a bl ocki ng capaci tor that bl ocks any DC vol tage
present at the anal yzer i nput. Thi s decreases the i nput frequency range of the anal yzer,
but prevents damage to the i nput ci rcui try of the anal yzer i f there i s a DC vol tage present
at the RF i nput.
I n AC coupl i ng mode, si gnal s l ess than 20 MHz are not cal i brated. You must swi tch to DC
coupl i ng to see cal i brated frequenci es of l ess than 20 MHz. Note that the message
DC Coupled wi l l be di spl ayed on the anal yzer when DC i s sel ected.
Some ampl i tude speci fi cati ons appl y onl y when coupl i ng i s set to DC. Refer to the
appropri ate ampl i tude speci fi cati ons and characteri sti cs for your anal yzer.
CAUTION When operati ng i n DC coupl ed mode, ensure protecti on of the i nput mi xer by
l i mi ti ng the i nput l evel to wi thi n 200 mV of 0 Vdc. I n AC or DC coupl i ng, l i mi t
the i nput RF power to +30 dBm.
Key Path: Input/Output
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: I n external mi xi ng mode, i nput port and RF coupl i ng sel ecti on are not
avai l abl e. Not avai l abl e on 40 GHz or 50 GHz anal yzers.
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: AC
Remote Command:
:INPut:COUPling AC|DC
:INPut:COUPling?
Exampl e: INP:COUP DC
2.8.3 Input Mixer (Option AYZ only)
Sel ects ei ther the i nternal mi xer(s) or an external mm-wave mi xer. When i nternal mi xi ng
i s sel ected you get normal spectrum anal yzer operati on and the rest of the external mi xi ng
functi ons are unavai l abl e. Wi th external i nput mi xer sel ected you can anal yze hi gh
frequency si gnal s (hi gher than the spectrum anal yzer maxi mum frequency) by usi ng an
appropri ate external mi xer.
Key Path: Input/Output
Annunci ati on/
Annotati on: Ext Mix on top l i ne, repl aci ng the attenuator val ue
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: Not avai l abl e when Preamplifier i s set to On.
Chapter 2 139
Instrument Functions: A - L
Input/Output
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Remote Command:
See I nput Port on page 137
:INPut:MIXer INT|EXT
Exampl e: FEED EMIX sel ects the external mi xer as the si gnal i nput.
:INP:MIX EXT
:INP:MIX?
2.8.4 321.4 MHz IF Out Opt
Confi gures the I F path for the defaul t narrow band measurement path (Spectrum
Anal ysi s) or for i mproved 321.4 MHz I F out performance (Down converter WBI F). When
the I F si gnal i s bei ng used for normal operati on, the frequency response at the 321 Aux I F
Out port i s degraded. Di verti ng the I F usi ng the down converter setti ng l ets you take
advantage of thi s i mproved frequency response at the output port, but you can no l onger
use the i nternal path for maki ng measurements.
NOTE Changes i n the i mpedance seen by the 321.4 MHz Aux Out port on the rear
panel can i mpact the ampl i tude accuracy of the PSA. I f the i mpedance on thi s
port i s changed, the user shoul d perform an Align All Now to ensure the
ampl i tude accuracy of the PSA.
Key Path: Input/Output
Saved State: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: Spectrum Anal yzer
Hi story: Added i n revi si on A.06.00.
Remote Command:
:OUTPut:ANALog SANalyzer|DNWB
:OUTPut:ANALog?
Exampl e: OUTP:ANAL DNWB
OUTP:ANAL?
2.8.4.1 Spectrum Analyzer
Swi tches the I F path to the spectrum anal yzer path that i s used for normal operati on.
Key Path: Input/Output, 321.4 MHz IF Out Opt
Hi story: Added i n revi si on A.06.00.
Remote Command:
See 321.4 MHz I F Out Opt on page 139.
140 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
Input/Output
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.8.4.2 Dnconverter WBIF
Confi gures the I F path for i mproved frequency response at the 321.4 MHz I F Out
connector on the rear of the i nstrument. Whi l e thi s 321.4 MHz I F path i s sel ected, the
si gnal i s routed away from the normal spectrum anal yzer si gnal path. Thi s di sabl es
measurements, so no si gnal i s di spl ayed on the di spl ay.
Key Path: Input/Output, 321.4 MHz IF Out Opt
Hi story: Added i n revi si on A.06.00.
Remote Command:
See 321.4 MHz I F Out Opt on page 139.
2.8.5 Microwave Preselector (E4440A, E4443A, and E4445A)
(Opti on 123). Swi tches the i nput si gnal path between the normal presel ected mi xer and an
opti onal unpresel ected hi gh band mi xer. The presel ected path i s the normal path for the
anal yzer.
WARNING The first mixer can be overloaded if a large out-of-span signal is
present at the input. When the preselector is bypassed, this signal
passes through to the mixer causing an overload. The instrument
cannot detect this condition, so no overload error message is
displayed.
Key Path: Input/Output
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: The functi onal i ty i s not avai l abl e:
i f the start frequency i s i n band zero (<2.85 GHz).
when usi ng a Mode other then Spectrum Anal ysi s, such as Phase Noi se
and Noi se Fi gure.
I f the presel ector state i s off, then the i nstrument start frequency i s
l i mi ted to frequenci es 3.05 GHz.
NOTE Presel ector bypass (Opti on 123) i s al so avai l abl e i n the 40 GHz and 50 GHz
anal yzers (see Input/Output, W/mmW Preselectors).
Saved State: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: On
Key Path: I nput/Output
Hi story: Added i n revi si on A.06.00.
Chapter 2 141
Instrument Functions: A - L
Input/Output
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:MW:PRESelector[:STATe] ON|OFF|0|1
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:MW:PRESelector[:STATe]?
Exampl e: POW:MW:PRES OFF
2.8.6 W/mmW Preselectors (E4446A, E4447A, and E4448A)
(Opti on 123). Swi tches the si gnal i nput path between the normal presel ected mi xers and
an opti onal unpresel ected hi gh band mi xer. The presel ected path i s the normal path for the
anal yzer.
WARNING The first mixer can be overloaded if a large out-of-span signal is
present at the input. When the preselector path is bypassed, this
signal passes through to the mixer causing an overload. The
instrument cannot detect this condition, so no overload error
message is displayed.
Key Path: Input/Output
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: The functi onal i ty i s not avai l abl e:
i f the start frequency i s i n band zero (<2.85 GHz).
when usi ng a Mode other then Spectrum Anal ysi s, such as Phase Noi se
and Noi se Fi gure.
I f the presel ector state i s off, then the i nstrument start frequency i s
l i mi ted to frequenci es 3.05 GHz.
NOTE Presel ector bypass (Opti on 123) i s al so avai l abl e i n the 26 GHz and bel ow
anal yzers (see Input/Output, Microwave Preselector).
Saved State: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: On
Key Path: I nput/Output
Hi story: Added i n revi si on A.09.00.
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:MW:PRESelector[:STATe] ON|OFF|0|1
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:MW:PRESelector[:STATe]?
Exampl e: POW:MW:PRES OFF
142 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
Input/Output
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.8.7 Ext Mix Band (Option AYZ only)
Di spl ays the key menus to sel ect one of the predefi ned bands correspondi ng to the external
mi xer bei ng used. You can defi ne your own frequency band by sel ecti ng User. Setti ng the
Harmonic key to manual al so sel ects the User band.
Key Path: Input/Output, Input Mixer
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: When Mixer, Config, Mixer Type i s set to Presel (presel ected), the fol l owi ng
bands are not avai l abl e: K, E, W, F, D, G, Y, J.
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: A Band, 26.5 to 40 GHz
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:MIXer:BAND K|A|Q|U|V|E|W|F|D|G|Y|J|USER
[:SENSe]:MIXer:BAND?
Exampl e: MIX:BAND W
NOTE I f Harmonic i s set to Man, a query wi l l return USER. K, E, W, F, D, G, Y, and
J are not avai l abl e i f the mi xer type i s set to Presel .
2.8.7.1 18-26.5 GHz (K)
Sel ects K band (mi xi ng harmoni c 6). Di spl ays the start and stop frequenci es for that
parti cul ar band. Other start/stop frequenci es are avai l abl e as l ong as they are wi thi n the
6 harmoni c band.
Key Path: Input/Output, Input Mixer, Ext Mix Band
Remote Command:
Exampl e: MIX:BAND K
2.8.7.2 26.5-40 GHz (A)
Sel ects A band (mi xi ng harmoni c 8). Di spl ays the start and stop frequenci es for that
parti cul ar band. Other start/stop frequenci es are avai l abl e as l ong as they are wi thi n the
8 harmoni c band.
NOTE Bands A, Q, U, and V are avai l abl e wi th both presel ected and unpresel ected
mi xers. The si gn of the harmoni c val ue changes wi th the mi xer type. For
exampl e wi th A Band presel ected mi xer, the harmoni c val ue i s 8 whi l e the
unpresel ected val ue i s -8.
Key Path: Input/Output, Input Mixer, Ext Mix Band
Chapter 2 143
Instrument Functions: A - L
Input/Output
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Remote Command:
Exampl e: MIX:BAND A
2.8.7.3 33-50 GHz (Q)
Sel ects Q band (mi xi ng harmoni c 10). Di spl ays the start and stop frequenci es for that
parti cul ar band. Other start/stop frequenci es are avai l abl e as l ong as they are wi thi n the
10 harmoni c band.
Key Path: Input/Output, Input Mixer, Ext Mix Band
Remote Command:
Exampl e: MIX:BAND Q
2.8.7.4 40-60 GHz (U)
Sel ects U band (mi xi ng harmoni c 10). Di spl ays the start and stop frequenci es for that
parti cul ar band. Other start/stop frequenci es are avai l abl e as l ong as they are wi thi n the
10 harmoni c band.
Key Path: Input/Output, Input Mixer, Ext Mix Band
Remote Command:
Exampl e: MIX:BAND U
2.8.7.5 50-75 GHz (V)
Sel ects V band (mi xi ng harmoni c 14). Di spl ays the start and stop frequenci es for that
parti cul ar band. Other start/stop frequenci es are avai l abl e as l ong as they are wi thi n the
14 harmoni c band.
Key Path: Input/Output, Input Mixer, Ext Mix Band
Remote Command:
Exampl e: MIX:BAND V
2.8.7.6 60-90 GHz (E)
Sel ects E band (mi xi ng harmoni c 16). Di spl ays the start and stop frequenci es for that
parti cul ar band. Other start/stop frequenci es are avai l abl e as l ong as they are wi thi n the
16 harmoni c band.
Key Path: Input/Output, Input Mixer, Ext Mix Band
Remote Command:
Exampl e: MIX:BAND E
144 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
Input/Output
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.8.7.7 75-110 GHz (W)
Sel ects W band (mi xi ng harmoni c 18). Di spl ays the start and stop frequenci es for that
parti cul ar band. Other start/stop frequenci es are avai l abl e as l ong as they are wi thi n the
18 harmoni c band.
Key Path: Input/Output, Input Mixer, Ext Mix Band
Remote Command:
Exampl e: MIX:BAND W
2.8.7.8 90-140 GHz (F)
Sel ects F band (mi xi ng harmoni c 20). Di spl ays the start and stop frequenci es for that
parti cul ar band. Other start/stop frequenci es are avai l abl e as l ong as they are wi thi n the
20 harmoni c band.
Key Path: Input/Output, Input Mixer, Ext Mix Band
Remote Command:
Exampl e: MIX:BAND F
2.8.7.9 110-170 GHz (D)
Sel ects D band (mi xi ng harmoni c 24). Di spl ays the start and stop frequenci es for that
parti cul ar band. Other start/stop frequenci es are avai l abl e as l ong as they are wi thi n the
24 harmoni c band.
Key Path: Input/Output, Input Mixer, Ext Mix Band
Remote Command:
Exampl e: MIX:BAND D
2.8.7.10 140-220 GHz (G)
Sel ects G band (mi xi ng harmoni c 32). Di spl ays the start and stop frequenci es for that
parti cul ar band. Other start/stop frequenci es are avai l abl e as l ong as they are wi thi n the
32 harmoni c band.
Key Path: Input/Output, Input Mixer, Ext Mix Band
Remote Command:
Exampl e: MIX:BAND G
Chapter 2 145
Instrument Functions: A - L
Input/Output
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
2.8.7.11 170-260 GHz (Y)
Sel ects Y band (mi xi ng harmoni c 38). Di spl ays the start and stop frequenci es for that
parti cul ar band. Other start/stop frequenci es are avai l abl e as l ong as they are wi thi n the
38 harmoni c band.
Key Path: Input/Output, Input Mixer, Ext Mix Band
Remote Command:
Exampl e: MIX:BAND Y
2.8.7.12 220-325 GHz (J )
Sel ects J band (mi xi ng harmoni c 46). Di spl ays the start and stop frequenci es for that
parti cul ar band. Other start/stop frequenci es are avai l abl e as l ong as they are wi thi n the
46 harmoni c band.
Key Path: Input/Output, Input Mixer, Ext Mix Band
Remote Command:
Exampl e: MIX:BAND J
2.8.7.13 User
Lets you defi ne the frequency band for your I nput Mi xer. The frequenci es avai l abl e depend
on the currentl y sel ected harmoni c mi xi ng number. Use Mixer Config, Harmonic to sel ect a
parti cul ar harmoni c number.
Equation 2-1 Preselected External Mixer Frequency Ranges vs. Harmonic
Number
Equation 2-2 Unpreselected External Mixer Frequency Ranges vs. Harmonic
Number
For N positive harmonic mixing band numbers: =
Minimum frequency N 2.9GHz ( ) 321.4MHz + =
Maximum frequency N 6.666GHz ( ) 321.4MHz 650 MHz + =
For N negative harmonic mixing band numbers: =
Minimum frequency N 2.9GHz ( ) 321.4MHz 650MHz + =
Maximum frequency N 6.666GHz ( ) 321.4MHz =
For N positive harmonic mixing band numbers: =
Minimum frequency N 2.9GHz ( ) 321.4MHz + =
Maximum frequency N 6.9GHz ( ) 321.4MHz 650 MHz + =
For N negative harmonic mixing band numbers: =
Minimum frequency N 2.9GHz ( ) 321.4MHz 650MHz + =
Maximum frequency N 6.9GHz ( ) 321.4MHz =
146 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
Input/Output
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
NOTE The 650 MHz term i n the equati ons above i s approxi matel y 2x I F. Thi s term
i s for the si gnal i denti fi cati on al gori thm. The 6.666 GHz term i s the
maxi mum LO range based on the presel ector tune ci rcui try i n the anal yzer.
Saved State Saved i n I nstrument State
Key Path: Input/Output, External Mixer, Ext Mix Band
Remote Command:
See Ext Mi x Band (Opti on AYZ onl y) on page 142
Exampl e: MIX:BAND USER
MIX:HARM -14
2.8.8 Signal ID (Option AYZ only)
Acti vates a si gnal i denti fi cati on al gori thm when Signal ID i s pressed to sel ect On, whi ch
ei ther removes or ai ds wi th the i denti fi cati on of mul ti pl e and i mage responses of true
i nput si gnal s. Mul ti pl e and i mage responses may be generated when usi ng unpresel ected
external mi xers.
The ampl i tude accuracy of the anal yzer i s degr aded when si gnal i denti fi cati on i s on. Use
Signal ID to i denti fy true si gnal s, then turn Signal ID off to make accurate ampl i tude
measurements.
NOTE I f the i nput si gnal i s too broadband or unstabl e for the i denti fi cati on process
to properl y i denti fy i t, turn off the si gnal i denti fi cati on and l ook for two
si mi l ar responses separated by approxi matel y 642.8 MHz (twi ce the
321.4 MHz fi rst I F). I f a mi xer mode (for exampl e: 8) i s acti ve, the ri ght
member of the response pai r i s the correct response; i f a + mi xer mode i s
acti ve, the l eft member of the response pai r i s the correct response.
Key Path: Input/Output, External Mixer
Annunci ati on/
Annotati on: SI D message appears on the upper ri ght of the screen when the si gnal I D
i s turned on.
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: Not avai l abl e when:
Averagi ng i s set to on
Manual FFT mode
Si g Track i s set to on
Presel ected external mi xer sel ected
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: Off
Chapter 2 147
Instrument Functions: A - L
Input/Output
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:SIDentify[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:SIDentify:[STATe]?
Exampl e: SID 1
2.8.9 Signal ID Mode (Option AYZ only)
Di spl ays a menu to sel ect the method of si gnal i denti fi cati on.
Key Path: Input/Output, External Mixer
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: I mage Suppress
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:SIDentify:MODE ISUPpress|ISHift
[:SENSe]:SIDentify:MODE?
Exampl e: SID:MODE ISUP
2.8.9.1 Image Suppress
Thi s si gnal i denti fi cati on method attempts to suppress al l but val i d responses by
mathemati cal l y removi ng al l i mage and mul ti pl e responses of si gnal s present at the mi xer
i nput. The anal yzer i nternal l y acqui res the data i n a two sweep sequence, operates on the
acqui red data, and di spl ays the resul t i n Trace 1. Si nce two measurements are taken for
each di spl ay cycl e, the di spl ay update rate i s reduced.
Key Path: Input/Output, External Mixer, Signal ID Mode
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Remote Command:
See Si gnal I D Mode (Opti on AYZ onl y) on page 147
Exampl e: SID:MODE ISUP
2.8.9.2 Image Shift
Performs si gnal i denti fi cati on i n a two sweep sequence. Pl aces data from the fi rst sweep i n
Trace 1, and data from the second (frequency shi fted) sweep i n Trace 2. Si gnal responses of
Trace 1 and Trace 2 havi ng the same hori zontal posi ti on are consi dered to be i n the current
band and therefore can be anal yzed wi th the ampl i tude and frequency measurement
systems of the anal yzer. Al l other responses are i nval i d and shoul d be i gnored.
Key Path: Input/Output, External Mixer, Signal ID Mode
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
148 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
Input/Output
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
Remote Command:
See Si gnal I D Mode (Opti on AYZ onl y) on page 147
Exampl e: SID:MODE ISH
2.8.10 Mixer Config (Option AYZ only)
Di spl ays the Mi xer Confi g menu keys to manual l y set the harmoni c, sel ect the presel ected
mi xers or unpresel ected mi xers, and adjust the i nternal bi as source for use wi th mi xers
requi ri ng bi as.
Key Path: Input/Output, External Mixer
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
2.8.10.1 Harmonic
The harmoni c mi xi ng number, i ts associ ated si gn, and the avai l abi l i ty of mi xer bi as can be
automati cal l y control l ed by setti ng Harmonic to Auto. I n Auto, the harmoni c number and
si gn are determi ned by the Ext Mix Band sel ected. For bands A, Q, U and V, they are
determi ned by the Ext Mix Band and by whether Mixer Type i s set to presel ected or
unpresel ected. There are no auto rul es for Ext Mix Band set to Auto, therefore, sel ecti ng
Auto forces Ext Mix Band to A band.
The harmoni c number i ndi cated i s a si gned number. Posi ti ve numbers (si gn not di spl ayed)
i ndi cate that the tuned frequency i s above the desi red LO harmoni c by the 321.4 MHz I F.
Negati ve numbers i ndi cate an LO harmoni c bel ow the tuned frequency by the 321.4 MHz
I F.
Key Path: Input/Output, External Mixer, Mixer Config
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: Auto
Range: 50 to 50, cannot be set to 0.
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:MIXer:HARMonic:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1 or <boolean>
[:SENSe]:MIXer:HARMonic:AUTO?
[:SENSe]:MIXer:HARMonic <integer>
[:SENSe]:MIXer:HARMonic?
Exampl e: MIX:HARM:AUTO 0
MIX:HARM 8
2.8.10.2 Mixer Type
Sel ects whi ch type of mi xer i s i n use. Mixer Type (Presel) acti vates a tuni ng si gnal that i s
routed to the PRESEL TUNE OUTPUT connector on the rear panel of the anal yzer. Thi s
si gnal has a sensi ti vi ty of 1.5V/GHz of the LO frequency and dri ves the tune i nput of the
Chapter 2 149
Instrument Functions: A - L
Input/Output
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
HP/Agi l ent 11974 seri es of presel ected mi xers. The sweep rate i n Presel mode i s l i mi ted to
40 MHz/ms.
Key Path: Input/Output, External Mixer, Mixer Config
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: Onl y avai l abl e i n bands A, Q, U and V, and onl y when Mixer Bias i s off.
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: Unpre
Remote Command:
:INPut:MIXer:TYPE PRESelected|UNPReselect
:INPut:MIXer:TYPE?
Exampl e: INP:MIX:TYPE UNPR
2.8.10.3 Mixer Bias
Turns on/off the Mixer Bias and adjusts an i nternal bi as source for use wi th external
mi xers. The bi as si gnal i s present on the center conductor of the I F I NPUT connector on
the front panel .
Key Path: Input/Output, External Mixer, Mixer Config
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: I f Mi xer Type i s set to Presel and Harmoni c i s set to Auto, then the Mi xer
Bi as key i s set to Off and i t i s not avai l abl e (grayed out).
I f Mi xer Bi as i s set to On and Harmoni c i s set to Auto, then the Mi xer
Type key i s set to Unpresel and i t i s not avai l abl e (grayed out).
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Range: 10 to 10 mA
Remote Command:
[:SENSE]:MIXer:BIAS <number>
[:SENSE]:MIXer:BIAS?
[:SENSE]:MIXer:BIAS:STATe OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSE]:MIXer:BIAS:STATe?
Exampl e: MIX:BIAS 1
MIX:BIAS?
MIX:BIAS:STAT 1
MIX:BIAS:STAT?
150 Chapter 2
Instrument Functions: A - L
Input/Output
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

A

-

L
151
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

M

O
3 Instrument Functions: M O
Thi s chapter provi des key descri pti ons and programmi ng i nformati on for the front-panel
key functi ons of your anal yzer that start wi th the l etters M through O. The front-panel
functi ons are l i sted al phabeti cal l y and are descri bed wi th thei r associ ated menu keys. The
l ower-l evel menu keys are arranged and descri bed as they appear i n your anal yzer.
152 Chapter 3
Instrument Functions: M O
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

M

O
NOTE The front- and rear-panel features, al ong wi th the numeri c keypad and
al phanumeri c softkey fundamental s, are i l l ustrated and descri bed i n
your Getti ng Started gui de.
Chapter 3 153
Instrument Functions: M - O
Marker
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

M

-

O
3.1 Marker
Al l ows you to access the marker control menu. I f no markers are acti ve, pressi ng Marker
acti vates the currentl y sel ected marker as a normal type marker and pl aces i t at the center
of the di spl ay. (Thi s wi l l be marker 1 i f you have not previ ousl y sel ected a di fferent
marker.) There are fi ve control modes for the markers:
Normal (POSition) - A si ngl e marker that can be moved to any poi nt on the trace.
Delta (DELTa) - A fi xed reference marker and a moveabl e marker that you can pl ace at any
poi nt on the trace
Delta Pair (BAND) - Both a movabl e del ta and a movabl e reference marker. You can
i ndependentl y adjust the posi ti on of each marker.
Span Pair (SPAN) - A moveabl e reference and a movabl e del ta marker. You can adjust the
center poi nt of the markers and the frequency span between the markers.
Off (Off) - Turns off the acti ve marker or marker pai r.
Your i nstrument stores data to a hi gh degree of resol uti on and accuracy. I t i s often di ffi cul t
to read the trace data di rectl y from the screen to the desi red accuracy. Markers are
di amond-shaped poi nters that can be pl aced at any poi nt on a trace to accuratel y read the
data at that poi nt. Markers may al so be use i n pai rs to read the di fference (or delta)
between two data poi nts. The marker number i s i ndi cated above the marker. Use the data
control s to posi ti on the marker. The knob, or the Up and Down keys, move the marker l eft
or ri ght. I f a val ue i s entered from the numeri c keypad, the marker i s moved to the trace
poi nt nearest to that val ue.
The data for the active marker (the one currentl y be control l ed) appears i n the upper-ri ght
corner of the di spl ay. I n addi ti on, when a marker i s bei ng acti vel y control l ed, the marker
data appears i n the acti ve functi on area of the di spl ay. There are four markers i n your
i nstrument; each can be control l ed as a si ngl e marker or as a reference/del ta pai r.
A trace i s a connected seri es of poi nts di spl ayed on the i nstrument screen. The l eft-most
poi nt i s poi nt 0 and the ri ght-most poi nt (defaul t) i s 600. You control markers by movi ng
them from trace poi nt to trace poi nt. Markers are shaped l i ke di amonds. The l owest poi nt
of the di amond shape represents the trace poi nt that i s bei ng read. The marker number i s
i ndi cated above the acti ve marker. The same marker number i s i ndi cated wi th an R (for
exampl e, 1R) above the reference marker when i n a del ta mode (del ta, del ta pai r, and span
pai r).
154 Chapter 3
Instrument Functions: M - O
Marker
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

M

-

O
Marker Units
Normal markers - the di spl ay shows the val ue of the Y-axi s posi ti on of the marker i n the
current Y-axi s uni ts. (See Ampl i tude, Y Axi s Uni ts on page 42.)
Delta, Delta Pair, or Span Pair markers - the di spl ay shows the rati o (di fference when
expressed i n dB) between two markers. I f the Y-axi s uni ts are l ogari thmi c (dBm, dBmV,
dBV) the rati o i s express i n dB. I f the Y-axi s uni ts are l i near (vol ts, watts) the rati o i s
expressed i n percent (where 100% i s the same as 0 dB di fference). Note that the val ue
when the Y-axi s uni ts are watts i s the square of the val ue when the Y-axi s uni ts are
vol ts. For exampl e, when the percent rati o wi th Y-axi s uni ts i n vol ts i s 20% (0.2), the
percent rati o wi th Y-axi s uni ts i n watts wi l l be 4% (0.2
2
= 0.04). When you read the
val ue out remotel y, you have to know whether you are i n l og (dB) or l i near (percent).
Marker functi ons (Marker Noise and Band/Intvl Power) - the di spl ay shows the val ues
wi th uni ts that are dependent on the functi on and the Y-axi s uni ts. Refer to the
i ndi vi dual functi on descri pti ons for more detai l s about the uni ts used. When you read
the val ue out remotel y, you have to know what the expected uni ts are.
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:MODE POSition|DELTa|BAND|SPAN|OFF
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:MODE?
Sets or queri es the marker control mode (see parameter l i st above).
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:X <param>
Sets the marker X posi ti on to a speci fi ed poi nt on the X axi s i n the current X-axi s uni ts
(frequency or ti me). I f the frequency or ti me chosen woul d pl ace the marker off screen, the
marker wi l l be pl aced at the l eft or ri ght si de of the di spl ay, on the trace. Thi s command
has no effect i f the marker i s OFF.
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:X?
Queri es the marker X posi ti on i n the current x-axi s uni ts. The marker must be ON for the
response to be val i d.
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:X:POSition <param>
Sets the marker X posi ti on to a speci fi ed poi nt on the X axi s i n di spl ay poi nts (val ues of 0 to
600, or the current number of poi nts i n the sweep). The marker must al ready be ON.
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:X:POSition?
Returns the current marker X posi ti on i n di spl ay poi nts.
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:Y?
Queri es the marker Y val ue or del ta i n the current y axi s uni ts. Can al so be used to read
the resul ts of marker functi ons such as Marker Noise. The marker must be ON for the
response to be val i d.
Chapter 3 155
Instrument Functions: M - O
Marker
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

M

-

O
Remote Command
Notes: The :CALC:MARK:PEAK:SEARC:MODE MAX|PAR command speci fi es how a
peak i s i denti fi ed for use wi th the marker commands. See Peak Search
on page 185.
Exampl e: CALC:MARK:MODE POS sel ects marker 1 and sets i t to Normal.
CALC:MARK2:X 20 GHZ sel ects marker 2 and moves i t to 20 GHz. (Marker
2 must fi rst be turned ON.)
3.1.1 Select Marker
Sel ects one of the four possi bl e marker or marker pai rs. Once a marker i s sel ected, i t can
be set to any of the control modes, Normal, Delta, Delta Pair, Span Pair, or Off.
Key Path: Marker
State Saved: The number of the sel ected marker i s saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory Preset: Marker 1
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:STATe OFF|ON|0|1
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:STATe?
Sets or queri es the state of a marker. Setti ng a marker to state ON or 1 sel ects that
marker. Setti ng a marker whi ch i s OFF to state ON or 1 puts i t i n Normal mode and pl aces
i t at the center of the di spl ay. Setti ng a marker to state OFF or 0 sel ects that marker and
turns i t off. The response to the query wi l l be 0 i f OFF, 1 i f ON.
Exampl e: CALC:MARK2:STAT ON sel ects marker 2.
CALC:MARK:STAT ON wi l l not modi fy a marker that i s al ready on.
3.1.2 Normal
Sets the control mode for the sel ected marker to Normal (see Marker on page 153). I f the
marker i s off, a si ngl e marker i s acti vated at the center of the di spl ay. The marker stays on
the trace at the hori zontal screen posi ti on where i t was pl aced unl ess Signal Track, or a
marker to key functi on (such as Mkr CF, Mkr RL, Mkr CF STEP, Mkr Span, or Min
Search) i s sel ected. I f you are i n a marker pai r mode, for exampl e Delta Marker, the
reference marker i s turned off. You can then adjust the trace poi nt of the marker.
Key Path: Marker
Remote Command:
See Marker on page 153 for the mode command.
Exampl e: :CALC:MARK:MODE POS sel ects marker 1 and sets i t to Normal.
156 Chapter 3
Instrument Functions: M - O
Marker
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

M

-

O
3.1.3 Delta
Sets the control mode for the sel ected marker to Delta (see Marker on page 153). I n Delta
mode the di spl ay shows the di fference between the acti ve (Delta) marker and a reference
marker. When Delta mode i s sel ected the reference marker i s pl aced at the current marker
posi ti on. I f the marker i s OFF both the acti ve marker and the reference marker are pl aced
at the center of the di spl ay. The ampl i tude and frequency (or ti me) of the fi rst marker i s
fi xed. The marker number i s i ndi cated above the del ta marker, and the same number i s
i ndi cated wi th an R (for exampl e, 1R) above the reference marker. You can adjust the trace
poi nt of the acti ve del ta marker. Annotati on i n the acti ve functi on bl ock and i n the
upper-ri ght corner of the di spl ay i ndi cates the frequency or ti me di fference and ampl i tude
di fference of the two markers. I f marker noi se i s set to On whi l e usi ng Del ta and the noi se
marker i s pl aced on the noi se fl oor, the marker readout di spl ays si gnal -to-noi se.
Sel ecti ng Delta whi l e al ready i n Delta mode causes the reference marker to be reset to the
current acti ve () marker posi ti on, enabl i ng you to make del ta measurements from
di fferi ng reference poi nts wi thout havi ng to turn off the markers and begi n agai n. Pressi ng
Marker Normal moves the Reference Marker to the Del ta Marker posi ti on and turns off
Del ta Marker.
The ampl i tude of the reference marker i s fi xed. I n non-zero spans the frequency of the
reference marker i s fi xed. I f the center frequency of the anal yzer i s changed such that the
reference marker i s off the screen, an arrow wi l l appear wi th the marker number at the
l eft or the ri ght si de of the di spl ay. Thi s i ndi cates where the trace poi nt i s for the reference
marker.
I n Zero Span the reference marker remai ns fi xed at the trace poi nt on whi ch i t was pl aced.
Al so, changi ng Center Frequency does not move the reference marker whi l e i n Zero Span.
The markers wi l l be turned off i f the scal e type i s changed between l og and l i near.
Key Path: Marker
Remote Command:
See Marker on page 153 for the mode command.
Exampl e: CALC:MARK4:MODE DELT sel ects marker 4 as a del ta marker and pl aces a
reference marker at the marker 4 posi ti on. I f marker 4 i s OFF i t pl aces
both the acti ve and the reference markers at the center of the di spl ay.
3.1.4 Delta Pair
Sets the control mode for the sel ected marker to Delta Pair (see Marker on page 153). I n
Delta Pair mode the di spl ay shows the di fference between the del ta marker and a reference
marker and enabl es you to adjust both the Ref (start) and Delta (stop) markers
i ndependentl y. After you turn on the del ta Pai r functi on, pressi ng the key agai n toggl es
between the two markers you are control l i ng. When Ref i s underl i ned you are control l i ng
the reference marker. When i s underl i ned you are control l i ng the del ta marker. The start
marker number i s i ndi cated wi th a number and an R above the marker (for exampl e, 1R)
and the del ta marker i s i ndi cated wi th a marker number.
Chapter 3 157
Instrument Functions: M - O
Marker
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

M

-

O
There are four condi ti ons that can occur when Delta Pair mode i s sel ected:
I f marker mode i s Off, the del ta marker and reference marker are pl aced at the center of
the di spl ay.
I f marker mode i s Normal, the del ta marker and reference marker are pl aced at the
current marker posi ti on on the trace.
I f the marker mode i s Delta, the current marker posi ti on remai ns unchanged and the
reference marker i s pl aced on the trace at the reference marker posi ti on.
I f the marker mode i s Span Pair, the marker posi ti ons remai n unchanged.
The di fference between Delta Pair and Delta modes i s that i n Delta Pair mode the reference
marker stays on the trace and you can adjust i ts trace poi nt. The note (Tracking Ref)
appears on the Delta Pair key because, i n effect, the reference marker tracks the trace. (By
compari son, i n Delta mode the reference marker does not track changes i n the trace resul ts;
i t remai ns anchored i n ampl i tude and frequency.)
Once posi ti oned, the markers stay on the trace poi nts you have sel ected. Ref and Del ta
markers mai ntai n thei r di spl ayed x-axi s l ocati on, but not thei r frequency val ues when you
change a parameter that redefi nes the x-axi s scal e. Reset these markers when parameters
such as Span or Center Freq are changed. Adjusti ng the Span changes the di fference
between the two markers. Changi ng the Center changes the center poi nt of the two
markers. Thi s functi on i s useful i n functi ons such as Band Power. Changi ng the frequency
or sweep ti me of the anal yzer does not change the trace poi nt of the markers. You cannot
move the markers off the screen.
Key Path: Marker
Factory Preset: Ref i s the acti ve parameter. Factory preset marker mode i s Off.
Range: Refer to the [:SENSe]:SWEep:POINts command under Poi nts on page
221.
Remote Command:
See Marker on page 153 for the command to sel ect the control mode.
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:X:STARt <param>
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:X:STOP <param>
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:X:POSition:STARt <integer>
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:X:POSition:STOP <integer>
The above commands set the reference (Start), or del ta (Stop) marker X l ocati ons on the X
axi s. The markers can be pl aced on the X axi s usi ng the current trace uni ts. Or you can
speci fy thei r posi ti on i n di spl ay poi nts. Di spl ay poi nts are val ues from 0 to 600 (or the
current number of poi nts i n the sweep). The marker must al ready be on.
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:X:STARt?
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:X:STOP?
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:X:POSition:STARt?
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:X:POSition:STOP?
158 Chapter 3
Instrument Functions: M - O
Marker
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

M

-

O
These commands return the reference (Start), or del ta (Stop) marker X val ue i n current X
axi s uni ts, or the by i ts posi ti on i n di spl ay poi nts.
Exampl e: CALC:MARK3:MODE BAND acti vates or sel ects marker 3 and sets i t to Delta
Pair. Refer to Marker on page 153.
CALC:MARK3:X:POS:STAR 0 moves the reference marker 3 to the l eft edge
of the di spl ay.
3.1.5 Span Pair
Sets the control mode for the sel ected marker to Span Pair (see Marker on page 153). I n
Span Pair mode the di spl ay shows the di fference between the del ta marker and a reference
marker and enabl es you to adjust both the ref and del ta markers. The start marker
number i s i ndi cated wi th a number and an R above the marker (for exampl e, 1R) and the
stop marker i s i ndi cated wi th a marker number. After you turn on the Span Pai r functi on,
pressi ng the key agai n toggl es between the two marker parameters you are control l i ng
(span and center).
Adjusti ng the Span (Span i s underl i ned) changes the frequency di fference between the two
markers. Adjusti ng Center (Center i s underl i ned) mai ntai ns the marker spaci ng and
changes the frequency of the mi dpoi nt between the markers. Adjusti ng the span changes
the frequency di fference between the two markers whi l e mai ntai ni ng the mi dpoi nt
between the two markers at a fi xed frequency. Changi ng the center changes the center
poi nt between the two markers whi l e mai ntai ni ng the frequency di fference.
There are four condi ti ons that can occur when Span Pair mode i s sel ected:
I f marker mode i s Off, the del ta marker and reference marker are pl aced at the center of
the di spl ay.
I f marker mode i s Normal, the del ta marker and reference marker are pl aced at the
current marker posi ti on on the trace.
I f the marker mode i s Delta, the current marker posi ti on remai ns unchanged and the
reference marker i s pl aced on the trace at the reference marker posi ti on.
I f the marker mode i s Delta Pair, the marker posi ti ons remai n unchanged.
The di fference between Span Pair and Delta modes i s that i n Span Pair mode the reference
marker stays on the trace and you can adjust i ts trace poi nt.
Once posi ti oned, the markers stay on the trace poi nts on whi ch they have been pl aced.
Changi ng the frequency or ti me of the anal yzer does not change the trace poi nt of the
markers, that i s, they stay at the same hori zontal posi ti on on the di spl ay.
You cannot move the markers off the screen. I f you adjust ei ther center or span to a val ue
that woul d cause one of the markers to move off screen, the marker wi l l be pl aced at the
ri ght or l eft si de of the di spl ay, on the tr ace. Changi ng the Center marker changes the
center poi nt of the two markers. Thi s functi on i s useful i n functi ons such as Band Power.
Key Path: Marker
Range: Refer to the [:SENSe]:SWEep:POINts command under Poi nts on page
221.
Chapter 3 159
Instrument Functions: M - O
Marker
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

M

-

O
Remote Command:
See Marker on page 153 for the command to sel ect the control mode.
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:X:POSition:CENTer <param>
Sets the mi d poi nt of the markers to a speci fi c trace poi nt.
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:X:POSition:CENTer?
Returns the mi dpoi nt trace poi nt.
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:X:POSition:SPAN <param>
Sets the spaci ng between the markers to a speci fi ed number of trace poi nts.
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:X:POSition:SPAN?
Returns the spaci ng of the markers i n trace poi nts.
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:X:CENTer <param>
Sets the mi d poi nt of the markers to a speci fi c frequency wi th a range that matches the
uni ts of the trace on whi ch the markers are posi ti oned.
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:X:CENTer?
Returns the mi dpoi nt frequency.
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:X:SPAN <param>
Sets the spaci ng between the markers to a speci fi ed frequency wi th a range that matches
the uni ts of the trace on whi ch the markers are posi ti oned.
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:X:SPAN?
Returns the spaci ng of the markers i n frequency.
Exampl e: CALC:MARK3:MODE SPAN sel ects marker 3 and sets i t to Span Pair.
CALC:MARK4:X:POS:SPAN 200 sets the spaci ng between the markers to
200 trace poi nts for marker pai r 4.
CALC:MARK2:X:POS:CENT 300 sets the mi dpoi nt between the markers to
the 300th trace poi nt from the l eft of the di spl ay. For a 601 poi nt trace thi s
wi l l be the mi ddl e of the di spl ay.
3.1.6 Off
Turns off the sel ected marker. I n addi ti on, Off turns off functi ons rel ated to the sel ected
marker such as Signal Track, Band/Intvl Power, and Marker Noise and removes marker
annotati on from the di spl ay.
Key Path: Marker
Remote Command:
See Sel ect Marker on page 155 for the command to sel ect the control mode.
160 Chapter 3
Instrument Functions: M - O
Marker
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

M

-

O
Exampl e: CALC:MARK3:STAT OFF sel ects marker 3 and sets i t to Off.
3.1.7 Marker Trace
Sel ects the trace that you want your marker or marker pai r to be pl aced on. You can pi ck
Marker Trace 1, 2, or 3, or Auto. I n Auto mode, the anal yzer pl aces markers on the
l owest-numbered trace that i s i n Clear Write mode. I f no trace i s i n Clear Write mode, i t
pl aces the marker on the l owest-numbered trace i n Max Hold mode. I f there are none, then
i t uses the l owest-number trace i n Min Hold mode, then i n View mode. For exampl e, i f trace
1 i s i n vi ew, and trace 2 i s i n cl ear wri te, any new marker i s assi gned to trace 2.
Key Path: Marker
State Saved: The Marker Trace for each marker i s saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory Preset: Auto on, Trace 1
Range: 1 to 3
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:TRACe 1|2|3
Puts the marker on the speci fi ed trace and turns Auto OFF for that marker.
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:TRACe?
The query returns the number of the trace on whi ch the marker currentl y resi des, even i f
that marker i s i n Auto mode.
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:TRACe:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1
Turni ng Auto off sets the Marker Trace val ue to the number of the trace on whi ch the
marker currentl y resi des.
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:TRACe:AUTO?
The response to the query wi l l be 0 i f OFF, 1 i f ON.
Exampl e: CALC:MARK1:TRAC 2 pl aces marker 1 on trace 2.
3.1.8 Readout
Thi s access a menu that enabl es you to affect how the x-axi s i nformati on for the sel ected
marker i s di spl ayed i n the marker area (top-ri ght of di spl ay) and the acti ve functi on area
of the di spl ay. I t onl y affects the readout on the di spl ay of the hori zontal posi ti on
i nformati on (for exampl e, frequency).
NOTE I t does not affect the way thi s i nformati on i s sent remotel y i n response to the
CALC:MARK:X? command.
Key Path: Marker
State Saved: I n I nstrument State, for each marker.
Chapter 3 161
Instrument Functions: M - O
Marker
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

M

-

O
Factory Preset: Frequency for non-zero spans and Ti me for zero spans.
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:X:READout FREQuency|TIME|ITIMe|PERiod
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:X:READout?
Exampl e: CALC:MARK3:X:READ TIME sets the marker 3 Readout to Time.
3.1.8.1 Frequency
Sets the marker readout to Frequency, di spl ayi ng the absol ute frequency of a normal
marker or the frequency of the del ta marker rel ati ve to the reference marker. Frequency
readout i s the defaul t setti ng i n non-zero spans and i s not avai l abl e i n zero spans.
Key Path: Marker, Readout
Remote Command:
See Readout on page 160 for thi s command.
Exampl e: CALC:MARK2:X:READ FREQ sets the marker 2 Readout to Frequency.
3.1.8.2 Period
Sets the marker readout to Peri od, di spl ayi ng the reci procal of the frequency at the marker
posi ti on, or the reci procal of the frequency separati on of the two markers i n a del ta-marker
mode. Peri od readout i s not avai l abl e i n zero spans. I f the markers are at the same
frequency i n a del ta marker mode, the resul t wi l l be the reci procal of 0, whi ch i s i nfi ni tel y
l arge. The di spl ay wi l l show a very l arge number.
Key Path: Marker, Readout
Remote Command:
See Readout on page 160 for thi s command.
Exampl e: CALC:MARK2:X:READ PER
3.1.8.3 Time
Sets the marker readout to Ti me, di spl ayi ng the ti me i nterval between a normal marker
and the start of a sweep or the ti me of the del ta marker rel ati ve to the reference marker.
Ti me i s the defaul t setti ng i n zero spans. Wi th a span of zero, the ti me val ue i s the ti me
posi ti on rel ati ve to the start of the sweep. I n a del ta-marker mode i t i s the (sweep) ti me
i nterval between the two markers.
Key Path: Marker, Readout
Remote Command:
See Readout on page 160 for thi s command.
Exampl e: CALC:MARK2:X:READ TIME
162 Chapter 3
Instrument Functions: M - O
Marker
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

M

-

O
3.1.8.4 Inverse Time
Sets the marker readout to I nverse Ti me, di spl ayi ng the reci procal of (sweep) ti me
between two markers. Thi s functi on i s onl y avai l abl e when i n both zero span and i n a
del ta-marker modes. I f the markers are at the same x posi ti on, the ti me between them i s 0,
so the reci procal of sweep ti me i s i nfi ni tel y l arge. The di spl ay wi l l show a very l arge
number.
Key Path: Marker, Readout
Remote Command:
See Readout on page 160 for thi s command.
Exampl e: :CALC:MARK2:X:READ ITIM
3.1.9 Marker Table
When set to ON, the di spl ay i s spl i t i nto a measurement wi ndow and a marker data di spl ay
wi ndow. For each marker pai r, i nformati on i s di spl ayed i n the data di spl ay wi ndow, whi ch
i ncl udes the marker number, trace number, marker type, X axi s val ue, and the ampl i tude
of the marker or the del ta val ue, i f a del ta marker, or the functi on val ue, i f i n a marker
functi on such as Marker Noise or Band/Intvl Power.
NOTE Sel ecti ng any measurement (i ncl udi ng Meas Off) under Measure turns off the
marker tabl e.
Key Path: Marker
Factory Preset: Off
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:MARKer:TABLe:STATe OFF|ON|0|1
:CALCulate:MARKer:TABLe:STATe? returns 1 i f ON or 0 i f OFF.
Exampl e: CALC:MARK:TABL:STAT ON turns on the marker tabl e.
3.1.10 Marker All Off
Turns off al l markers, i ncl udi ng markers used for si gnal track. Thi s key al so turns off
marker rel ated functi ons such as Signal Track, Band Interval Power, and Marker Noise.
Key Path: Marker
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:MARKer:AOFF
Exampl e: CALC:MARK:AOFF turns off al l markers.
Chapter 3 163
Instrument Functions: M - O
Marker Fctn
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

M

-

O
3.2 Marker Fctn
Access speci al marker functi ons such as frequency counti ng and noi se markers.
Factory Preset: Off
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:FUNCtion BPOWer|NOISe|OFF
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:FUNCtion?
Exampl e: CALC:MARK:FUNC NOI S
3.2.1 Select Marker
See Sel ect Marker on page 155
Remote Command:
Exampl e: CALC:MARK2:STAT ON sel ects marker 2.
3.2.2 Marker Noise
Acti vates a noi se marker for the sel ected marker. I f the sel ected marker i s off i t i s turned
on and l ocated at the center of the di spl ay. Reads out the average noi se l evel , normal i zed to
a 1 Hz noi se power bandwi dth, around the acti ve marker. The noi se marker averages 5% of
the trace data val ues, centered on the l ocati on of the marker.
The data di spl ayed (i f the marker i s i n Normal mode) i s the noi se densi ty around the
marker. The val ue readout i s fol l owed by (1 Hz) to remi nd you that di spl ay i s normal i zed
to a one Hz bandwi dth.
To measure carri er to noi se rati o, be sure that the Marker Fctn i s not Marker Noise. Sel ect a
Marker, Normal type marker. Pl ace the marker on the si gnal peak, then sel ect Delta marker.
Now pl ace the acti ve () marker on the noi se, and sel ect Marker Noise to change the marker
type. I n thi s case, the reference marker has uni ts of ampl i tude and the data di spl ayed i s
the rati o of the noi se densi ty at the del ta marker to the reference marker power. The val ue
readout i s dB/Hz i f the Y-axi s uni ts are l ogari thmi c, and % i f the Y-axi s uni ts are l i near. I t
i s understood, i n thi s case, that % stands for the uni ts for vol ts uni ts and %/Hz for
watts uni ts.
% Hz
164 Chapter 3
Instrument Functions: M - O
Marker Fctn
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

M

-

O
To measure the rati o of the noi se densi ti es at two l ocati ons, be sure that the Marker Fctn i s
Marker Noise. (The noi se i s averaged over a regi on that i s 5% of the span, centered at the
marker l ocati on.) Sel ect Marker, Normal before sel ecti ng Delta marker. Then move the acti ve
() marker to the second noi se l ocati on. I n thi s case both markers have uni ts of noi se
densi ty (for exampl e, dBm/Hz), so the data di spl ayed represents the rati o of the noi se
densi ty at the del ta marker to the noi se densi ty at the reference marker. The val ue readout
i s di spl ayed as a rati o (dB or %).
To guarantee accurate data for noi se-l i ke si gnal s, a correcti on for equi val ent noi se
bandwi dth i s made by the anal yzer. The Marker Noise functi on accuracy i s best when the
detector i s set to Average or Sample, because nei ther of these detectors wi l l peak-bi as the
noi se. The trade off between sweep ti me and vari ance of the resul t i s best when Avg/VBW
Type i s set to Power Averagi ng. Auto coupl i ng, therefore, normal l y chooses the Average
detector and Power Averaging. Though the Marker Noi se functi on works wi th al l setti ngs of
detector and Avg/VBW Type, usi ng the posi ti ve or negati ve peak detectors gi ves l ess
accurate measurement resul ts.
Key Path: Marker Fctn
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: Video tri ggeri ng i s not avai l abl e when the detector i s Average, therefore
marker functi ons that woul d set the detector to Average, and thus confl i ct
wi th vi deo tri ggeri ng, are not avai l abl e when the Video tri gger i s On.
Posi ti ve or negati ve peak detecti on i s not recommended for use when
measuri ng noi se-l i ke si gnal s. Though the Marker Noi se functi on al l ows
you to sel ect these detector types, the average noi se measurement resul ts
wi l l not be as accurate usi ng peak detecti on as when usi ng sampl e or
average detecti on.
Remote Command:
See Marker Fctn on page 163 for the command to sel ect a functi on.
Remote Command Notes: Note that the val ue when the Y-axi s uni ts are watts i s the
square of the val ue when the Y-axi s uni ts are vol ts. For exampl e, when the
percent rati o wi th Y-axi s uni ts i n vol ts i s 20% (0.2), the percent rati o wi th
Y-axi s uni ts i n watts wi l l be 4% (0.2
2
= 0.04). When you read the val ue out
remotel y you have to know whether you are i n l og (dB) or l i near (percent),
and i f l i near, whether vol ts or watts.
Exampl e: CALC:MARK:FUNC NOIS turns on marker 1 as a noi se marker.
CALC:MARK:FUNC? returns the current setti ng of marker functi on for the
marker speci fi ed. I n thi s case i t returns the stri ng: NOIS.
CALC:MARK:Y? returns the y-axi s val ue of the Marker Noise functi on for
marker 1 (i f Marker Noise i s ON for marker 1).
Chapter 3 165
Instrument Functions: M - O
Marker Fctn
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

M

-

O
3.2.3 Band/Intvl Power
Measures the power i n a bandwi dth (non-zero span) or ti me i nterval (zero span) speci fi ed
by the user. I f no marker i s on, thi s key acti vates the del ta pai r marker mode. I f the
detector mode i s set to Auto, the average detector i s sel ected. I f the Avg/VBW type i s set to
Auto, Power Averaging i s sel ected, other choi ces of detector and Avg/VBW type wi l l usual l y
cause measurement i naccuracy. The acti ve marker pai r i ndi cate the edges of the band.
Onl y Delta Pair and Span Pair marker control modes can be used whi l e i n thi s functi on,
sel ecti ng any other mode (for exampl e, Normal or Delta) turns off thi s functi on.
The repeatabi l i ty of your band power marker measurement can be i mpacted by the current
number of sweep poi nts bei ng used. I f you onl y have a few sweep poi nts i n the
measurement band of i nterest, then smal l changes wi l l have a di rect i mpact on the
measurement resul t. I ncreasi ng your number of sweep poi nts wi l l decrease that affect and
i mprove the repeatabi l i ty.
Key Path: Marker Fctn
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: Video tri ggeri ng i s not avai l abl e when the detector i s Average, therefore,
marker functi ons that woul d set the detector to Average, and thus confl i ct
wi th vi deo tri ggeri ng, are not avai l abl e when the Video tri gger i s On.
Sel ecti ng Band/Intvl Power when the marker control functi on i s off, normal ,
or del ta wi l l set the marker control functi on to del ta pai r.
Your band power marker measurement accuracy and repeatabi l i ty can be
degraded i f you are usi ng a smal l number of sweep poi nts. For exampl e, i f
you are usi ng 100 sweep poi nts and maki ng a very narrow band
measurement, rel ati ve to the current span (<5% of span), the cal cul ati on
uses onl y a coupl e of the sweep poi nts. A more accurate/repeatabl e
cal cul ati on i s done i f you i ncrease the number of sweep poi nts, or i f you can
reduce the span.
Remote Command:
See Marker Fctn on page 163 for the command to sel ect the functi on.
Exampl e: CALC:MARK:FUNC BPOW turns on marker one as a band power marker.
CALC:MARK:Y? returns the val ue of the Band/Intvl Power functi on for
marker 1 (i f Band/Intvl Power i s ON for marker 1).
166 Chapter 3
Instrument Functions: M - O
Marker Fctn
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

M

-

O
3.2.4 Function Off
Turns off marker functi ons (Band/Intvl Power and Marker Noise).
NOTE Del ta markers wi l l remai n on screen.
Key Path: Marker Fctn
Remote Command:
See Marker Fctn on page 163 for the command to sel ect the functi on.
Exampl e: CALC:MARK2:FUNC OFF turns the marker 2 functi on off.
3.2.5 Marker Count
Accesses the marker count menu.
Key Path: Marker Fctn
3.2.5.1 Marker Count
Turns the marker frequency counter on and off for any acti ve marker. I f no marker i s
acti ve before Marker Count i s pressed, a marker i s acti vated at the center of the di spl ay. An
asteri sk (*) may appear i n the upper-ri ght area of the di spl ay al ong wi th the message Cntr
1 (the number i n the message depends on the acti ve marker). I f the marker count functi on
i s on and you change the acti ve marker, the new acti ve marker wi l l use marker count. I f
the frequency counter functi on i s on wi th onl y one acti ve marker and that marker i s
turned off, then the frequency counter functi on i s turned off. I f the frequency counter
functi on i s on wi th mul ti pl e markers turned on and onl y one i s turned off, the frequency
counter functi on stays on. Marker Count frequency readi ngs are not affected by the
frequency offset functi on.
I n Zero Span the counter conti nues to functi on, counti ng any si gnal near the center
frequency of the anal yzer.
NOTE Setti ng Marker Fctn to Off does not turn Marker Count off.
Key Path: Marker Fctn, Marker Count
State Saved: I f Marker Count i s on, that setti ng i s saved i n the I nstrument State.
Factory Preset: Off
Chapter 3 167
Instrument Functions: M - O
Marker Fctn
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

M

-

O
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:FCOunt[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:FCOunt[:STATe]?
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:FCOunt:X?
Remote Command Notes: Usi ng the CALC:MARK[1]| 2| 3| 4:FCO command.
I f the speci fi ed marker number i n the command i s not the acti ve marker, i t
becomes the acti ve marker. I f the marker number i s not turned on, i t i s
fi rst turned on and then i t becomes the acti ve marker. Once the marker
count functi on i s turned on, i t wi l l be on for any acti ve marker, not just the
marker number speci fi ed when the command was sent.
Usi ng the CALC:MARK[1]| 2| 3| 4:FCO:X? query.
The query returns a 1 onl y i f the marker count functi on i s on and the
marker number sel ected i s the currentl y acti ve marker. The query returns
9e15 i f the marker count functi on i s off, or i f the speci fi ed marker i s not
the acti ve marker.
Exampl e: CALC:MARK2:FCO ON
CALC:MARK2:FCO:X? returns the counted frequency.
3.2.5.2 Gate Time
Control s the l ength of ti me duri ng whi ch the frequency counter measures the si gnal
frequency. For 2 ms and l onger gate ti mes, the counter resol uti on i s 0.001 Hz. Longer gate
ti mes al l ow for greater averagi ng of si gnal s whose frequency i s noi sy, at the expense of
throughput. I f the gate ti me i s an i nteger mul ti pl e of the l ength of a power-l i ne cycl e (20
ms for 50 Hz power, 16.67 ms for 60 Hz power), the counter rejects i nci dental modul ati on
at the power l i ne rate. The shortest gate ti me that rejects both 50 and 60 Hz modul ati on i s
100 ms, whi ch i s the val ue chosen when gate ti me i s i n Auto.
Key Path: Marker Fctn, Marker Count
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory Preset: Auto, 100 ms
Range: 1 s to 500 ms
168 Chapter 3
Instrument Functions: M - O
Marker Fctn
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

M

-

O
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:MARKer:FCOunt:GATetime:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1
:CALCulate:MARKer:FCOunt:GATetime:AUTO?
:CALCulate:MARKer:FCOunt:GATetime <time>
:CALCulate:MARKer:FCOunt:GATetime?
Exampl e: CALC:MARK:FCO:GAT:AUTO On
CALC:MARK:FCO:GAT 1e-2 sets the gate ti me to 10
-2
s = 10 ms.
Chapter 3 169
Instrument Functions: M - O
Marker ->
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

M

-

O
3.3 Marker ->
Accesses menu keys that can copy the current marker val ue i nto other i nstrument
parameters (for exampl e, Center Frequency).
3.3.1 Mkr->CF
Sets the center frequency of the anal yzer to the frequency of the sel ected marker. The
marker stays at thi s frequency, so i t moves to the center of the di spl ay. Thi s functi on i s not
avai l abl e i n Zero Span.
Key Path: Marker ->
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4[:SET]:CENTer
Exampl e: CALC:MARK2:CENT sets the CF of the anal yzer to the val ue of marker 2.
3.3.2 Mkr->CF Step
Sets the center frequency (CF) step si ze of the anal yzer to the marker frequency, or i n a
del ta-marker mode, to the frequency di fference between the del ta and reference markers.
The step si ze i s di spl ayed i n the thi rd l i ne of the acti ve functi on area of the di spl ay. Thi s
functi on i s not avai l abl e i n Zero Span.
Key Path: Marker ->
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4[:SET]:STEP
Exampl e: CALC:MARK1:STEP sets the CF step to the val ue (or del ta val ue) of marker
1.
3.3.3 Mkr->Start
Changes the start frequency to the frequency of the acti ve marker. The marker stays at
thi s frequency, so i t moves to the l eft of the di spl ay. Thi s functi on i s not avai l abl e i n Zero
Span.
Key Path: Marker ->
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4[:SET]:STARt
Exampl e: CALC:MARK1:STAR sets the start frequency to the val ue (or del ta val ue) of
marker 1.
170 Chapter 3
Instrument Functions: M - O
Marker ->
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

M

-

O
3.3.4 Mkr->Stop
Changes the stop frequency to the frequency of the acti ve marker. The marker stays at thi s
frequency, so i t moves to the ri ght of the di spl ay. Thi s functi on i s not avai l abl e i n Zero Span.
Key Path: Marker ->
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4[:SET]:STOP
Exampl e: CALC:MARK1:STOP sets the stop frequency to the val ue (or del ta val ue) of
marker 1.
3.3.5 Mkr->Span
Sets the start and stop frequenci es to the val ues of the del ta markers. The marker i s then
set to normal at the center frequency. Onl y avai l abl e i n Delta, Span Pair, and Delta Pair
modes. Thi s functi on i s not avai l abl e i f the marker i s off, or i n Normal mode or when the
span i s Zero Span.
Key Path: Marker ->
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4[:SET]:DELTa:SPAN
Remote Command Notes: Sel ect the del ta marker mode wi th
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:MODE DELTa.
Exampl e: CALC:MARK2:DELT:SPAN sets the start and stop frequenci es to the val ues of
the del ta markers of marker 2.
3.3.6 Mkr->CF
Sets the del ta marker to the center frequency. Onl y avai l abl e i n Delta, Span Pair, and Delta
Pair modes. Thi s functi on i s not avai l abl e i f the marker i s off, or i n Normal mode or when
the span i s Zero Span.
Key Path: Marker ->
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.02.00
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4[:SET]:DELTa:CENTer
Remote Command Notes: Sel ect the del ta marker mode wi th
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:MODE DELTa.
Exampl e: CALC:MARK2:DELT:CENT sets the center frequency to the val ue of the del ta
marker center frequency of marker 2.
Chapter 3 171
Instrument Functions: M - O
Marker ->
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

M

-

O
3.3.7 Mkr->Ref Lvl
Sets the reference l evel to the ampl i tude val ue of the acti ve marker, movi ng the marked
poi nt to the reference l evel (top l i ne of the grati cul e).
Key Path: Marker ->
NOTE The reference l evel range i s l i mi ted by the i nput attenuator setti ng, the
maxi mum mi xer l evel , the preamp setti ng, etc.
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4[:SET]:RLEVel
Exampl e: CALC:MARK2:RLEV sets the reference l evel of the anal yzer to the ampl i tude
of marker 2.
172 Chapter 3
Instrument Functions: M - O
Marker ->
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

M

-

O
Chapter 3 173
Instrument Functions: M - O
MEASURE (Spectrum Analysis Mode)
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

M

-

O
3.4 MEASURE (Spectrum Analysis Mode)
I n the Spectrum Anal ysi s mode (see the Mode key), thi s key di spl ays a menu that l ets you
make transmi tter power measurements such as adjacent channel power, occupi ed
bandwi dth, and harmoni c di storti on measurements. Refer to Vol ume 2, One-Button Power
Measurements Users and Programmers Reference for more i nformati on about these
measurements. I f other modes are avai l abl e and have been sel ected, the measurements for
that parti cul ar mode wi l l be di spl ayed. Some common setti ngs can be made for these
measurements usi ng the functi on under the Mode Setup key. For exampl e, you may sel ect
one of several radi o standards avai l abl e by pressi ng Mode Setup, Radio Std.
NOTE The measurements descri bed i n Vol ume 2, One-Button Power Measurements
Users and Programmers Reference are avai l abl e i n SA mode (see Mode key).
Other measurements are avai l abl e i n other modes i f an opti onal personal i ty
i s i nstal l ed, use the appropri ate user s gui de for i nformati on about those
modes.
174 Chapter 3
Instrument Functions: M - O
MEASURE (Spectrum Analysis Mode)
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

M

-

O
3.4.1 Measurement Setup
Di spl ays the setup menu for the currentl y sel ected measurement. Thi s menu i s empty i f no
measurement i s acti ve. Thi s coul d be because Meas Off i s sel ected i n the Measure menu.
Key Path: Front-panel key
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: Menu choi ces depend on the currentl y sel ected Mode and Menu
Remote Command:
There i s no equi val ent remote command.
Chapter 3 175
Instrument Functions: M - O
Meas Control
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

M

-

O
3.5 Meas Control
These functi ons al l ow you to pause and resume the currentl y sel ected measurement and to
sel ect between conti nuous or si ngl e measurements.
NOTE I f no measurement has been sel ected from the MEASURE menu, these
functi ons are not avai l abl e.
Key Path: Front-panel key
3.5.1 Restart
Thi s functi on restarts a previ ousl y paused measurement at the begi nni ng. I f the current
measurement i s sti l l i n process, i t wi l l stop i t as soon as possi bl e and restart i t from the
begi nni ng.
Key Path: Front-panel key. I t can al so be found under Meas Control.
Remote Command:
:INITiate:RESTart
Remote Command Notes: Thi s command i s equi val ent to sendi ng an :ABORt command
fol l owed by an :INITiate[:IMMediate] command. See Abort the Sweep
or Measurement (Remote Command Onl y) on page 177. for more
i nformati on.
Exampl e: INIT:REST
3.5.2 Measure
Swi tches the anal yzer between tri ggeri ng the current measurement/sweep conti nuousl y or
tri ggeri ng a si ngl e measurement. The front panel Single key al so puts the anal yzer i n
si ngl e-measurement mode.
Key Path: Meas Control
State Saved: Save
Factory Preset: Conti nuous
Remote Command:
Use :INITiate:CONTinuous OFF|ON. See SWEEP on page 213.
Remote Command
Notes: Thi s command affects sweepi ng when i n the SA mode. I t affects
measurements when a measurement has been sel ected from the MEASure
command subsystem.
176 Chapter 3
Instrument Functions: M - O
Meas Control
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

M

-

O
When ON, at the compl eti on of each tri gger cycl e, the tri gger system
i mmedi atel y i ni ti ates another tri gger cycl e.
When OFF, the tri gger system remai ns i n an i dl e state unti l
CONTi nuous i s set to ON or an :I NI Ti ate[:I MMedi ate] command i s
recei ved. On recei vi ng the :I NI Ti ate[:I MMedi ate] command, i t wi l l go
through a si ngl e tri gger cycl e, and then return to the i dl e state.
The query INIT:CONT? returns 1 or 0. 1 i s returned when the
i nstrument i s conti nuous tri ggeri ng. 0 i s returned when i t i s si ngl e
tri ggeri ng.
Exampl e: INIT:CONT OFF
3.5.3 Pause or Resume
Thi s functi on pauses the currentl y runni ng measurement. Pressi ng Pause toggl es between
pausi ng and resumi ng your measurement. The key l abel toggl es between Pause and
Resume. I f an averaged measurement was i n progress, the average counter i s frozen when
the measurement i s hal ted
Key Path: Meas Control
Remote Command:
:INITiate:PAUSe to pause the measurement
:INITiate:RESume to resume the measurement.
Exampl e: INIT:PAUS
Remote Command Notes: See Abort the Sweep or Measurement (Remote Command
Onl y) on page 177. for more i nformati on.
3.5.4 Trigger a Sweep or Measurement (Remote Command Only)
Thi s command i ni ti ates a sweep i f i n SA mode wi th no measurement currentl y sel ected.
The command i s i gnored i f the i nstrument i s i n a measurement (sel ected under the
MEASURE key), but the measurement i s currentl y runni ng, (INITiate:CONTinuous ON).
I f a measurement i s sel ected but i t i s i n the i dl e state (that i s, i t i s not runni ng,
INITiate:CONT OFF), thi s command tri ggers the i nstrument, when tri gger condi ti ons are
met. The tri gger system i s i ni ti ated, then compl etes one ful l tri gger cycl e and returns to
the wai ti ng state. Dependi ng on the measurement sel ected and the number of averages,
there may be mul ti pl e data acqui si ti ons, wi th mul ti pl e tri gger events, for one ful l tri gger
cycl e. The i nstrument must have external tri ggeri ng sel ected, or the command i s i gnored.
Use the TRIGer[:SEQuence]:SOURce EXT command to sel ect the external tri gger.
Hi story: Added i n revi si on A.02.00
Chapter 3 177
Instrument Functions: M - O
Meas Control
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

M

-

O
Remote Command:
:INITiate[:IMMediate]
Remote Command
Notes: See al so the *TRG command and the TRI Gger subsystem.
Use the [:SENSe]:<meas>:TRIGger:SOURce command to sel ect the
desi red tri gger. The i nstrument must be i n the si ngl e measurement mode.
I f :INITiate:CONTinuous i s ON then the command i s i gnored.
Use :FETCh? to transfer a measurement resul t from memory to the output
buffer. Refer to i ndi vi dual commands i n the MEASure subsystem for more
i nformati on.
Exampl e: INIT:IMM
3.5.5 Abort the Sweep or Measurement (Remote Command Only)
Stops any sweep or measurement i n progress and resets the sweep or tri gger system. A
measurement refers to any of the measurements found i n the MEASURE menu. I f the
tri gger condi ti ons are met, another sweep i s i ni ti ated i mmedi atel y.
I f :INITiate:CONTinuous i s off (si ngl e measure), then :INITiate:IMMediate wi l l
start a new si ngl e measurement.
I f :INITiate:CONTinuous i s on (conti nuous measure), a new conti nuous measurement
begi ns i mmedi atel y.
The I NI Ti ate and/or TRI Gger subsystems contai n addi ti onal rel ated commands.
Hi story: Added i n revi si on A.02.00
Remote Command:
:ABORt
Remote Command Notes: I n the conti nuous measurement mode, the Restart key i s
equi val ent to ABORt.
Exampl e: ABOR
178 Chapter 3
Instrument Functions: M - O
Meas Control
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

M

-

O
Chapter 3 179
Instrument Functions: M - O
MODE and Mode Setup
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

M

-

O
3.6 MODE and Mode Setup
Sel ects the measurement mode of your anal yzer. Spectrum Anal ysi s mode i s for general
purpose measurement use. The i nstrument comes wi th the Spectrum Anal ysi s mode.
Addi ti onal measurement modes can be added to your i nstrument memory. Refer to the
i ndi vi dual measurement personal i ty mode manual s for i nstructi ons on how to i nstal l the
software.
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: Other modes, besi des Spectrum Anal ysi s, must be i nstal l ed/l i censed i n
your i nstrument before they appear i n the Mode menu. Some modes al so
requi re the presence of speci fi c hardware.
Saved State: Saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory Preset: Spectrum Anal ysi s
I f Preset Type Mode i s sel ected, then the anal yzer setti ngs are preset but i t
stays i n that sel ected mode.
Remote Command:
:INSTrument[:SELect] BASIC|CDMA|CDMA1XEV|CDMA2K|EDGEGSM|
NADC|NFIGURE|PDC|PNOISE|SA|WCDMA|WLAN| DMODULATION|MRECEIVE|TDSCDMA|
TDDEMOD|EMC
:INSTrument[:SELect]?
Remote Command Notes: Sel ect the measurement mode. The actual avai l abl e choi ces
depend upon whi ch modes (measurement appl i cati ons) are i nstal l ed i n the
i nstrument. A l i st of the val i d choi ces i s returned wi th the I NST:CAT?
query.
Once an i nstrument mode i s sel ected, onl y the commands that are val i d for
that mode can be executed.
BASI C
CDMA1XEV (1xEV-DO)
CDMA2K (cdma2000)
EDGEGSM (GSM wi th EDGE)
NADC
NFI GURE (noi se fi gure)
PDC
PNOI SE (phase noi se)
SA
TDSCDMA
180 Chapter 3
Instrument Functions: M - O
MODE and Mode Setup
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

M

-

O
TDDEMOD
WCDMA (3GPP)
WLAN
DMODULATI ON
MRECEI VE
EMC
Exampl e: INST SA
INST?
3.6.1 Spectrum Analysis
Sel ects the spectrum anal ysi s measurement mode for your anal yzer.
Key Path: Mode
Remote Command:
:I NSTrument[:SELect] SA
Exampl e: INST SA
INST?
3.6.2 Application Mode Number Selection (Remote command only)
Sel ect the measurement mode by i ts mode number. The actual avai l abl e choi ces depend
upon whi ch appl i cati ons are i nstal l ed i n your i nstrument.
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: Other modes, besi des Spectrum Anal ysi s, must be i nstal l ed/l i censed i n
your i nstrument before they appear i n the Mode menu. Some modes al so
requi re the presence of speci fi c hardware.
Factory Preset: 1 (Spectrum Anal ysi s)
I f Preset Type Mode i s sel ected, then the anal yzer setti ngs are preset but i t
stays i n that sel ected mode.
Remote Command:
:INSTrument:NSELect <integer>
:INSTrument:NSELect?
Chapter 3 181
Instrument Functions: M - O
MODE and Mode Setup
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

M

-

O
Remote Command
Notes: Enter one of the fol l owi ng i ntegers i n the command to set the anal yzer
mode.
Exampl e: INST:NSEL 4
3.6.3 Application Mode Catalog Query (Remote command only)
Returns a comma separated l i st of stri ngs that contai n the names of al l the i nstal l ed
appl i cati ons/modes. These names can onl y be used wi th the INST:SELECT command.
Remote Command:
:INSTrument:CATalog?
Exampl e: INST:CAT?
Query response:SA,CDMA,PNOISE
Mode NSELect
Number
Mode Keyword
Basi c 8 BASI C
cdmaOne 4 CDMA
1xEV-DO 15 CDMA1XEV
cdma2000 10 CDMA2K
GSM wi th EDGE 13 EDGEGSM
NADC 5 NADC
Noi se Fi gure 219 NFI GURE
PDC 6 PDC
Phase Noi se 14 PNOI SE
Spectrum Anal ysi s 1 SA
TD-SCDMA Power 211 TDSCDMA
TD-SCDMA Modul ati on
Anal ysi s
212 TDDEMOD
W-CDMA 9 WCDMA
WLAN 18 WLAN
Di gi tal Modul ati on 241 DMODULATI ON
Measuri ng Recei ver 233 MRECEI VE
EMC Anal yzer 239 EMC
182 Chapter 3
Instrument Functions: M - O
MODE and Mode Setup
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

M

-

O
3.6.4 Mode Setup (Spectrum Analysis Mode)
Enabl es you to change measurement setti ngs common to all measurements i n the
MEASURE menu. I n Spectrum Anal ysi s mode, there are several bui l t-i n power
measurements. Parameters that you set i n the Mode Setup menu affect al l of these
measurements, see Vol ume 2, One-Button Power Measurements Users and Programmers
Reference for more i nformati on.
Key Path: Front-panel key
183
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

Z
4 Instrument Functions: P Z
Thi s chapter provi des key descri pti ons and programmi ng i nformati on for the front-panel
key functi ons of your anal yzer that start wi th the l etters P through Z. The front-panel
functi ons are l i sted al phabeti cal l y and are descri bed wi th thei r associ ated menu keys. The
l ower-l evel menu keys are arranged and descri bed as they appear i n your anal yzer.
184 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P Z
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

Z
NOTE The front- and rear-panel features, al ong wi th the numeri c keypad and
al phanumeri c softkey fundamental s, are i l l ustrated and descri bed i n
your Getti ng Started gui de.
Chapter 4 185
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Peak Search
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.1 Peak Search
Pl aces a marker on the hi ghest peak and di spl ays the search menu. I f Peak Search Type
(Param) i s set to Excursi on & Threshol d, the peak found must meet the defi ned peak
excursi on and threshol d val ues. (See Search Param on page 188.) Peaks that are l ess
than 1% of the current span away from 0 Hz are i gnored. For exampl e, i f Span i s 1 MHz,
peaks wi l l not be found between 10 kHz and +10 kHz. I f no val i d peak i s found, an error
(No Peak Found) i s di spl ayed. To cl ear thi s message, press ESC before attempti ng another
search.
The peak search parameters are Peak Threshol d and Peak Excursi on. Al l searches except
Peak Search (Next Peak, Next Left, Next Ri ght, Peak Tabl e, SCPI PEAKS command)
obey the Search Parameters, whi ch means that onl y peaks whi ch ri se above the Peak
Threshol d by at l east the Peak Excursi on are found. Peak Search obeys then when Peak
Search i s i n PARAM mode. When the Peak Search key i s i n MAX mode, the search
parameters are i gnored for a Peak Search.
NOTE You can go i nto the Peak Search menu wi thout actual l y performi ng a Peak
Search by usi ng the front-panel Return key (assuming you have previously
accessed the Peak Search menu). Press Return to navi gate through the
previ ousl y accessed menus unti l you return to the Peak Search menu.
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:MAXimum
Remote Command
Notes: The :CALC:MARK:PEAK:SEARC:MODE MAX|PAR
command speci fi es how a peak i s i denti fi ed for use wi th the marker
commands. See Peak Search on page 190.
Exampl e: CALC:MARK2:MAX performs a peak search usi ng marker 2.
CALC:MARK2:Y? queri es the marker ampl i tude (Y-axi s) val ue for marker 2.
For more i nformati on on thi s command, see Marker on page 153.
CALC:MARK2:X? queri es the marker frequency or ti me (X-axi s) val ue for
marker 2. For more i nformati on on thi s command, see Marker on
page 153.
4.1.1 Next Peak
Pl aces the marker on the next hi ghest peak wi th an ampl i tude l ess than the current peak.
The peak must meet the defi ned peak excursi on and threshol d val ues. Peaks that are l ess
than 1% of the current span away from 0 Hz are i gnored. I f no val i d peak i s found, an error
(No Peak Found) i s di spl ayed. Press ESC to cl ear thi s message before attempti ng another
search. (Al so see the Peak Excursn and Pk Threshold key descri pti ons.)
Key Path: Peak Search
186 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Peak Search
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
State Saved: Not part of saved state.
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:MAXimum:NEXT
Exampl e: CALC:MARK2:MAX:NEXT sel ects marker 2 and moves i t to the next hi ghest
peak.
4.1.2 Next Pk Right
Moves the marker to the next peak to the ri ght of the current marker. The peak must meet
the defi ned peak excursi on and threshol d l i mi ts. Peaks that are l ess than 1% of the current
span away from 0 Hz are i gnored. I f no val i d peak i s found, an error No Peak Found i s
di spl ayed. Press ESC to cl ear thi s message before attempti ng another search. (Al so see the
Peak Excursn and Pk Threshold key descri pti ons.)
Key Path: Peak Search
State Saved: Not part of saved state.
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:MAXimum:RIGHt
Exampl e: CALC:MARK2:MAX:RIGH sel ects marker 2 and moves i t to the next peak to
the ri ght.
4.1.3 Next Pk Left
Moves the marker to the next peak to the l eft of the current marker. The peak must meet
the defi ned peak excursi on and threshol d l i mi ts. Peaks that are l ess than 1% of the current
span away from 0 Hz are i gnored. I f no val i d peak i s found, an error No Peak Found i s
di spl ayed. Press ESC to cl ear thi s message before attempti ng another search. (Al so see the
Peak Excursn and Pk Threshold key descri pti ons.)
Key Path: Peak Search
State Saved: Not part of saved state.
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:MAXimum:LEFT
Exampl e: CALC:MARK2:MAX:LEFT sel ects marker 2 and moves i t to the next peak to
the l eft.
4.1.4 Min Search
Moves the acti ve marker to the mi ni mum detected ampl i tude val ue on the current trace.
Key Path: Peak Search
State Saved: Not part of saved state.
Chapter 4 187
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Peak Search
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:MINimum
Exampl e: CALC:MARK:MIN sel ects marker 1 and moves i t to the mi ni mum ampl i tude
val ue.
4.1.5 Pk-Pk Search
Fi nds and di spl ays the ampl i tude and frequency (or ti me, i f i n zero span) di fferences
between the hi ghest and l owest trace poi nts by setti ng a reference marker on the peak
si gnal and pl aci ng a marker on the mi ni mum si gnal .
Key Path: Peak Search
State Saved: Not part of saved state.
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:PTPeak
Exampl e: CALC:MARK:PTP
CALC:MARK:Y? queri es the del ta ampl i tude val ue for marker 1. For more
i nformati on on thi s command, see Marker on page 153.
4.1.6 Mkr->CF
See Mkr->CF on page 169 for the command to sel ect thi s functi on.
Key Path: Peak Search
4.1.7 Continuous Pk
When a marker i s pl aced on a si gnal and Continuous Pk i s pressed, the marker wi l l remai n
on the si gnal even i f the si gnal frequency changes, as l ong as the ampl i tude of the si gnal
does not change by more than 3 dB from one sweep to another.
I f the si gnal i s l ost, an attempt wi l l be made to fi nd i t agai n and mai ntai n the marker on
the si gnal peak. I f there are other si gnal s on screen near the same ampl i tude, one of them
may be found i nstead. Si gnal s near 0 Hz cannot be mai ntai ned effecti vel y, because they
cannot be di sti ngui shed from the LO feedthrough, whi ch i s excl uded by i ntent from the
search al gori thm.
NOTE Thi s functi on i s i ntended to mai ntai n the marker on si gnal s wi th a frequency
that i s changi ng, and an ampl i tude that i s not changi ng.
Key Path: Peak Search
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory Preset: Off
188 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Peak Search
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:CPEak[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:CPEak[:STATe]?
Remote Command
Notes: Thi s command may not be used to acti vate a gi ven marker.
Exampl e: CALC:MARK:CPE ON
4.1.8 Search Param
Di spl ays the search parameter cri teri a menu that enabl es you to adjust the parameters for
the peak search functi ons. These parameters mean that onl y peaks that ri se above the
peak threshol d by at l east the peak excursi on, and then drop by at l east the peak
excursi on, are i denti fi ed as peaks.
Key Path: Peak Search
Remote Command:
There i s no remote command for thi s key.
4.1.8.1 Peak Excursn
Sets the mi ni mum ampl i tude vari ati on of si gnal s that the marker can i denti fy as a
separate peak. For exampl e, i f a peak excursi on val ue of 10 dB i s sel ected, the marker Next
Peak functi on moves onl y to peaks that ri se more than 10 dB above the Peak Threshold and
then fal l back down by at l east the Peak Excursn. Thi s cri teri a appl i es to al l traces. Thi s
functi on appl i es to Next Peak, Next Peak Left, and Next Peak Right. I f Peak Search i s set to
Param, i t al so appl i es to Peak Search.
Key Path: Peak Search, Search Param
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: Thi s functi on i s not avai l abl e when Y-Axis i s set to Frequency i nstead of
Amplitude.
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory Preset: 6.0 dB
Factory Defaul t: 6.0 dB
Termi nators: dB
Defaul t Termi nator: dB
Resol uti on/Roundi ng/
Truncati on: 0.01 dB
Knob I ncrement: 1 dB
Step Key I ncrement: 1 dB
Range: 0.0 dB to 100 dB
Chapter 4 189
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Peak Search
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:PEAK:EXCursion <rel_amplitude>
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:PEAK:EXCursion?
Remote Command
Notes: CALC:MARK:PEAK:SEAR:MODE must be set to PARameter i f you want
Peak Search to take advantage of the threshol d excursi on.
Exampl e: :CALC:MARK:PEAK:EXC 30 DB sets the mi ni mum peak excursi on
requi rement to 30 dB.
See the ful l exampl e for the CALC:MARK:PEAK:SEAR:MODE command
bel ow.
4.1.8.2 Pk Threshold
Speci fi es the mi ni mum si gnal l evel for the anal yzer i nternal peak i denti fi cati on routi ne to
recogni ze as a peak. To be consi dered a peak, a si gnal must ri se above the Peak Threshold
val ue by at l east the val ue speci fi ed i n Peak Excursn, then fal l back down by at l east the
Peak Excursn. Thi s appl i es to al l traces and al l wi ndows. Press ESC or sel ect another acti ve
functi on to hi de the threshol d l i ne. Appl i es to Next Peak, Next Peak Left, and Next Peak Right.
I f Peak Search i s set to Param, i t al so appl i es to Peak Search.
Key Path: Peak Search, Search Param
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: Thi s functi on i s not avai l abl e when Y-Axis i s set to Frequency i nstead of
Amplitude.
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory Preset: 90 dBm
Termi nators: dBmV, dBV, dB, V, W, A
Defaul t Termi nator: dBm
Resol uti on/Roundi ng/
Truncati on: .001 dBm
Knob I ncrement: amp scal e = LOG: 1% of dB/di v or 0.01 (the l arger of the two)
amp scal e = LI N: 0.1 dBm
Step Key
I ncrement: amp scal e = LOG: dB/di v
amp scal e = LI N:
Range: From the current reference l evel to the bottom of the di spl ay range
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:PEAK:THReshold <ampl>
:CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|3|4:PEAK:THReshold?
190 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Peak Search
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Remote Command
Notes: CALC:MARK:PEAK:SEAR:MODE must be set to PARameter i f you want
peak search to take advantage of the threshol d excursi on.
Exampl e: :CALC:MARK:PEAK:THR -60 dBm sets the threshol d to -60 dBm.
See the ful l exampl e for the CALC:MARK:PEAK:SEAR:MODE command
bel ow.
4.1.8.3 Peak Search
Sets the mode for Peak Search to ei ther Max or Param and appl i es to Peak Search onl y.
Max (Maxi mum mode) pl aces a marker on the hi ghest peak whenever a Peak Search i s
performed.
Param (Parameter mode) searches onl y for peaks that meet the val ues set wi th Peak
Excursn and Pk Threshold.
Key Path: Peak Search, Search Param
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory Preset: Maxi mum
Factory Defaul t: Maxi mum.
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:MARKer:PEAK[1]|2|3|4:SEARch:MODE PARameter|MAXimum
:CALCulate:MARKer:PEAK[1]|2|3|4:SEARch:MODE?
Remote Command
Notes: I f mode i s set to MAXi mum (Max), peak search wi l l pl ace the marker at
the maxi mum ampl i tude i n the trace. I f mode i s set to PARameter
(Param), peak search wi l l pl ace the marker at the hi ghest peak that ri ses
and fal l s by at l east the peak excursi on above the peak threshol d. I f no
peak meets the excursi on and threshol d cri teri a, a No Peak Found error
(error 202) i s i ssued.
The fol l owi ng commands are not affected by the setti ng of
CALC:MARK:PEAK SEAR:MODE. They wi l l al ways use the parameter
search mode that defi nes peaks based on peak excursi on and peak
threshol d.
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:MAXi mum
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:MAXi mum:LEFT
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:MAXi mum:NEXT
:CALCul ate:MARKer[1]| 2| 3| 4:MAXi mum:RI GHt
:CALCul ate:MARKer:PEAK:TABLe:STATe OFF| ON| 0| 1
Exampl e: CALC:MARK:PEAK:SEARC:MODE PAR sets the parameter search mode.
Chapter 4 191
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Peak Search
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
CALC:MARK:PEAK:THR 60 dBm sets the threshol d to 60 dBm.
CALC:MARK:PEAK:EXC 30 dB sets the mi ni mum peak excursi on
requi rement to 30 dB.
CALC:MARK:STAT ON turns on marker number 1 and puts i t on the acti ve
trace at mi d screen.
CALC:MARK:MAX puts marker 1 on the hi ghest peak that i s at l east 30 dB
above the 60 dBm threshol d.
:CALC:MARK:Y? returns the y-axi s (ampl i tude) val ue of the marker i n
current y-axi s uni ts.
192 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Peak Search
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Chapter 4 193
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Preset
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.2 Preset
Presetti ng the i nstrument provi des a known conveni ent starti ng poi nt of the i nstrument
state for maki ng measurements. There are three possi bl e acti ons when you press the
Preset key:
For preset type Mode (defaul t), the green Preset key i mmedi atel y performs a mode
preset. See the descri pti ons bel ow. Press System, Power On/Preset, Preset Type to sel ect
the preset type.
For preset type Factory, the green Preset key i mmedi atel y performs a factory preset.
See the descri pti ons bel ow. Press System, Power On/Preset, Preset Type to sel ect the
preset type.
For preset type User, the green Preset key bri ngs up a menu of preset key choi ces. You
must press one of these keys to i ni ti ate an i nstrument preset.
Pressi ng User Preset resets to the setti ngs/val ues that you have previ ousl y defi ned as
the User preset state usi ng the Save User Preset key.
Pressi ng Mode Preset does not change the mode; i t onl y resets the current mode
setti ngs to the factory defaul ts.
Pressi ng Factory Preset resets the setti ngs for al l the modes to the factory defaul ts.
The factory preset mode i s Spectrum Anal ysi s wi th conti nuous sweep. I f you are not
al ready i n the Spectrum Anal ysi s mode, i t swi tches to that mode.
Pressi ng Save User Preset saves the current user setti ngs.
None of these i nstrument presets resets persi stent functi ons such as GPI B address,
ti me/date di spl ay styl e, or auto-al i gnment state to the factory defaul ts. See Restore Sys
Defaul ts on page 231.
I f Preset Type i s set to Factory i n the System menu, pressi ng the Preset front-panel key
performs a factory preset, whi ch i mpl ements the fol l owi ng:
Resets the anal yzer to Spectrum Anal yzer mode.
Bri ngs up the Freq menu, wi th no acti ve functi on.
Sets certai n condi ti ons, i n al l modes, to thei r defaul t val ues.
Cl ears the i nput and output buffers and al l the trace data.
Ampl i tude-correcti on factors are turned off, but remai n i n anal yzer memory.
Li mi t l i ne testi ng i s turned off, but the l i mi t l i ne tabl es remai n i n anal yzer memory.
The status byte i s set to 0.
NOTE Recal l i ng any state, i ncl udi ng the user preset state, affects the condi ti ons of
more parameters than are affected by a factory preset. For exampl e, external
preamp gai n and i nput i mpedance correcti on are not affected by a factory
preset but are affected by a user preset.
Key Path: Front-panel key
194 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Preset
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: Depends on the preset type (user, mode or factory) setti ng i n the System,
Power On/Preset keys.
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: Cl ears al l pendi ng OPC bi ts. The status byte i s set to 0.
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:PRESet
Remote Command Notes: The SYSTem:PRESet command i mmedi atel y presets the
i nstrument state to val ues dependent on the preset type that i s currentl y
sel ected (FACTory, USER, MODE).
SYSTem:PRESet does not reset persi stent functi ons such as I P address,
ti me/date di spl ay styl e, or auto-al i gnment state to thei r factory defaul ts.
Use SYSTem:PRESet:PERSi stent. See Restore Sys Defaul ts on page 231.
SYSTem:PRESet:TYPE sets the type of preset. See Preset Type on
page 211.
Exampl e: :SYST:PRES:TYPE MODE sets the preset mode type to mode. See Preset
Type on page 211.
:SYST:PRES presets the i nstrument to the currentl y sel ected preset type.
4.2.1 User Preset
Thi s key i s onl y avai l abl e when the preset type i s set to User. Press System, Power
On/Preset, Preset Type, User.
Restores the anal yzer to a user defi ned state that has been saved for al l anal yzer modes.
You defi ned thi s state when Save User Preset was pressed. I f the you have never saved a
user preset state, then the factory preset state i s stored as the user preset state. I f the user
preset state has been saved but the l oad fai l s for any reason, the error message: Unable to
load user state i s di spl ayed i n the status l i ne and the state i s reset to whatever i t was
before the Preset key was pressed. Thi s can someti mes happen i f fi rmware has been
upgraded or appl i cati ons have been (un)i nstal l ed after the user preset state was saved.
Save User Preset can be accessed by pressi ng System, Power On/Preset.
Key Path: Preset
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:PRESet See :SYSTem:PRESet on page 186.
Exampl e: SYST:PRES:SAVE saves a user state that wi l l be used for the preset
SYST:PRES:TYPE USER sel ects the user type preset
SYST:PRES i mmedi atel y presets the anal yzer to the user preset.
Chapter 4 195
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Preset
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.2.2 Mode Preset
Thi s key i s onl y avai l abl e when the preset type i s set to User. Press System, Power
On/Preset, Preset Type, User.
A mode preset does not change the mode. I t resets onl y the current mode setti ngs to the
factory defaul ts.
Key Path: Preset
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.02.00
Remote Command:
See :SYSTem:PRESet on page 186.
*RST
The *RST command al ways does a mode preset, except that i t sets the i nstrument to do a
si ngl e sweep/measurement i nstead of conti nuous.
Exampl e: SYST:PRES:TYPE MODE sel ects the mode type preset
SYST:PRES i mmedi atel y presets the current anal yzer mode
4.2.3 Factory Preset
Thi s key i s avai l abl e onl y when the preset type i s set to User. Press System, Power
On/Preset, Preset Type, Factory.
A factory preset returns i nstrument setti ngs to the factory defaul t val ues. I f you are not
al ready i n the spectrum anal ysi s mode, i t swi tches to that mode. A factory preset does not
reset persi stent functi ons such as GPI B address, ti me/date di spl ay styl e, or
auto-al i gnment state (see Restore Sys Defaul ts on page 231.)
Key Path: Preset
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:PRESet See :SYSTem:PRESet on page 186.
Remote Command
Notes: Thi s command wi l l not reset persi stent functi ons such as GPI B address,
ti me/date di spl ay styl e, or auto-al i gnment state to thei r factory defaul ts.
Use SYSTem:PRESet:PERSi stent. See Restore Sys Defaul ts on page 231.
Exampl e: SYST:PRES:TYPE FACT sel ects the factory type preset
SYST:PRES i mmedi atel y presets the anal yzer to i ts factory defaul ts
196 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Preset
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.2.4 Save User Preset
Thi s key i s onl y avai l abl e when the Preset Type i s set to User. Press System, Power
On/Preset, Preset Type, User.
Key Path: Preset (i f preset type i s set to User)
System, Power On/Preset. See Save User Preset on page 213
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:PRESet[:USER]:SAVE
Exampl e: SYST:PRES:TYPE USER
SYST:PRES:SAVE
Chapter 4 197
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Print
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.3 Print
I ni ti ates an output of the di spl ay data to the currentl y defi ned pri nter. The screen remai ns
frozen (no further sweeps are taken) unti l the data transfer to the pri nter i s compl ete.
Refer to the key descri pti on for Print Setup on page 198 for more i nformati on about the
pri nter functi ons.
There must be a val i d pri nter, al ready set up, for the pri nt functi on to work. The Getting
Started Guide i ncl udes addi ti onal pri nter i nstal l ati on i nformati on.
I f you need to abort a pri nt i n progress, use the Esc (escape) key.
Key Path: Front-panel key
Remote Command:
:HCOPy[:IMMediate]
Exampl e: HCOPY
4.3.1 Abort the Printout (Remote Command Only)
Thi s command aborts the pri nt that i s currentl y i n process.
Remote Command:
:HCOPy:ABORt
Exampl e: HCOP:ABOR
4.3.2 Print Setup
Di spl ays the functi ons that speci fy a parti cul ar pri nter and control i ts output.
Key Path: Front-panel key
Remote Command:
There i s no remote command for thi s key.
198 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Print
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.3.2.1 Printer Setup
Enabl es you to defi ne a pri nter by sel ecti ng i ts pri nter l anguage and col or capabi l i ty.
Supported pri nters are equi pped wi th a paral l el i nterface. (A supported pri nter i s one that
accepts Pri nter Control Language Level 3 or 5). Your pri nter l anguage can be found i n i ts
documentati on or i n the speci fi cati ons found on the manufacturer s web page.
PCL3 pri nters i ncl ude most HP DeskJet pri nters.
PCL5 pri nters i ncl ude most HP LaserJet pri nters.
The tabl e bel ow l i sts some current Hewl ett-Packard pri nters and thei r setti ngs.
Key Path: Print Setup
Remote Command:
There i s no remote command for thi s key.
Printer Models Language Type Color Capable
HP DeskJet 310 PCL3 yes
HP DeskJet 320 PCL3 yes
HP DeskJet 400 PCL3 yes
HP DeskJet 670C, 672C, 680C, 682C PCL3 yes
HP DeskJet 720C, 722C Wi ndows onl y (not compati bl e)
HP DeskJet 600C, 660C, 670C, 680C, 690C PCL3 yes
HP DeskJet 820C Wi ndows onl y (not compati bl e)
HP DeskJet 840C, 850C, 870C, 890C, 895C PCL3 yes
HP DeskJet 935C, 990C PCL3 yes
HP DeskJet 1120C PCL3 yes
HP LaserJet 4L, 4P PCL5 no
HP LaserJet 5, 5L, 5M, 5P, 5MP, 5N PCL5 no
HP LaserJet 6, 6L, 6M, 6P, 6MP PCL5 no
HP Professi onal Seri es 2500CM PCL3 yes
HP Desi gnJet 755CM PCL5 yes
Chapter 4 199
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Print
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.3.2.1.1 Language
Lets you defi ne your pri nter l anguage as a PCL3 (Deskjet) or PCL5 (Laserjet) pri nter.
Key Path: Print Setup, Printer Setup
State Saved: Persi stent, survi ves Preset and power cycl e, but not saved i n I nstrument
State.
Remote Command:
:HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage PCL3|PCL5
:HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage?
Exampl e: HCOP:DEV:LANG PCL5
4.3.2.1.2 Color Capable
Al l ows you to defi ne whether you pri nter i s col or capabl e (Yes) or not (No).
NOTE Color Capable does not speci fy whether you want a pri ntout i n col or. See
Col or on page 202 for i nformati on.
Key Path: Print Setup, Printer Setup
State Saved: Persi stent, survi ves Preset and power cycl e, but not saved i n I nstrument
State.
Remote Command:
:HCOPy:DEVice:COLor NO|YES
:HCOPy:DEVice:COLor?
Exampl e: HCOP:DEV:COL YES
4.3.2.2 Orientation
Al l ows you to sel ect ei ther Portrait or Landscape pri nti ng. Landscape i s not avai l abl e wi th a
PCL3 (Deskjet) pri nter.
Key Path: Print Setup
State Saved: Persi stent, survi ves Preset and power cycl e, but not saved i n I nstrument
State.
Factory Preset: Portrai t
Remote Command:
:HCOPy:PAGE:ORIentation LANDscape|PORTrait
200 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Print
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
:HCOPy:PAGE:ORIentation?
Exampl e: HCOP:PAGE:ORI LAND
4.3.2.2.1 Portrait
Sel ects Portrai t ori entati on for the pri ntouts from the anal yzer.
Key Path: Print Setup, Orientation
Readback: Portrai t
Remote Command:
See Ori entati on on page 199.
Exampl e: HCOP:PAGE:ORI PORT
4.3.2.2.2 Landscape
Sel ects Landscape ori entati on for the pri ntouts from the anal yzer.
Key Path: Print Setup, Orientation
Readback: Landscape
Remote Command:
See Ori entati on on page 199.
Exampl e: HCOP:PAGE:ORI LAND
4.3.2.3 Prints/Page
Sel ects the number of di spl ay pri nts per page when ori entati on i s set to Portrai t. The page
wi l l be ejected after the sel ected number of pri nts has been pri nted.
NOTE For Landscape pri nti ng, Prints/Page i s al ways set to 1.
Key Path: Print Setup, Orientation
State Saved: Persi stent, survi ves Preset and power cycl e, but not saved i n I nstrument
State.
Factory Preset: 1 pri nt/page
Range: 2
Remote Command:
:HCOPy:PAGE:PRINts <integer>
:HCOPy:PAGE:PRINts?
Exampl e: HCOP:PAGE:PRIN 2
Chapter 4 201
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Print
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.3.2.4 Eject Page
Ejects your pri nted page.
Key Path: Print Setup, Orientation
Remote Command:
:HCOPy:ITEM:FFEed[:IMMediate]
Exampl e: HCOP:ITEM:FFE
Ejects the page i f pri nts per page i s set to 2 and onl y 1 pri nt has compl eted. Otherwi se the
page automati cal l y ejects after the pri nt i s compl ete.
4.3.2.5 Page Size
Al l ows you to sel ect from the fol l owi ng page si zes: Executive, Letter, Legal, Ledger, A4, and
A3.
Key Path: Print Setup
State Saved: Persi stent, survi ves Preset and power cycl e, but not saved i n I nstrument
State.
Factory Preset: Letter
Remote Command:
:HCOPy:PAGE:SIZE A|B|A3|A4|LETTer|LEGal|EXECutive|LEDGer
:HCOPy:PAGE:SIZE?
Remote Command Notes: Page si ze A i s l etter, and page si ze B i s l edger. There i s no
si ze standardi zati on for l egal or executi ve.
Exampl e: HCOP:PAGE:SIZE A4
4.3.2.5.1 Executive, Letter, Legal, Ledger, A4, or A3 Sel ectabl e page si zes avai l abl e
are as fol l ows: Executive, Letter, Legal, Ledger, A4, and A3.
Key Path: Print Setup, Page Size
State Saved: Persi stent, survi ves Preset and power cycl e, but not saved i n I nstrument
State.
Factory Preset: Letter
Remote Command:
:HCOPy:IMAGe:COLor[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1
:HCOPy:IMAGe:COLor[:STATe]?
Exampl e: HCOP:IMAG:COL ON
202 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Print
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.3.2.6 Color
Al l ows you to sel ect between col or or bl ack and whi te pri nti ng on col or-capabl e pri nters.
Thi s key i s not avai l abl e (grayed out) i f Color Capable i s set to No, see page 199.
Key Path: Print Setup
State Saved: Persi stent, survi ves Preset and power cycl e, but not saved i n I nstrument
State.
Factory Preset: Off
Remote Command:
:HCOPy:IMAGe:COLor[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1
:HCOPy:IMAGe:COLor[:STATe]?
Exampl e: HCOP:IMAG:COL ON
Chapter 4 203
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Restart
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.4 Restart
Thi s functi on restarts a previ ousl y paused measurement at the begi nni ng. I f the
measurement i s acti ve, i t wi l l stop i t as soon as possi bl e and restart i t from the
begi nni ng.I f no measurement i s acti ve and Sweep (Single) i s sel ected, a new sweep i s
i ni ti ated.
When i n Average (On) mode, (BW/Avg, Average) the averagi ng functi on i s restarted (the
trace i s reset and the average number i s reset to zero).
Key Path: Front-panel key. I t can al so be found under Meas Control.
Remote Command:
:INITiate:RESTart
Remote Command Notes: Thi s command i s equi val ent to sendi ng an :ABORt command
fol l owed by an :INITiate[:IMMediate] command. See Abort the Sweep
or Measurement (Remote Command Onl y) on page 177. for more
i nformati on.
Exampl e: INIT:REST
204 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Restart
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Chapter 4 205
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Save
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.5 Save
Saves anal yzer states, traces, and screen data to a fl oppy (A:) dri ve or i nternal fl ash
memory (C:) dri ve, as confi gured by the File menu. For exampl e, i f you have confi gured the
i nstrument to save a trace to the C: dri ve, every ti me you press Save, i t wi l l save the
current trace to a fi l e wi th a new defaul t trace fi l e name.
You must fi rst confi gure the save fi l e Type, Format, Source, and Destination by usi ng File,
Save before pressi ng the front-panel Save key. Pressi ng the front-panel Save key wi l l then
be the same as pressi ng File, Save, Save Now.
Key Path: Front-panel key
Remote Command:
See Fi l e on page 105.
Use :MMEMory:STORe:SCReen <file_name>
Use :MMEMory:STORe:STATe 1,<file_name>
NOTE The MMEM:STOR:STAT command onl y saves the state of the Si gnal
Anal ysi s mode. Use *SAV to save al l mode states.
Use :MMEMory:STORe:TRACe <label>,<file_name>
Use :MMEMory:STORe:LIMit LLINE1|LLINE2,<file_name>
Use :MMEMory:STORe:CORRection ANTenna|CABLe|OTHer|USER,<file_name>
206 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Save
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Chapter 4 207
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Single
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.6 Single
I f the anal yzer i s i n conti nuous sweep mode and not i n a measurement (Measure, Meas Off),
pressi ng Single changes the sweep control to si ngl e sweep, and executes a sweep after the
tri gger condi ti on i s met. I f the anal yzer i s al ready i n si ngl e sweep, pressi ng Single executes
a new sweep after the tri gger condi ti on i s met.
Some i nstrument setti ngs requi re more than one sweep to compl ete the measurement (see
BW/Avg, Average), or i f you have sel ected a measurement from the functi ons under the
MEASURE key, thi s functi on sets the tri gger system to be i ni ti ated onl y once. I n thi s case
the tri gger condi ti on can be met onl y once and then al l the necessary sweeps wi l l be
executed to make the measurement or compl ete the averagi ng functi on.
Wi th Average on (BW/Avg, Average (On)), pressi ng Single resets the average trace and
starts the average agai n from a count of zero. Sweeps are averaged unti l N sweeps are
then taken (where N i s the average number), and then the sweep i s hal ted.
State Saved: Si ngl e sweep setti ng i s saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: Conti nuous
Remote Command:
:INITiate[:IMMediate]
*TRG
Remote Command Notes: Use the :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SOURce command to sel ect the
tri gger source.
For more i nformati on, see Tri g on page 273.
See al so the *TRG command i nformati on i n Chapter 6 , Usi ng the STATus
System, on page 337.
Exampl e: *TRG
TRIG:IMM
208 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Single
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Chapter 4 209
Instrument Functions: P - Z
SPAN / X Scale
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.7 SPAN / X Scale
Acti vates the Span functi on and di spl ays the menu of span functi ons.
4.7.1 Span
Changes the di spl ayed frequency range symmetri cal l y about the center frequency. Setti ng
the span to 0 Hz puts the anal yzer i nto zero span.
Key Path: SPAN X Scale
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: Span i s coupl ed to center frequency. The maxi mum span may be l i mi ted by
the center frequency setti ng.
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset:
Fundamental Uni ts: Hz
Termi nators: GHz, MHz, kHz, Hz
Defaul t Termi nator: Hz
Range:
Model Span
E4440A 26.49 GHz
E4443A 6.69 GHz
E4445A 13.19 GHz
E4446A 43.99 GHz
E4447A 42.98 GHz
E4448A 49.99 GHz
Model 0 Hz, Span Range
E4440A 10 Hz to 26.50 GHz
E4443A 10 Hz to 6.70 GHz
E4445A 10 Hz to 13.20 GHz
E4446A 10 Hz to 44.00 GHz
E4447A 10 Hz to 42.98 GHz
E4448A 10 Hz to 50.00 GHz
210 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
SPAN / X Scale
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:SPAN <freq>
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:SPAN?
Exampl e: FREQ:SPAN 2 GHZ
4.7.2 Span Zoom
Turns on si gnal tracki ng and acti vates the span functi on. Enteri ng a new span val ue wi l l
then change the span whi l e keepi ng the marker used for si gnal tracki ng centered on the
screen. Pressi ng Span Zoom i s the same as pressi ng: Frequency, Signal Track (On), and
Span. See Si gnal Track on page 136.
Key Path: SPAN X Scale
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Remote Command:
No equi val ent SCPI command.
4.7.3 Full Span
Changes the di spl ayed frequency span to show the ful l frequency range of the anal yzer.
When usi ng external mi xi ng, i t changes the di spl ayed frequency span to the frequency
range speci fi ed for the sel ected external mi xi ng band.
Key Path: SPAN X Scale
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:SPAN:FULL
Exampl e: FREQ:SPAN:FULL
Chapter 4 211
Instrument Functions: P - Z
SPAN / X Scale
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.7.4 Zero Span
Changes the di spl ayed frequency span to zero Hertz. The hori zontal axi s changes to ti me
rather than frequency. The i nput si gnal that i s at the current center frequency i s the
di spl ayed ampl i tude. Thi s i s a speci al operati on mode that changes several measurement
functi ons and coupl i ngs. The i nstrument behavi or i s si mi l ar to an osci l l oscope wi th a
frequency sel ecti ve detector i nstal l ed i n front of the osci l l oscope. See Appl i cati on Note 150
for more i nformati on on how to use thi s mode.
Key Path: SPAN X Scale
Remote Command:
See[:SENSe]:FREQuency:SPAN 0 Hz
Exampl e: FREQ:SPAN 0 Hz
4.7.5 Last Span
Changes the di spl ayed frequency span to the previ ous span setti ng. I f i t i s pressed
i mmedi atel y after Signal Track or Span Zoom i s turned off, then span setti ng returns to the
span that was i n effect before these functi on were turned on.
Key Path: SPAN X Scale
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:SPAN:PREVious
Exampl e: FREQ:SPAN:PREV
212 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
SPAN / X Scale
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Chapter 4 213
Instrument Functions: P - Z
SWEEP
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.8 SWEEP
Acti vates the Sweep Time functi on and di spl ays the sweep functi on menu keys.
Key Path: Front-panel key
4.8.1 Sweep Time
Sel ects the l ength of ti me i n whi ch the spectrum anal yzer sweeps the di spl ayed frequency
span. I n swept spans, the sweep ti me vari es from 1 mi l l i second to 2000 seconds pl us ti me
for setup whi ch i s not cal cul ated as part of the sweep ti me. Reduci ng the sweep ti me
i ncreases the rate of sweeps. I n zero span, the sweep ti me may be set from 1 s to 6000 s.
I n FFT spans, the sweep ti me i s not control l ed by the user, but i s an esti mate of the ti me
requi red to make FFT measurements. Sweep ti me i s coupl ed to RBW and VBW, so
changi ng those parameters may change the sweep ti me. When the anal yzer has been set to
FFT, Sweep Time, and Auto Sweep Time are unavai l abl e (grayed out).
You may sel ect a sweep ti me l ess than the auto-coupl ed val ue; however thi s may generate
measurement errors. I f thi s happens, the error message: Meas Uncal wi l l appear i n the
upper ri ght corner of the di spl ay.
NOTE I n zero span or FFT sweeps, the auto/manual functi on of thi s key i s not
appl i cabl e. When Sweep Time (Auto) i s sel ected i n non-zero span, any changes
to Sweep Ti me whi l e i n zero span wi l l revert to the Auto val ue when you
return to non-zero span. When Sweep Time (Man) i s sel ected i n non-zero span,
any changes to Sweep Ti me whi l e i n zero span wi l l be mai ntai ned when you
return to non-zero span (wi thi n the avai l abl e sweep ti me range). When
enteri ng zero span from a non-zero span, the sweep ti me does not change.
Key Path: Sweep
Annunci ati on/
Annotati on: The sweep i s di spl ayed i n the l ower-ri ght corner of the screen. Al so, the
poi nts are di spl ayed parentheti cal l y.
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: Auto
Model Sweep Time
E4440A 66.24 ms
E4443A 11.16 ms
E4445A 22.00 ms
E4446A 110.00 ms
E4447A 107.50 ms
E4448A 125.00 ms
214 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
SWEEP
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Defaul t Termi nator: seconds
Range: i n zero span: 1 s to 6000s
i n swept spans: 1 ms to 4000s (Fi rmware Rev. A.10.00 and above)
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:SWEep:TIME <time>
[:SENSe]:SWEep:TIME?
[:SENSe]:SWEep:TIME:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:SWEep:TIME:AUTO?
Exampl e: SWE:TIME 500 ms
SWE:TIME:AUTO OFF
4.8.2 Sweep
Swi tches the anal yzer between conti nuous-sweep and si ngl e-sweep mode. Pressi ng the
front-panel Si ngl e key wi l l al so put the anal yzer i n si ngl e-sweep mode, then take a sweep.
Key Path: Sweep
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: Conti nuous
Remote Command:
:INITiate:CONTinuous OFF|ON|0|1
:INITiate:CONTinuous?
:INITiate:[IMMediate]
Remote Command Notes: Thi s command affects sweep i f not i n a measurement, and
affects tri gger when i n a measurement. A measurement refers to any of
the functi ons under the MEASURE key. Thi s corresponds to conti nuous
sweep or si ngl e sweep operati on when not i n a measurement, and
conti nuous measurement or si ngl e measurement operati on when i n a
measurement.
When not i n a measurement, thi s command does the fol l owi ng:
When ON at the compl eti on of each sweep cycl e, the sweep system
i mmedi atel y i ni ti ates another sweep cycl e.
When OFF, the sweep system remai ns i n an i dl e state unti l
CONTi nuous i s set to ON or an :I NI Ti ate[:I MMedi ate] command i s
recei ved. On recei vi ng the :I NI Ti ate[:I MMedi ate] command, i t wi l l go
through a si ngl e sweep cycl e, and then return to the i dl e state.
Chapter 4 215
Instrument Functions: P - Z
SWEEP
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
The query returns 1 or 0 i nto the output buffer. 1 i s returned when
there i s conti nuous sweepi ng. 0 i s returned when there i s onl y a si ngl e
sweep.
When i n a measurement, thi s command does the fol l owi ng:
When ON at the compl eti on of each tri gger cycl e, the tri gger system
i mmedi atel y i ni ti ates another tri gger cycl e.
When OFF, the tri gger system remai ns i n an i dl e state unti l
CONTi nuous i s set to ON or an :I NI Ti ate[:I MMedi ate] command i s
recei ved. On recei vi ng the :I NI Ti ate[:I MMedi ate] command, i t wi l l go
through a si ngl e tri gger cycl e, and then return to the i dl e state.
The query returns 1 or 0 i nto the output buffer. 1 i s returned when
there i s conti nuous tri ggeri ng. 0 i s returned when there i s onl y a si ngl e
tri gger.
Use the :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SOURce command to sel ect the tri gger
source.
Exampl e: INIT:CONT OFF
4.8.3 Auto Sweep Time
Swi tches the anal yzer between normal and accuracy sweep states. Provi des you the abi l i ty
to sel ect the rul es for the control of sweep ti me when Sweep Time i s set to Auto. Setti ng
Auto Sweep Time to Accy wi l l resul t i n sl ower sweep ti mes, usual l y about three ti mes as
l ong, but better ampl i tude accuracy for CW si gnal s. The i nstrument speci fi cati ons onl y
appl y when Sweep Time i s set to Auto, and Auto Sweep Time i s set to Accy.
Addi ti onal ampl i tude errors occur when Auto Sweep Time i s set to Norm are usual l y wel l
under 0.1 dB, though they are not guaranteed. Because of the faster sweep ti mes and sti l l
l ow errors, Norm i s the preferred setti ng of Auto Sweep Time. Al so, when the Auto All
functi on i s performed, Auto Sweep Time i s set to Norm.
Key Path: Sweep
Key Notes: Unavai l abl e (grayed out) i n Zero Span and FFT, but sti l l shows user
sel ected states (Norm or Accy). Goes to Norm on Auto Al l .
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: Key i s grayed out i n Zero Span and FFT, but sti l l shows user sel ected
states (Norm or Accy). Goes to Norm on Auto Al l .
State Saved: Save
Factory Preset: Norm
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:SWEep:TIME:AUTO:RULes NORMal|ACCuracy
[:SENSe]:SWEep:TIME:AUTO:RULes?
216 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
SWEEP
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Exampl e: SWE:TIME:AUTO:RUL ACC
4.8.4 Gate
Turns the gate functi on on and off. When set On, the LO (l ocal osci l l ator) sweeps whenever
the gate condi ti ons are sati sfi ed by the si gnal at the Gate Source sel ected under Gate Setup.
Turni ng on the Gate turns off Gate View (descri bed bel ow).
NOTE Some i nstruments requi re a hardware upgrade before gati ng can be used.
Because the LO i s gated, the anal yzer onl y sweeps whi l e the gate i s enabl ed. A compl ete
sweep may requi re several gate events. The anal yzer starts sweepi ng when the gate si gnal
i s enabl ed and stops when i t i s di sabl ed, then conti nues sweepi ng when i t i s agai n enabl ed,
etc. unti l the sweep i s compl ete. So, the actual sweep ti me may be l onger than the
di spl ayed ti me si nce i t assumes that the i nstrument i s sweepi ng conti nuousl y, not stoppi ng
and starti ng i n response to the gati ng si gnal . I n addi ti on, the sweep ti me can be fi ve ti mes
sl ower then expected because the measurement i s usi ng a short gate del ay or a short gate
l ength. Thi s sl owi ng i s needed because the resul ti ng resol uti on bandwi dth does not al l ow
the requi red hardware settl i ng ti me before starti ng to sweep.
NOTE The enabl ed or di sabl ed state of the gate appears at the TRI GGER 2 OUT
rear panel connector. A TTL hi gh output i ndi cates that the gate functi on i s
enabl ed. Thi s i s al ways true, whether the Gate i tsel f i s turned On or Off
(except duri ng al i gnments).
Opti on 124 i s a Vi deo Out connecti on. The y-axi s vi deo out si gnal i s not
avai l abl e when gati ng i s bei ng used.
Key Path: Sweep
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: Gate i s unavai l abl e/off when:
FFT & Sweep setti ng i s Manual:FFT
Signal Track on
Marker Count on
These functi on are unavai l abl e whenever Gate i s on:
Manual:FFT
Signal Track
Presel Center
Marker Count (frequency counter functi on)
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Chapter 4 217
Instrument Functions: P - Z
SWEEP
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Factory Preset: Off
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe[:STATe]?
Exampl e: SWE:EGAT ON
SWE:EGAT?
4.8.5 Gate Setup
Accesses menu keys that setup vari ous gate parameters.
NOTE Some i nstruments requi re a hardware upgrade before gati ng can be used.
Key Path: Sweep
4.8.5.1 Gate View
Gate View shows you a di spl ay of the gate setti ngs referenced to the si gnal . The fi rst
verti cal l i ne i s gray. I t i s the reference l ocati on for the gate del ay and marks the poi nt
where the tri gger condi ti ons are met. The green l i ne after that shows the end of the Delay
peri od, where the gate i s enabl ed. The second green l i ne shows the end of the gate-enabl ed
peri od. The ti me between the two green l i nes i s Length.
When the gate vi ew i s turned on, the i nstrument i s set to zero span. Gate Vi ew i s
automati cal l y turned off i f a span other than zero i s sel ected. Whenever you are i n gate
vi ew, the di spl ay i s tri ggered from the Gate Source. The start of the trace begi ns a smal l
amount of ti me before the tri gger occurs. (Note that the gate i tsel f i s turned off when the
gate vi ew i s di spl ayed, otherwi se you woul d not be abl e to see the ful l si gnal .) An exampl e
218 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
SWEEP
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
of a gate vi ew di spl ay i s shown bel ow:
You can vi ew the gate l i nes whi l e you adjust the gate del ay and gate l ength so that the gate
i s enabl ed duri ng the desi red peri od, rel ati ve to the gate tri gger si gnal .
Key Path: Sweep, Gate Setup
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe:VIEW ON|OFF|1|0
[:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe:VIEW?
Exampl e: SWE:EGAT:VIEW ON
4.8.5.2 Polarity
Sets the pol ari ty for the gate si gnal . When Posi ti ve (Pos) i s sel ected, a posi ti ve-goi ng edge
wi l l sati sfy the gate condi ti on, after the del ay set wi th the Delay key. When Negati ve (Neg)
i s sel ected, a negati ve-goi ng edge wi l l sati sfy the gate condi ti on after the del ay.
Key Path: Sweep, Gate Setup
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: Posi ti ve
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe:POLarity NEGative|POSitive
[:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe:POLarity NEGative|POSitive?
Exampl e: SWE:EGAT:POL NEG
SWE:EGAT:POL?
Chapter 4 219
Instrument Functions: P - Z
SWEEP
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.8.5.3 Delay
Control s the l ength of ti me from the ti me the gate condi ti on i s sati sfi ed unti l the gate i s
enabl ed.
Key Path: Sweep, Gate Setup
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: 57.7 mi croseconds
Resol uti on: 100 ns
Range: 0.0 s to 100 seconds
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe:DELay <time>
[:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe:DELay?
Exampl e: SWE:EGAT:DEL 100US
SWE:EGAT:DEL?
4.8.5.4 Length
Control s the l ength of ti me that the gate i s enabl ed.
Key Path: Sweep, Gate Setup
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: 461.6 s
Range: 10 s to 0.5 s
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe:LENGth <time>
[:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe:LENGth?
Exampl e: SWE:EGAT:LENG 1ms
SWE:EGAT:LENG?
220 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
SWEEP
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.8.5.5 Gate Source
Lets you sel ect the i nput to whi ch the gate si gnal wi l l be appl i ed.
Key Path: Sweep, Gate Setup
State Saved: Save
Factory Preset: Front (external 1 tri gger i nput)
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe:SOURce EXTernal[1]|EXTernal2| RFBurst
where Ext1 sel ects the Front i nput and Ext2 sel ects the Rear i nput.
[:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe:SOURce?
Exampl e: SWE:EGAT:SOUR EXT2
4.8.5.5.1 Ext Front (Ext Trig In)
Sel ects the front panel external tri gger i nput connector as the gate source and sets the
vol tage l evel at whi ch the gate wi l l tri gger. Changes made to the tri gger l evel setti ng wi th
thi s key wi l l al so change the setti ng i n the Trig menu.
NOTE Be careful about sel ecti ng tri gger l evel val ues too far away from the tri gger
si gnal s mi dpoi nt. I f the si gnal has ri ngi ng, i t can cause mul ti pl e tri ggers.
Key Path: Sweep, Gate Setup, Gate Source
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: 1.5 V
Range: 5 to +5 V
Remote Command:
See Gate Source on page 220
[:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe:EXTernal[1]:LEVel <voltage>
[:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe:EXTernal[1]:LEVel?
Exampl e: SWE:EGAT:SOUR EXT1
SWE:EGAT:EXT1:LEV 2.5
Chapter 4 221
Instrument Functions: P - Z
SWEEP
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.8.5.5.2 Ext Rear (Trigger In)
Sel ects the rear panel external tri gger i nput connector as the gate source and sets the
vol tage l evel at whi ch the gate wi l l tri gger. Changes made to the tri gger l evel setti ng wi th
thi s key wi l l al so change the setti ng i n the Trig menu.
Thi s key al so defi nes the vol tage l evel at whi ch the gate wi l l tri gger.
NOTE Be careful about sel ecti ng tri gger l evel val ues too far away from the tri gger
si gnal s mi dpoi nt. I f the si gnal has ri ngi ng, i t can cause mul ti pl e tri ggers.
Key Path: Sweep, Gate Setup, Gate Source
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: 1.5 V
Range: 5 to +5 V
Remote Command:
See Gate Source on page 220
[:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe:EXTernal2:LEVel <voltage>
[:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe:EXTernal2:LEVel?
Exampl e: SWE:EGAT:SOUR EXT2
SWE:EGAT:EXT2:LEV 2.5
4.8.5.5.3 RF Burst (IF Wideband)
Sel ects the si gnal as the gate source and tri ggers on the RF burst. Thi s i s the same tri gger
functi on as found under the Trig key. See the tri gger functi ons for more i nformati on.
Key Path: Sweep, Gate Setup, Gate Source
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Remote Command:
See Gate Source on page 220
Exampl e: SWE:EGAT:SOUR RFB
4.8.6 Points
Sets the number of poi nts per sweep, from 101 to 8192 i n non-zero span and 2 to 8192 i n
zero span. Resol uti on of setti ng the sweep ti me wi l l depend on the number of poi nts
sel ected. I f Factory Preset i s sel ected, or the anal yzer power i s cycl ed, the number of poi nts
per sweep wi l l defaul t to 601. The current val ue of poi nts i s di spl ayed parentheti cal l y, next
to the sweep ti me i n the l ower-ri ght corner of the di spl ay (refer to Di spl ay Annotati on i n
your Getti ng Started gui de).
222 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
SWEEP
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Changi ng the number of poi nts has several effects on the anal yzer. Si nce markers are read
at the poi nt l ocati on, the marker readi ng may change. Al l trace data for the acti ve trace i s
cl eared. I f sweep i s set to Cont (press Sweep, Sweep), a new sweep begi ns i mmedi atel y. I f
average i s set to On (press BW/Avg, Average), the averagi ng starts over wi th a count of 0. I f
l i mi t l i nes are set to On (press Display, Limits, Modify, Limit 1 or 2), the l i mi t l i nes are
updated.
NOTE By sel ecti ng a number of sweep poi nts greater than 601, you are opti mi zi ng
frequency resol uti on and accuracy whi l e accepti ng a reduced measurement
speed. I n addi ti on to sweep poi nts, the span, resol uti on bandwi dth, vi deo
bandwi dth, average detecti on and center frequency al so affect measurement
speed.
Thi s functi on i s coupl ed wi th the span setti ng. I ncreasi ng the span can
change the number of sweep poi nts. I n order to mai ntai n accurate
measurements, the number of sweep poi nts i s i ncreased i f requi red to keep
the wi dth of each sweep poi nt at most 150 MHz.
When zone span i s set to On (press Span, Zone. Zone), each wi ndow has i ts
own val ue for poi nts.
Key Path: Sweep
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: 601
Range: 101 to 8192, 2 to 8192 i n zero span
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:SWEep:POINts <number of points>
[:SENSe]:SWEep:POINts?
Exampl e: SWE:POIN 501
SWE:POIN?
Chapter 4 223
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.9 System
Di spl ays the System menu keys to control overal l System functi ons. Thi s i s al so the
GPI B/USB LOCAL key. Pressi ng System (LOCAL) after the anal yzer has been pl aced i n the
remote GPI B or USB mode returns i t to the l ocal mode and enabl es front-panel control ,
unl ess one of the buses i s i n the Remote wi th Lockout State (RWLS). Duri ng remote
operati on, R appears i n the upper-ri ght corner of the di spl ay i ndi cati ng the i nstrument
i s i n Remote mode. A T, L, or S may appear duri ng remote operati on, i ndi cati ng
Tal k (GPI B), Li sten (GPI B), or Servi ce request (used for both GPI B and USB). Pressi ng the
System (LOCAL) key removes the R symbol i n the upper-ri ght corner (provi ded nei ther bus
i s set to RWLS).
When the USB devi ce i s connected to the USB host and the devi ce has been confi gured by
the host, a bl ack ci rcl e wi l l appear next to the R i n the upper-ri ght corner of the di spl ay.
When there i s acti vi ty on the bus, the ci rcl e used to i ndi cate that the USB devi se i s
connected wi l l change from a bl ack ci rcl e wi th a gray center to a bl ack ci rcl e wi th a
fl ashi ng green center. After 1 second of i nacti vi ty, the center wi l l change back to gray.
Key Path: Front-panel key
Remote Command:
There i s no remote command for thi s key.
4.9.1 Show Errors
Accesses a di spl ay of the l ast 30 errors reported. The most recent error wi l l appear at the
top of the l i st. The fi rst error l i sted wi l l be the fi rst error removed i f the error l i st i s l onger
than 30 entri es. I f the same error message occurs several ti mes the error message wi l l be
i ncremented rather than added to the l i st as a new error message. I f there i s more than
one of the same type of error, the date and ti me i denti fy the fi rst ti me and the l ast ti me an
error occurred and the number of i denti cal errors i s shown.
Symbol Description
R Remote
T Tal k (GPI B onl y)
L Li sten (GPI B onl y)
S Servi ce Request
O
USB Connected (fl ashi ng green
center i ndi cates bus acti vi ty)
224 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
NOTE A conti nuous recurri ng error reappears i n the queue even i f i t had been
cl eared.
Key Path: System
Annunci ati on/
Annotati on: Textual I nformati on Screen
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: Removes any acti ve functi ons.
Saved State: Not saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory Preset: Off
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]?
Remote Command Notes: The :SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]? command queri es the earl i est
entry to the error queue and then del etes that entry.
Exampl e: SYST:ERR? returns <error number>,<error string>, for exampl e
-113,Undefined header.
*CLS cl ears the enti re error queue.
4.9.1.1 Previous Page
Di spl ays the previ ous page of the Show Errors screen. Thi s key i s unavai l abl e (grayed out)
i f there i s no previ ous page.
4.9.1.2 Next Page
Di spl ays the next page of the Show Errors screen. Thi s key i s unavai l abl e (grayed out) i f
there i s no next page.
4.9.1.3 Clear Error Queue
Cl ears the front-panel error queue from the Show Errors di spl ay.
Key Path: System, Show Errors
Remote Command:
*CLS
4.9.1.4 Verbose
Adds addi ti onal i nformati on to the error messages returned by the SYSTem:ERRor?
command. I t i ndi cates whi ch remote command was executi ng when the error occurred and
what about that command was unacceptabl e.
Chapter 4 225
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Key Path: System, Show Errors
State Saved: Not saved i n I nstrument State.
Preset: Off. Thi s parameter retai ns the setti ng previ ousl y sel ected, even through a
power cycl e.
Coupl i ngs and
Dependenci es: The verbose SCPI error debuggi ng state i s gl obal to al l the SCPI
i nterfaces.
Hi story: Added i n versi on A.06.00
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:ERRor:VERBose OFF|ON|0|1
:SYSTem:ERRor:VERBose?
Remote Command Notes: The SYST:ERR? query returns the fol l owi ng types of
i nformati on for each error. <error number>,<error message>;<annotated
SCPI command>
Exampl e: Fi rst set SYST:ERR:VERBOSE ON
I f the command SENSe:FREQuently:CENTer 942.6MHz i s sent, then
sendi ng SYST:ERR? returns:
113,Undefined header;SENSe:FREQuently:<Err>CENTer 942.6MHz $<NL>
The <Err> shown after FREQuentl y shows you the spel l i ng error. (The
$<NL> i s the typi cal representati on for the command termi nator.
I f the command SENSe:FREQuency:CENTer 942.6Sec i s sent, then
sendi ng SYST:ERR? returns:
113,Invalid suffix;SENSe:FREQuency:CENTer 942.6Sec<Err> $<NL>
The <Err> shown after Sec shows you the i nval i d suffi x.
4.9.2 Power On/Preset
Di spl ays keys that enabl e you to defi ne the i nstrument power-on state and user preset
state.
NOTE I f Power On i s set to Preset, and Preset Type i s set to Factory, then turni ng on
the anal yzer performs a factory preset. The l ast state of the anal yzer (before
i t was turned off) i s recal l ed i f Power On i s set to Last. The user preset state i s
recal l ed i f Power On i s set to Preset and Preset Type i s set to User. (However, i f
there i s no user preset state saved, the anal yzer performs a factory preset.)
Key Path: System
226 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.9.2.1 Power On
Enabl es you to set the state the anal yzer wi l l be put i n when i t i s powered on. You can set
the state to Last or Preset.
I f Power On i s set to Last, then the i nstrument returns to the l ast saved i nstrument state
and al l the modes are restored to that l ast state. The i nstrument saves i ts current state
i nternal l y every 2 mi nutes. So the l ast saved state, that i s restored at power-on, i s the
state at power-off or wi thi n a maxi mum of two mi nutes before power-off.
I f Power On i s set to Preset, the i nstrument state i s determi ned by the preset type setti ng
pri or to turni ng the power off.
Preset type Factory powers on i n the Spectrum Anal ysi s mode and al l modes are set to
thei r factory defaul ts.
Preset type Mode powers on wi th the l ast mode the anal yzer was i n when i t was
powered off and presets that mode to the factory defaul ts. I t al so restores al l other
modes to thei r factory preset.
Preset type User powers on wi th the user defi ned state, saved when a Save User Preset
was l ast performed.
The setti ng (Last or Preset) of the Power On functi on i s not changed by pressi ng Preset.
Use the Power On/Preset menu key functi on to change the setti ng of the anal yzer state that
i s recal l ed at power on. Li mi t l i nes are not recal l ed when the anal yzer i s powered on. Refer
to Preset on page 193 for more i nformati on.
Key Path: System, Power On/Preset
State Saved: Survi ves preset and power cycl e, but not saved i n I nstrument State.
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: None
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:PON:TYPE PRESet|LAST
:SYSTem:PON:TYPE?
Exampl e: SYST:PON:TYPE LAST defi nes the power on type as the l ast state the
anal yzer was i n before power was turned off.
SYST:PON:TYPE?
Chapter 4 227
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.9.2.2 Preset Type
Enabl es you to sel ect what type of preset wi l l be i ni ti ated when you press the green Preset
key or send the remote command, usi ng SYST:PRES. Choose between Factory, Mode, or
User defi ned presets.
Key Path: System, Power On/Preset
State Saved: Survi ves Preset and power cycl e, but i s not saved i n I nstrument State.
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: None
Preset: Does not change the Preset Type.
Factory
Defaul t: Mode
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:PRESet:TYPE FACTory|USER|MODE
:SYSTem:PRESet:TYPE?
Remote Command Notes: SYSTem:PRESet:USER:SAVE defi nes the user preset.
Exampl e: SYST:PRES:TYPE FACT defi nes the type of preset as the factory preset.
4.9.2.2.1 User
Sets the preset type to User. When you do a preset, the i nstrument state that you have
defi ned as the user preset setti ng i s restored. Use the Save User Preset key to defi ne your
user preset setti ngs. Refer to Preset on page 193 for more i nformati on. I f you have not
saved a user state, then the i nstrument wi l l save the power-up state for you to use as a
defaul t user preset state.
Key Path: System, Power On/Preset, Preset Type
Readback: User
Annunci ati on/
Annotati on: None
State Saved: Survi ves Preset and power cycl e, but not saved i n I nstrument State.
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: None
Factory
Defaul t: Mode
228 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Remote Command:
Preset Type
Exampl e: SYST:PRES[:USER]:SAVE saves the current state to be used as the preset
user state.
SYST:PRES:TYPE USER defi nes the type of preset as the user preset.
Wi th user preset sel ected, and a user state saved, use SYST:PRES to do a
user preset.
4.9.2.2.2 Mode
Sets the preset type to Mode. When you do a preset, the current mode factory defaul t
i nstrument state wi l l be restored. A mode preset does not change the mode. Refer to
Preset on page 193 for more i nformati on.
Key Path: System, Power On/Preset, Preset Type
Readback: Mode
Annunci ati on/
Annotati on: None
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: None
State Saved: Survi ves Preset and power cycl e, but not saved i n I nstrument State.
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: None
Factory
Defaul t: Mode
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:PRESet:TYPE
Preset Type
Exampl e: SYST:PRES:TYPE MODE defi nes the type of preset as the mode preset.
After you have sel ected mode as the preset type, use SYST:PRES to do a
mode preset.
Chapter 4 229
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.9.2.2.3 Factory
Sets the preset type to Factory. When you do a preset, al l of the factory defaul t
i nstrument state wi l l be restored. A factory preset swi tches the anal yzer to the Spectrum
Anal ysi s mode and resets the setti ngs of al l the modes to the factory defaul ts (that i s,
Spectrum Anal ysi s Mode wi th conti nuous sweep). Refer to Preset on page 193 for more
i nformati on.
Key Path: System, Power On/Preset, Preset Type
Annunci ati on/
Annotati on: Factory
State Saved: Survi ves Preset and power cycl e, but not saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory
Defaul t: Mode
Remote Command:
Preset Type
Exampl e: SYST:PRES:TYPE FACT defi nes the type of preset as the factory preset.
Wi th factory preset sel ected, use SYST:PRES to do a factory preset.
4.9.2.3 Save User Preset
Saves the current state of the anal yzer i nto the User Preset state regi ster for recal l when
the i nstrument Preset Type i s set to User and you perform a preset operati on. After you
save a state here, you must go to the Preset Type key and sel ect User i n order to have thi s
state used as the preset state. Refer to Preset on page 193 key descri pti on for the defaul t
factory-confi gurati on setti ngs.
Key Path: System, Power On/Preset
Preset, i f the preset type i s set to User. See Save User Preset on page
196.
Annunci ati on/
Annotati on: None
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: None
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: None
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:PRESet[:USER]:SAVE
Exampl e: SYST:PRES:SAVE
Use SYST:PRES:TYPE USER to set factory preset type to User.
Then use SYST:PRES to do the preset.
230 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.9.3 Time/Date
Di spl ays the Ti me/Date functi on menu keys used to set and di spl ay the real -ti me cl ock.
Key Path: System
Remote Command:
There i s no remote command for thi s key.
4.9.3.1 Time/Date
Turns the di spl ay of the real -ti me cl ock on or off.
Key Path: System, Time/Date
Annunci ati on/
Annotati on: Current ti me and date are di spl ayed i n the upper-l eft corner of the screen.
State Saved: Survi ves Preset and power cycl e, but not saved i n I nstrument State.
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: None
Factory
Defaul t: On (Restored by System, Restore Sys Defaults.)
Remote Command:
:DISPlay:ANNotation:CLOCk[:STATe] ON|OFF
:DISPlay:ANNotation:CLOCk[:STATe]?
Exampl e: DISP:ANN:CLOC ON
4.9.3.2 Date Format
Enabl es you to set the date di spl ay to month-day-year or day-month-year. I t i s set to a
month-day-year format when the i nstrument System Defaul ts are restored. Thi s key onl y
affects di spl ay of date at the top of the screen, not i n the fi l e catal og.
Key Path: System, Time/Date
State Saved: Survi ves Preset and power cycl e, but not saved i n I nstrument State.
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: None
Factory
Defaul t: MDY (Restored by System, Restore Sys Defaults.)
Chapter 4 231
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Remote Command:
:DISPlay:ANNotation:CLOCk:DATE:FORMat MDY|DMY
:DISPlay:ANNotation:CLOCk:DATE:FORMat?
Exampl e: DISP:ANN:CLOC:DATE:FORM DMY
4.9.3.3 Set Time
Enabl es you to set the ti me of the real -ti me cl ock. Enter the ti me i n 24 hour HHMMSS
format.
Key Path: System, Time/Date
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: None
State Saved: Survi ves Preset and power cycl e, but not saved i n I nstrument State.
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: None
Factory
Defaul t: Not affected by Restore Sys Defaults.
Termi nators: Uni tl ess
Defaul t Termi nator: None
Range: Hour (HH): 00 to 23.
Mi nute (MM): 00 to 59.
Second (SS): 00 to 59.
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:TIME <hour>,<minute>,<second>
:SYSTem:TIME?
Exampl e: SYST:TIME 12,42,00 Sets the cl ock to 12:42:00 PM.
4.9.3.4 Adjust Time Setting (Remote Command Only)
Adjust the i nstruments i nternal ti me by the val ue entered.
Key Path: System, Time/Date
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: None
Termi nators: No uni ts are al l owed wi th the command.
Defaul tTermi nator seconds
232 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:TIME:ADJust <seconds>
Exampl e: SYST:TIME:ADJ 3600 wi l l advance the ti me one hour.
SYST:TIME:ADJ -86400 wi l l back the date up one day, wi thout changi ng
the ti me of day (mi nutes or seconds).
4.9.3.5 Set Date
Al l ows you to set the date of the real -ti me cl ock. Enter the date i n the YYYYMMDD format.
Key Path: System, Time/Date
State Saved: Survi ves Preset and power cycl e, but not saved i n I nstrument State. Not
restored by System, Restore Sys Defaults.
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: None
Factory
Defaul t: Not affected by Restore Sys Defaults.
Termi nators: Uni tl ess
Range: Year (YYYY): 1970 to 2029
Month (MM):01 to 12
Day: 01 to 30 or 31 (dependi ng on the month)
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:DATE <year>,<month>,<day>
:SYSTem:DATE?
Exampl e: SYST:DATE 2000,12,24 Sets the date to December 24, 2000
Chapter 4 233
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.9.4 Alignments
Di spl ays functi ons that control the automati c al i gnment of the i nstrument and l oad
defaul t val ues for the al i gnment system.
NOTE Most CALi brati on commands execute i n the background, permi tti ng other
SCPI commands to be processed concurrentl y. I f a measurement command i s
sent ri ght after a CALi brati on command, there can be i nteracti on between
background al i gnments and the measurement. The *WAI command shoul d be
i ssued after any CALi brati on command and before the measurement
command. Note that sendi ng the query form of a CAL? command wi l l
automati cal l y hol d off any fol l owi ng commands unti l the query val ue i s
returned.
Bi t 0 (CALi brati on) must be set to 1 i n the STATus:OPERati on:ENABl e
regi ster to ensure that the *WAI command wai ts for cal i brati on to compl ete.
Thi s i s the factory preset and *RST setti ng.
Key Path: System
Remote Command:
There i s no remote command for thi s key.
4.9.4.1 Auto Align
Al l ows you to turn the i nstrument automati c al i gnment On or Off. or sel ect Alert to be
al erted that al i gnments are needed.
Off - Thi s setti ng has been changed to work the same as the Al ert sel ecti on. Wi th
fi rmware revi si on A.09.18 or l ater, i t i s very i mportant to know that you have turned off
the al i gnments si nce, over ti me, l eavi ng them permanentl y off wi l l resul t i n
measurement i naccuraci es.
On - The i nstrument behaves l i ke the Alert, but wi l l automati cal l y perform a ful l
al i gnment when i t i s needed. I n addi ti on, every 15 mi nutes passi ng or 1.5 degrees
temperature change wi l l cause just the RF system gai n to be al i gned, to achi eve the best
absol ute ampl i tude accuracy. For ei ther al i gnment, the i nstrument wi l l stop any
measurement currentl y i n process, perform the ful l al i gnment, then restart the
measurement from the begi nni ng (si mi l ar to pressi ng Restart). I f any al i gnment FAI Ls
or i s ABORTed by the user (for exampl e, ESCape key), the i nstrument wi l l wai t 5
mi nutes before retryi ng the necessary al i gnment. Thi s hel ps to avoi d i nfi ni te recursi ve
l oops of al i gnment behavi or i n the event of broken hardware. When Auto Align, On i s
sel ected, AA appears al ong the l eft edge of the di spl ay. Al so see Al i gn Al l Now on
page 234.
Alert - A 3 degree (Cel si us) temperature change or a ti me span of 24 hours si nce the l ast
successful Ful l al i gnment (for exampl e, Al i gn Al l Now) wi l l tri gger an al ert that
al i gnments need to be done, but no al i gnments wi l l be performed wi thout user i nput.
When Auto Align, Alert i s sel ected, AL appears al ong the l eft edge of the di spl ay.
234 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
There are 2 very qui ck al i gnments, i nvi si bl e to the user, that are done every few mi nutes
or when certai n setti ngs are changed. These sti l l occur, even i f AutoAl i gn i s set to Off.
These al i gnments are the Current SysGai n and Current I F Fl atness methods whi ch can
al so be forced to occur by user under the Al i gn Subsys menu.
Key Path: System, Alignments
State Saved: Survi ves Preset and power cycl e, but not saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory Preset: Not affected by Preset.
Factory
Defaul t: On (Restored by System, Restore Sys Defaults.)
Remote Command:
:CALibration:AUTO OFF|ON|ALERt
:CALibration:AUTO?
Exampl e: CAL:AUTO ON
4.9.4.2 Align All Now
I mmedi atel y executes an al i gnment cycl e of al l the subsystems (Align RF, Align IF, Align
ADC, and Align Current Sys Gain). The i nstrument wi l l stop any measurement currentl y
underway, perform the ful l al i gnment, then restart the measurement from the begi nni ng
(si mi l ar to pressi ng the Restart key). Al l other operati ons ar e stopped and the al i gnments
wi l l be vi si bl e on the di spl ay.
Key Path: System, Alignments
Remote Command:
:CALibration[:ALL] Performs a ful l al i gnment.
The fol l owi ng three commands perform a ful l al i gnment and return a number i ndi cati ng
the success of the al i gnment. A zero i s returned i f the al i gnment i s successful . A one i s
returned i f any part of the al i gnment fai l s.
:CALibration[:ALL]?
*CAL?
*TST?
Exampl e: CAL? The query performs a ful l al i gnment and returns a number i ndi cati ng
the success of the al i gnment. A zero i s returned i f the al i gnment i s
successful .
4.9.4.3 Frequency Corrections (Remote Command Only)]
Turns the i nternal frequency correcti ons on/off.
Saved State: Not saved i n i nstrument state
Factory Preset: On
Chapter 4 235
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Factory
Defaul t: On
Remote Command:
:CALibration:FREQuency[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1
:CALibration:FREQuency[:STATe]?
Exampl e: CAL:FREQ OFF
4.9.4.4 Align Subsys
Accesses the keys to i mmedi atel y execute an al i gnment of one of the subsystems (Align RF,
Align IF, Align ADC, and Align Current Sys Gain). When one of the subsystem al i gnments i s
started, al l other operati ons are stopped and any al i gnment messages wi l l be vi si bl e on the
di spl ay.
Key Path: System, Alignments
Remote Command:
There i s no remote command for thi s key.
4.9.4.4.1 Align RF
I ni ti ates an al i gnment on the RF assembl y.
Key Path: System, Alignments, Align Subsys
Annunci ati on/
Annotati on: Di spl ays a seri es of pop-up message boxes, i ndi cati ng an al i gnment i s i n
progress.
I f a si gnal i s present that i nterferes wi th the al i gnment a message Align
RF 50 MHz signal detected. wi l l be di spl ayed.
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: Status questi onabl e cal i brati on. Bi ts 3, 11, or 12 wi l l be set i f Al i gn RF
fai l s
Remote Command:
:CALibration:RF
:CALibration:RF?
Remote Command Notes: The query performs the al i gnment and returns a zero i f the
al i gnment i s successful .
Exampl e: CAL:RF?
236 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.9.4.4.2 Align IF
I ni ti ates an al i gnment on the I F assembl y.
Key Path: System, Alignments, Align Subsys
Annunci ati on/
Annotati on: Di spl ays a seri es of pop-up message boxes i ndi cati ng al i gnment progress.
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: Status questi onabl e cal i brati on Bi t 4 wi l l be set i f Al i gn RF fai l s.
Remote Command:
:CALibration:IF
:CALibration:IF?
Remote Command Notes: The query performs the al i gnment and returns a zero i f the
al i gnment i s successful .
Exampl e: CAL:IF?
4.9.4.4.3 Align ADC
I ni ti ates an al i gnment on the ADC ci rcui try.
Key Path: System, Alignments, Align Subsys
Annunci ati on/
Annotati on: Message boxes i ndi cati ng al i gnment of ADC progress.
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: Status questi onabl e cal i brati on Bi t 6 wi l l be set i f Al i gn ADC fai l s.
Remote Command:
:CALibration:ADC
:CALibration:ADC?
Remote Command Notes: The query performs the al i gnment and returns a zero i f the
al i gnment i s successful .
Exampl e: CAL:ADC?
Chapter 4 237
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.9.4.4.4 Align Current IF Flatness
I ni ti ates an al i gnment of the current I F fl atness, for the purpose of i mprovi ng absol ute
ampl i tude wi thi n FFT Sweeps and i mprovi ng group del ay i n some di gi tal demodul ati on
measurements.
Key Path: System, Alignments, Align Subsys
Annunci ati on/
Annotati on: Di spl ays a seri es of pop-up message boxes expl ai ni ng what i s bei ng al i gned (a
subset of the Al i gn Al l Now message boxes).
Remote Command:
:CALibration:FLATness:IF
:CALibration:FLATness:IF?
Remote Command Notes: The query performs the al i gnment and returns a zero i f the
al i gnment i s successful .
Exampl e: CAL:FLAT:IF?
4.9.4.4.5 Align Current SysGain
I ni ti ates a fi ne-tuni ng adjustment of the system gai n, pri mari l y to correct for smal l
ampl i tude vari ati ons that occur as resol uti on BW i s swi tched.
Key Path: System, Alignments, Align Subsys
Annunci ati on/
Annotati on: Di spl ays a seri es of pop-up message boxes expl ai ni ng what i s bei ng al i gned
(a subset of the Al i gn Al l Now message boxes).
Remote Command:
:CALibration:GAIN:CSYStem
:CALibration:GAIN:CSYStem?
Remote Command Notes: The query performs the al i gnment and returns a zero i f the
al i gnment i s successful .
Exampl e: CAL:GAIN:CSYS?
4.9.4.4.6 Align Audio Digitizer Gain
I ni ti ates an al i gnment of the vari ous gai n setti ngs of the 100 k i nput path (Opti on 107)
Key Path: System, Alignments, Align Subsys
Annunci ati on/
Annotati on: Di spl ays a seri es of pop-up message boxes expl ai ni ng what i s bei ng al i gned
(a subset of the Al i gn Al l Now message boxes).
238 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Remote Command:
:CALibration:GAIN:ADIGitizer
:CALibration:GAIN:ADIGitizer?
Remote Command Notes: The query performs the al i gnment and returns a zero i f the
al i gnment i s successful .
Exampl e: CAL:GAIN:ADIG?
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.09.00
4.9.4.5 Restore Align Defaults
Loads the defaul t val ues for the al i gnment system, turns on the frequency correcti ons, and
resets the ti mebase to the factory val ues. Align All Now must be executed 3 ti mes after
pressi ng Restore Align Defaults to meet speci fi cati ons.
Key Path: System, Alignments
Annunci ati on/
Annotati on: System Al i gnments, Al i gn Now Al l requi red.
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: None
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: Status questi onabl e cal i brati on Bi t 14 wi l l be set.
Remote Command:
:CALibration:DATA:DEFault
Exampl e: CAL:DATA:DEF
4.9.4.6 Select Time Corrections (Remote Command Only)
Control s ti me correcti ons used to compensate for the compl ex (magni tude and phase)
response of the anal og and di gi tal I F hardware. When onl y scal ar (magni tude) FFT
fl atness i s requi red, ti me correcti ons take more CPU cycl es and so are l ess effi ci ent than
frequency correcti ons. For demod or other ti me-based (not FFT) measurements, onl y ti me
correcti ons can i mprove the fl atness that resul ts from i mperfect I F hardware. When the
ti me correcti on functi onal i ty i s set to Auto (the defaul t), the i ndi vi dual measurements
acti vate the correcti ons when they are needed.
NOTE Turni ng ti me correcti ons on or off affects al l measurements. Ti me correcti ons
shoul d be l eft i n Auto unl ess you have speci fi c reasons for forci ng them on or
off.
Al ways return ti me correcti ons to Auto.
Factory Preset: Auto
Chapter 4 239
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Remote Command:
:CALibration:TCORrections AUTO|ON|OFF
Exampl e: CAL:TCOR OFF
4.9.5 Config I/O
Di spl ays the keys and menus that enabl e you to i denti fy and change the current GPI B
address and LAN setti ngs.
Key Path: System
Remote Command:
There i s no remote command for thi s key.
4.9.5.1 GPIB Address
Shows the current GPI B address and al l ows you to change thi s val ue usi ng the numeri c
keyboard. The new val ue i s di spl ayed i n the acti ve functi on area. The GPI B port i s al ways
acti ve. The knob and step keys are not acti ve for thi s functi on.
Key Path: System, Config I/O
State Saved: Survi ves Preset and power cycl e, but not saved i n I nstrument State.
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: None
Factory
Defaul t: 18 (Reset by System, Restore Sys Defaults.)
Termi nators: Enter
Defaul t Termi nator: None
Resol uti on/Roundi ng/
Truncati on: I nteger
Knob I ncrement: 1
Step Key
I ncrement: 1
Range: 0 to 30
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:ADDRess <integer>
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:ADDRess?
Exampl e: SYST:COMM:GPIB:ADDR 20
240 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.9.5.2 IP Address
Al l ows you to set the I P (i nternet protocol ) address, domai n name and node (host) name for
the i nstrument. The I P address of the i nstrument can be changed by enteri ng a numeri c
address composed of numbers and deci mal poi nts. Press ENTER to compl ete the entry.
Key Path: System, Config I/O
State Saved: Survi ves Preset and power cycl e, but not saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory
Defaul t: 10.10.10.10 (Not reset by System, Restore Sys Defaults.)
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN[:SELF]:IP <string>
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN[:SELF]:IP?
Exampl e: SYST:COMM:LAN:IP 150.222.50.52 mypsa
Sets the I P address to 150.222.50.52 and sets the host name to mypsa.
4.9.5.3 Host Name
Di spl ays the host name of the i nstrument. Pressi ng the key acti vates the al pha edi tor,
whi ch enabl es you to change the host name. (Press ENTER to compl ete the entry.)
NOTE Thi s does not change your LAN system representati on of the host name. You
must work through your l ocal system admi ni strator to change the host name.
Changi ng i t i n the i nstrument onl y changes the di spl ayed i nformati on. I t does
not enabl e LAN access wi th the new name.
Key Path: System, Config I/O
State Saved: Survi ves Preset and power cycl e, but not saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory
Defaul t: mypsa (Not reset by System, Restore Sys Defaults.)
Remote Command:
See above command :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN[:SELF]:IP <string>
Exampl e: SYST:COMM:LAN:IP 150.222.50.52 mypsa
Sets the I P address to 150.222.50.52 and sets the host name to mypsa.
4.9.5.4 Host ID (Remote Command Only)
Enabl es you to query the host I D remotel y. The current val ue of the host I D can be vi ewed
on the di spl ay by pressi ng System, Show System.
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: None
Chapter 4 241
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Factory
Defaul t: Val ue i s uni que to your i nstrument (Not reset by System, Restore Sys
Defaults.)
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:HID?
Remote Command Notes: The host I D cannot be set remotel y, i t can onl y be queri ed.
Exampl e: SYST:HID?
4.9.5.5 Subnet Mask
Changes the subnet mask of the i nstrument. The subnet mask i s a 32-bi t address mask
used i n I P networks to i ndi cate the bi ts of an I P address that are used for the subnet
address. The defaul t address i s 255.255.0.0 for a cl ass B network
Key Path: System, Config I/O
State Saved: Survi ves Preset and power cycl e, but not saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory
Defaul t: 255.255.0.0 (Not reset by System, Restore Sys Defaults.)
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.03.00.
Remote Command:
There i s no equi val ent remote command.
4.9.5.6 Gateway Address
Al l ows you to set the gateway address. The gateway address feature i s used to mani pul ate
the gateway used to reach the desti nati on. The gateway address can be changed by
enteri ng a numeri c address composed of numbers and deci mal poi nts. Press ENTER to
compl ete the entry.
Key Path: System, Config I/O
State Saved: Survi ves Preset and power cycl e, but not saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory
Defaul t: 0.0.0.0 (Not reset by System, Restore Sys Defaults.)
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.03.00.
Remote Command:
There i s no remote command for thi s key.
4.9.5.7 SCPI LAN
Di spl ays keys to enabl e SCPI functi onal i ty over the LAN. There are a number of di fferent
ways to send SCPI remote commands to the i nstrument over the LAN. I t can be a probl em
to have mul ti pl e users si mul taneousl y accessi ng the i nstrument over the LAN. These keys
242 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
al l ow you to l i mi t that somewhat by di sabl i ng the tel net socket and/or SI CL capabi l i ty.
Key Path: System, Config I/O
Remote Command:
There i s no remote command for thi s key.
4.9.5.7.1 SCPI Telnet
Turns on/off the SCPI LAN tel net capabi l i ty, al l owi ng you to l i mi t SCPI access over LAN
vi a tel net.
Key Path: System, SCPI Lan
State Saved: Survi ves Preset and power cycl e, but not saved i n I nstrument State.
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: None
Factory
Defaul t: On (Reset by System, Restore Sys Defaults.)
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SCPI:TELNet:ENABle OFF|ON|0|1
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SCPI:TELNet:ENABle?
Exampl e: SYST:COMM:LAN:SCPI:TELN:ENAB ON
4.9.5.7.2 SCPI Socket
Turns on/off the capabi l i ty of establ i shi ng Socket LAN sessi ons. Thi s al l ows you to l i mi t
SCPI access over LAN vi a socket sessi ons.
Key Path: System, SCPI Lan
State Saved: Survi ves Preset and power cycl e, but not saved i n I nstrument State.
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: None
Factory
Defaul t: On (Reset by System, Restore Sys Defaults.)
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SCPI:SOCKet:ENABle OFF|ON|0|1
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SCPI:SOCKet:ENABle?
Exampl e: SYST:COMM:LAN:SCPI:SOCK:ENAB ON
Chapter 4 243
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.9.5.7.3 SCPI Socket Control Port (Remote Command Only)
Returns the TCP/I P port number of the control socket associ ated wi th the SCPI socket
sessi on. Al l ows you to obtai n the uni que port number to open when a devi ce cl ear i s to be
sent to the i nstrument. Every ti me a connecti on i s made to the SCPI socket, the
i nstrument creates a peer control socket. The port number for thi s socket i s random. You
must use thi s command to obtai n the control sockets port number. To force a devi ce cl ear
on thi s socket, open the port and send the stri ng DCL\n to the i nstrument.
I f the SCPI command i s sent to a non-SCPI socket i nterface, then 0 (zero) i s returned.
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SCPI:SOCKet:CONTrol?
Exampl e: SYST:COMM:LAN:SCPI:SOCK:CONT?
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.09.00.
4.9.5.7.4 SICL Server
Turns on/off the SI CL server capabi l i ty, enabl i ng you to l i mi t SCPI access over LAN vi a the
SI CL server. (SI CL I EEE 488.2 protocol .)

Key Path: System, SCPI Lan
State Saved: Survi ves Preset and power cycl e, but not saved i n I nstrument State.
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: None
Factory
Defaul t: On (Reset by System, Restore Sys Defaults.)
Table 4-1 SCPI Default Settings
Parameter Description Setting
Maxi mum Connecti ons The maxi mum number of connecti ons that can be accessed
si mul taneousl y
5
I nstrument Name The name (same as the remote SI CL address) of your
anal yzer
i nst0
I nstrument Logi cal Uni t The uni que i nteger assi gned to your anal yzer when usi ng
SI CL LAN
8
Emul ated GPI B Name The name (same as the remote SI CL address) of the devi ce
used when communi cati ng wi th your anal yzer
gpi b7
Emul ated GPI B Logi cal Uni t The uni que i nteger assi gned to your devi ce when i t i s bei ng
control l ed usi ng SI CL LAN
7
Emul ated GPI B Address The emul ated GPI B address assi gned to your transmi tter
tester when i t i s a SI CL server (the same as your GPI B
address)
18
244 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SCPI:SICL:ENABle OFF|ON|0|1
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SCPI:SICL:ENABle?
Exampl e: SYST:COMM:LAN:SCPI:SICL:ENAB ON
4.9.5.7.5 USB Connection Type (Remote Command Only)
Al l ows you to determi ne what USB speed was negoti ated.
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:USB:CONNection?
Remote Command Notes: Thi s i s a query onl y command. I t returns one of the fol l owi ng
possi bl e enumerati ons:
NONE I ndi cates ei ther no USB connecti on has been made or Opti on 111 i s not
i nstal l ed.
LSPeed I ndi cates a USB l ow speed connecti on (1.5 Mbps). Thi s i s reserved for
future use.
HSPeed I ndi cates that a USB hi gh speed connecti on (480 Mbps) has been
negoti ated.
FSPeed I ndi cates that a USB ful l speed connecti on (12 Mbps) has been negoti ated.
Exampl e: SYST:COMM:USB:CONN?
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.09.00.
4.9.5.7.6 USB Connection Status (Remote Command Only)
Al l ows you to determi ne the current status of the USB connecti on.
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:USB:STATus?
Remote Command Notes: Thi s i s a query onl y command. I t returns one of the fol l owi ng
possi bl e enumerati ons:
SUSPended I ndi cates that the USB bus i s currentl y i n i ts suspended state. The bus i s
i n the suspended state when the bus i s not connected to a control l er, the
control l er i s currentl y powered off, or the control l er has expl i ci tl y pl aced
the USB devi ce i n the suspended state. When i n the suspended state, no
USB acti vi ty (i ncl udi ng start of frame packets) i s recei ved.
ACTi ve I ndi cates that the USB i s i n the acti ve state. When the devi ce i s i n the
acti ve state, i t i s recei vi ng peri odi c start of frames but i s not necessari l y
recei vi ng or transmi tti ng data.
Exampl e: SYST:COMM:USB:STAT?
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.09.00.
Chapter 4 245
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.9.5.7.7 USB Packet Count (Remote Command Only)
Al l ows you to determi ne the number of packets recei ved and transmi tted on the USB bus.
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:USB:PACKets?
Remote Command Notes: Thi s i s a query onl y command. I t returns two i ntegers. The fi rst
i s the number of packets recei ved si nce power-on, and the second i s the
number of packets transmi tted si nce power-on. I f the Opti on 111 i nterface
i s not i nstal l ed, the query wi l l return 0,0.
Exampl e: SYST:COMM:USB:PACK?
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.09.00.
4.9.6 Reference
Di spl ays functi ons that control the external frequency reference.
Key Path: System
Remote Command:
There i s no remote command for the system key. Refer to the remote commands i n the
Freq Ref secti on. These commands enabl es you to sel ect an external frequency reference
source and speci fy a val ue.
4.9.6.1 Freq Ref
Speci fi es the frequency reference as bei ng i nternal or external . I f the frequency reference
i s speci fi ed as i nternal , the frequency of the reference i s automati cal l y i denti fi ed as bei ng
10 MHz. I f the frequency reference i s speci fi ed as external , you must enter the frequency of
the external reference bei ng used. I f External Reference i s sel ected, Ext Ref wi l l appear
on the ri ght si de of the di spl ay.
The frequency of an external frequency reference i s not automati cal l y detected. I f an
external frequency source i s sel ected, the frequency of the source must be entered.
I f Ext i s sel ected, and you press Freq Ref, Ext wi l l remai n sel ected and the Ext reference
frequency wi l l become the acti ve functi on. I f Freq Ref i s pressed agai n, I nt wi l l become
sel ected (at 10 MHz). The Ext reference frequency i s remembered and wi l l be used agai n i f
Ext i s sel ected.
I f the external reference i s mi ssi ng or out of range, or the frequency reference i s unl ocked,
the message External reference missing or out of range, wi l l appear on the
di spl ay.
Key Path: System, Reference
State Saved: Not saved i n I nstrument State. Nei ther the external reference frequency
nor the state of thi s functi on (I nt or Ext) are affected by factory preset or
power cycl e. Reset to the factory defaul t (I nt, 10 MHz) by pressi ng System,
Restore Sys Defaults.
246 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Defaul t: I nternal , 10 MHz
Range: 1 MHz to 30 MHz
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:ROSCillator:SOURce INTernal|EXTernal
[:SENSe]:ROSCillator:SOURce?
[:SENSe]:ROSCillator:EXTernal:FREQuency <value>
[:SENSe]:ROSCillator:EXTernal:FREQuency?
Exampl e: Before swi tchi ng to the external reference source, speci fy the frequency of
the external reference that you pl an to use.
ROSC:EXT:FREQ 20 MHz sets the external reference frequency to 20 MHz,
but does not sel ect the external reference.
ROSC:SOUR EXT sel ects the external reference.
4.9.6.2 10 MHz Out
Swi tches the 10 MHz out si gnal on the rear panel of the anal yzer on or off.
Key Path: System, Reference
State Saved: Not saved i n I nstrument State. Not affected by factory preset or power
cycl e. Reset to the factory defaul t (Off, 10 MHz) by pressi ng System,
Restore Sys Defaults.
Remote Command:
[:SENSe]:ROSCillator:OUTPut[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:ROSCillator:OUTPut[:STATe]?
Exampl e: ROSC:OUTP ON
4.9.7 Show System
Di spl ays the number and descri pti on of the opti ons i nstal l ed i n your i nstrument. I t al so
di spl ays the i nstrument model number, product number, seri al number, ethernet address,
host I D, fi rmware revi si on, revi si on date, opti ons, and system stati sti cs.
Key Path: System
Annunci ati on/
Annotati on: Text Screen
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: Acti ve functi on i s di sabl ed.
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: None
Factory Preset: Off
Chapter 4 247
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Remote Command:
*IDN? Returns four fi el ds separated by commas:
Manufacturer
Model
Seri al number
Fi rmware versi on
Exampl e of returned stri ng: Agilent Technologies,E4440A,US00000123,A.01.01
:SYSTem:OPTions?
*OPT?
Returns a stri ng of al l the i nstal l ed i nstrument opti ons. I t i s a comma separated l i st such
as: BAC,BAH,226 (i ncl udes quotes).
Exampl e: *IDN?
*OPT?
4.9.8 Show Hdwr
Gi ves detai l ed i nformati on about the hardware i nstal l ed on your i nstrument.
Key Path: System
Annunci ati on/
Annotati on: Text screen
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: Acti ve functi on i s di sabl ed
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: None
Factory Preset: Off
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:CONFigure:HARDware OFF|ON|0|1
Exampl e: SYST:CONF:HARD OFF
4.9.9 Color Palette
Di spl ays the Col or Pal ette menu keys that set the di spl ay screen attri butes.
Key Path: System
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: None
State Saved: Not saved i n I nstrument State, survi ves Preset, and power cycl e.
Preset: Not affected by Preset.
248 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Factory
Defaul t: Defaul t
Remote Command:
There i s no remote command for thi s key.
4.9.9.1 Default
Sel ects the factory defaul t col or pal ette.
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: None
Key Path: System, Color Palette
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: None
4.9.9.2 Vision Impair 1
Sel ects a speci al col or scheme to accommodate col or-defi ci ent vi si on probl ems.
Key Path: System, Color Palette
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: None
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: None
Remote Command:
There i s no remote command for thi s key.
4.9.9.3 Vision Impair 2
Sel ects a speci al col or scheme to accommodate col or-defi ci ent vi si on probl ems.
Key Path: System, Color Palette
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: None
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: None
Remote Command:
There i s no remote command for thi s key.
Chapter 4 249
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.9.9.4 Optical Filter
Sel ects a speci al col or scheme to accommodate protecti ve goggl es whi l e vi ewi ng l asers.
Key Path: System, Color Palette
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: None
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: None
Remote Command:
There i s no remote command for thi s key.
4.9.9.5 Monochrome
Sets the col or pal ette to si ngl e-col or mode. The monochrome di spl ay uses di fferent shades
of green for each green val ue. Thi s i s especi al l y useful for dri vi ng external monochrome
moni tors.
Key Path: System, Color Palette
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: None
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: None
Remote Command:
There i s no remote command for thi s key.
4.9.10 Diagnostics
Access front-panel di agnosti c functi ons.
Key Path: System
Remote Command:
There i s no remote command for thi s key.
4.9.10.1 Front Panel Test
Used to test the front-panel keys. I t shows a l i st of al l the front-panel keys wi th counter
numbers i ndi cati ng the number ti mes the key i s pressed. Press the ESC key to exi t the test
mode and return to the menu.
Key Path: System, Diagnostics
Annunci ati on/
Annotati on: Text Screen
250 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: The acti ve functi on i s di sabl ed.
Factory Preset: Off
4.9.11 Restore Sys Defaults
Resets the system setti ngs, i ncl udi ng most persi stent functi ons, to thei r factory defaul ts.
I t al so does a Factory Preset that resets the anal yzer to the Spectrum Anal ysi s Mode. I t
does not reset user data such as saved i nstrument states.
Persi stent functi ons i ncl ude the GPI B address, ti me/date di spl ay styl e, and
auto-al i gnment state. These are parameters that are unaffected by a power cycl e or an
i nstrument preset.
Table 4-2 System Default Settings
Feature Default Setting Restored?
Automati c Al i gnment On/Al ert/Off On yes
Power On Last/Preset Preset yes
Preset Type Factor y/User/Mode Mode yes
External Ampl i fi er Gai n 0 dBm yes
I nput I mpedance 50 Ohm yes
GPI B Address 18 yes
I P address 10.10.10.10 no
Host Name mypsa no
Subnet Mask 255.255.0.0 no
SCPI Tel net Port 5023 On yes
SCPI Socket Port 5025 On yes
SI CL Server On yes
I nstrument Col or Pal ette Defaul t pal ette yes
Pri nter Setup, Language PCL3 yes
Pri nter Setup, Col or Capabi l i ty No yes
Pri nt Ori entati on Portrai t yes
Col or Pri nti ng Off yes
Pri nts/Page 1 yes
Date Format MDY yes
Ti me Date Di spl ay On yes
Verbose (error messages) Off yes
Di spl ay Vi ewi ng Angl e 4 yes
Chapter 4 251
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Key Path: System
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:PRESet:PERSistent
Exampl e: SYST:PRES:PERS
4.9.12 Licensing
Accesses the securi ty system to enabl e l i censi ng for i ndi vi dual opti ons. You can i nstal l
measurement mode personal i ty opti ons i n an i nstrument at any ti me (unl ess Opti on 117 i s
enabl ed; refer to the Getti ng Started Gui de, Chapter 1 Turni ng on the Anal yzer for the
Fi rst Ti me). After you l oad the personal i ty mode i nto memory, you must enter a l i cense
key to al l ow access to the opti on.
For i nformati on on how to use thi s system, see the i nstal l ati on i nformati on for i ndi vi dual
opti ons i n the measurement personal i ti es user s gui des.
NOTE Not al l opti ons can be enabl ed usi ng thi s system and there i s no way to turn
off an opti on through thi s system. Once an opti on has been l i censed for a
gi ven anal yzer, i t cannot be transferred to a di fferent anal yzer.
Key Path: System
Remote Command:
There i s no remote command for thi s key.
4.9.12.1 Option
Acti vates the al pha edi tor enabl i ng you to enter the desi gnati on for the opti on to be
i nstal l ed. An opti on i s a three character stri ng that speci fi es the opti on or appl i cati on that
i s to be i nstal l ed, as found i n the catal og. To termi nate the entry, press Enter or Return. An
external keyboard may al so be used for thi s entry. The opti on number appears on the
second l i ne of the Option key.
Key Path: System, Licensing
State Saved: Not saved i n I nstrument State.
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: None
Manual Tracki ng Adjustment 2048 yes
Page Si ze Letter yes
Pri nter Sel ecti on Auto yes
Table 4-2 System Default Settings (Continued)
Feature Default Setting Restored?
252 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Remote Command:
See Li cense Key on page 252
Exampl e: SYST:LKEY B78, B62A35B37679
SYST:LKEY? B78
4.9.12.2 License Key
Acti vates the al pha edi tor to al l ow you to enter the l i cense key number for the opti on to be
i nstal l ed. The l i cense key number i s a hexadeci mal number that requi res entry of both
l etters and numbers. Use the front-panel numer i c keyboard to enter numeri cal val ues. You
wi l l see your entry i n the acti ve functi on area. A l i cense key i s a 12-character hexadeci mal
stri ng gi ven wi th the opti on. The l i cense key i s uni que to a speci fi c opti on i nstal l ed and
i nstrument host I D. To termi nate the entry, press Enter or Return. An external keyboard
may al so be used for thi s entry. The l i cense key number wi l l appear on the second l i ne of
the License Key menu key.
Key Path: System, Licensing
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: None
State Saved: Not saved i n I nstrument State.
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: None
Factory Preset: Cl ears the current val ue.
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:LKEY <option>, <license key>
:SYSTem:LKEY? <option>
Remote Command Notes: The query returns a stri ng that contai ns the l i cense key for a
speci fi ed appl i cati on or opti on that i s al ready i nstal l ed i n the i nstrument.
The l i cense key wi l l al so be returned i f the appl i cati on i s not currentl y i n
memory, but had been i nstal l ed at some previ ous ti me. The l i cense key i s
uni que to a speci fi c opti on, host I D and seri al number. Host I D can be
returned by :SYSTem:HI D?.
Exampl e: SYST:LKEY B78, B62A35B37679
SYST:LKEY? B78
The query woul d return B62A35B37679
I f the i nstrument does not have a l i cense key for that opti on, the query
woul d return .
Chapter 4 253
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.9.12.3 Activate License
Acti vates the speci fi ed opti on. When a val i d opti on key number and l i cense key number
have been entered, press Activate. I f your entry was correct, the opti on wi l l be enabl ed and
the message: Option activated wi l l appear i n the status l i ne of your di spl ay. The opti on
number and l i cense key number wi l l al so be cl eared from the License Key and Option key.
I f your entry was i ncorrect, the error message: License key invalid wi l l appear i n the
status l i ne of your di spl ay. The opti on number and l i cense key number can be edi ted unti l
they are correct.
NOTE I t i s possi bl e to enabl e an opti on for whi ch the anal yzer i s not yet confi gured.
Therefore, the message Option activated does not mean that the opti on wi l l
i mmedi atel y functi on. For a di spl ay of opti ons that are enabl ed and for whi ch
the anal yzer i s properl y confi gured, press System, More, Show System.
Key Path: System, Licensing
Remote Command:
There i s no remote command for thi s key.
4.9.12.4 Delete License
Del etes the l i cense key from memory, however, the opti on fi rmware i s not del eted. The
i nstrument must be rebooted before the opti on i s removed.
Key Path: System, Licensing
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:LKEY:DELete <application option>
Exampl e: SYST:LKEY:DEL BAC
4.9.12.5 Show License
Di spl ays the number and descri pti on of the l i censes i nstal l ed i n your i nstrument.
Key Path: System, Licensing
Annunci ati on/
Annotati on: Text Screen
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: The acti ve functi on i s di sabl ed.
Remote Command:
There i s no remote command for thi s functi on.
254 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.9.12.6 Install an Application Mode (Remote command only)
I nstal l s the speci fi ed appl i cati on from an external dri ve to the i nstrument. Each
appl i cati on al l ows you to make a speci fi c set of measurements easi l y and accuratel y.
I nstal l ati on requi res a 12-character l i cense key, whi ch you shoul d have recei ved wi th your
appl i cati on. The l i cense key number i s uni que to the opti on and i nstrument seri al number.
I f i t cannot be l ocated, contact your l ocal Agi l ent Technol ogi es and servi ce offi ce to
re-obtai n the i nformati on. (Have the i nstrument model number, host I D, and seri al
number avai l abl e.)
Remote Command:
See al so *OPT?
Exampl e: *OPT? returns a stri ng wi th al l the appl i cati on opti ons currentl y i nstal l ed
i n the i nstrument (for exampl e, B7J,202,204,BAC).
4.9.13 Personality
Pressi ng Personality di spl ays i nformati on about the personal i ti es i nstal l ed and thei r
l i cense status, as shown i n the fol l owi ng i l l ustrati on.
Key Path: System
Annunci ati on/
Annotati on: Text Screen
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: The acti ve functi on i s di sabl ed.
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: None
Factory Preset: Off
Chapter 4 255
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.9.14 Security
Pressi ng Security bri ngs up the Securi ty menu.
Key Path: System
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: The acti ve functi on i s di sabl ed.
Remote Command:
There i s no remote command for thi s key.
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.09.00.
4.9.14.1 Secure Erase All
Erases al l persi stent storage i n the i nstrument. When pressed, the PSA wi l l di spl ay the
fol l owi ng message: This key will delete all data and firmware in the
instrument. You will need to reinstall firmware after executing this
operation. Press the key again if you wish to proceed. Thus, thi s key requi res
two presses to sel ect the functi on. Upon the second press, the i nstrument di spl ays the
fol l owi ng message: Please Confirm Erase Operation. Press Yes to erase all
data and firmware from the instrument. Press No to cancel the operation.
Refer to Managi ng Securi ty on page 257.
Key Path: System, Security
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: None
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: None
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:SECurity:CLEAr
Remote Command Notes: Thi s command bl ocks the parser unti l the command i s
compl eted. Si nce thi s command al so causes the i nstrument fi rmware to be
turned off, no further communi cati on wi th the i nstrument wi l l be possi bl e.
Exampl e: SYST:SEC:CLEA
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.09.00.
256 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.9.14.2 Secure Erase User
Thi s key i s onl y acti ve i f Opti on 117 i s l i censed. Erases the compact Fl ash on the
USB/Compact Fl ash I nterface board. Thi s i ncl udes al l saved states and traces. When thi s
key i s pressed, the i nstrument di spl ays the fol l owi ng message: This key will reformat
the C:drive and erase all user data from the instrument. You will lose all
saved states and traces. Press the key again if you wish to proceed. Thus,
thi s key requi res two presses to sel ect the functi on. Upon the second press, the i nstrument
di spl ays the fol l owi ng message: Please Confirm Erase Operation. Press Yes to
reformat C: and erase all saved states and traces. Press No to cancel the
operation.
Key Path: System, Security
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: Requi res Opti on 117 to be i nstal l ed and l i censed.
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: None
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:SECurity:IMMediate
Remote Command Notes: Thi s command bl ocks the parser unti l the command i s
compl eted.
Exampl e: SYST:SEC:IMM
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.09.00.
4.9.14.3 Security
Thi s key control s whether the i nstrument i s currentl y i n i ts secure mode or not. When
Security i s On, the i nstrument cannot wri te to any l ocati on on the mai n Fl ash memory.
When Security i s Off, the mai n Fl ash memory can be wri tten to. When Security i s i n the
Enabled mode, the i nstrument i s confi gured to turn on the securi ty mode upon the next
power-on cycl e.
I f you ordered Opti on 117, the Secure Memory Erase opti on was l oaded i nto the memory of
your i nstrument and l i censed at the factory but not enabl ed.
IMPORTANT DO NOT enabl e Opti on 117 unti l you have confi gured your i nstruments LAN
setti ngs (I P Address, Subnet Mask, Host Name, Gateway, [System, Config IO],
and added or removed opti ons and l i censes).
After the securi ty mode i s enabl ed, the mai n Fl ash memory becomes read-onl y, rather than
read/wri te memory. Thi s makes i t i mpossi bl e to add or remove personal i ti es or thei r
l i cense keys, or otherwi se change the i nstruments confi gurati on, unl ess you do a fi rmware
upgrade or the System, Security, Secure Erase All procedure. Thi s procedure wi l l render the
i nstrument i noperabl e. You wi l l then need to run the upgrade procedure (on the Agi l ent
Chapter 4 257
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Web si te) to rei nstal l the fi rmware and compl etel y reconfi gure your i nstrument. After
rei nstal l i ng the fi rmware, Security wi l l be di sabl ed. Refer to Managi ng Securi ty on page
257 i n thi s chapter.
When you are total l y sati sfi ed wi th the confi gurati on of your anal yzer, enabl e the Secure
Memory Erase opti on by pressi ng System, Security, Security Enabled. The securi ty mode wi l l
then be enabl ed the next ti me the anal yzer s power i s cycl ed.
Key Path: System, Security, Security
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: None Acti ve
SCPI Status Bi ts/
OPC Dependenci es: None
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:SECurity:ENABle ON|OFF
:SYSTem:SECurity:ENABle?
Remote Command Notes: Thi s command al l ows the securi ty state to be set and queri ed
from a SCPI port. Note that the command sets securi ty to the enabl ed
mode, whi ch wi l l turn on the securi ty mode at the next power-on cycl e.
When the parameter i s OFF, the securi ty mode wi l l be set to off onl y i f the
current securi ty mode i s enabl ed or off. I f the securi ty mode i s on, thi s
command has no effect. The query form of the command al ways returns
the current state of the securi ty mode (ON, OFF, or ENAB).
Exampl e: SYST:SEC:ENAB ON
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.09.00.
4.9.15 Managing Security
4.9.15.1 Secure Erase All Function
CAUTION Secure Erase Al l wi l l render the i nstrument i noperabl e. Al l i nstrument
setti ngs under System, Config I/O, such as the LAN address or gateway
address wi l l be l ost. Al l i nstrument opti on Li cense Keys, such as those that
enabl e the opti onal preampl i fi er or measurement personal i ti es, wi l l be l ost.
The fol l owi ng procedure outl i nes how to prepare prior to executi ng Secure
Erase Al l , and how to recover the i nstrument fol l owi ng the Secure Erase Al l .
Be sure to back up the i nstrument confi gurati on and opti on keyword
i nformati on vi a LAN usi ng the PSA Seri es Fi rmware Upgrade Program
before the i nstrument i s pl aced i n the secure area.
258 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.9.15.2 Preliminary Procedure (Non-secure Area)
Perform thi s procedure once on each spectrum anal yzer pri or to pl aci ng i t i nto a secure
area, and every ti me the i nstrument has been cal i brated or repai red.
1. Record the Ethernet Number of the i nstrument. Press System, More, Show System.
The Ethernet Number i s a 12-di gi t al phanumeri c stri ng wi th a hyphen between the
fi rst and l ast set of si x characters; for exampl e, 001083-b80c55. Havi ng thi s number
recorded wi l l save ti me when you re-i nstal l the fi rmware i nto the i nstrument usi ng the
Re-i nstal l ati on of Fi rmware Procedure.
2. Record the I P Address of the i nstrument. Press System, Config I/O. Thi s address may
be changed by someone usi ng the i nstrument i n the secure envi ronment, but at l east
you wi l l have documented what i t was.
3. Obtai n a l i st of the Li cense Keys by savi ng a screen capture of the i nstruments
Li censi ng screen. Even though the next secti on tel l s you how to backup these keywords
to a PC, the PC may not be avai l abl e when you need i t. Press System, More, More,
Licensing, Show License. Use the fi l e manager to save an i mage of the screen to a
formatted di sk. I nsert the di sk i n the front panel di sk dri ve and press File, Save, Type,
Screen, Format, Bitmap and sel ect Di rectory A. Press Save Now. The fi l e can be
di spl ayed or pri nted from any appl i cati on capabl e of readi ng bi tmap (.bmp) fi l es. Before
proceedi ng, veri fy that the screen capture of the Li cense Keys has been properl y saved
to the di sk by openi ng the fi l e usi ng a PC.
The l i censi ng i nformati on can al so be pri nted i f the anal yzer i s connected to a pri nter.
As a l ast resort, wri te down the Option number and License Key for each opti on.
Properl y store the Li cense Key data, si nce i t wi l l be needed to recover the i nstrument.
4.9.15.3 Backing-up Configuration and Option License Keys to a PC
(Non-secure Area)
1. Load the PSA Seri es Fi rmware Update Program from the fol l owi ng Agi l ent Web si te:
http://www.agi l ent.com/fi nd/psa_fi rmware. Cl i ck on the fi rmware update PSA
A.xx.xx.exe l i nk.
2. Begi n the PSA fi rmware upgrade procedure. Accept the l i censi ng agreement. When
prompted for an i nstrument I P address, enter the i nstruments I P address.
3. Al l ow the confi gurati on fi l es to be saved to the defaul t l ocati on on the PC.
4. The anal yzer s user data, opti ons, and l i cense keys are saved i n a fi l e named Confi g
under a di rectory that begi ns wi th the model number, fol l owed by the seri al number,
then a date and ti me stamp on the C: dri ve of the PC; for exampl e,
C:\E4448A\US42070187\15-Oct-02-11-29-AM\Confi g.
Make note of the path name. Thi s fi l e wi l l be used to restore the anal yzer s
confi gurati on and Li cense Keys after Secure Erase Al l has been used to erase i ts
memory.
5. When the screen regardi ng l oadi ng the operati ng system and opti ons appears, exi t the
fi rmware upgrade process. At thi s poi nt, you have saved the confi gurati on fi l es
(i ncl udi ng the Li cense Keys). You do not need to conti nue wi th the actual fi rmware
downl oad.
Chapter 4 259
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.9.15.4 Security Clearing Procedure (Secure Area)
On the anal yzer, press System, More, More, Security, Secure Erase All and confi rm.
4.9.15.5 Re-installation of Firmware Procedure (Non-secure Area)
1. Load the PSA Seri es Fi rmware Update Program from the fol l owi ng Agi l ent Web si te:
http://www.agi l ent.com/fi nd/psa_fi rmware
2. At the menu screen, cl i ck on Troubleshooting Wizard, cl i ck on Recovery, then cl i ck
Next.
3. Under The PC Update Program was Interrupted, cl i ck Next. The Non-Functional
Instrument Procedure wi l l appear. Fol l ow thi s procedure.
NOTE The Ethernet Number saved i n the Prel i mi nary Procedure (Non-secure
Area) on page 258 becomes the hardware address when the hyphen i s
removed (i .e, Ethernet Number 001083-b80c55 becomes hardware address
001083b80c55). I f you have access to thi s previ ousl y saved address,
enabl i ng the external keyboard step i n the procedure can be ski pped.
NOTE Enter the path for Restore the Confi gurati on and User Data when
prompted. (Thi s path was noted i n Backi ng-up Confi gurati on and Opti on
Li cense Keys to a PC (Non-secure Area) on page 258.)
NOTE I f a confi gurati on back-up fi l e i s not avai l abl e, obtai n the Li cense Key
i nformati on saved i n the Prel i mi nary Procedure (Non-secure Area) on
page 258. The opti on numbers l i sted i n the Li cense Key i nformati on al l ow
you to determi ne whi ch opti ons were previ ousl y l oaded i n the i nstrument
and al l ow you to check the appropri ate boxes i n the update program. The
actual Li cense Keys are needed to enabl e the opti ons once the fi rmware i s
re-i nstal l ed.
260 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.9.16 Service
These functi ons are used onl y for servi ci ng the anal yzer. A password i s requi red to access
them. Refer to the Servi ce Gui de for more i nformati on.
Key Path: System
4.9.17 Keyboard Lock (Remote Command Only)
Di sabl es the i nstrument keyboard to prevent l ocal i nput when the i nstrument i s control l ed
remotel y. An annunci ator readi ng Kl ock al erts the l ocal user that the keyboard i s l ocked.
Or you can di spl ay a system message usi ng SYSTem:MESSage.
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.03.00
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:KLOCK?
Exampl e: SYST:KLOCK?
4.9.18 Remote Message
Enabl es a remote user to send a message that wi l l appear i n the Status Bar at bottom of
the i nstrument di spl ay. The new message wi l l overwri te any previ ous message. The
message wi l l remai n unti l removed by use of :SYSTem:MESSage:OFF.
Exampl e: :SYSTem:MESSage "Instrument currently in use remotely by
Ted in R+D"
Remarks: The message appears as green text agai nst a bl ack background, to
di fferenti ate i t from i nternal l y generated messages, whi ch appear as whi te
text agai nst a bl ack background.
The SYSTem:KLOCk command l ocks out the front-panel keys.
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.03.00
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:MESSage <string>
Exampl e: :SYSTem:MESSage "Instrument currently in use remotely by
Tom"
Chapter 4 261
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.9.19 Remote Message Turned Off
Removes any system message from the Status Bar at the bottom of the i nstrument di spl ay.
A message can be di spl ayed usi ng the :SYSTem:MESSage command.
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.03.00
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:MESSage:OFF
Exampl e: SYST:MESS:OFF
4.9.20 Power On Elapsed Time (Remote Command Only)
Returns the number of seconds that have el apsed si nce the i nstrument was turned on for
the very fi rst ti me.
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:PON:ETIMe?
Exampl e: SYST:PON:ETIM?
4.9.21 SCPI Version Query (Remote Command Only)
Returns the SCPI versi on number wi th whi ch the i nstrument compl i es. The SCPI i ndustry
standard changes regul arl y. Thi s command i ndi cates the versi on used when creati ng the
i nstrument SCPI commands.
Remote Command:
:SYSTem:VERSion?
Exampl e: SYST:VERS?
262 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
System
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Chapter 4 263
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Trace/View
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.10 Trace/View
Di spl ays menu keys that enabl e you to set how trace i nformati on i s stored and di spl ayed.
Each trace i s compri sed of a seri es of data poi nts i n whi ch x and y axi s i nformati on i s
stored. The anal yzer updates the i nformati on for the acti ve trace wi th each sweep.
NOTE I f you have sel ected ACP, Burst Power, Channel Power, Harmonic Distortion,
Multi-Carrier Power, Power Stat CCDF, or Spectrum Emission Mask i n the
MEASURE menu, refer to the Trace/View secti ons speci fi c to those
measurements i n Vol ume 2, One-Button Measurements Users and
Programmers Reference.
Key Path: Front-panel key
Factory Defaul t: Trace 1: Cl ear Wri te
Trace 2: Bl ank
Trace 3: Bl ank
Remote Command:
:TRACe[1]|2|3:MODE WRITe|MAXHold|MINHold|VIEW|BLANk
WRI Te = Clear Write
MAXHol d = Max Hold
MI NHol d = Min Hold
VI EW = View
BLANk = Blank
:TRACe[1]|2|3:MODE?
Exampl e: TRAC:MODE WRIT
TRAC:MODE MAXH
TRAC:MODE MINH
TRAC:MODE VIEW
TRAC:MODE BLANk
TRAC:MODE?
264 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Trace/View
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.10.1 Send/Query Trace Data (Remote Command Only)
Thi s command al l ows trace data to be sent to the anal yzer or queri ed from the anal yzer.
The response to the query i s a l i st of the ampl i tude poi nts that compri se the requested
trace i n the current Y-axi s uni t of the anal yzer. The X-axi s uni t i s that of the desti nati on
trace for send and the source trace for the query.
The number of trace poi nts sent or returned i s set by [:SENSE]:SWE:POIN (from 101 to
8192).
Factory Preset: Real ,32 for Spectrum Anal ysi s mode
Hi story: Changed wi th fi rmware revi si on A.08.00.
Remote Command:
:TRACe[:DATA] TRACE1 | TRACE2 | TRACE3 | TRACE4 | TRACE5 | TRACE6,
<definite_length_block> | <comma_separated_ASCII_data>
:TRACe[:DATA]? TRACE1 | TRACE2 | TRACE3 | TRACE4 | TRACE5 | TRACE6
Remote Command Notes: The data format set by FORMat:DATA and FORMat:BORDer
i s used both for sendi ng data to the i nstrument and recei vi ng data from
the i nstrument.
The FORMat:DATA command descri bes the di fferent types of data formats
that can be used wi th trace data. See Format Numeri c Data (Remote
Command Onl y) on page 128.
Use the FORMat:BORDer command to set the byte order. See Set Data Byte
Order (Remote Command Onl y) on page 128.
Commands :MMEM:STOR:TRAC and :MMEM:LOAD:TRAC are used to transfer
trace data to/from the i nternal hard dri ve or fl oppy dri ve of the
i nstrument. See Save Now on page 112 and Load Now on page 117.)
When sendi ng data to the i nstrument, the data bl ock must contai n exactl y
the number of poi nts currentl y speci fi ed i n Sweep, Points or the error
I nval i d l i st data wi l l be generated and there wi l l be no change to the
target trace.
No uni ts termi nator (for exampl e, dB or V) i s used when sendi ng data; the
data i s taken as bei ng i n the current Y-axi s uni t of the anal yzer.
When a trace i s sent to the i nstrument, i t i mmedi atel y overwri tes al l of the
data i n the target trace, even i f that trace i s i n Vi ew, or i f i t i s acti ve and i n
the mi ddl e of a sweep.
NOTE Do not send a trace to the i nstrument or query trace data unti l Average or
Max/Mi n Hol d operati ons have been compl eted, or data wi l l
be mi srepresented. I t i s general l y advi sabl e to be i n Single
Sweep, View or Blank when sendi ng trace data to the anal yzer
or queryi ng trace data from the anal yzer.
Chapter 4 265
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Trace/View
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
I f i n the mi ddl e of a set of Average or Max/Min Hold operati ons, i t can
seri ousl y i nval i date the resul t, so you shoul d exerci se cauti on. Si mi l arl y,
when queryi ng trace data, i t i s best i f the anal yzer i s not sweepi ng duri ng
the query. Therefore, i t i s general l y advi sabl e to be i n Single Sweep, View or
Blank when sendi ng trace data to the anal yzer or queryi ng trace data from
the anal yzer.
Exampl e: TRAC TRACE1,-1,-2,-3,-4,-5 sends fi ve poi nts to trace 1. Assumi ng
that FORMat:DATA i s set to ASCI I , Y-axi s uni t i s set to dBm, and Sweep,
Points i s set to 5, thi s wi l l resul t i n trace 1 consi sti ng of the fi ve poi nts:
1 dBm, 2 dBm, 3 dBm, 4 dBm, and 5 dBm.
TRAC? TRACE2 queri es the anal yzer for the contents of trace 2.
4.10.2 Trace
Determi nes whi ch trace the menu keys wi l l affect. Press Trace unti l the number of the
desi red trace i s underl i ned.
Key Path: Trace/View
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State for al l traces
Factory Preset: Trace 1 i s acti ve
Factory
Defaul t: Trace 1 i s acti ve
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.02.00
Remote Command:
There i s no remote command for thi s functi on.
4.10.3 Clear Write
Erases any data previ ousl y stored i n the sel ected trace and conti nuousl y di spl ays si gnal s
duri ng the sweep of the anal yzer.
Key Path: Trace/View
Remote Command:
See Trace/Vi ew on page 263.
Exampl e: TRAC:MODE WRIT
266 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Trace/View
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.10.4 Max Hold
Mai ntai ns the maxi mum l evel for each trace poi nt of the sel ected trace (1, 2 or 3), and
updates each trace poi nt i f a new maxi mum l evel i s detected i n successi ve sweeps.
NOTE Pressi ng Restart, changi ng the verti cal scal e (Amplitude, Scale Type, Log or
Li n) or turni ng averagi ng on (BW/Avg, Average (On)) restarts the hel d trace.
Key Path: Trace/View
Remote Command:
See Trace/Vi ew on page 263.
Exampl e: TRAC:MODE MAXH
4.10.5 Min Hold
Mai ntai ns the mi ni mum l evel for each trace poi nt of the sel ected trace (1, 2 or 3), and
updates each trace poi nt i f a new mi ni mum l evel i s detected i n successi ve sweeps.
NOTE Pressi ng Restart, changi ng the verti cal scal e (Amplitude, Scale Type, Log or
Li n) or turni ng averagi ng on (BW/Avg, Average (On)) restarts the hel d trace.
Key Path: Trace/View
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.02.00
Remote Command:
See Trace/Vi ew on page 263.
Exampl e: TRAC:MODE MINH
4.10.6 View
Hol ds and di spl ays the ampl i tude data of the sel ected trace. The trace i s not updated as
the anal yzer sweeps.
Key Path: Trace/View, Trace
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.02.00
Remote Command:
See Trace/Vi ew on page 263.
Exampl e: TRAC:MODE VIEW
Chapter 4 267
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Trace/View
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.10.7 Blank
Stores the ampl i tude data for the sel ected trace and removes i t from the di spl ay. The
sel ected trace regi ster i s not updated as the anal yzer sweeps.
Key Path: Trace/View
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.02.00
Remote Command:
See Trace/Vi ew on page 263.
Exampl e: TRAC:MODE BLAN
4.10.8 Operations
Thi s menu al l ows the user to do si mpl e trace operati ons.
Key Path: Trace/View
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.08.00
4.10.8.1 1 <-> 2
Exchanges the contents of trace 1 wi th the contents of trace 2 and puts both i n vi ew mode.
The acti on i s performed once. I t i s not avai l abl e for conti nuous sweeps. To cl ear any trace
operati on, set the trace back to Clear Write, Max Hold, or Min Hold.
The X-Axi s setti ngs and domai n of a trace stay wi th i t when i t i s copi ed or exchanged.
Key Path: Trace/View, Operations
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.08.00
Remote Command:
:TRACe:EXCHange: <trace_name>, <trace_name>
Exampl e: TRAC:EXCH TRACE1,TRACE2
4.10.8.2 2 DL -> 2
Subtracts the di spl ay l i ne from trace 2 and pl aces the resul t i n trace 2. The acti on i s
performed once. I t i s not avai l abl e for conti nuous sweeps. To keep the modi fi ed trace 2
from changi ng after the operati on, i t i s set to View. To cl ear any trace operati on, set the
trace back to Clear Write, Max Hold, or Min Hold.
Key Path: Trace/View, Operations
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.08.00
Remote Command:
:TRACe:MATH:SUBTract:DLIN <trace_name>
Exampl e: TRAC:MATH:SUBT:DLIN TRACE2
268 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Trace/View
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.10.8.2.1 2 <-> 3
Exchanges the contents of trace 2 wi th the contents of trace 3 and puts both i n vi ew mode.
The acti on i s performed once. I t i s not avai l abl e for conti nuous sweeps. To keep the
modi fi ed traces from changi ng after the operati on, they are set to Vi ew. To cl ear any trace
operati on, set the trace back to Cl ear Wri te, Max Hol d, or Mi n Hol d.
The X-Axi s setti ngs and domai n of a trace stay wi th i t when i t i s copi ed or exchanged.
Key Path: Trace/View, Operations
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.08.00
Remote Command:
:TRACe:EXCHange: <trace_name>, <trace_name>
Exampl e: TRAC:EXCH TRACE2,TRACE3
4.10.8.2.2 1 -> 3
Copi es the contents of trace 1 i nto the contents of trace 3 and puts trace 3 i n bl ank mode.
The acti on i s performed once. I t i s not avai l abl e for conti nuous sweeps. To cl ear any trace
operati on, set the trace back to Clear Write, Max Hold, or Min Hold.
The X-Axi s setti ngs and domai n of a trace stay wi th i t when i t i s copi ed or exchanged.
Key Path: Trace/View, Operations
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.08.00
Remote Command:
:TRACe:COPY <src_trace>,<dest_trace>
Exampl e: TRAC:COPY TRACE1,TRACE3
4.10.8.2.3 2 -> 3
Copi es the contents of trace 2 i nto the contents of trace 3 and puts trace 3 i n bl ank mode.
The acti on i s performed once. I t i s not avai l abl e for conti nuous sweeps. To cl ear any trace
operati on, set the trace back to Cl ear Wri te, Max Hol d, or Mi n Hol d.
The X-Axi s setti ngs and domai n of a trace stay wi th i t when i t i s copi ed or exchanged.
Key Path: Trace/View, Operations
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.08.00
Remote Command:
:TRACe:COPY <src_trace>,<dest_trace>
Exampl e: TRAC:COPY TRACE2,TRACE3
4.10.8.2.4 Trace Addition (Remote Command Only)
Thi s command adds the contents of any two traces, and puts the sum i n any trace. The
Chapter 4 269
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Trace/View
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
acti on i s performed once. I t i s not avai l abl e for conti nuous sweeps. Al l traces that are
modi fi ed are set to View. To cl ear any trace operati ons, set the trace back to Clear Write, Max
Hold, or Min Hold.
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.08.00
Remote Command:
:TRACe:MATH:ADD <dest_trace>,<src_trace>,<src_trace>
Exampl e: TRAC:MATH:ADD TRACE2,TRACE1,TRACE3
Thi s command wi l l add TRACE1 to TRACE3 and store i t i n TRACE2
4.10.8.2.5 Trace Subtraction (Remote Command Only)
Thi s command adds the contents of any two traces, and puts the remai nder i n any trace.
The acti on i s performed once. I t i s not avai l abl e for conti nuous sweeps. Al l traces modi fi ed
are set to Vi ew. To cl ear any trace operati on, set the trace back to Cl ear Wri te, Max Hol d,
or Mi n Hol d.
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.08.00
Remote Command:
:TRACe:MATH:SUBTract <dest_trace>,<src_trace>,<src_trace>
Exampl e: TRAC:MATH:SUB TRACE2,TRACE1,TRACE3
Thi s command wi l l subtract TRACE3 from TRACE1 and store i t i n
TRACE2
4.10.8.2.6 Trace Mean (Remote Command Only)
Thi s command fi nds the mean of the ampl i tude of al l the poi nts on a trace and i s returned
as a si ngl e val ue i n the current ampl i tude uni ts.
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.08.00
Remote Command:
:TRACe:MATH:MEAN? <src_trace>
Exampl e: TRAC:MATH:MEAN TRACE2
4.10.8.3 Normalize
Di spl ays menu keys that enabl e you to normal i ze trace data.
Key Path: Trace/View
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.08.00
270 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Trace/View
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.10.8.3.1 Store Ref (1 > 3)
Copi es trace 1 i nto trace 3. Store Ref (1 > 3) must be pressed before pressi ng Normalize
(On). Thi s puts trace 3 i n vi ew mode.
Key Path: Trace/View, Normalize
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.08.00
Remote Command:
There i s no remote command for thi s functi on, however the trace copy command can be
used for thi s purpose.
Exampl e: TRAC:COPY TRACE1,TRACE3
4.10.8.3.2 Normalize On/Off
Normalize (On) acti vates the normal i ze functi on. On each sweep, the normal i zed trace
(trace 1) i s subtracted from trace 3 and the resul t i s added to the normal i zed reference
l evel . The di spl ay shows the resul t of the fol l owi ng cal cul ati on i n trace 1. Thi s determi nes
the l ocati on of the trace on the di spl ay, not the marker readi ng.
Trace 1 Reference Trace Normal i zed Reference Level
where trace 1 and the reference trace are i n absol ute uni ts and the reference l evel i s i n
rel ati ve uni ts.
The new trace 1 i s normal i zed wi th respect to the normal i zed reference l evel and reference
trace, even i f the val ues of the normal i zed reference l evel or reference are changed. Thi s
functi on remai ns i n effect on al l subsequent sweeps unti l i t i s turned off.
The normal i ze functi on i s most useful for appl yi ng correcti on data to a trace whi l e maki ng
a sti mul us-response measurement wi th a tracki ng source. For exampl e, connect the cabl es
and a through l i ne i n pl ace of the devi ce to be measured (between the tracki ng source and
the anal yzer i nput). Noti ce that the frequency response i s not perfectl y fl at, showi ng the
response of the cabl es, as wel l as the fl atness of both the tracki ng generator and the
anal yzer. Now press Store Ref (1 -> 3), Normalize On. Noti ce that the di spl ayed trace i s
now fl at, or normal i zed. The posi ti on of the normal i zed trace can now be moved to a
di fferent posi ti on on the di spl ay by changi ng the normal i zed reference posi ti on. Thi s may
be useful i f the devi ce to be tested has posi ti ve gai n, such as an ampl i fi er. Now repl ace the
through l i ne wi th the devi ce under test, and an accurate measurement of the gai n or l oss
can be made.
Key Path: Trace/View, Normalize
Dependenci es/Coupl i ngs:
When Normal i ze i s turned on, Vol ts, Watts, Amps, and Scal e Type are
not avai l abl e.
I f Scal e Type i s Li near, Normal i ze i s not avai l abl e.
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory Preset: Off
Chapter 4 271
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Trace/View
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.08.00
Remote Command:
:CALCulate:NTData[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1
:CALCulate:NTData[:STATe]?
Exampl e: CALC:NTD ON
CALC:NTD?
4.10.8.3.3 Norm Ref Lvl
Sets the l evel (i n dB) of the normal i zed reference.
Key Path: Trace/View, Normalize
Factory Defaul t: 0 dB
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State.
Knob I ncrement: 0.1 dB
Step Key
I ncrement: 10 dB
Range: 327.6 dB to +327.6 dB
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.08.00
Remote Command
:DI SPl ay:WI NDow:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:NRLevel <rel _ampl >
:DI SPl ay:WI NDow:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:NRLevel ?
Exampl e: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:NRL .10 dB
DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:NRL?
4.10.8.3.4 Norm Ref Posn
Offsets the di spl ayed trace wi thout affecti ng the i nstrument gai n or attenuati on setti ngs.
Thi s al l ows the di spl ayed trace to be moved wi thout decreasi ng measurement accuracy.
The normal i zed reference posi ti on i s i ndi cated wi th a (>) character on the l eft si de of the
di spl ay and a (<) character on the ri ght si de of the di spl ay, just i nsi de the grati cul e.
Key Path: Trace/View, Normalize
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory Preset: 10
Factory Defaul t 10
Range: 0 to 10
Knob I ncrement: 1
272 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Trace/View
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Step Key I ncrement: 1
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.08.00
Remote Command:
:DISPlay:WINDow:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:NRPosition <integer>
:DISPlay:WINDow:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:NRPosition?
Remote Command Notes: The top and bottom grati cul e l i nes correspond to 10 and 0,
respecti vel y
Remote Command Exampl e: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:NRP 5
DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:NRP?
4.10.8.3.5 Ref Trace (Trace 3)
Vi ews or bl anks the reference trace on the di spl ay. The reference trace i s trace 3, so thi s i s
the same as setti ng trace 3s di spl ay attri bute.
Key Path: Trace/View, Normalize
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State.
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.08.00
Remote Command:
Use the :TRACe:MODE command to show or bl ank the reference trace.
Remote Command Notes: Trace 3 i s al ways the reference trace by defi ni ti on.
Remote Command Exampl e: TRAC3:DISP 1 shows the reference trace.
Chapter 4 273
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Trig
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.11 Trig
Di spl ays menu keys that enabl e you to sel ect the tri gger mode of a sweep or measurement.
When i n a tri gger mode other than Free Run, the anal yzer wi l l begi n a sweep onl y wi th the
proper tri gger condi ti on.
I n FFT measurements, the tri gger control s when the data i s acqui red for FFT conversi on;
see Maki ng Gated FFT Measurements Wi th Your PSA on page 58.
Key Path: Front-panel key
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: Free Run
Remote Command:
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SOURce
IMMediate|VIDeo|LINE|EXTernal[1]|EXTernal2|RFBurst
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SOURce?
I MM = Free Run tri ggeri ng
VI D = Vi deo Tri ggers on the vi deo si gnal l evel
LI NE = Li ne Tri ggers on the power l i ne si gnal
Ext1 = External Front Enabl es you to tri gger on an external l y connected tri gger
source
Ext2 = External Rear Enabl es you to tri gger on an external l y connected tri gger source
Remote Command Notes: Other tri gger-rel ated commands are found i n the I NI Ti ate and
ABORt subsystems.
Exampl e: TRIG:SOUR VID
4.11.1 Free Run
Sets the tri gger to start a new sweep/measurement as soon as the l ast one has ended
(conti nuous sweep mode) or i mmedi atel y (si ngl e sweep mode).
Key Path: Trig
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: Tri gger Sl ope and Del ay adjustments are not avai l abl e wi th Free Run
tri ggeri ng.
Remote Command:
See Tri g on page 273
Exampl e: TRIG:SOUR IMM
274 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Trig
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.11.2 Video
Acti vates the tri gger condi ti on that al l ows the next sweep to start i f the detected RF
envel ope vol tage crosses a l evel set by the vi deo tri gger l evel . When Vi deo i s pressed, a l i ne
appears on the di spl ay. The anal yzer tri ggers when the i nput si gnal exceeds the tri gger
l evel at the l eft edge of the di spl ay. You can change the tri gger l evel usi ng the step keys,
the knob, or the numeri c keypad. The l i ne remai ns as l ong as vi deo tri gger i s the tri gger
type.
Key Path:. Trig
Dependenci es/Coupl i ngs:. Tri gger Del ay adjustment i s not avai l abl e wi th Vi deo tri ggeri ng.
Vi deo tri ggeri ng i s not avai l abl e when the detector type i s Average.
Marker Functi ons that set the detector to average (such as Marker Noi se
or Band/I ntvl Power) are not avai l abl e when the vi deo tri gger i s on.
Thi s functi on i s not avai l abl e when the Resol uti on Bandwi dth i s l ess than
1 kHz. I f a Resol uti on Bandwi dth l ess than 1 kHz i s sel ected whi l e i n
Vi deo Tri gger mode, the Tri gger mode changes to Free Run.
Factory Preset:. 25 dBm
Range:. Usi ng logarithmic scale: from 10 di spl ay di vi si ons bel ow the reference
l evel , up to the reference l evel
Usi ng linear scale: from 100 dB bel ow the reference l evel , up to the
reference l evel
For more i nformati on, see Scal e Type on page 38.
Remote Command:
See Tri g on page 273 for the command that sets tri gger mode. The fol l owi ng commands
set or read the tri gger l evel .
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:LEVel <ampl>
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:LEVel?
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:LEVel:FREQuency <freq> sets the Vi deo Tri gger l evel
when i n FM Demod, and Demod Vi ew i s on
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:LEVel:FREQuency?
Exampl e: . TRIG:SOUR VID sel ects vi deo tri ggeri ng.
4.11.3 Line
Sets the tri gger to start a new sweep or measurement to be synchroni zed wi th the next
cycl e of the l i ne vol tage.
Key Path: Trig
Coupl i ngs/
Dependenci es: Li ne tri gger i s not avai l abl e when operati ng from a dc power source.
Chapter 4 275
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Trig
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Remote Command:
See Tri g on page 273
Exampl e: TRIG:SOUR LINE sel ects l i ne tri ggeri ng.
4.11.4 Ext Front (Ext Trig In)
Sets the tri gger to start a new sweep or measurement whenever the external vol tage
(connected to EXT TRI GGER I NPUT on the front panel ) passes through approxi matel y 1.5
vol ts.
Key Path: Trig
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: 1.5 V
Remote Command:
See Tri g on page 273
Exampl e: TRIG:SOUR EXT to sel ect front panel external tri ggeri ng.
4.11.5 Ext Rear (Trigger In)
Sets the tri gger to start a new sweep or measurement whenever the external vol tage
(connected to TRI GGER I N on the rear panel ) passes through approxi matel y 1.5 vol ts.
Key Path: Trig
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State
Factory Preset: 1.5 V
Remote Command:
See Tri g on page 273
Exampl e: TRIG:SOUR EXT2 to sel ect rear panel external tri ggeri ng.
4.11.6 RF Burst (Wideband)
Al l ows the anal yzer to be tri ggered by an RF burst envel ope si gnal .
Key Path: Trig
Remote Command:
See Tri g on page 273
Exampl e: TRIG:SOUR RFB
276 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Trig
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
4.11.7 Trig Slope
Control s the tri gger pol ari ty. Set to posi ti ve to tri gger on a ri si ng edge. Set to negati ve to
tri gger on a fal l i ng edge.
Key Path: Trig
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: Not avai l abl e for Free Run.
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory Preset: Posi ti ve (ri si ng edge)
Remote Command:
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SLOPe POSitive|NEGative
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SLOPe?
Exampl e: TRIG:SLOP NEG
4.11.8 Trig Delay
Al l ows you to control a ti me del ay duri ng whi ch the anal yzer wi l l wai t to begi n a sweep
after recei vi ng an external or l i ne tri gger si gnal . You can use negati ve del ay to pre-tri gger
the i nstrument.
NOTE Tri gger Del ay i s not avai l abl e i n Free Run, so turni ng Free Run on turns off
Tri gger Del ay, but preserves the val ue of Tri gger Del ay.
Key Path: Trig
Dependenci es/
Coupl i ngs: Thi s functi on i s not avai l abl e when Tri gger i s Free Run or Vi deo.
Thi s functi on i s not avai l abl e when Gate i s on.
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory Preset: Off, 1 s
Range: 150 ms to +500 ms
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.02.00
Remote Command:
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:DELay <time>
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:DELay?
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:DELay:STATe OFF|ON|0|1
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:DELay:STATe?
Chapter 4 277
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Trig
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
Exampl e: TRIG:DEL:STAT ON
TRIG:DEL 100 ms
4.11.9 Trig Offset (Remote Command Only)
Thi s command sets the tri gger offset. Tri gger offset refers to the speci fi ed ti me i nterval
before or after the tri gger event from whi ch data i s to be wri tten to the trace, and then
di spl ayed. Ordi nari l y, the tri gger offset val ue i s zero, and trace data i s di spl ayed begi nni ng
at the tri gger event. A negati ve tri gger offset val ue resul ts i n the di spl ay of trace data pri or
to the tri gger event. A posi ti ve tri gger offset val ue resul ts i n an effecti ve del ay i n the
di spl ay of trace data after the tri gger event.
The tri gger offset val ue used when the feature i s enabl ed depends on the fol l owi ng
parameters:
Nomi nal tri gger offset val ue ori gi nal l y entered
Speci fi c i nstrument hardware i n use
Sweep ti me
Number of sweep poi nts
The effecti ve tri gger offset val ue are re-cal cul ated whenever any of these parameters
change.
State Saved: Saved i n I nstrument State.
Factory Preset: 0 500 ms
Range: Hardware speci fi c; dependent upon the ADC bei ng used, current state and
the number of sweep poi nts.
Hi story: Added wi th fi rmware revi si on A.02.00
Remote Command:
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:OFFSet <time>
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:OFFSet?
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:OFFSet:STATe OFF|ON|0|1
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:OFFSet:STATe?
Remote Command Notes: Tri gger offset can onl y be turned on when i n zero span and the
resol uti on bandwi dth i s 1 kHz or greater. Tri gger offset i s avai l abl e for al l
tri gger modes.
Exampl e: TRIG:OFFS 100 ms
TRIG:OFFS:STAT ON turns on the tri gger offset.
278 Chapter 4
Instrument Functions: P - Z
Trig
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
:

P

-

Z
279
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
5 Programming Fundamentals
280 Chapter 5
Programming Fundamentals
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
SCPI Language Basi cs on page 281
I mprovi ng Measurement Speed on page 289
Programmi ng Command Compati bi l i ty Across Model Numbers and
Across Modes on page 296
Usi ng the LAN to Control the I nstrument on page 304
Programmi ng i n C Usi ng the VTL on page 327
Overvi ew of the GPI B Bus on page 335
Chapter 5 281
Programming Fundamentals
SCPI Language Basics
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
SCPI Language Basics
Thi s secti on i s not i ntended to teach you everythi ng about the SCPI
(Standard Commands for Programmabl e I nstruments) programmi ng
l anguage. The SCPI Consorti um or I EEE can provi de that l evel of
detai l ed i nformati on.
Topi cs covered i n thi s chapter i ncl ude:
Creati ng Val i d Commands on page 282
Command Keywords and Syntax on page 281
Speci al Characters i n Commands on page 283
Parameters i n Commands on page 284
Putti ng Mul ti pl e Commands on the Same Li ne on page 287
For more i nformati on refer to:
I EEE Standard 488.1-1987, I EEE Standard Digital I nterface for
Programmable I nstrumentation. New York, NY, 1998.
I EEE Standard 488.2-1987, I EEE Standard Codes, Formats,
Protocols and Comment Commands for Use with ANSI / I EEE
Std488.1-1987. New York, NY, 1998.
Command Keywords and Syntax
A typi cal command i s made up of keywords set off by col ons. The
keywords are fol l owed by parameters that can be fol l owed by opti onal
uni ts.
Exampl e: SENSe:FREQuency:STARt 1.5 MHZ
The i nstrument does not di sti ngui sh between upper and l ower case
l etters. I n the documentati on, upper case l etters i ndi cate the short form
of the keyword. The l ower case l etters, i ndi cate the l ong form of the
keyword. Ei ther form may be used i n the command.
Exampl e: Sens:Freq:Star 1.5 mhz
i s the same as SENSE:FREQ:start 1.5 MHz
NOTE The command SENS:FREQU:STAR i s not val i d because FREQU i s nei ther
the short, nor the l ong form of the command. Onl y the short and l ong
forms of the keywords are al l owed i n val i d commands.
282 Chapter 5
Programming Fundamentals
SCPI Language Basics
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
Creating Valid Commands
Commands are not case sensi ti ve and there are often many di fferent
ways of wri ti ng a parti cul ar command. These are exampl es of val i d
commands for a gi ven command syntax:
Command Syntax Sample Valid Commands
[SENSe:]BANDwidth[:RESolution] <freq> The fol l owi ng sampl e commands are al l
i denti cal . They wi l l al l cause the same resul t.
Sense:Band:Res 1700
BANDWIDTH:RESOLUTION 1.7e3
sens:band 1.7KHZ
SENS:band 1.7E3Hz
band 1.7kHz
bandwidth:RES 1.7e3Hz
MEASure:SPECtrum[n]? MEAS:SPEC?
Meas:spec?
meas:spec3?
The number 3 i n the l ast meas exampl e causes
i t to return di fferent resul ts then the commands
above i t. See the command descri pti on for more
i nformati on.
[:SENSe]:DETector[:FUNCtion]
NEGative|POSitive|SAMPle
DET:FUNC neg
Detector:Func Pos
INITiate:CONTinuous ON|OFF|1|0 The sampl e commands bel ow are i denti cal .
INIT:CONT ON
init:continuous 1
Chapter 5 283
Programming Fundamentals
SCPI Language Basics
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
Special Characters in Commands
Special
Character
Meaning Example
| A verti cal stroke between
parameters i ndi cates
al ternati ve choi ces. The
effect of the command i s
di fferent dependi ng on
whi ch parameter i s
sel ected.
Command:
TRIGger:SOURce
EXTernal|INTernal|LINE
The choi ces are external ,
i nternal , and l i ne.
Ex: TRIG:SOURCE INT
i s one possi bl e command
choi ce.
| A verti cal stroke between
keywords i ndi cates
i denti cal effects exi st for
both keywords. The
command functi ons the
same for ei ther keyword.
Onl y one of these keywords
i s used at a ti me.
Command:
SENSe:BANDwidth|BWIDth:
OFFSet
Two i denti cal commands are:
Ex1: SENSE:BWIDTH:OFFSET
Ex2: SENSE:BAND:OFFSET
[ ] keywords i n square
brackets are opti onal
when composi ng the
command. These i mpl i ed
keywords wi l l be executed
even i f they are omi tted.
Command:
[SENSe:]BANDwidth[:RESolu
tion]:AUTO
The fol l owi ng commands are
al l val i d and have i denti cal
effects:
Ex1: bandwidth:auto
Ex2: band:resolution:auto
Ex3: sense:bandwidth:auto
< > Angl e brackets around a
word, or words, i ndi cates
they are not to be used
l i teral l y i n the command.
They represent the needed
i tem.
Command:
SENS:FREQ <freq>
I n thi s command exampl e the
word <freq> shoul d be
repl aced by an actual
frequency.
Ex: SENS:FREQ 9.7MHz.
{ } Parameters i n braces can
opti onal l y be used i n the
command ei ther not at al l ,
once, or several ti mes.
Command:
MEASure:BW <freq>{,level}
A val i d command i s:
meas:BW 6 MHz, 3dB, 60dB
284 Chapter 5
Programming Fundamentals
SCPI Language Basics
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
Parameters in Commands
There are four basi c types of parameters: bool eans, keywords, vari abl es
and arbi trary bl ock program data.
OFF| ON| 0| 1
(Bool ean) Thi s i s a two state bool ean-type parameter. The
numeri c val ue 0 i s equi val ent to OFF. Any numeri c
val ue other than 0 i s equi val ent to ON. The numeri c
val ues of 0 or 1 are commonl y used i n the command
i nstead of OFF or ON. Queri es of the parameter al ways
return a numeri c val ue of 0 or 1.
keyword The keywords that are al l owed for a parti cul ar
command are defi ned i n the command syntax
descri pti on.
Uni ts Numeri c vari abl es may i ncl ude uni ts. The val i d uni ts
for a command depend on the vari abl e type bei ng used.
See the fol l owi ng vari abl e descri pti ons. The i ndi cated
defaul t uni ts wi l l be used i f no uni ts are sent. Uni ts can
fol l ow the numeri cal val ue wi th, or wi thout, a space.
Vari abl e A vari abl e can be entered i n exponenti al format as wel l
as standard numeri c format. The appropri ate range of
the vari abl e and i ts opti onal uni ts are defi ned i n the
command descri pti on.
The fol l owi ng keywords may al so be used i n commands,
but not al l commands al l ow keyword vari abl es.
DEFaul t - resets the parameter to i ts defaul t val ue.
UP - i ncrements the parameter.
DOWN - decrements the parameter.
MI Ni mum - sets the parameter to the smal l est
possi bl e val ue.
MAXi mum - sets the parameter to the l argest
possi bl e val ue.
The numeri c val ue for the functi ons MI Ni mum,
MAXi mum, or DEFaul t can be queri ed by addi ng the
keyword to the command i n i ts query form. The
keyword must be entered fol l owi ng the questi on mark.
Exampl e query: SENSE:FREQ:CENTER? MAX
Chapter 5 285
Programming Fundamentals
SCPI Language Basics
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
Variable Parameters
<i nteger> I s an i nteger val ue wi th no uni ts.
<real > I s a fl oati ng poi nt number wi th no uni ts.
<freq>
<bandwi dth> I s a posi ti ve rati onal number fol l owed by opti onal uni ts.
The defaul t uni t i s Hertz. Acceptabl e uni ts i ncl ude: Hz,
kHz, MHz, GHz.
<ti me>
<seconds> I s a rati onal number fol l owed by opti onal uni ts. The
defaul t uni ts are seconds. Acceptabl e uni ts i ncl ude: ks,
s, ms, us, ns.
<vol tage> I s a rati onal number fol l owed by opti onal uni ts. The
defaul t uni ts are Vol ts. Acceptabl e uni ts i ncl ude: V, mV,
uV, nV
<current> I s a rati onal number fol l owed by opti onal uni ts. The
defaul t uni ts are Amperes. Acceptabl e uni ts i ncl ude: A,
mA, uA, nA.
<power> I s a rati onal number fol l owed by opti onal uni ts. The
defaul t uni ts are W. Acceptabl e uni ts i ncl ude: mAW,
kW, W, mW, uW, nW, pW.
<ampl > I s a rati onal number fol l owed by opti onal uni ts. The
defaul t uni ts are dBm. Acceptabl e uni ts i ncl ude: dBm,
dBmV, dBuV.
<rel _power>
<rel _ampl > I s a posi ti ve rati onal number fol l owed by opti onal uni ts.
The defaul t uni ts are dB. Acceptabl e uni ts i ncl ude: dB.
<percent> I s a rati onal number between 0 and 100. You can ei ther
use no uni ts or use PCT.
<angl e>
<degrees> I s a rati onal number fol l owed by opti onal uni ts. The
defaul t uni ts are degrees. Acceptabl e uni ts i ncl ude:
DEG, RAD.
<stri ng> I s a seri es of al pha numeri c characters.
<bi t_pattern> Speci fi es a seri es of bi ts rather than a numeri c val ue.
The bi t seri es i s the bi nary representati on of a numeri c
val ue. There are no uni ts.
Bi t patterns are most often speci fi ed as hexadeci mal
numbers, though octal , bi nary or deci mal numbers may
al so be used. I n the SCPI l anguage these numbers are
speci fi ed as:
Hexadeci mal , #Hdddd or #hdddd where d
286 Chapter 5
Programming Fundamentals
SCPI Language Basics
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
represents a hexadeci mal di gi t 0 to 9 and a to f . So
#h14 can be used i nstead of the deci mal number 20.
Octal , #Odddddd or #odddddd where d represents
an octal di gi t 0 to 7. So #o24 can be used i nstead of
the deci mal number 20.
Bi nary, #Bdddddddddddddddd or
#bdddddddddddddddd where d represents a 1 or 0.
So #b10100 can be used i nstead of the deci mal
number 20.
Block Program Data
Some parameters consi st of a bl ock of data. There are a few standard
types of bl ock data. Arbi trary bl ocks of program data can al so be used.
<trace> I s an array of rati onal numbers correspondi ng to
di spl ayed trace data. See FORMat:DATA for
i nformati on about avai l abl e data formats.
A SCPI command often refers to a bl ock of current trace
data wi th a vari abl e name such as: Trace1, TRACE2, or
trace3, dependi ng on whi ch trace i s bei ng accessed.
<arbi trary bl ock data> Consi sts of a bl ock of data bytes. The fi rst
i nformati on sent i n the bl ock i s an ASCI I header
begi nni ng wi th #. The bl ock i s termi nated wi th a
semi -col on. The header can be used to determi ne how
many bytes are i n the data bl ock. There are no uni ts.
(You wi l l not get bl ock data i f your data type i s ASCI I ,
usi ng FORMat:DATA ASCII command. Your data wi l l be
comma separated ASCI I val ues.
Bl ock data exampl e: suppose the header i s #512320.
The fi rst di gi t i n the header (5) tel l s you how many
addi ti onal di gi ts/bytes there are i n the header.
The 12320 means 12 thousand, 3 hundred, 20 data
bytes fol l ow the header.
Di vi de thi s number of bytes by your current data
format (bytes/data poi nt), ei ther 8 (for real ,64), or 4
(for real ,32). For thi s exampl e, i f youre usi ng real 64
then there are 1540 poi nts i n the bl ock.
Chapter 5 287
Programming Fundamentals
SCPI Language Basics
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
Putting Multiple Commands on the Same Line
Mul ti pl e commands can be wri tten on the same l i ne, reduci ng your code
space requi rement. To do thi s:
Commands must be separated wi th a semi col on (;).
I f the commands are i n di fferent subsystems, the key word for the
new subsystem must be preceded by a col on (:).
I f the commands are i n the same subsystem, the ful l hi erarchy of the
command key words need not be i ncl uded. The second command can
start at the same key word l evel as the command that was just
executed.
SCPI Termination and Separator Syntax
Al l bi nary trace and response data i s termi nated wi th <NL><END>, as
defi ned i n Secti on 8.5 of I EEE Standard 488.2-1992, I EEE Standard
Codes, Formats, Protocols and Common Commands for Use with
ANSI / I EEE Std 488.1-1987. New York, NY, 1992. (Al though one i ntent
of SCPI i s to be i nterface i ndependent, <END> i s onl y defi ned for I EEE
488 operati on.)
The fol l owi ng are some exampl es of good and bad commands. The
exampl es are created from a theoreti cal i nstrument wi th the si mpl e set
of commands i ndi cated bel ow:
[:SENSe]
:POWer
[:RF]
:ATTenuation 40dB
:TRIGger
[:SEQuence]
:EXTernal [1]
:SLOPe
POSitive
[:SENSe]
:FREQuency
:STARt
:POWer
[:RF]
:MIXer
:RANGe
[:UPPer]
288 Chapter 5
Programming Fundamentals
SCPI Language Basics
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
Bad Command Good Command
PWR:ATT 40dB POW:ATT 40dB
The short form of POWER i s POW, not PWR.
FREQ:STAR 30MHz;MIX:RANG
-20dBm
FREQ:STAR
30MHz;POW:MIX:RANG -20dBm
The MIX:RANG command i s i n the same :SENSE subsystem as FREQ, but
executi ng the FREQ command puts you back at the SENSE l evel . You must
speci fy POW to get to the MIX:RANG command.
FREQ:STAR 30MHz;POW:MIX RANG
-20dBm
FREQ:STAR
30MHz;POW:MIX:RANG -20dBm
MIX and RANG requi re a col on to separate them.
:POW:ATT 40dB;TRIG:FREQ:STAR
2.3GHz
:POW:ATT 40dB;:FREQ:STAR
2.3GHz
:FREQ:STAR i s i n the :SENSE subsystem, not the :TRIGGER subsystem.
:POW:ATT?:FREQ:STAR? :POW:ATT?;:FREQ:STAR?
:POW and FREQ are wi thi n the same :SENSE subsystem, but they are two
separate commands, so they shoul d be separated wi th a semi col on, not a
col on.
:POW:ATT -5dB;:FREQ:STAR
10MHz
:POW:ATT 5dB;:FREQ:STAR
10MHz
Attenuati on cannot be a negati ve val ue.
Chapter 5 289
Programming Fundamentals
Improving Measurement Speed
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
Improving Measurement Speed
There are a number of thi ngs you can do i n your programs to make
them run faster:
Turn off the di spl ay updates on page 289
Use bi nary data format i nstead of ASCI I on page 289
Mi ni mi ze the number of GPI B transacti ons for PSA on page 290
Put ADC Rangi ng i n Bypass for FFT Measurements for PSA on
page 291
Mi ni mi ze DUT/i nstrument setup changes on page 291
Consi der usi ng USB (Opti on 111) or LAN i nstead of GPI B on
page 291
There are addi ti onal thi ngs you can do to run faster i f you are usi ng a
measurement personal i ty opti on (i .e. i nstrument Modes other than the
standard Spectrum Anal ysi s Mode). These consi derati ons onl y appl y to
speci fi c opti on modes.
Usi ng an Opti on Mode: Mi ni mi ze the number of GPI B transacti ons
on page 292
Usi ng an Opti on Mode: Avoi d automati c attenuator setti ng on
page 292
Usi ng an Opti on Mode: Opti mi ze your GSM output RF spectrum
swi tchi ng measurement on page 293
Usi ng an Opti on Mode: Avoi d usi ng RFBurst tri gger for si ngl e burst
si gnal s on page 293
Usi ng an Opti on Mode: When maki ng power measurements on
mul ti pl e bursts or sl ots, use CALCul ate:DATA<n>:COMPress? on
page 294
Turn off the display updates
:DISPlay:ENABle OFF turns off the di spl ay. That i s, the data may sti l l
be vi si bl e, but i t wi l l no l onger be updated. Updati ng the di spl ay sl ows
down the measurement. For remote testi ng, si nce the computer i s
processi ng the data rather than a person, there i s no need to di spl ay the
data on the anal yzer screen.
Use binary data format instead of ASCII
The ASCI I data format i s the i nstrument defaul t si nce i t i s easi er for
peopl e to understand and i s requi red by SCPI for *RST. However, data
290 Chapter 5
Programming Fundamentals
Improving Measurement Speed
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
i nput/output i s faster usi ng the bi nary formats.
:FORMat:DATA REAL,64 sel ects the 64-bi t bi nary data format for al l
your numeri cal data queri es. You may need to swap the byte order i f
you are usi ng a PC rather than UNI X. NORMal i s the defaul t byte order.
Use :FORMat:BORDer SWAP to change the byte order so that the l east
si gni fi cant byte i s sent fi rst. (Real ,32 whi ch i s smal l er and somewhat
faster, shoul d onl y be used i f you dont need ful l resol uti on for your
data. Some frequency data may requi re ful l 64 bi t resol uti on.)
When usi ng the bi nary format, data i s sent i n a bl ock of bytes wi th an
ASCI I header. A data query woul d return the bl ock of data i n the
fol l owi ng format: #DNNN<nnn binary data bytes>
To parse the data:
Read two characters (#D), where D tel l s you how many N characters
fol l ow the D character.
Read D characters, the resul ti ng i nteger speci fi es the number of data
bytes sent.
Read the bytes i nto a real array.
For exampl e, suppose the header i s #512320.
The fi rst character/di gi t i n the header (5) tel l s you how many
addi ti onal di gi ts there are i n the header.
The 12320 means 12 thousand, 3 hundred, 20 data bytes fol l ow the
header.
Di vi de thi s number of bytes by your current data format (bytes/data
poi nt), 8 for real ,64. For thi s exampl e, there are 1540 data poi nts i n
the bl ock of data.
Minimize the number of GPIB transactions for PSA
When you are usi ng the GPI B for control of your i nstrument, each
transacti on requi res dri ver overhead and bus handshaki ng, so
mi ni mi zi ng these transacti ons reduces the ti me used.
You can reduce bus transacti ons by sendi ng mul ti pl e commands per
transacti on. See the i nformati on on Putti ng Mul ti pl e Commands on
the Same Li ne i n the SCPI Language Basi cs secti on.
I f you are usi ng the MEASURE key measurements and are maki ng the
same measurement mul ti pl e ti mes wi th smal l changes i n the
measurement setup, use the si ngl e READ command. I t i s faster then
usi ng I NI Ti ate and FETCh.
Avoid unnecessary use of *RST
Remember that whi l e *RST does not change the current Mode, i t
presets al l the measurements and setti ngs to thei r factory defaul ts.
Thi s forces you to reset your anal yzer s measurement setti ngs even i f
Chapter 5 291
Programming Fundamentals
Improving Measurement Speed
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
they use si mi l ar mode setup or measurement setti ngs. See Mi ni mi ze
DUT/i nstrument setup changes bel ow. (Al so note that *RST may put
the i nstrument i n si ngl e measurement/sweep for some modes.)
Put ADC Ranging in Bypass for FFT Measurements
for PSA
Setti ng ADC rangi ng to the Bypass mode can speed FFT measurements
up by 10% to 50%. (Use ADC:RANG NONE) Bypass al l ows tri ggered
FFT measurements to occur at the tri gger ti me i nstead of fol l owi ng an
autorangi ng ti me, so i t can i mprove measurement speed. I t does,
however, add addi ti onal noi se degradi ng your si gnal to noi se l evel , so i t
shoul d be used careful l y.
Minimize DUT/instrument setup changes
Some i nstrument setup parameters are common to mul ti pl e
measurements. You shoul d l ook at your measurement process wi th
an eye toward mi ni mi zi ng setup changes. I f your test process
i nvol ves nested l oops, make sure that the i nner-most l oop i s the
fastest. Al so, check i f the l oops coul d be nested i n a di fferent order to
reduce the number of parameter changes as you step through the
test.
Are you are usi ng the measurements under the PSA MEASURE key?
Remember that i f you have al ready set your Meas Setup parameters
for a measurement, and you want to make another one of these
measurements l ater, use READ:<meas>?. The MEASure:<meas>?.
command resets al l the setti ngs to the defaul ts, whi l e READ changes
back to that measurement wi thout changi ng the setup parameters
from the previ ous use.
Are you are usi ng the Measurements under the MEASURE key?
Remember that Mode Setup parameters remai n constant across al l
the measurements i n that mode (e.g. center/channel frequency,
ampl i tude, radi o standard, i nput sel ecti on, tri gger setup). You dont
have to re-i ni ti al i ze them each ti me you change to a di fferent
measurement.
Consider using USB (Option 111) or LAN instead of
GPIB
USB and LAN al l ow faster I /O of data, especi al l y i f you are movi ng
l arge bl ocks of data. You wi l l not get thi s i mproved throughput usi ng
LAN i f there i s excessi ve LAN traffi c (i .e. your test i nstrument i s
connected to enterpri se LAN). You may want to use a pri vate LAN that
i s onl y for your test system.
292 Chapter 5
Programming Fundamentals
Improving Measurement Speed
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
Using an Option Mode: Minimize the number of GPIB
transactions
When you are usi ng the GPI B for control of your i nstrument, each
transacti on requi res dri ver overhead and bus handshaki ng, so
mi ni mi zi ng these transacti ons reduces the ti me used.
You can reduce bus transacti ons by sendi ng mul ti pl e commands per
transacti on. See the i nformati on on Putti ng Mul ti pl e Commands on
the Same Li ne i n the SCPI Language Basi cs secti on.
I f you are maki ng the same measurement mul ti pl e ti mes wi th smal l
changes i n the measurement setup, use the READ command. I t i s
faster then usi ng I NI Ti ate and FETCh.
I f you are changi ng the frequency and maki ng a measurement
repeatedl y, you can reduce transacti ons by sendi ng the opti onal
frequency parameter wi th your READ command.
(for exampl e, READ:<meas>? {<freq>}) These opti onal parameters
are not avai l abl e i n some personal i ty modes on the PSA, such as
Spectrum Anal ysi s or Phase Noi se.
The CONFi gure/MEASure/READ commands for measurements i n
the opti on Modes al l ow you to send center frequency setup
i nformati on al ong wi th the command. (for exampl e, MEAS:PVT?
935.2MHz) Thi s sets the power vs. ti me measurement to i ts defaul ts,
then changes the center frequency to 935.2 MHz, i ni ti ates a
measurement, wai ts unti l i t i s compl ete and returns the
measurement data.
I f you are doi ng bottom/mi ddl e/top measurements on base stati ons,
you can reduce transacti ons by maki ng a ti me sl ot acti ve at each of
the B,M,T frequenci es. Then i ssue three measurements at once i n
the programmi ng code and retri eve three data sets wi th just one
GPI B transacti on pai r (wri te, read).
For exampl e, send READ:PFER? <Freq_bottom>;PFER?
<Freq_mi ddl e>;PFER? <Freq_top> Thi s si ngl e transacti on i ni ti ates
three di fferent phase and frequency error measurements at each of
the three di fferent frequenci es provi ded and returns the data. Then
you read the three sets of data.
Using an Option Mode: Avoid automatic attenuator
setting
The i nternal process for automati cal l y setti ng the val ue of the
attenuator requi res measuri ng an i ni ti al burst to i denti fy the proper
attenuator setti ng before the next burst can be measured properl y. I f
you know the amount of attenuati on or the si gnal l evel needed for your
measurement, just set i t.
Note that spuri ous types of measurements must be done wi th the
attenuator set to automati c (for measurements l i ke: output RF
spectrum, transmi t spurs, adjacent channel power, spectrum emi ssi on
mask). These types of measurements start by tuni ng to the si gnal , then
Chapter 5 293
Programming Fundamentals
Improving Measurement Speed
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
they tune away from i t and must be abl e to reset the attenuati on val ue
as needed.
Using an Option Mode: Optimize your GSM output
RF spectrum switching measurement
For ORFS (swi tchi ng), setti ng the break frequency to zero (0) puts the
anal yzer i n a measurement setup where i t can use a di rect ti me
measurement al gori thm, i nstead of an FFT-based al gori thm. Thi s
non-FFT approach i s faster. (However, remember that your break
frequency for ORFS (modul ati on) measurements must be >400 kHz for
val i d measurements, so you wi l l need to change the break frequency i f
you are maki ng both types of measurements.)
Using an Option Mode: Avoid using RFBurst trigger
for single burst signals
RFBurst tri ggeri ng works best when measuri ng si gnal s wi th repeti ti ve
bursts. For a non-repeti ti ve or si ngl e burst si gnal s, use the I F (vi deo)
tri gger or external tri gger, dependi ng on what you have avai l abl e.
RFBurst tri ggeri ng depends on i ts establ i shment of a val i d tri ggeri ng
reference l evel , based on previ ous bursts. I f you onl y have a si ngl e
burst, the peak detecti on nature of thi s tri ggeri ng functi on, may resul t
i n the tri gger bei ng done at the wrong l evel /poi nt generati ng i ncorrect
data, or i t may not tri gger at al l .
Are you making a single burst measurement?
To get consi stent tri ggeri ng and good data for thi s type of measurement
appl i cati on, you need to synchroni ze the tri ggeri ng of the DUT wi th the
anal yzer. You shoul d use the anal yzer s i nternal status system for thi s.
The fi rst step i n thi s process i s to i ni ti al i ze the status regi ster mask to
l ook for the wai ti ng for tri gger condi ti on (bi t 5). Use
:STATus:OPERation:ENABle 32
Then, i n the measurement l oop:
1. :STATus:OPERation:EVENt? Thi s query of the operati on event
regi ster i s to cl ear the current regi ster contents.
2. :READ:PVT? i ni ti ates a measurement (i n thi s exampl e, for GSM
power versus ti me) usi ng the previ ous setup. The measurement wi l l
then be wai ti ng for the tri gger.
Make sure the attenuati on i s set manual l y. Do NOT use automati c
attenuati on as thi s requi res an addi ti onal burst to determi ne the
proper attenuati on l evel before the measurement can be made.
3. Create a smal l l oop that wi l l seri al pol l the i nstrument for a status
byte val ue of bi nary 128. Then wai t 1 msec (100 ms i f the di spl ay i s
l eft on/enabl ed) before checki ng agai n, to keep the bus traffi c down.
These two commands are repeated unti l the condi ti on i s set, so we
294 Chapter 5
Programming Fundamentals
Improving Measurement Speed
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
know that the tri gger i s armed and ready.
4. Tri gger your DUT to send the burst.
5. Return the measurement data to your computer.
NOTE Thi s process cannot be done by usi ng wi th the current VXI pl ug-n-pl ay
dri ver i mpl ementati on. You wi l l need to use the above SCPI commands.
Using an Option Mode: When making power
measurements on multiple bursts
or slots, use CALCulate:DATA<n>:COMPress?
The CALC:DATA:COMP? query i s the fastest way to measure power
data for mul ti pl e bursts/sl ots. There are two reasons for thi s: 1. i t can
be used to measure data across mul ti pl e, consecuti ve sl ots/frames wi th
just one measurement, i nstead of a separate measurement on each sl ot,
and 2. i t can pre-process and/or deci mate the data so that you onl y
return the i nformati on that you need whi ch mi ni mi zes data transfer to
the computer.
For exampl e: l ets say you want to do a power measurement for a GSM
base stati on where you generate a repeati ng frame wi th 8 di fferent
power l evel s. You can gather al l the data wi th a si ngl e
CALC:DATA:COMP? acqui si ti on, usi ng the waveform measurement.
Wi th CALC:DATA2:COMP? MEAN,9,197,1730 you can measure the mean
power i n those bursts. Thi s si ngl e command wi l l measure the data
across al l 8 frames, l ocate the fi rst sl ot/burst i n each of the frames,
cal cul ate the mean power of those bursts, then return the resul ti ng 8
val ues.
NOTE For l ater versi on of fi rmware (after PSA A.02.00) you can use
equi val ent ti me val ues for the CALC:DATA<n>:COMP? query. The
command woul d then be CALC:DATA2:COMP?
MEAN,25us,526us,579.6us,8
Lets set up the GSM Waveform measurement:
:CONF:WAV? turns on the waveform measurement
:WAV:BAND 300khz sets a resol uti on bandwi dth of 300 kHz
:WAV:SWE:TIME 5ms sets a sweep ti me of 5 mi l l i seconds
:WAV:BAND:TYPE FLAT sel ects the fl at fi l ter type
:WAV:DEC 4;DEC:STAT ON sel ects a deci mati on of 4 and turns on
deci mati on. Thi s reduces the amount of data that needs to be sent
si nce the i nstrument hardware deci mates (throws some away).
:INIT to i ni ti ate a measurement and acqui re the data
CALC:DATA2:COMP? MEAN,25us,526us,579.6us,8 to return the
desi red data
There are two versi ons of thi s command dependi ng on your fi rmware
revi si on. Earl i er revi si ons requi re the opti onal vari abl es be entered i n
Chapter 5 295
Programming Fundamentals
Improving Measurement Speed
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
terms of thei r posi ti on i n the trace data array. Current i nstruments
al l ow the vari abl es to be entered i n terms of ti me.
For earl y fi rmware revi si ons you need to know the sampl e i nterval . I n
the waveform measurement i t i s equal to the aperture val ue. Query
:WAVeform:APERture? to fi nd the sampl e i nterval . (Note: the
WAV:APER? command al ways takes deci mati on i nto account.) The
sampl e i nterval (aperture val ue) i s dependent on the setti ngs for
resol uti on bandwi dth, fi l ter type, and deci mati on. See the fol l owi ng
tabl e to see how these val ue rel ate.
The parameters for thi s GSM exampl e are:
MEAN,9,197,1730 (or wi th l ater fi rmware:
MEAN,25us,526us,579.6us,8)
MEAN cal cul ates the mean of the measurement poi nts i ndi cated
9 i s how many poi nts you want to di scard before you l ook at the data.
Thi s al l ows you to ski p over any unsettl ed val ues at the begi nni ng
of the burst. You can cal cul ate thi s start offset by
(25s/sampl eI nterval )l
197 i s the l ength of the data you want to use. Thi s woul d be the
porti on of the burst that you want to fi nd the mean power over. You
can cal cul ate thi s l ength by (526s/sampl eI nterval )
1730 i s how much data you have before you repeat the process. For
thi s exampl e i ts the ti me between the start offset poi nt on the burst
i n the fi rst sl ot (fi rst frame) to the same spot on the burst i n the fi rst
sl ot (second frame). You can cal cul ate thi s by
(576.9s*N/sampl eI nterval ) where N i s the number of data i tems
that you want. I n thi s case i t i s the number of sl ots i n the frame,
N=8.)
Table 5-1 GSM Parameters for 1 Slot/Frame Measurement Requirements
Resolution
Bandwidth
Filter
Type
Decimation Aperture Start Length Repeat
500 or 300
kHz
Fl at or
Gaussi an
4 or 1 dependent on
setti ngs
24 sec
a
526 sec
a
576.9 sec
a
500 kHz Gaussi an 1 0.2 sec 124 2630 2884.6
500 kHz Gaussi an 4 0.8 sec 31 657 721.15
500 kHz Fl at 1 0.4 sec 61 1315 1442.3
500 kHz Fl at 4 1.6 sec 15 329 360.575
300 kHz Gaussi an 1 0.2667 sec 90 1972 2163.1
300 kHz Gaussi an 4 1.07 sec 22 492 539.16
300 kHz Fl at 1 0.6667 sec 36 789 865.31
300 kHz Fl at 4 2.667 sec 9 197 216.33
a. The use of ti me val ues i s onl y al l owed i n fi rmware versi ons of A.02.00 and l ater.
296 Chapter 5
Programming Fundamentals
Programming Command Compatibility Across Model Numbers and Across Modes
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
Programming Command Compatibility
Across Model Numbers and Across Modes
Across PSA Modes: Command Subsystem Similarities
When you sel ect di fferent modes you get di fferent sets of avai l abl e
programmi ng commands. That i s, only the commands that are
appropri ate for the current mode are avai l abl e. Al so, some commands
have the same syntax i n di fferent modes but have di fferent ranges or
setti ngs that are onl y appropri ate to the current mode.
The fol l owi ng tabl e shows whi ch command subsystems are the same
across di fferent modes. I f there i s no X by a parti cul ar subsystem,
then the set of avai l abl e commands i s di fferent i n those modes.
Command ranges or defaul ts may al so be di fferent. Refer to the
programmi ng command descri pti ons i n the documentati on for each
mode for detai l s.
Command Subsystem Same command set is
available:
SA mode compared with the
application modes: Digital
Modulation, Basic, WLAN,
W-CDMA, cdmaOne,
cdma2000, 1xEV-DO, GSM,
EDGE, NADC, PDC, or
Measuring Receiver
Same command set is
available:
SA mode compared with the
application modes: Phase
Noise, Noise Figure,
TD-SCDMA
I EEE common commands X X
ABORt X X
CALCul ate
CALi brati on X X
CONFi gure
COUPl e not avai l abl e i n these appl i cati on
modes
not avai l abl e i n these
appl i cati on modes
DI SPl ay
FETCh
FORMat X
HCOPy X X
I NI Ti ate
Chapter 5 297
Programming Fundamentals
Programming Command Compatibility Across Model Numbers and Across Modes
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
I NPut not avai l abl e i n these appl i cati on
modes
X
MEASure
MEMory X X
MMEMory X X
MMEMory:STORe:TRACe not avai l abl e i n these appl i cati on
modes
X
READ
[SENSe]
[SENSe:]CHANnel
[SENSe:]CORRecti on
[SENSe:]FEED
[SENSe:]FREQuency:CE
NTer
X
[SENSe:]FREQuency:
<other subsystems>
not avai l abl e i n these appl i cati on
modes
not avai l abl e i n these
appl i cati on modes
[SENSe:]<measurement>
[SENSe:]POWer
[SENSe:]RADi o
[SENSe:]SYNC
STATus X X
SYSTem X X
TRACe not avai l abl e i n these appl i cati on
modes
X
TRI Gger
UNI T X X
Command Subsystem Same command set is
available:
SA mode compared with the
application modes: Digital
Modulation, Basic, WLAN,
W-CDMA, cdmaOne,
cdma2000, 1xEV-DO, GSM,
EDGE, NADC, PDC, or
Measuring Receiver
Same command set is
available:
SA mode compared with the
application modes: Phase
Noise, Noise Figure,
TD-SCDMA
298 Chapter 5
Programming Fundamentals
Programming Command Compatibility Across Model Numbers and Across Modes
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
Across PSA Modes: Specific Command Differences
Some programmi ng commands operate di fferentl y dependi ng on whi ch
Mode the anal yzer i s set to.
Command
Spectrum Analysis, Phase Noise
and Noise Figure Mode
Basic, cdmaOne, cdma2000,
1xEV-DO, W-CDMA, GSM, EDGE,
NADC, PDC Modes
CONFi gure:
<measurement>
Accesses the measurement and sets
the i nstrument setti ngs to the
defaul ts. Averagi ng i s turned on and
set to 10. The i nstrument i s put i n
si ngl e measurement mode. I t does
not i ni ti ate a measurement. Use
I NI T:I MM to make one
measurement.
Accesses the measurement and sets
the i nstrument setti ngs to the
defaul ts. I f you were al ready i n
si ngl e measurement mode, i t takes
one measurement and then wai ts. I f
you were i n conti nuous measurement
mode i t conti nues to measure.
*ESE defaul t Defaul t i s 255 whi ch means that
every error/status bi t change that has
occurred wi l l be returned wi th a
*ESR? query. You must set the val ue
of *ESE to choose onl y the bi ts/status
that you want returned.
Defaul t i s 0 whi ch means that none
of the error/status bi t changes that
have occurred wi l l be returned wi th a
*ESR? query. You must set the val ue
of *ESE to choose the bi ts/status that
you want returned.
TRI Gger
commands
For these modes, onl y one tri gger
source can be sel ected and i t wi l l be
common across the modes. Al so, onl y
one val ue can be set for the tri gger
del ay, l evel , or pol ari ty.
For these modes, a uni que tri gger
source can be sel ected for each mode.
Al so, each tri gger source can have
uni que setti ngs for the i ts del ay,
l evel , and pol ari ty.
Savi ng and
recal l i ng traces
Traces can onl y be saved when i n the Spectrum Anal ysi s mode
(MMEM:STOR:TRAC). Thi s i s because the i nstrument state must be saved
al ong wi th the trace data and the state data vari es dependi ng on the number
of modes currentl y avai l abl e i n the i nstrument.
Chapter 5 299
Programming Fundamentals
Programming Command Compatibility Across Model Numbers and Across Modes
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
Using Applications in PSA Series vs. VSA E4406A
NOTE Thi s i nformati on only appl i es to the appl i cati on modes:
Basi c, cdmaOne, cdma2000, 1xEV-DO, W-CDMA, GSM, EDGE,
NADC, and PDC.
Command PSA Series VSA E4406A: A.04.00 VSA E4406A: A.05.00
*RST Resets i nstrument,
putti ng i t i n
conti nuous
measurement mode.
Use I NI T:CONT OFF
to sel ect si ngl e
measurement mode
and I NI T:I MM to start
one measurement.
Resets i nstrument,
putti ng i t i n si ngl e
measurement mode.
One measurement i s
i ni ti ated when the
command i s sent.
Resets i nstrument,
putti ng i t i n si ngl e
measurement mode. No
measurement i s
i ni ti ated when the
command i s sent. Use
I NI T:I MM to start one
measurement.
CONFi gure:
<measurement>
Accesses the
measurement and sets
the i nstrument
setti ngs to the defaul ts.
I f you were al ready i n
si ngl e measurement
mode, i t takes one
measurement and then
wai ts.
Same as PSA.
Accesses the
measurement and sets
the i nstrument setti ngs
to the defaul ts. I f you
were al ready i n si ngl e
measurement mode, i t
takes one measurement
and then wai ts.
Accesses the
measurement and sets
the i nstrument setti ngs
to the defaul ts. I f you
were al ready i n si ngl e
measurement mode, i t
does not i ni ti ate a
measurement. Use
I NI T:I MM to make one
measurement.
*ESE defaul t Defaul t i s 255 whi ch
means that every
error/status bi t change
that has occurred wi l l
be returned wi th a
*ESR? query. You must
set the val ue of *ESE
to choose onl y the
bi ts/status that you
want returned.
Defaul t i s 0 whi ch
means that none of the
error/status bi t changes
that have occurred wi l l
be returned wi th a
*ESR? query. You must
set the val ue of *ESE to
choose the bi ts/status
that you want returned.
Same as VSA A.04.00.
Defaul t i s 0 whi ch
means that none of the
error/status bi t changes
that have occurred wi l l
be returned wi th a
*ESR? query. You must
set the val ue of *ESE to
choose the bi ts/status
that you want returned.
*LRN The command i s not
avai l abl e.
The command i s
avai l abl e.
The command i s
avai l abl e.
300 Chapter 5
Programming Fundamentals
Programming Command Compatibility Across Model Numbers and Across Modes
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
TRI Gger
commands
I n Spectrum Anal ysi s
mode onl y one val ue
can be set for the
tri gger s source, del ay,
l evel , or pol ari ty.
Basi c, GSM, EDGE,
cdmaOne, cdma2000,
W-CDMA, NADC, PDC
modes functi on the
same as VSA
You can sel ect a uni que
tri gger source for each
mode. Each tri gger
source can have uni que
setti ngs for the del ay,
l evel , and pol ari ty
parameters.
Same as VSA A.04.00.
You can sel ect a uni que
tri gger source for each
mode. Each tri gger
source can have uni que
setti ngs for the del ay,
l evel , and pol ari ty
parameters.
AUTO ON| OFF
control and
setti ng manual
val ues
We recommend that
you set a functi ons
automati c state to
OFF, before you send i t
your manual val ue.
Some functi ons wi l l
turn off the automati c
mode when you send a
speci fi c manual val ue,
but others wi l l not.
Thi s al so vari es wi th
the i nstrument model .
We recommend that you
set a functi ons
automati c state to OFF,
before you send i t your
manual val ue.
Some functi ons wi l l turn
off the automati c mode
when you send a speci fi c
manual val ue, but
others wi l l not. Thi s al so
vari es wi th the
i nstrument model .
We recommend that you
set a functi ons
automati c state to OFF,
before you send i t your
manual val ue.
Some functi ons wi l l
turn off the automati c
mode when you send a
speci fi c manual val ue,
but others wi l l not. Thi s
al so vari es wi th the
i nstrument model .
Command PSA Series VSA E4406A: A.04.00 VSA E4406A: A.05.00
Chapter 5 301
Programming Fundamentals
Using USB to Control the Instrument
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
Using USB to Control the Instrument
Wi th opti on 111, the PSA can be control l ed vi a a Uni versal Seri al Bus
(USB) cabl e from a standard PC. The PSA i s a compl i ant USB 2.0
devi ce and i mpl ements the USBTMC-USB488 cl ass speci fi cati on. Thi s
i nterface provi des control s si mi l ar to the GPI B i nterface but al l ows
faster data I /O.
Perform the fol l owi ng steps to connect the PSA to your PC:
1. I nstal l the Agi l ent I /O Li brari es, versi on 14.1 or l ater, onto the PC.
Thi s step i s onl y requi red the fi rst ti me you connect the PSA to a
new PC.
2. Connect the USB cabl e to the USB connector on the rear panel of the
PSA and to one of the USB connectors on the PC.
NOTE For best performance, connect the PSA to a USB 2.0 capabl e host
control l er. The PSA wi l l communi cate wi th a USB 1.1 capabl e host but
at a much reduced speed.
Agi l ent recommends connecti ng the PSA di rectl y to the PC and not
through a USB hub. The PSA wi l l operate correctl y through a hub but
the performance may be sl i ghtl y reduced.
3. The i nstrument wi l l be automati cal l y i denti fi ed and confi gured by
the Agi l ent I /O l i brary software. When the PSA i s connected to a
host vi a the USB i nterface, a bl ack ci rcl e wi th a grey center wi l l be
di spl ayed on the top ri ght-hand si de of the screen. I nformati on about
the type of connecti on negoti ated wi th the PC can be found i n the
System, More, Show System screen.
302 Chapter 5
Programming Fundamentals
Using USB to Control the Instrument
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
4. You can veri fy the connecti on and, opti onal l y, assi gn an al i as to the
devi ce through the Agi l ent Connecti on Expert.To change the al i as,
sel ect the i nstrument i n the I nstrument I /O on thi s PC panel , ri ght
cl i ck, and choose Change Properti es.
Your devi ce i s now ready to be control l ed. When ever data i s sent to the
PSA over the USB bus, the grey center of the ci rcl e on the top
ri ght-hand si de of the PSAs screen wi l l fl ash green momentari l y.
USB VISA Address
The USB VI SA address i s al ways of the form USB#::Vendor I D::Devi ce
I D::Seri al Number::0::I NSTR. For PSA i nstruments, the Vendor I D i s
2391. The devi ce I D i denti fi es the speci fi c model number (see Tabl e 5-2,
Devi ce I D.
Table 5-2 Device ID
Model Number Device ID
E4440A 523
E4442A 779
E4443A 1035
E4445A 1291
E4446A 1547
E4447A 1803
E4448A 2059
Chapter 5 303
Programming Fundamentals
Using USB to Control the Instrument
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
Optimizing USB Performance
To achi eve the maxi mum throughput on the USB i nterface, Agi l ent
recommends the fol l owi ng:
1. Use a hi gh-speed connecti on.
When connected to a USB 2.0 host, the PSA wi l l negoti ate a
hi gh-speed (480 Mbps) connecti on wi th the PC. I f you connect the
PSA to a USB 1.1 host or to a USB 1.1 hub, the PSA wi l l negoti ate a
ful l -speed (12 Mbps) connecti on onl y. The type of connecti on
currentl y negoti ated wi l l be shown on the System, More, Show System
screen of the PSA.
2. Request l arge transfers.
The USB i nterface performs best when transferri ng l arge amounts
of data i n a si ngl e burst. Breaki ng up a transfer i nto smal l er chunks
wi l l i ntroduce i dl e ti mes on the USB bus when the i nstrument i s
prepari ng to send the next chunk. Wi th a si ngl e l arge transfer, these
del ays are not present and the bus uti l i zati on i s much hi gher.
Example 5-1 Large Transfer:
char *buffer;
buffer = mal l oc(102400);
vi Read(vi ,buffer,102400,&cnt);
Example 5-2 Broken-up Transfer:
char buffer[1024];
i nt I ;
for(i =0; i < 100; i ++)
{
vi Read(vi ,buffer,1024,&cnt);
}
3. Choose the best format.
The SCPI commands :FORMat[:TRACe][:DATa] and
:FORMat:BORDer can be used to set the format of the returned trace
data. These commands are often used to reduce the amount of data
the PSA wi l l send, whi ch usual l y resul ts i n faster trace transfers.
However, wi th the USB i nterface, i t can be faster for the PSA to
transfer the compl ete trace rather than convert the trace format and
send the smal l er amount of data. I n most cases, the best throughput
i s achi eved by sendi ng the trace data i n real 64-bi t fl oati ng poi nt
format i n NORMAL byte order, and then converti ng the trace to the
correct form i n the PC. The setti ng for thi s woul d be:
FORM REAL,64
FORM:BORD NORM
4. Do not enabl e termi nati on character.
The Vi sa Attri bute VI_ATTR_TERMCHAR_EN can be set to cause the
viRead()functi on to stop readi ng when the speci fi ed character i s
recei ved. Thi s feature causes a si gni fi cant throughput reducti on.
304 Chapter 5
Programming Fundamentals
Using the LAN to Control the Instrument
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
Using the LAN to Control the Instrument
Refer to the functi on descri pti on chapters for PSA i nformati on about
confi guri ng the i nstrument i nput/output setti ngs from the front panel .
Use the SYSTem commands to change setti ngs remotel y.
NOTE Remember that i n any type of programmi ng usi ng LAN you shoul d
avoi d constantl y openi ng and cl osi ng connecti ons. Thi s uses up
processi ng resources, adds to your system overhead, and can cause
probl ems wi th asynchronous i mpl ementati on of successi ve commands.
When you are sendi ng the i nstrument mul ti pl e commands: open the
connecti on, send al l the commands, and cl ose the connecti on.
Usi ng ftp for Fi l e Transfers on page 5-304
Usi ng Tel net to Send Commands on page 5-307
Usi ng Socket LAN to Send Commands on page 5-309
Usi ng SI CL LAN to Control the I nstrument on page 5-313
Usi ng HP/Agi l ent VEE Over Socket LAN on page 5-318
Usi ng a Java Appl et Over Socket LAN on page 5-319
Usi ng a C Program Over Socket LAN on page 5-319
General LAN Troubl eshooti ng on page 5-319
Using ftp for File Transfers
You can use the i nstrument LAN connecti on to transfer fi l es. For
exampl e, you can use the ftp functi onal i ty to downl oad i nstrument
screen dumps to an external server.
The fol l owi ng i s an exampl e of an ftp sessi on from an MSDOS wi ndow
on a PC:
1. ftp 141.88.163.118 (enter the i nstrument I P address, found/set
from the front panel by pressi ng System, Config I/O)
2. At the user name prompt, enter: vsa
3. At the password prompt, enter: service
For instruments without Option 115 or 117:
You are now i n the i nstrument /users di rectory and can get fi l es
from the i nstrument. The ftp commands i n the fol l owi ng steps may
not al l be avai l abl e from your control l er.
For intruments with Option 115 or 117:
You must enter the fol l owi ng command to get to the acti ve user
di rectory:
Chapter 5 305
Programming Fundamentals
Using the LAN to Control the Instrument
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
cd/cfs/e4440a/userdir
NOTE Do not del ete fi l es from thi s di rectory. Most of the fi l es are requi red for
i nstrument operati on, and for the operati on of opti onal personal i ty
modes.
To show the ftp commands avai l abl e on your system, type help at
the prompt. To end the ftp sessi on, type quit
4. cd userdir (change to the di rectory where data fi l es are saved)
5. ls (l i st al l avai l abl e fi l es, ls -la shows fi l e permi ssi ons)
6. bin (change to the bi nary fi l e transfer mode)
7. get myfilename (enter the fi l e name; the name is case sensi ti ve)
Thi s gets (copi es) your fi l e. The fi l e i s copi ed to the l ocati on you
were poi nti ng to when you started the ftp process. To query the
current l ocati on, enter lcd . (i ncl ude the peri od). To change the
current l ocati on, enter the desi red path/di rectory l ocati on as fol l ows:
lcd C:\my path\mydir
NOTE To use a web browser for thi s exampl e (for non Opti on 115 or 117
i nstruments onl y), enter:
ftp://vsa:service@141.88.163.118/userdir
The Standard UNIX FTP Command:
Synopsis ftp [-g] [-i] [-n] [-v] [server-host] [-B
DataSocketBufferSize]
Description The ftp command i s used to transfer fi l es usi ng the Fi l e
Transfer Protocol . ftp transfers fi l es over a network connecti on
between a l ocal machi ne and the remote server-host.
Options and Parameters When ftp i s i nvoked wi th a server-host
speci fi ed, a connecti on i s opened i mmedi atel y. Otherwi se, ftp wai ts for
user commands.
The fol l owi ng opti ons are supported:
-g di sabl es expansi on of shel l metacharacters i n fi l e and
di rectory names
-i di sabl es prompts duri ng mul ti pl e-fi l e operati ons
-n di sabl es automati c l og-i n
-v enabl es verbose output
-B speci fi es a new DataSocketBufferSize
server-host the name or address of the remote host.
306 Chapter 5
Programming Fundamentals
Using the LAN to Control the Instrument
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
Thi s tabl e l i sts the avai l abl e user commands.
Table 5-3 ftp Commands
Command Description
asci i Sets the fi l e transfer type to ASCI I .
bi nary Sets the fi l e transfer type to bi nary.
bye Cl oses the connecti on to the host and exi ts ftp.
cd remote_directory Sets the worki ng di rectory on the host to remote_directory.
del ete remote_file Del etes remote_file or empty remote_directory.
di r
[remote_directory]
Li sts the contents of the speci fi ed remote_directory. I f
remote_directory i s unspeci fi ed, the contents of the current
remote di rectory are l i sted.
get remote_file
[local_file]
Copi es remote_file to local_file. I f local_file i s unspeci fi ed,
ftp uses the remote_file name as the local_file name.
hel p Provi des a l i st of ftp commands.
hel p command Provi des a bri ef descri pti on of command.
i mage Sets the fi l e transfer type to bi nary.
l cd [local_directory] Sets the l ocal worki ng di rectory to local_directory.
l s
[remote_directory]
Li sts the contents of the speci fi ed remote_directory. I f the
remote_directory i s unspeci fi ed, the contents of the current
remote di rectory are l i sted.
mget remote_file
[local_file]
Copy remote_file to the l ocal system. I f local_file i s
unspeci fi ed, ftp uses the remote_file name as the local_file
name.
mput local_file
[remote_file]
Copi es local_file to remote fi l e. I f remote_file i s unspeci fi ed,
ftp uses the local_file name as the remote_file name.
put local_file
[remote_file]
Copi es local_file to remote file. I f remote_file i s unspeci fi ed,
ftp uses the local_file name as the remote_file name.
qui t Cl oses the connecti on to the host and exi ts ftp.
Chapter 5 307
Programming Fundamentals
Using the LAN to Control the Instrument
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
Using Telnet to Send Commands
Usi ng tel net to send commands to your i nstrument works i n a si mi l ar
way to communi cati ng over GPI B. You establ i sh a connecti on wi th the
i nstrument, and then send or recei ve i nformati on usi ng SCPI
commands.
NOTE I f you need to control the bus usi ng devi ce cl ear or SRQs, you can use
SI CL LAN. SI CL LAN provi des control of your i nstrument vi a I EEE
488.2 GPI B over the LAN. See Usi ng SI CL LAN to Control the
I nstrument on page 5-313. i n thi s chapter.
NOTE STATus bi ts that are al ready set when the socket connecti on i s made
cannot be read. Onl y status bi t changes that occur after the socket
connecti on i s made wi l l returned when the status regi ster i s queri ed.
On unix or PC:
The syntax of the tel net command i s:
telnet <IP address> <5023>
The i ni ti al tel net connecti on message wi l l be di spl ayed and then a
SCPI > prompt. At the SCPI prompt, si mpl y enter the desi red SCPI
commands.
On a PC (with telnet gui that has host/port setting menu):
You woul d type at the dos prompt
telnet
NOTE Earl y versi ons of Wi ndows XP Tel net wi l l i ni ti al l y onl y send a LF, not a
CRLF. So the tel net port 5023 does not work. You can manual l y correct
thi s si tuati on by sendi ng the escape sequence and then a CRLF. After
connecti ng to the i nstrument, type i n the tel net wi ndow:
Crtl -] (press the control and ] keys si mul taneousl y)
set crl f <enter key>
<enter key>
You shoul d now see the SCPI > prompt and you can conti nue
worki ng.
The Wi ndows XP Servi ce Pack 2 fi xes thi s probl em. You can get Servi ce
Pack 2 from the Mi crosoft Wi ndows update websi te.
Unix Telnet Example:
To connect to the i nstrument wi th host name aaa and port number
5023, enter the fol l owi ng command:
telnet aaa 5023
308 Chapter 5
Programming Fundamentals
Using the LAN to Control the Instrument
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
When you connect to the i nstrument, i t wi l l di spl ay a wel come message
and a command prompt. The i nstrument i s now ready to accept your
SCPI commands. As you type SCPI commands, query resul ts appear on
the next l i ne. At any ti me, you can send a <devi ce cl ear> by pressi ng
cntrl -c on your keyboard. When you are done, break the tel net
connecti on usi ng your escape character, and type quit.
When the i nstrument responds wi th the wel come message and the
SCPI prompt, you can i mmedi atel y enter programmi ng (SCPI )
commands.
Typi cal PSA commands mi ght be:
CALC:MARK:MODE POS
CALC:MARK:MAX
CALC:MARK:X?
The smal l program above sets the i nstrument to measure a si gnal
ampl i tude by pl aci ng a marker on the maxi mum poi nt of the trace, and
then queryi ng the i nstrument for the ampl i tude of the marker.
You need to press Enter after typi ng i n each command. After pressi ng
Enter on the l ast l i ne i n the exampl e above, the i nstrument returns the
ampl i tude l evel of the marker to your computer and di spl ays i t on the
next l i ne. For exampl e, after typi ng (for PSA) CALC:MARK:MAX? and
pressi ng Enter, the computer coul d di spl ay:
+2.50000000000E+010
When you are done, cl ose the tel net connecti on. Enter the escape
character to get the tel net prompt. The escape character (Ctrl and "]" i n
thi s exampl e) does not pri nt.
At the tel net prompt, type quit or close.
The tel net connecti on cl oses and you see your regul ar prompt.
Connection closed.
The fol l owi ng exampl e shows a termi nal screen usi ng the precedi ng
exampl e commands:
PSA Telnet Example:
Welcome to at42
Agilent Technologies,E4440A,US41220095,A.02.04 20010921
10:52:07
SCPI>calc:mark:mode pos
SCPI>calc:mark:max
SCPI>calc:mark:x?
+2.5000000000000000E+010
SCPI>
Chapter 5 309
Programming Fundamentals
Using the LAN to Control the Instrument
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
NOTE I f your tel net connecti on i s i n a mode cal l ed l i ne-by-l i ne, there i s no
l ocal echo. Thi s means you wi l l not be abl e to see the characters you are
typi ng on your computer's di spl ay unti l after you press the Enter key.
To remedy thi s, you need to change your tel net connecti on to
character-by-character mode. Thi s can be accompl i shed i n most
systems by escapi ng out of tel net to the telnet> prompt and then
typi ng mode char. I f thi s does not work, consul t your tel net program's
documentati on for how to change to character-by-character mode.
The Standard UNIX TELNET Command:
Synopsis telnet [host [port]]
Description The telnet command i s used to communi cate wi th
another host usi ng the TELNET protocol . When telnet i s i nvoked wi th
host or port arguments, a connecti on i s opened to host, and i nput i s
sent from the user to host.
Options and Parameters telnet operates i n l i ne-by-l i ne mode or i n
character-at-a-ti me mode. I n l i ne-by-l i ne mode, typed text i s fi rst
echoed on the screen. When the l i ne i s compl eted by pressi ng the Enter
key, the text l i ne i s then sent to host. I n character-at-a-ti me mode, text
i s echoed to the screen and sent to host as i t i s typed.
I n some cases, i f your tel net connecti on i s i n l i ne-by-l i ne mode, there
i s no l ocal echo. Thi s means you wi l l not be abl e to see the characters
you are typi ng on your computer's di spl ay unti l after you press the Enter
key.
To remedy thi s, you need to change your tel net connecti on to
character-by-character mode. Thi s can be accompl i shed i n most
systems by escapi ng out of tel net to the telnet> prompt and then
typi ng mode char. Consul t your tel net program's documentati on for
how to change to character-by-character mode.
Using Socket LAN to Send Commands
Your i nstrument i mpl ements a sockets Appl i cati ons Programmi ng
I nterface (API ) compati bl e wi th Berkel ey sockets, Wi nsock, and other
standard sockets API s. You can wri te programs usi ng sockets to control
your i nstrument by sendi ng SCPI commands to a socket connecti on you
create i n your program. Refer to Usi ng a Java Appl et Over Socket
LAN i n thi s chapter for exampl e programs usi ng sockets to control the
i nstrument.
310 Chapter 5
Programming Fundamentals
Using the LAN to Control the Instrument
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
Setting Up Your Instrument for Socket Programming
Before you can use socket programmi ng, you must i denti fy your
i nstruments socket port number. The defaul t i s 5025.
1. Press System, Config I/O, SCPI LAN, Socket Port.
2. Noti ce that the port number you wi l l use for your socket connecti on
to the i nstrument i s 5025.
NOTE You may need to enabl e the termi nati on character attri bute when usi ng
the VI SA l i brari es for socket communi cati on. I f the termchar attri bute
i s di sabl ed, then no termi nati on character i s sent wi th the data and the
bus wi l l ti me out wai ti ng for i t. (Set vi _attr_termchar_en)
NOTE LAN devi ce cl ear capabi l i ty has been i mpl emented i n PSA fi rmware
revi si on A.09.00.
NOTE STATus bi ts that are al ready set when the socket connecti on i s made
cannot be read. Onl y status bi t changes that occur after the socket
connecti on i s made wi l l returned when the status regi ster i s queri ed.
Socket LAN Clear Device Example for PSA:
Thi s exampl e puts the PSA i nto Devi ce Cl ear Acti ve state. The fi rst
parameter i s the hostname of the PSA. The second parameter i s the
port number assi gned to the control channel for the raw SCPI channel .
Thi s number i s obtai ned wi th the SYST:COMM:LAN:SCPI:SOCK:CONT?
command.
The fol l owi ng programmi ng exampl e i s wri tten i n C#. An el ectroni c fi l e
i s avai l abl e on the Agi l ent Technol ogi es PSA Seri es Documentati on
Set CD-ROM i n the program exampl es di rectory, fi l ename cl ass1.cs.
using System;
using System.Text;
using System.Threading;
using System.Collections;
using System.Net.Sockets;
namespace ConsoleApplication1
{
/// <summary>
/// This program demonstrates sending a device clear to the PSA over raw sockets
/// </summary>
class Class1
{
// This method puts the PSA into Device Clear Active State. The first parameter is
the
Chapter 5 311
Programming Fundamentals
Using the LAN to Control the Instrument
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
// hostname of the PSA. The second parameter is the port number assigned to the
control
// channel for the raw SCPI channel. This number is obtained with the
// SYST:COMM:LAN:SCPI:SOCK:CONT? command.
static void doDcas(string host,
int port)
{
// First open the control port
TcpClient dcasPort = new TcpClient();
dcasPort.Connect(host,port);
NetworkStream dcasStream = dcasPort.GetStream();
// The control port accepts one command only. When you send DCL\n to the con-
trol
// port, a device clear will automatically happen.
dcasStream.Write(Encoding.UTF8.GetBytes("DCL\n"),0,4);
}
/// <summary>
/// This program demonstrates how to do a device clear over the raw socket port.
The PSA
/// must be running revision A.09.00 firmware or later.
/// </summary>
[STAThread]
static void Main(string[] args)
{
TcpClient psa = new TcpClient();
// First open the PSA. Replace the string "PSA" with the hostname assigned to
your
// PSA.
psa.Connect("PSA",5025);
NetworkStream ioStream = psa.GetStream();
// Next, send the PSA the query to obtain the port number assigned to this SCPI
// channel's control port. We must do this every time we create a new TcpClient to
// the PSA.
312 Chapter 5
Programming Fundamentals
Using the LAN to Control the Instrument
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
Byte[] sendBytes = Encoding.UTF8.GetBytes
("SYST:COMM:LAN:SCPI:SOCK:CONT?\n");
ioStream.Write (sendBytes, 0, sendBytes.Length);
byte[] reply = new byte[80];
ioStream.Read(reply,0,80);
string returndata = Encoding.UTF8.GetString(reply);
int port = Convert.ToInt32(returndata);
// We now have the port number and can send the PSA a device clear. As an
example,
// we put the PSA into single sweep and start a 100 second sweep. Next we sleep
for
// five seconds and then send the device clear. One the front panel of the PSA, you
// will notice that the 100 second sweep starts and then, five seconds later,
// restarts again. The restart is the result of the device clear we sent.
byte[] cmd = Encoding.UTF8.GetBytes("INIT:CONT OFF;:SWE:TIME
100;:INIT:IMM\n");
ioStream.Write(cmd,0,cmd.Length);
// sleep so the device clear become obvious
Thread.Sleep(5000);
string host = "PSA"; // once again replace PSA with your hostname
doDcas(host,port); // now do the device clear
}
}
}
Troubleshooting help:
You can veri fy that you can open a socket connecti on to your i nstrument
by usi ng tel net:
tel net <I P address> 5025
Characters typed from your keyboard wont be echoed from the
i nstrument and the SCPI prompt wont be gi ven. However, you wi l l be
abl e to send commands and query the i nstrument. For exampl e, you
can type *idn? and the i nstrument i denti fi cati on stri ng wi l l be
returned.
Chapter 5 313
Programming Fundamentals
Using the LAN to Control the Instrument
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
Using SICL LAN to Control the Instrument
SI CL LAN i s a LAN protocol usi ng the Standard I nstrument Control
Li brary (SI CL). I t provi des control of your i nstrument over the LAN,
usi ng a vari ety of computi ng pl atforms, I /O i nterfaces, and operati ng
systems. Wi th SI CL LAN, you control your remote i nstrument over the
LAN wi th the same methods you use for a l ocal i nstrument connected
di rectl y to the control l er wi th the GPI B. More i nformati on about SI CL
LAN can be found i n the HP Standard I nstrument Control Library
user s gui de for HP-UX, part number E2091-90004.
Your i nstrument i mpl ements a SI CL LAN server. To control the
i nstrument, you need a SI CL LAN client appl i cati on runni ng on a
computer or workstati on that i s connected to the i nstrument over a
LAN. Typi cal appl i cati ons i mpl ementi ng a SI CL LAN cl i ent i ncl ude
HP/Agi l ent VEE
HP/Agi l ent BASI C
Nati onal I nstruments LabVi ew wi th HP/Agi l ent VI SA/SI CL cl i ent
dri vers
NOTE The SI CL LAN protocol i s Agi l ents i mpl ementati on of the VXI -11
I nstrument Protocol , defi ned by the VXI bus Consorti um worki ng group.
Ol der versi ons of Nati onal I nstruments VI SA does not support the
VXI -11 I nstrument Protocol . Contact Nati onal I nstruments for thei r
l atest versi on.
SI CL LAN can be used wi th Wi ndows 95, Wi ndows 98, Wi ndows NT,
and HP-UX.
Your i nstrument has a SI CL LAN server to emul ate GPI B over LAN,
but i t cannot be used to control other external l y connected GPI B
i nstruments.
Collecting SICL LAN Set-up Information
Before you set up your i nstrument as a SI CL LAN server, you need
some i nformati on about your i nstrument. The val ue of the fol l owi ng
parameters i s used to set up your VI SA/SI CL LAN cl i ent appl i cati on:
Emul ated GPI B
Name The GPI B name i s the name gi ven to a devi ce used to
communi cate wi th the i nstrument. Your i nstrument i s
shi pped wi th gpib7 as i ts GPI B name. The GPI B name
i s the same as the remote SI CL address.
Emul ated GPI B
Logi cal Uni t The l ogi cal uni t number i s a uni que i nteger assi gned to
the devi ce to be control l ed usi ng SI CL LAN. Your
i nstrument i s shi pped wi th the l ogi cal uni t number set
to 8.
314 Chapter 5
Programming Fundamentals
Using the LAN to Control the Instrument
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
Emul ated GPI B
Address The emul ated GPI B address (bus address) i s assi gned
to the devi ce to be control l ed usi ng SI CL LAN. The
i nstrument i s shi pped wi th the emul ated GPI B address
set to 18. The emul ated GPI B address, for PSA, wi l l
al ways be 18, regardl ess of what you set the GPI B
address to.
The SI CL LAN server uses the GPI B name, GPI B l ogi cal uni t number,
and GPI B address confi gurati on on the SI CL LAN cl i ent to
communi cate wi th the cl i ent. You must match these parameters exactly
(i ncl udi ng case) when you set up the SI CL LAN cl i ent and server.
Configuring Your Instrument as a SICL LAN Server
1. I nstal l I O Sui te 15.0 or l ater (http://www.agi l ent.com/fi nd/i osui te).
2. Open the Agi l ent Connecti on Sui te by cl i cki ng Start, All
Programs, Agilent IO Libraries Suite, Agilent Connection
Expert.
3. Cl i ck Add Interface and sel ect Remote GPIB (via E5810 or
Remote IO Server) and cl i ck Add.
4. Enter the Hostname or I P address of the PSA.
5. Enter gpib7 for the i nterface name of the remote host.
6. Cl i ck OK.
7. The PSA shoul d now be l i sted i n the Instrument I/O on this PC
col umn as a Remote GPI B.
Configuring a PC as a SICL LAN Client
The descri pti ons here are based on Agi l ents VI SA revi si on G.02.02,
model number 2094G. A copy of Agi l ent VI SA i nstrument i o l i brari es
can be found on Agi l ents websi te:
http://www.agi l ent.com/fi nd/i ol i b
see al so
http://www.agi l ent.com/fi nd/vee
The VI SA User s Gui de i nformati on on LAN programmi ng may al so be
useful , see:
http://www.agi l ent.com/fi nd/i osui te
I f the I O Li brari es are l oaded on your PC, ri ght cl i ck the Agi l ent I O
Control i con i n the tool bar and sel ect Documentati on.
Chapter 5 315
Programming Fundamentals
Using the LAN to Control the Instrument
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
The fol l owi ng assumes a LAN connecti on between your computer and
your i nstrument. Thi s wi l l not work for the GPI B to LAN gateway.
1. I nstal l I O Sui te 15.0 or l ater.
2. Open the Agi l ent Connecti on Expert.
3. Sel ect LAN Cl i ent from the avai l abl e i nterface types.
4. Press Confi gure.
5. Enter an i nterface name, such as l an1.
6. Enter a l ogi cal uni t number, such as 7.
7. Sel ect Okay.
8. Sel ect VI SA LAN Cl i ent from the avai l abl e i nterface types.
9. Press Confi gure.
10.Enter a VI SA i nterface name, such as GPI B1.
11.Enter the host name or I P address of your i nstrument i n the host
name fi el d, such as aaa.companyname.com or 137.12.255.255.
NOTE Changi ng the host name i n your i nstrument does not change your LAN
system representati on of the host name. You must work through your
l ocal system admi ni strator to change the host name on your LAN
system and then change i t to match i n your i nstrument.
12.Enter a Remote SI CL address, such as GPI B7.
13.Set the LAN i nterface to match the defi ned LAN cl i ent.
14.Sel ect OK.
15.Cl ose I /O Confi gurati on by sel ecti ng OK.
Controlling Your Instrument with SICL LAN and HP/Agilent
VEE
Before you can use SI CL LAN wi th VEE, you need to set up VI SA/SI CL
LAN I /O dri vers for use wi th your VEE appl i cati on. Consul t your VEE
documentati on for i nformati on how to do thi s.
NOTE I f you are usi ng Agi l ent VEE and SI CL LAN, the l ogi cal uni t number i s
l i mi ted to the range of 0-8.
The l ogi cal uni t number i s the same as the i nterface sel ect code (I SC).
VEE reserves I SC val ues 9-18, and does not al l ow you to use them for
SI CL/LAN communi cati ons wi th your i nstrument. VEE al so does not
al l ow any I SC val ues hi gher than 18.
316 Chapter 5
Programming Fundamentals
Using the LAN to Control the Instrument
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
After you have the VI SA/SI CL LAN I /O dri vers i nstal l ed, perform the
steps bel ow to set up VEE to control your i nstrument:
1. On your computer or workstati on, sel ect I/O|Instrument Manager.
2. Add a new GPI B devi ce wi th an address of 7XX, where XX i s the
GPI B devi ce address from your i nstrument.
Figure 5-1 Adding Your Instrument as a VEE Device
To send SCPI commands to the i nstrument, sel ect I /O| I nstrument
Manager, and the GPI B devi ce just added. Sel ect Di rect I /O. You can
now type SCPI commands i n the command wi ndow, and they are sent
over the LAN to your i nstrument.
Controlling Your Instrument with SICL LAN and Agilent BASIC
for Windows
Before you can use Agi l ent BASI C for Wi ndows wi th SI CL LAN, you
need to set up VI SA/SI CL LAN I /O dri vers for use wi th your BASI C
appl i cati ons. Consul t your BASI C documentati on for i nformati on how
to do thi s.
To set up SI CL LAN for BASI C, add the fol l owi ng statement to your
AUTOST program (al l on a si ngl e l i ne):
LOAD BIN "GPIBS;DEV lan[analyzer IP address]:GPIB name TIME
30 ISC 7"
Repl ace analyzer IP address wi th the I P address of your i nstrument,
GPIB name wi th the GPI B name gi ven to your i nstrument, and 7 wi th
the l ogi cal uni t number.
Chapter 5 317
Programming Fundamentals
Using the LAN to Control the Instrument
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
For exampl e, the fol l owi ng LOAD statement shoul d be added to your
AUTOST program for the parameters l i sted bel ow:
i nstrument I P address 191.108.344.225
i nstrument GPI B name inst0
l ogi cal uni t number 7
ti meout val ue (seconds) 30
LOAD statement (al l on a si ngl e l i ne)
LOAD BI N GPI BS;DEV l an[191.108.344.225]:inst0 TI ME 30 I SC 7
Consul t your BASI C documentati on to l earn how to l oad the SI CL
dri ver for BASI C.
After the SI CL dri ver i s l oaded, you control your i nstrument usi ng
commands such as the fol l owi ng:
OUTPUT 718; "*IDN?"
ENTER 718; S$
where 18 i s the devi ce address for the i nstrument.
See the BASI C exampl e program i n thi s chapter for more i nformati on.
Controlling Your Instrument with SICL LAN and BASIC for
UNIX (Rocky Mountain BASIC)
Before you can use Rocky Mountai n Basi c (HPRMB) wi th SI CL LAN,
you wi l l need to set up the SI CL LAN I /O dri vers for HPRMB. Consul t
your system admi ni strator for detai l s.
Create a .rmbrc fi l e i n your root di rectory of your UNI X workstati on
wi th the fol l owi ng entri es:
SELECTIVE_OPEN=ON
Interface 8= "lan[analyzer IP address]:GPIB name";NORMAL
Repl ace analyzer IP address wi th the I P address of your i nstrument,
and GPIB name wi th the GPI B name gi ven to your i nstrument. Al so
repl ace the 8 of Interface 8 wi th the l ogi cal uni t number. Consul t
your HPRMB documentati on for the exact syntax.
After your SI CL dri ver i s confi gured correctl y on your UNI X
workstati on, you control your i nstrument usi ng commands such as the
fol l owi ng:
OUTPUT 818; "*IDN?"
ENTER 818; S$
where 18 i s the devi ce address for the i nstrument.
318 Chapter 5
Programming Fundamentals
Using the LAN to Control the Instrument
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
Using HP/Agilent VEE Over Socket LAN
(There i s a VEE exampl e program provi ded on the documentati on
CD-ROM.)
(There i s a LabVi ew exampl e program provi ded on the documentati on
CD-ROM.)
To control your i nstrument vi a socket LAN usi ng VEE, cl i ck on the VEE
menu ti tl ed "I /O." Then sel ect To/From Socket and posi ti on the I /O
object box on the screen. Fi l l i n the fol l owi ng fi el ds:
Connect Port: 5025
Host Name: <your_hostname>
Timeout: 15
For faster troubl eshooti ng, you may want to set the ti meout to a
smal l er number. I f the host name you enter doesn't work, try usi ng the
I P address of your i nstrument (exampl e: 191.108.43.5). Usi ng the I P
address rather than the hostname may al so be faster. See Fi gure 5-2 for
an exampl e of an VEE screen.
NOTE Changi ng the host name i n the i nstrument does not change your LAN
systems representati on of the host name. You must work through your
l ocal system admi ni strator to change the host name on your LAN
system.
Figure 5-2 Sample PSA VEE Screen
Chapter 5 319
Programming Fundamentals
Using the LAN to Control the Instrument
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
Using a J ava Applet Over Socket LAN
There i s a programmi ng exampl e i n the PSA Measurement Guide and
Programming Examples that demonstrates si mpl e socket programmi ng
wi th Java. I t i s wri tten i n Java programmi ng l anguage, and wi l l
compi l e wi th Java compi l ers versi ons 1.0 and above.
Thi s program i s al so on the documentati on CD ROM that shi pped wi th
your product.
Using a C Program Over Socket LAN
The PSA Measurement Guide and Programming Examples book
contai ns two exampl es of si mpl e LAN socket programs. They are
wri tten i n C. One compi l es i n the HP-UX UNI X envi ronment and one i s
wri tten for the WI N32 envi ronment.
I n UNI X, LAN communi cati on vi a sockets i s very si mi l ar to readi ng or
wri ti ng a fi l e. The onl y di fference i s the openSocket() routi ne, whi ch
uses a few network l i brary routi nes to create the TCP/I P network
connecti on. Once thi s connecti on i s created, the standard fread() and
fwri te() routi nes are used for network communi cati on.
I n Wi ndows, the routi nes send() and recv() must be used, because
fread() and fwri te() may not work on sockets.
NOTE You may need to enabl e the termi nati on character attri bute when usi ng
the VI SA l i brari es for socket communi cati on. I f the termchar attri bute
i s di sabl ed, then no termi nati on character i s sent wi th the data and the
bus wi l l ti me out wai ti ng for i t. (Set vi _attr_termchar_en)
General LAN Troubleshooting
Troubl eshooti ng the I ni ti al Connecti on on page 5-319
Common Probl ems After a Connecti on i s Made on page 5-321
Pi ngi ng the I nstrument from a Computer or Workstati on on
page 5-323
EI A/TI A 568B Wi ri ng I nformati on on page 5-325
Troubleshooting the Initial Connection
Getti ng the i nstrument to work wi th your network often requi res
detai l ed knowl edge of your l ocal network software. Thi s secti on
attempts to hel p you wi th some common probl ems. Contact your
network admi ni strator for addi ti onal assi stance.
The i nstrument LAN i nterface does not need or i ncl ude any propri etary
dri ver software. I t was desi gned to operate wi th common network
uti l i ti es and dri vers.
Ei ther a hardware probl em or a software probl em can prevent the
320 Chapter 5
Programming Fundamentals
Using the LAN to Control the Instrument
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
i nstrument's remote fi l e server from communi cati ng over the LAN. The
fol l owi ng common probl ems may be encountered:
Communications Not Established
I f you have just i nstal l ed and confi gured the LAN i nterface and you
have never been abl e to access the i nstrument vi a ftp or tel net, go
di rectl y to Pi ngi ng the I nstrument from a Computer or
Workstati on on page 5-323.
I f you have previ ousl y been abl e to access the i nstrument vi a ftp or
tel net and now cannot do so, check the fol l owi ng:
o Has any hardware been added or moved on your network? Thi s
i ncl udes addi ng or removi ng any workstati ons or peri pheral s, or
changi ng any cabl i ng.
o Have software appl i cati ons been added to the network?
o Has the functi onal i ty been turned off from the front panel ? Press
System, Config I/O, SCPI LAN.
o Have any confi gurati on fi l es been modi fi ed? Pressi ng System,
Restore Sys Defaults restores the ori gi nal factory defaul ts and you
wi l l have to re-set the i nstrument I P address and host name.
o I s the upper- and l ower-case character usage i n your host name
consi stent?
o Have any of the fol l owi ng fi l es been del eted or overwri tten?
UNI X:
/etc/hosts
/etc/i netd.conf
/etc/servi ces
PCs:
dependent network fi l es
I f you know or suspect that somethi ng has changed on your network,
consul t wi th your network admi ni strator.
Timeout Errors
Ti meout errors such as Devi ce Ti meout, Fi l e Ti meout, and
Operati on Ti meout, are symptoms of one or both of the fol l owi ng
probl ems:
The currentl y confi gured ti meout l i mi ts are too short compared to
the ti me i t takes the LAN to compl ete some operati ons. Thi s
probl em may occur duri ng peri ods of i ncreased LAN traffi c.
The LAN connecti on has fai l ed, or fai l s occasi onal l y.
To i ncrease your ti meout peri od, refer to your computer
Chapter 5 321
Programming Fundamentals
Using the LAN to Control the Instrument
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
documentati on for i nstructi ons. Contact your LAN admi ni strator i f
probl ems conti nue.
Packets Routinely Lost
I f packets are routi nel y l ost, proceed to the troubl eshooti ng secti on
i n thi s chapter rel ati ng to your network.
Problems Transferring or Copying Files
I f you have probl ems copyi ng fi l es out of or i nto the i nstrument, you
mi ght be experi enci ng ti meout probl ems. See the previ ous secti on on
Ti meout Errors.
Common Problems After a Connection is Made
Thi s secti on descri bes common probl ems you may encounter when
usi ng the i nstrument on a LAN. I t assumes you have been abl e to
connect to the i nstrument i n the past. I f thi s i s not so, refer to the
previ ous secti ons fi rst.
NOTE Pressi ng Preset does not affect LAN setti ngs, but pressi ng System,
Restore Sys Defaults wi l l reset to the ori gi nal factory defaul ts. You wi l l
then have to re-set the i nstrument I P address and other LAN setti ngs
i n System, Config I/O.
NOTE Remember that i n any type of programmi ng usi ng LAN you shoul d
avoi d constantl y openi ng and cl osi ng connecti ons. Thi s uses up
processi ng resources, adds to your system overhead, and can cause
probl ems wi th asynchronous i mpl ementati on of successi ve commands.
When you are sendi ng the i nstrument mul ti pl e commands: open the
connecti on, send al l the commands, and cl ose the connecti on.
Cannot connect to the analyzer
I f you suspect a bad LAN connecti on between your computer and
i nstrument, you can veri fy the network connecti on by usi ng the pi ng
command descri bed l ater i n thi s chapter or another si mi l ar echo
request uti l i ty.
I f a bad connecti on i s reveal ed, try the fol l owi ng sol uti ons:
Make sure the i nstrument i s turned on.
Check the physi cal connecti on to the LAN.
Make sure the i nternet (I P) Address of the i nstrument i s set up
correctl y i n the LAN port setup menu. (Press System, Config I/O, IP
Address.)
When connecti ng to your i nstrument over a cl osed network
(di rectl y through a hub or crossover cabl e) i t may hel p to set the
322 Chapter 5
Programming Fundamentals
Using the LAN to Control the Instrument
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
i nstrument to i ts defaul t setti ngs for subnet mask and gateway.
(subnet mask: 255.255.0.0, gateway 0.0.0.0)
I f the i nstrument and the computer are on di fferent networks or
subnets, make sure the gateway address and subnet mask val ues
are set correctl y.
Cannot access the file system via ftp
I f you get a "connecti on refused" message, try the fol l owi ng
sol uti ons:
I f the power to the i nstrument was just turned on, make sure that
you wai t about 25 seconds before attempti ng the connecti on.
I f you get a "connecti on ti med out" message
Veri fy the LAN connecti on between your computer and the
i nstrument. Refer to "I f you cannot connect to the i nstrument"
earl i er i n thi s secti on.
Cannot telnet to the command parser port
For a "connecti on refused" message
Check the tel net port number from the front panel keys.
For a "connecti on ti med out" or "no response from host" message
Veri fy the LAN connecti on between your computer and the
i nstrument. Refer to "I f you cannot connect to the i nstrument"
earl i er i n thi s secti on.
For a "connecti on refused" or "no response from host" message
I f the i nstrument was just turned on, make sure that you wai t
about 25 seconds before attempti ng the connecti on.
An "operation timed-out" message
Check the LAN connecti on between the computer and the
i nstrument. Refer to "I f you cannot connect to the i nstrument" i n
thi s secti on.
I ncrease the fi l e ti me-out val ue on your PC or workstati on.
Cannot access internal web pages or import graphic images
when using a point-to-point connection
Di sabl e the use of proxy servers. You may have to speci fy thi s i n a
number of l ocati ons, dependi ng on the operati ng system and
software you are usi ng.
Di sabl e the use of cached copi es of web pages to ensure that you
al ways get a new copy of the i nstruments screen i mage.
Chapter 5 323
Programming Fundamentals
Using the LAN to Control the Instrument
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
If all else fails
Contact your network admi ni strator.
I f you sti l l cannot sol ve the probl em, contact an Agi l ent Servi ce
Center for repai r i nformati on.
Pinging the Instrument from a Computer or Workstation
Veri fy the communi cati ons l i nk between the computer and the
i nstrument remote fi l e server usi ng the pi ng uti l i ty.
From a UNI X workstati on, type:
ping hostname 64 10
where 64 i s the packet si ze, and 10 i s the number of packets
transmi tted.
From a DOS or Wi ndows envi ronment, type:
ping hostname 10
where 10 i s the number of echo requests.
Normal Response for UNIX
A normal response to the pi ng wi l l be a total of 9, 10, or possi bl y 11
packets recei ved wi th a mi ni mal average round-tri p ti me. The
mi ni mal average wi l l be di fferent from network to network. LAN
traffi c wi l l cause the round-tri p ti me to vary wi del y.
Because the number of packets recei ved depends on your network
traffi c and i ntegri ty, the normal number mi ght be di fferent for your
network.
Normal Response for DOS or Windows
A normal response to the pi ng wi l l be a total of 9, 10, or possi bl y 11
packets recei ved i f 10 echo requests were speci fi ed.
Because the number of packets recei ved depends on your network
traffi c and i ntegri ty, the normal number mi ght be di fferent for your
network.
Error Messages
I f error messages appear, then check the command syntax before
conti nui ng wi th the troubl eshooti ng. I f the syntax i s correct, then
resol ve the error messages usi ng your network documentati on, or by
consul ti ng your network admi ni strator.
I f an unknown host error message appears, then check that the host
name and I P address for your i nstrument are correctl y entered from
the front panel . Press System, Config I/O.
324 Chapter 5
Programming Fundamentals
Using the LAN to Control the Instrument
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
No Response No packets recei ved i ndi cates no response from a pi ng.
I f there i s no response, try typi ng i n the I P address wi th the pi ng
command, i nstead of usi ng the host name. Check that the typed
address matches the I P address assi gned i n the System, Config I/O
menu, then check the other addresses i n the menu.
Check that the host name and I P address are correctl y entered i n
the node names database.
I f you are usi ng a UNI X envi ronment, pi ng each node al ong the
route between your workstati on and the i nstrument, starti ng wi th
the your workstati on. Pi ng each gateway, then attempt a pi ng of the
remote fi l e server.
I f the i nstrument sti l l does not respond to pi ng, then you shoul d
suspect a hardware probl em wi th the i nstrument. To check the
i nstrument performance, refer to "Veri fy the I nstrument
Performance" i n thi s chapter.
Intermittent Response
I f you recei ved 1 to 8 packets back, there i s probabl y a probl em wi th
the network. Because the number of packets recei ved depends on
your network traffi c and i ntegri ty, the number mi ght be di fferent for
your network.
Use a LAN anal yzer or LAN management software to moni tor
acti vi ty and determi ne where bottl enecks or other probl ems are
occurri ng. The i nstrument wi l l sti l l functi on, but communi cati ons
over the LAN wi l l be sl ower.
On a si ngl e-cl i ent/si ngl e-server network, the most l i kel y cause of
i ntermi ttent response to an echo request i s a hardware probl em wi th
the LAN modul e i nstal l ed i n the PC, the cabl e, or the i nstrument. To
check the i nstrument, refer to "Veri fy the I nstrument Performance"
l ater i n thi s chapter.
The Standard UNIX PING Command Synopsis ping [-r] [-v] [-o]
host [packetsize] [count]
Description The ping command sends an echo request packet to the host
once per second. Each echo response packet that i s returned i s l i sted on the
screen, al ong wi th the round-tri p ti me of the echo request and echo response.
Options and Parameters -r Bypasses the routi ng tabl es, and sends the
request di rectl y to the host.
-v Reports al l packets that are recei ved, i ncl udi ng the response
packets.
-o Requests i nformati on about the network paths taken by the
requests and responses.
host The host name or I P address.
Chapter 5 325
Programming Fundamentals
Using the LAN to Control the Instrument
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
packetsize The si ze of each packet (8 bytes - 4096 bytes).
count The number of packets to send before endi ng pi ng (1-(2
31
-1)).
I f count i s not speci fi ed, ping sends packets unti l
i nterrupted.
EIA/TIA 568B Wiring Information
Table 5-4 Straight-Through Cable (Unshielded-twisted-pair (UTP) cable with RJ-45
connectors)
Standard, Straight-Through Wiring (each end)
Signal Name RJ -45 Pin # Wire Color Pair #
RX+ 1 whi te/orange 2
RX- 2 orange
TX+ 3 whi te/green 3
TX- 6 green
Not
Used
4 bl ue 1
5 whi te/bl ue
7 whi te/brown 4
8 brown
Table 5-5 Cross-Over Cable (Unshielded-twisted-pair (UTP) cable with RJ-45
connectors)
Cross-Over Wiring
a

Connector A Connector B
Signal Name RJ -45 Pin # RJ -45 Pin # Signal Name
RX+ 1 3 TX+
RX- 2 6 TX-
TX+ 3 1 RX+
TX- 6 2 RX-
Not
Used
4 4 Not
Used
5 5
7 7
8 8
a. Ei ther end of thi s cabl e can be used at the i nstrument or
LAN devi ce. The connector names are a conventi on use-
ful duri ng cabl e constructi on onl y.
326 Chapter 5
Programming Fundamentals
Using the LAN to Control the Instrument
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
Thi s cabl e can be used to cascade hubs or to make poi nt-to-poi nt
connecti ons wi thout a LAN hub.
NOTE A conveni ent way to make a cross-over adapter i s to use two RJ-45 jacks
wi red accordi ng to Tabl e 5-5, above. Standard strai ght-through patch
cabl es can then be used from the i nstrument to the adapter, and from
the adapter to other LAN devi ces. I f you use a speci al -purpose adapter,
you wi l l avoi d havi ng a cross-over cabl e mi staken for a standard,
strai ght-through patch cabl e.
NOTE Some commerci al l y-avai l abl e cross-over cabl es do not i mpl ement the
cross-over wi ri ng requi red for your i nstrument. Pl ease refer to
Tabl e 5-5, above, and veri fy al l connecti ons before usi ng cabl es not
made by Agi l ent Technol ogi es.
Figure 5-3 Cross-Over Patch Cable Wiring (cross-over end)
Chapter 5 327
Programming Fundamentals
Programming in C Using the VTL
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
Programming in C Using the VTL
The programmi ng exampl es that are provi ded are wri tten usi ng the C
programmi ng l anguage and the Agi l ent VTL (VI SA transi ti on l i brary).
Thi s secti on i ncl udes some basi c i nformati on about programmi ng i n the
C l anguage. Note that some of thi s i nformati on may not be rel evant to
your parti cul ar appl i cati on. (For exampl e, i f you are not usi ng VXI
i nstruments, the VXI references wi l l not be rel evant).
Refer to your C programmi ng l anguage documentati on for more detai l s.
(Thi s i nformati on i s taken from the manual VI SA Transi ti on Li brary,
part number E2090-90026.) The fol l owi ng topi cs are i ncl uded:
Typi cal Exampl e Program Contents on page 327
Li nki ng to VTL Li brari es on page 328
Compi l i ng and Li nki ng a VTL Program on page 328
Exampl e Program on page 330
I ncl udi ng the VI SA Decl arati ons Fi l e on page 330
Openi ng a Sessi on on page 331
Devi ce Sessi ons on page 331
Addressi ng a Sessi on on page 333
Cl osi ng a Sessi on on page 334
Typical Example Program Contents
The fol l owi ng i s a summary of the VTL functi on cal l s used i n the
exampl e programs.
visa.h Thi s fi l e i s i ncl uded at the begi nni ng of the fi l e to
provi de the functi on prototypes and constants defi ned
by VTL.
ViSession The ViSession i s a VTL data type. Each object that
wi l l establ i sh a communi cati on channel must be
defi ned as ViSession.
viOpenDefaultRM You must fi rst open a sessi on wi th the defaul t
resource manager wi th the viOpenDefaultRM
functi on. Thi s functi on wi l l i ni ti al i ze the defaul t
resource manager and return a poi nter to that resource
manager sessi on.
viOpen Thi s functi on establ i shes a communi cati on channel
wi th the devi ce speci fi ed. A sessi on i denti fi er that can
be used wi th other VTL functi ons i s returned. Thi s cal l
must be made for each devi ce you wi l l be usi ng.
328 Chapter 5
Programming Fundamentals
Programming in C Using the VTL
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
viPrintf
viScanf These are the VTL formatted I /O functi ons that are
patterned after those used i n the C programmi ng
l anguage. The viPrintf cal l sends the I EEE 488.2
*RST command to the i nstrument and puts i t i n a
known state. The viPrintf cal l i s used agai n to query
for the devi ce i denti fi cati on (*IDN?). The viScanf cal l
i s then used to read the resul ts.
viClose Thi s functi on must be used to cl ose each sessi on. When
you cl ose a devi ce sessi on, al l data structures that had
been al l ocated for the sessi on wi l l be de-al l ocated.
When you cl ose the defaul t manager sessi on, al l
sessi ons opened usi ng the defaul t manager sessi on wi l l
be cl osed.
Linking to VTL Libraries
Your appl i cati on must l i nk to one of the VTL i mport l i brari es:
32-bi t Versi on:
C:\VXIPNP\WIN95\LIB\MSC\VISA32.LIB for Mi crosoft compi l ers
C:\VXIPNP\WIN95\LIB\BC\VISA32.LIB for Borl and compi l ers
16-bi t Versi on:
C:\VXIPNP\WIN\LIB\MSC\VISA.LIB for Mi crosoft compi l ers
C:\VXIPNP\WIN\LIB\BC\VISA.LIB for Borl and compi l ers
See the fol l owi ng secti on, Compi l i ng and Li nki ng a VTL Program for
i nformati on on how to use the VTL run-ti me l i brari es.
Compiling and Linking a VTL Program
32-bit Applications
The fol l owi ng i s a summary of i mportant compi l er-speci fi c
consi derati ons for several C/C++ compi l er products when devel opi ng
WI N32 appl i cati ons.
For Mi crosoft Vi sual C++ versi on 2.0 compi l ers:
Sel ect Project | Update All Dependencies from the menu.
Sel ect Project | Settings from the menu. Cl i ck on the C/C++
button. Sel ect Code Generation from the Use Run-Time
Libraries l i st box. VTL requi res these defi ni ti ons for WI N32. Cl i ck
on OK to cl ose the di al og boxes.
Sel ect Project | Settings from the menu. Cl i ck on the Link
button and add visa32.lib to the Object / Library Modules
Chapter 5 329
Programming Fundamentals
Programming in C Using the VTL
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
l i st box. Opti onal l y, you may add the l i brary di rectl y to your project
fi l e. Cl i ck on OK to cl ose the di al og boxes.
You may wi sh to add the i ncl ude fi l e and l i brary fi l e search paths.
They are set by doi ng the fol l owi ng:
1. Sel ect Tools | Options from the menu.
2. Cl i ck on the Directories button to set the i ncl ude fi l e path.
3. Sel ect Include Files from the Show Directories For l i st
box.
4. Cl i ck on the Add button and type i n the fol l owi ng:
C:\VXIPNP\WIN95\INCLUDE
5. Sel ect Library Files from the Show Directories For l i st
box.
6. Cl i ck on the Add button and type i n the fol l owi ng:
C:\VXIPNP\WIN95\LIB\MSC
For Borl and C++ versi on 4.0 compi l ers:
You may wi sh to add the i ncl ude fi l e and l i brary fi l e search paths.
They are set under the Options | Project menu sel ecti on. Doubl e
cl i ck on Directories from the Topics l i st box and add the fol l owi ng:
C:\VXIPNP\WIN95\INCLUDE
C:\VXIPNP\WIN95\LIB\BC
16-bit Applications
The fol l owi ng i s a summary of i mportant compi l er-speci fi c
consi derati ons for the Wi ndows compi l er.
For Mi crosoft Vi sual C++ versi on 1.5:
To set the memory model , do the fol l owi ng:
1. Sel ect Options | Project.
2. Cl i ck on the Compiler button, then sel ect Memory Model from
the Category l i st.
3. Cl i ck on the Model l i st arrow to di spl ay the model opti ons, and
sel ect Large.
4. Cl i ck on OK to cl ose the Compiler di al og box.
You may wi sh to add the i ncl ude fi l e and l i brary fi l e search paths.
They are set under the Options | Directories menu sel ecti on:
C:\VXIPNP\WIN\INCLUDE
C:\VXIPNP\WIN\LIB\MSC
Otherwi se, the l i brary and i ncl ude fi l es shoul d be expl i ci tl y speci fi ed
i n the project fi l e.
330 Chapter 5
Programming Fundamentals
Programming in C Using the VTL
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
Example Program
Thi s exampl e program queri es a GPI B devi ce for an i denti fi cati on
stri ng and pri nts the resul ts. Note that you must change the address.
/*idn.c - program filename */
#include "visa.h"
#include <stdio.h>
void main ()
{
/*Open session to GPIB device at address 18 */
ViOpenDefaultRM (&defaultRM);
ViOpen (defaultRM, GPIB0::18::INSTR", VI_NULL,
VI_NULL, &vi);
/*Initialize device */
viPrintf (vi, "*RST\n");
/*Send an *IDN? string to the device */
printf (vi, "*IDN?\n");
/*Read results */
viScanf (vi, "%t", &buf);
/*Print results */
printf ("Instrument identification string: %s\n", buf);
/* Close sessions */
viClose (vi);
viClose (defaultRM);
}
Including the VISA Declarations File
For C and C++ programs, you must i ncl ude the visa.h header fi l e at
the begi nni ng of every fi l e that contai ns VTL functi on cal l s:
#include "visa.h"
Thi s header fi l e contai ns the VI SA functi on prototypes and the
defi ni ti ons for al l VI SA constants and error codes. The visa.h header
fi l e i ncl udes the visatype.h header fi l e.
The visatype.h header fi l e defi nes most of the VI SA types. The VI SA
types are used throughout VTL to speci fy data types used i n the
functi ons. For exampl e, the viOpenDefaultRM functi on requi res a
poi nter to a parameter of type ViSession. I f you fi nd ViSession i n the
visatype.h header fi l e, you wi l l fi nd that ViSession i s eventual l y
typed as an unsi gned l ong.
Chapter 5 331
Programming Fundamentals
Programming in C Using the VTL
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
Opening a Session
A sessi on i s a channel of communi cati on. Sessi ons must fi rst be opened
on the defaul t resource manager, and then for each devi ce you wi l l be
usi ng. The fol l owi ng i s a summary of sessi ons that can be opened:
A resource manager session i s used to i ni ti al i ze the VI SA system.
I t i s a parent sessi on that knows about al l the opened sessi ons. A
resource manager sessi on must be opened before any other sessi on
can be opened.
A device session i s used to communi cate wi th a devi ce on an
i nterface. A devi ce sessi on must be opened for each devi ce you wi l l be
usi ng. When you use a devi ce sessi on you can communi cate wi thout
worryi ng about the type of i nterface to whi ch i t i s connected. Thi s
i nsul ati on makes appl i cati ons more robust and portabl e across
i nterfaces. Typi cal l y a devi ce i s an i nstrument, but coul d be a
computer, a pl otter, or a pri nter.
NOTE Al l devi ces that you wi l l be usi ng need to be connected and i n worki ng
condi ti on pri or to the fi rst VTL functi on cal l (viOpenDefaultRM). The
system i s confi gured onl y on the first viOpenDefaultRM per process.
Therefore, i f viOpenDefaultRM i s cal l ed wi thout devi ces connected and
then cal l ed agai n when devi ces are connected, the devi ces wi l l not be
recogni zed. You must cl ose ALL resource manager sessi ons and re-open
wi th al l devi ces connected and i n worki ng condi ti on.
Device Sessions
There are two parts to openi ng a communi cati ons sessi on wi th a
speci fi c devi ce. Fi rst you must open a sessi on to the defaul t resource
manager wi th the viOpenDefaultRM functi on. The fi rst cal l to thi s
functi on i ni ti al i zes the defaul t resource manager and returns a sessi on
to that resource manager sessi on. You onl y need to open the defaul t
manager sessi on once. However, subsequent cal l s to viOpenDefaultRM
returns a sessi on to a uni que sessi on to the same defaul t resource
manager resource.
Next, you open a sessi on wi th a speci fi c devi ce wi th the viOpen
functi on. Thi s functi on uses the sessi on returned from
viOpenDefaultRM and returns i ts own sessi on to i denti fy the devi ce
sessi on. The fol l owi ng shows the functi on syntax:
vi OpenDefaul tRM (sesn);
vi Open (sesn, rsrcName, accessMode, timeout, vi);
The sessi on returned from viOpenDefaultRM must be used i n the sesn
parameter of the viOpen functi on. The viOpen functi on then uses that
sessi on and the devi ce address speci fi ed i n the rsrcName parameter to
open a devi ce sessi on. The vi parameter i n viOpen returns a sessi on
i denti fi er that can be used wi th other VTL functi ons.
332 Chapter 5
Programming Fundamentals
Programming in C Using the VTL
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
Your program may have several sessi ons open at the same ti me by
creati ng mul ti pl e sessi on i denti fi ers by cal l i ng the viOpen functi on
mul ti pl e ti mes.
The fol l owi ng summari zes the parameters i n the previ ous functi on
cal l s:
sesn Thi s i s a sessi on returned from the viOpenDefaultRM
functi on that i denti fi es the resource manager sessi on.
rsrcName Thi s i s a uni que symbol i c name of the devi ce (devi ce
address).
accessMode Thi s parameter i s not used for VTL. Use VI _NULL.
timeout Thi s parameter i s not used for VTL. Use VI _NULL.
vi Thi s i s a poi nter to the sessi on i denti fi er for thi s
parti cul ar devi ce sessi on. Thi s poi nter wi l l be used to
i denti fy thi s devi ce sessi on when usi ng other VTL
functi ons.
The fol l owi ng i s an exampl e of openi ng sessi ons wi th a GPI B
mul ti meter and a GPI B-VXI scanner:
ViSession defaultRM, dmm, scanner;
.
.
viOpenDefaultRM(&defaultRM);
viOpen (defaultRM, "GPIB0::22::INSTR", VI_NULL,
VI_NULL, &dmm);
viOpen (defaultRM, "GPIB-VXI0::24::INSTR", VI_NULL,
VI_NULL, &scanner);
.
.
viClose (scanner);
viClose (dmm);
viClose(defaultRM);
The above functi on fi rst opens a sessi on wi th the defaul t resource
manager. The sessi on returned from the resource manager and a devi ce
address i s then used to open a sessi on wi th the GPI B devi ce at address
22. That sessi on wi l l now be i denti fi ed as dmm when usi ng other VTL
functi ons. The sessi on returned from the resource manager i s then used
agai n wi th another devi ce address to open a sessi on wi th the GPI B-VXI
devi ce at pri mary address 9 and VXI l ogi cal address 24. That sessi on
wi l l now be i denti fi ed as scanner when usi ng other VTL functi ons. See
the fol l owi ng secti on for i nformati on on addressi ng parti cul ar devi ces.
Chapter 5 333
Programming Fundamentals
Programming in C Using the VTL
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
Addressing a Session
As seen i n the previ ous secti on, the rsrcName parameter i n the viOpen
functi on i s used to i denti fy a speci fi c devi ce. Thi s parameter i s made up
of the VTL i nterface name and the devi ce address. The i nterface name
i s determi ned when you run the VTL Confi gurati on Uti l i ty. Thi s name
i s usual l y the i nterface type fol l owed by a number. The fol l owi ng tabl e
i l l ustrates the format of the rsrcName for the di fferent i nterface types:
The fol l owi ng descri bes the parameters used above:
board Thi s opti onal parameter i s used i f you have more than
one i nterface of the same type. The defaul t val ue for
board i s 0.
VSI logical
address Thi s i s the l ogi cal address of the VXI i nstrument.
primary
address Thi s i s the pri mary address of the GPI B devi ce.
secondary
address Thi s opti onal parameter i s the secondary address of the
GPI B devi ce. I f no secondary address i s speci fi ed, none
i s assumed.
I NSTR Thi s i s an opti onal parameter that i ndi cates that you
are communi cati ng wi th a resource that i s of type
INSTR, meani ng i nstrument.
NOTE I f you want to be compati bl e wi th future rel eases of VTL and VI SA, you
must i ncl ude the I NSTR parameter i n the syntax.
The fol l owi ng are exampl es of val i d symbol i c names:
XI 0::24::I NSTR Devi ce at VXI l ogi cal address 24 that i s of VI SA type
I NSTR.
VXI 2::128 Devi ce at VXI l ogi cal address 128, i n the thi rd VXI
system (VXI 2).
GPI B-VXI 0::24 A VXI devi ce at l ogi cal address 24. Thi s VXI devi ce i s
connected vi a a GPI B-VXI command modul e.
GPI B0::7::0 A GPI B devi ce at pri mary address 7 and secondary
address 0 on the GPI B i nterface.
Interface Syntax
VXI VXI [board]::VXI logical address[::I NSTR]
GPI B-VXI GPI B-VXI [board]::VXI logical address[::I NSTR]
GPI B GPI B [board]::primary address[::secondary address][::I NSTR]
334 Chapter 5
Programming Fundamentals
Programming in C Using the VTL
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
The fol l owi ng i s an exampl e of openi ng a devi ce sessi on wi th the GPI B
devi ce at pri mary address23.
ViSession defaultRM, vi;
.
.
viOpenDefaultRM (&defaultRM);
viOpen (defaultRM, "GPIB0::23::INSTR", VI_NULL,VI_NULL,&vi);
.
.
viClose(vi);
viClose (defaultRM);
Closing a Session
The viClose functi on must be used to cl ose each sessi on. You can cl ose
the speci fi c devi ce sessi on, whi ch wi l l free al l data structures that had
been al l ocated for the sessi on. I f you cl ose the defaul t resource manager
sessi on, al l sessi ons opened usi ng that resource manager wi l l be cl osed.
Si nce system resources are al so used when searchi ng for resources
(viFindRsrc) or wai ti ng for events (viWaitOnEvent), the viClose
functi on needs to be cal l ed to free up fi nd l i sts and event contexts.
Chapter 5 335
Programming Fundamentals
Overview of the GPIB Bus
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
Overview of the GPIB Bus
An i nstrument that i s part of a GPI B network i s categori zed as a
l i stener, tal ker, or control l er, dependi ng on i ts current functi on i n the
network.
Li stener A l i stener i s a devi ce capabl e of recei vi ng data or
commands from other i nstruments. Any number of
i nstruments i n the GPI B network can be l i steners
si mul taneousl y.
Tal ker A tal ker i s a devi ce capabl e of transmi tti ng data or
commands to other i nstruments. To avoi d confusi on, a
GPI B system al l ows onl y one devi ce at a ti me to be an
acti ve tal ker.
Control l er A control l er i s an i nstrument, typi cal l y a computer,
capabl e of managi ng the vari ous GPI B acti vi ti es. Onl y
one devi ce at a ti me can be an acti ve control l er.
GPIB Command Statements
Command statements form the nucl eus of GPI B programmi ng. They
are understood by al l i nstruments i n the network. When combi ned wi th
the programmi ng l anguage codes, they provi de al l management and
data communi cati on i nstructi ons for the system. Refer to the your
programmi ng l anguage manual and your computers I /O programmi ng
manual for more i nformati on.
The seven fundamental command functi ons are as fol l ows:
An abort functi on that stops al l l i stener/tal ker acti vi ty on the
i nterface bus, and prepares al l i nstruments to recei ve a new
command from the control l er. Typi cal l y, thi s i s an i ni ti al i zati on
command used to pl ace the bus i n a known starti ng condi ti on
(someti mes cal l ed: abort, aborti o, reset, hal t).
A remote functi on that causes an i nstrument to change from l ocal
control to remote control . I n remote control , the front panel keys are
di sabl ed except for the Local key and the l i ne power swi tch
(someti mes cal l ed: remote, resume).
A l ocal l ockout functi on, that can be used wi th the remote functi on,
to di sabl e the front panel Local key. Wi th the Local key di sabl ed,
onl y the control l er (or a hard reset by the l i ne power swi tch) can
restore l ocal control (someti mes cal l ed: l ocal l ockout).
A l ocal functi on that i s the compl ement to the remote command,
causi ng an i nstrument to return to l ocal control wi th a ful l y enabl ed
front panel (someti mes cal l ed: l ocal , resume).
336 Chapter 5
Programming Fundamentals
Overview of the GPIB Bus
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g

F
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
s
A cl ear functi on that causes al l GPI B i nstruments, or addressed
i nstruments, to assume a cl eared condi ti on. The defi ni ti on of cl ear i s
uni que for each i nstrument (someti mes cal l ed: cl ear, reset, control ,
send).
An output functi on that i s used to send functi on commands and data
commands from the control l er to the addressed i nstrument
(someti mes cal l ed: output, control , convert, i mage, i obuffer,
transfer).
An enter functi on that i s the compl ement of the output functi on and
i s used to transfer data from the addressed i nstrument to the
control l er (someti mes cal l ed: enter, convert, i mage, i obuffer, on
ti meout, set ti meout, transfer).
337
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
6 Using the STATus System
When you are programmi ng the i nstrument you may need to moni tor i nstrument status to
check for error condi ti ons or moni tor changes. You can determi ne the state of certai n
i nstrument events or condi ti ons by programmi ng the status regi ster system. I EEE
common commands (those begi nni ng wi th *) access the hi gher-l evel summary regi sters. To
access the i nformati on from speci fi c regi sters, you woul d use the STATus commands.
338 Chapter 6
Using the STATus System
Status System Commands
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
Status System Commands
The chapter i ncl udes:
A descri pti on of the status regi sters and thei r hi erarchy
I nstructi ons on usi ng the regi sters and commands
Compl ete descri pti ons of the commands
IEEE (*) Commands
*CAL? Cal i brati on Query
*CLS Cl ear Status
*ESE <number>, *ESE? Standard Event Status Enabl e
*ESR? Standard Event Status Regi ster Query
*IDN? I denti fi cati on Query
*OPC Operati on Compl ete Command
*OPC? Operati on Compl ete Query
*OPT? Opti on I nformati on Query
*RCL <register> Recal l I nstrument State
*RST Reset the I nstrument
*PSC, *PSC? Power-on Status Compl ete
*SAV <register> Save I nstrument State
*SRE <number>, *SRE? Servi ce Request Enabl e
*STB? Read Status Byte Query
*TRG Tri gger a Sweep/Measurement
*TST? Sel f-test Query
*WAI Wai t-to-Conti nue
STATus Commands
Operati on Regi sters STATus:OPERation:<keyword>
Operati on Condi ti on Query
Operati on Enabl e
Operati on Event Query
Operati on Negati ve Transi ti on
Chapter 6 339
Using the STATus System
Status System Commands
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
Operati on Posi ti ve Transi ti on
Preset the Status Bytes STATus:PRESet
Status Regi sters STATus:QUEStionable:<keyword>
Questi onabl e Condi ti on
Questi onabl e Enabl e
Questi onabl e Event Query
Questi onabl e Negati ve Transi ti on
Questi onabl e Posi ti ve Transi ti on
Cal i brati on Regi sters STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:<keyword>
Questi onabl e Cal i brati on Condi ti on
Questi onabl e Cal i brati on Enabl e
Questi onabl e Cal i brati on Event Query
Questi onabl e Cal i brati on Negati ve Transi ti on
Questi onabl e Cal i brati on Posi ti ve Transi ti on
Frequency Regi sters STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:<keyword>
Questi onabl e Frequency Condi ti on
Questi onabl e I ntegri ty Enabl e
Questi onabl e Frequency Event Query
Questi onabl e Frequency Negati ve Transi ti on
Questi onabl e Frequency Posi ti ve Transi ti on
I ntegri ty Regi sters STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:<keyword>
Questi onabl e I ntegri ty Condi ti on
Questi onabl e I ntegri ty Event Query
Questi onabl e I ntegri ty Event Query
Questi onabl e I ntegri ty Negati ve Transi ti on
Questi onabl e I ntegri ty Posi ti ve Transi ti on
Si gnal I ntegri ty Regi sters STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:SIGNal:<keyword>
Questi onabl e I ntegri ty Si gnal Condi ti on
Questi onabl e I ntegri ty Si gnal Enabl e
Questi onabl e I ntegri ty Si gnal Event Query
STATus Commands
340 Chapter 6
Using the STATus System
Status System Commands
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
Questi onabl e I ntegri ty Si gnal Negati ve Transi ti on
Questi onabl e I ntegri ty Si gnal Posi ti ve Transi ti on
Cal i brati on I ntegri ty
Regi sters
STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:UNCalibrated:<keyw
ord>
Questi onabl e Cal i brati on I ntegri ty Condi ti on
Questi onabl e Cal i brati on I ntegri ty Enabl e
Questi onabl e Cal i brati on I ntegri ty Event Query
Questi onabl e Cal i brati on I ntegri ty Negati ve Transi ti on
Questi onabl e Cal i brati on I ntegri ty Posi ti ve Transi ti on
Power Regi sters STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:<keyword>
Questi onabl e Power Condi ti on
Questi onabl e Power Enabl e
Questi onabl e Power Event Query
Questi onabl e Power Negati ve Transi ti on
Questi onabl e Power Posi ti ve Transi ti on
Temperature Regi sters STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature:<keyword>
Questi onabl e Temperature Condi ti on
Questi onabl e Temperature Enabl e
Questi onabl e Temperature Event Query
Questi onabl e Temperatur e Negati ve Transi ti on
Questi onabl e Temperature Posi ti ve Transi ti on
STATus Commands
Chapter 6 341
Using the STATus System
Using the Status Registers
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
6.1 Using the Status Registers
The Secti on PSA Core Status Regi ster System (Page 1 of 2) on page
347 shows the PSA i nstrument status regi sters and thei r hi erarchy.
Note that some measurement personal i ty Modes use the E4406A status
regi ster desi gn i nstead of the PSA desi gn. (These i ncl ude Basi c Mode,
NADC/PDC, GSM/EDGE, cdmaOne, cdma2000/1xEV-DV,
W-CDMA/HSDPA and 1xEV-DO.)
What Status Regi sters Are on page 341
How to Use the Status Regi sters on page 343
Usi ng a Status Regi ster on page 344
Usi ng the Servi ce Request (SRQ) Method on page 345
PSA Core Status Regi ster System (Page 1 of 2) on page 347
Standard Event Status Regi ster on page 353
Operati on and Questi onabl e Status Regi sters on page 355
6.1.1 What Status Registers Are
The status system i s compri sed of mul ti pl e regi sters that are arranged
i n a hi erarchi cal order. The l ower-l evel status regi sters propagate thei r
data to the hi gher-l evel regi sters i n the data structures by means of
summary bi ts. The status byte regi ster i s at the top of the hi erarchy
and contai ns general status i nformati on for the i nstruments events
and condi ti ons. Al l other i ndi vi dual regi sters are used to determi ne the
speci fi c events or condi ti ons.
The operati on and questi onabl e status regi sters are sets of regi sters
that moni tor the overal l i nstrument condi ti on. They are accessed wi th
the STATus:OPERati on and STATus:QUESti onabl e commands i n the
STATus command subsystem. Each regi ster set i s made up of fi ve
regi sters:
Condi ti on Regi ster i t reports the real -ti me state of the si gnal s
moni tored by thi s regi ster set.There i s no l atchi ng or
bufferi ng for a condi ti on regi ster.
Posi ti ve Transi ti on Regi ster thi s fi l ter regi ster control s whi ch si gnal s
wi l l set a bi t i n the event regi ster when the si gnal
makes a l ow to hi gh transi ti on (when the condi ti on bi t
changes from 0 to 1).
Negati ve Transi ti on Regi ster thi s fi l ter regi ster control s whi ch
si gnal s wi l l set a bi t i n the event regi ster when the
si gnal makes a hi gh to l ow transi ti on (when the
condi ti on bi t changes from 1 to 0).
Event Regi ster i t l atches any si gnal state changes, i n the way
speci fi ed by the fi l ter regi sters. Bi ts i n the event
regi ster are never cl eared by si gnal state changes.
342 Chapter 6
Using the STATus System
Using the Status Registers
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
Event regi sters are cl eared when read. They are al so
cl eared by *CLS and by presetti ng the i nstrument.
Event Enabl e Regi ster i t control s whi ch of the bi ts, bei ng set i n the
event regi ster, wi l l be summari zed as a si ngl e output
for the regi ster set. Summary bi ts are then used by the
next hi gher regi ster.
The STATus:QUESti onabl e regi sters report abnormal operati ng
condi ti ons. The status regi ster hi erarchy i s:
1. The summary outputs from the si x
STATus:QUESti onabl e:<keyword> detai l regi sters are i nputs to the
STATus:QUESti onabl e regi ster.
2. The summary output from the STATus:QUESti onabl e regi ster i s an
i nput to the Status Byte Regi ster. See the Secti on PSA Core Status
Regi ster System (Page 1 of 2) on page 347.
The STATus:OPERati on regi ster set has no summari zed i nputs. The
i nputs to the STATus:OPERati on:CONDi ti on regi ster i ndi cate the real
ti me state of the i nstrument. The STATus:OPERati on:EVENt regi ster
summary output i s an i nput to the Status Byte Regi ster.
6.1.1.1 What Status Register SCPI Commands Are
Most moni tori ng of the i nstrument condi ti ons i s done at the hi ghest
l evel usi ng the I EEE common commands i ndi cated bel ow. Compl ete
command descri pti ons are avai l abl e i n the I EEE commands secti on at
the begi nni ng of the l anguage reference. I ndi vi dual status regi sters can
be set and queri ed usi ng the commands i n the STATus subsystem of the
l anguage reference.
*CLS (cl ear status) cl ears the status byte by emptyi ng the error
queue and cl eari ng al l the event regi sters.
*ESE, *ESE? (event status enabl e) sets and queri es the bi ts i n the
enabl e regi ster part of the standard event status regi ster.
*ESR? (event status regi ster) queri es and cl ears the event regi ster
part of the standard event status regi ster.
*OPC, *OPC? (operati on compl ete) sets the standard event status
regi ster to moni tor the compl eti on of al l commands. The query stops
any new commands from bei ng processed unti l the current
processi ng i s compl ete, then returns a 1.
*PSC, *PSC? (power-on state cl ear) sets the power-on state so that i t
cl ears the servi ce request enabl e regi ster and the event status
enabl e regi ster at power on.
*SRE, *SRE? (servi ce request enabl e) sets and queri es the val ue of
the servi ce request enabl e regi ster.
*STB? (status byte) queri es the val ue of the status byte regi ster
Chapter 6 343
Using the STATus System
Using the Status Registers
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
wi thout erasi ng i ts contents.
6.1.2 How to Use the Status Registers
A program often needs to be abl e to detect and manage error condi ti ons
or changes i n i nstrument status. There are two methods you can use to
programmati cal l y access the i nformati on i n status regi sters:
The polling method
The service request (SRQ) method
I n the pol l i ng method, the i nstrument has a passi ve rol e. I t onl y tel l s
the control l er that condi ti ons have changed when the control l er asks
the ri ght questi on. I n the SRQ method, the i nstrument takes a more
acti ve rol e. I t tel l s the control l er when there has been a condi ti on
change wi thout the control l er aski ng. Ei ther method al l ows you to
moni tor one or more condi ti ons.
The pol l i ng method works wel l i f you do not need to know about
changes the moment they occur. The SRQ method shoul d be used i f you
must know i mmedi atel y when a condi ti on changes. To detect a change
usi ng the pol l i ng method, the program must repeatedl y read the
regi sters.
Use the SRQ method when:
you need ti me-cri ti cal noti fi cati on of changes
you are moni tori ng more than one devi ce whi ch supports SRQs
you need to have the control l er do somethi ng el se whi l e wai ti ng
you cant afford the performance penal ty i nherent to pol l i ng
Use pol l i ng when:
your programmi ng l anguage/devel opment envi ronment does not
support SRQ i nterrupts
you want to wri te a si mpl e, si ngl e-purpose program and dont want
the added compl exi ty of setti ng up an SRQ handl er
To moni tor a condi ti on:
1. Determi ne whi ch regi ster contai ns the bi t that reports the condi ti on.
2. Send the uni que SCPI query that reads that regi ster.
3. Exami ne the bi t to see i f the condi ti on has changed.
You can moni tor condi ti ons i n di fferent ways.
Check the current i nstrument hardware and fi rmware status.
Do thi s by queryi ng the condi ti on regi sters whi ch conti nuousl y
moni tor status. These regi sters represent the current state of the
i nstrument. Bi ts i n a condi ti on regi ster are updated i n real ti me.
When the condi ti on moni tored by a parti cul ar bi t becomes true, the
bi t i s set to 1. When the condi ti on becomes fal se, the bi t i s reset to 0.
344 Chapter 6
Using the STATus System
Using the Status Registers
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
Moni tor a parti cul ar condi ti on (bi t).
You can enabl e a parti cul ar bi t(s), usi ng the event enabl e regi ster.
The i nstrument wi l l then moni tor that parti cul ar condi ti on(s). I f the
bi t becomes true (0 to 1 transi ti on) i n the event regi ster, i t wi l l stay
set unti l the event regi ster i s cl eared. Queryi ng the event regi ster
al l ows you to detect that thi s condi ti on occurred even i f the condi ti on
no l onger exi sts. The event regi ster can onl y be cl eared by queryi ng
i t or sendi ng the *CLS command.
Moni tor a parti cul ar type of change i n a condi ti on (bi t).
The transi ti on regi sters are preset to regi ster i f the condi ti on goes
from 0 to 1 (fal se to true, or a posi ti ve transi ti on).
Thi s can be changed so the sel ected condi ti on i s detected i f the bi t
goes from 1 to 0 (true to fal se, or a negati ve transi ti on).
I t can al so be set for both types of transi ti ons occurri ng.
Or i t can be set for nei ther transi ti on. I f both transi ti on regi sters
are set to 0 for a parti cul ar bi t posi ti on, that bi t wi l l not be set i n
the event regi ster for ei ther type of change.
6.1.3 Using a Status Register
Each bi t i n a regi ster i s represented by a numeri cal val ue based on i ts
l ocati on. See Fi gure 6-1 bel ow. Thi s number i s sent wi th the command
to enabl e a parti cul ar bi t. I f you want to enabl e more than one bi t, you
woul d send the sum of al l the bi ts that you want to moni tor.
For exampl e, to enabl e bi t 0 and bi t 6 of standard event status regi ster,
you woul d send the command *ESE 65 because 1 + 64 = 65.
The resul ts of a query are eval uated i n a si mi l ar way. I f the *STB?
command returns a deci mal val ue of 140, (140 = 128 + 8 + 4) then bi t 7
i s true, bi t 3 i s true and bi t 2 i s true.
Figure6-1 Status Register Bit Values
NOTE Bi t 15 i s not used to report status.
Chapter 6 345
Using the STATus System
Using the Status Registers
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
6.1.4 Using the Service Request (SRQ) Method
Your l anguage, bus and programmi ng envi ronment must be abl e to
support SRQ i nterrupts. (For exampl e, BASI C used wi th the GPI B.)
SRQ i s avai l abl e on SI CL LAN, USB, and GPI B.When you moni tor a
condi ti on wi th the SRQ method, you must:
1. Determi ne whi ch bi t moni tors the condi ti on.
2. Determi ne how that bi t reports to the request servi ce (RQS) bi t of
the status byte.
3. Send GPI B commands to enabl e the bi t that moni tors the condi ti on
and to enabl e the summary bi ts that report the condi ti on to the RQS
bi t.
4. Enabl e the control l er to respond to servi ce requests.
When the condi ti on changes, the i nstrument sets i ts RQS bi t and the
GPI B SRQ l i ne. The control l er i s i nformed of the change as soon as i t
occurs. As a resul t, the ti me the control l er woul d otherwi se have used to
moni tor the condi ti on can be used to perform other tasks. Your program
determi nes how the control l er responds to the SRQ.
6.1.4.1 Generating a Service Request
To use the SRQ method, you must understand how servi ce requests are
generated. Bi t 6 of the status byte regi ster i s the request servi ce (RQS)
bi t. The *SRE command i s used to confi gure the RQS bi t to report
changes i n i nstrument status. When such a change occurs, the RQS bi t
i s set. I t i s cl eared when the status byte regi ster i s queri ed usi ng *SRE?
(wi th a seri al pol l .) I t can be queri ed wi thout erasi ng the contents wi th
*STB?.
When a regi ster set causes a summary bi t i n the status byte to change
from 0 to 1, the i nstrument can i ni ti ate the servi ce request (SRQ)
process. However, the process i s onl y i ni ti ated i f both of the fol l owi ng
condi ti ons are true:
The correspondi ng bi t of the servi ce request enabl e regi ster i s al so
set to 1.
The i nstrument does not have a servi ce request pendi ng. (A servi ce
request i s consi dered to be pendi ng between the ti me the
i nstruments SRQ process i s i ni ti ated and the ti me the control l er
reads the status byte regi ster.)
The SRQ process sets the GPI B SRQ l i ne true. I t al so sets the status
bytes request servi ce (RQS) bi t to 1. Both acti ons are necessary to
i nform the control l er that the i nstrument requi res servi ce. Setti ng the
SRQ l i ne onl y i nforms the control l er that some devi ce on the bus
requi res servi ce. Setti ng the RQS bi t al l ows the control l er to determi ne
whi ch i nstrument requi res servi ce.
346 Chapter 6
Using the STATus System
Using the Status Registers
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
I f your program enabl es the control l er to detect and respond to servi ce
requests, i t shoul d i nstruct the control l er to perform a seri al pol l when
the GPI B SRQ l i ne i s set true. Each devi ce on the bus returns the
contents of i ts status byte regi ster i n response to thi s pol l . The devi ce
whose RQS bi t i s set to 1 i s the devi ce that requested servi ce.
NOTE When you read the i nstruments status byte regi ster wi th
a seri al pol l , the RQS bi t i s reset to 0. Other bi ts i n the
regi ster are not affected.
NOTE I f the status regi ster i s confi gured to SRQ on
end-of-measurement and the measurement i s i n
conti nuous mode, then restarti ng a measurement (I NI T
command) can cause the measuri ng bi t to pul se l ow. Thi s
causes an SRQ when you have not actual l y reached the
"end-of-measurement" condi ti on. To avoi d thi s:
1. Set I NI Ti ate:CONTi nuous off.
2. Set/enabl e the status regi sters.
3. Restart the measurement (send I NI T).
Chapter 6 347
Using the STATus System
Using the Status Registers
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
6.1.4.2 PSA Core Status Register System (Page 1 of 2)
Some measurement personal i ty Modes use the status regi ster system
more l i ke the E4406A. These i ncl ude Basi c Mode, NADC/PDC,
GSM/EDGE, cdmaOne, cdma2000/1xEV-DV, W-CDMA/HSDPA and
1xEV-DO. See E4406A Core Status Regi ster System on page 349.
Standard Event Status Register
+
+
+
+
STATus:QUEStionable
STATus:QUEStionable:POWer
STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency
STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature
STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration
STATus:OPERation

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Synth Unlocked
Unused
IF Align Failure
RF Align Failure
Reserved
Reserved
Unused
Unused
Unused
Reserved
Freq Ref Unlocked
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
50 MHz Input Pwr too High for Cal
Invalid BW
Unused
Reserved
Input Overload Tripped
IF Synth Unlocked
Unused
ADC Align Failure
Reserved
Cal Osc Unlocked
Unused
Reserved
LO Out Unleveled
Reserved
Unused
EXTended Align Needed Sum
Unused
Unused
Unused
EXTended Align Failure Sum
Unused
Unused
Unused
Reserved
Unused
Unused
Unused
Reserved
Unused
Unused
Unused
Reserved
Unused
Unused
Unused
Reserved
Unused
Unused
Unused
(@Align All Now Needed)
Always Zero (0)
Always Zero (0)
Always Zero (0)
Always Zero (0)
Always Zero (0)
Reserved
+
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Command Warning
INTegrity Sum
TEMPerature Sum
POWer Summary
Reserved
CALibration Summary
FREQuency Sum
+
+
+
Reserved
SWEeping
MEASuring
Waiting forTRIGger
CALibrating
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
DC Coupled
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Status Byte Register
Service Request
Enable Register
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
7
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Operation Status Sum
Req. Serv. Sum (RQS)
Std. Event Status Sum
Message Available (MAV)
Error/Event Queue Summary
Unused
Unused
Questionable Status Summary
+
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Oper. Complete
Req. Bus Control
Query Error
Dev. Dep. Error
Execution Error
Command Error
Reserved
Power On
C
o
n
d
it
i
o
n

R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
(
-

)
T
r
a
n
s

F
i
lt
e
r

(
+
)
T
r
a
n
s

F
i
lt
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

R
e
g
is
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

E
n
a
b
le

R
e
g
C
o
n
d
i
t
io
n

R
e
g
is
t
e
r
(
-

)
T
r
a
n
s

F
i
lt
e
r

(
+
)
T
r
a
n
s

F
ilt
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

R
e
g
is
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

E
n
a
b
le

R
e
g
C
o
n
d
it
io
n

R
e
g
is
t
e
r
(
-

)
T
r
a
n
s

F
il
t
e
r

(
+
)
T
r
a
n
s

F
il
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

E
n
a
b
le

R
e
g
C
o
n
d
it
io
n

R
e
g
is
t
e
r
(
-

)
T
r
a
n
s

F
ilt
e
r

(
+
)
T
r
a
n
s

F
il
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

R
e
g
is
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

E
n
a
b
l
e

R
e
g
C
o
n
d
it
i
o
n

R
e
g
is
t
e
r
(
-

)
T
r
a
n
s

F
il
t
e
r

(
+
)
T
r
a
n
s

F
il
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

E
n
a
b
le

R
e
g
C
o
n
d
it
i
o
n

R
e
g
is
t
e
r
(
-

)
T
r
a
n
s

F
il
t
e
r

(
+
)
T
r
a
n
s

F
il
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

E
n
a
b
le

R
e
g
C
o
n
d
it
i
o
n

R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
(
-

)
T
r
a
n
s

F
il
t
e
r

(
+
)
T
r
a
n
s

F
i
lt
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

E
n
a
b
le

R
e
g
STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity
[for SA mode]
IF/ADC over range
Measurement Uncal
Reserved
Reserved
Signal Summary
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Invalid Data
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
C
o
n
d
it
io
n

R
e
g
is
t
e
r
(
-

)
T
r
a
n
s

F
ilt
e
r

(
+
)
T
r
a
n
s

F
il
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

R
e
g
is
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

E
n
a
b
l
e

R
e
g
+
(STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:UNCalibrated)
[for SA mode]
Unused
Unused
Unused
Reserved
Oversweep (Meas Uncal)
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Always Zero (0)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
C
o
n
d
it
i
o
n

R
e
g
is
t
e
r
(
-

)
T
r
a
n
s

F
il
t
e
r

(
+
)
T
r
a
n
s

F
i
lt
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

E
n
a
b
le

R
e
g
(STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:SIGNal)
[for SA mode]
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Unused
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Always Zero (0)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
C
o
n
d
i
t
io
n

R
e
g
is
t
e
r
(
-

)
T
r
a
n
s

F
i
lt
e
r

(
+
)
T
r
a
n
s

F
ilt
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

R
e
g
is
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

E
n
a
b
le

R
e
g
+
(Data Uncalibrated Suml)
Preset Values
For All Registers: (-) Transition Filter = 0's
(+) Transion Filter = 1's
For STAT:QUES, STAT:OPER, & all OPER:INST:ISUM
registers: Event Enable = 0's
For all Other Registers: Event Enable = 1's
Unused: All unused bits = 0
&
+
+
From
next
page
Reserved
348 Chapter 6
Using the STATus System
Using the Status Registers
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
6.1.4.3 PSA Core Status Register System (Page 2 of 2)
(@#STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:FAILure)
Unused
(@Characterize YTF Failure)
(#EMI Radiated Align Failure)
(#EMI Conducted Align Failure )
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Always Zero (0)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
To bit 9 STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration
C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n

R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
(
-

)
T
r
a
n
s

F
i
l
t
e
r

(
+
)
T
r
a
n
s

F
i
l
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

E
n
a
b
l
e

R
e
g
+
Unused
Unused
(#@Align EMI Radiated Needed)
(#@Align EMI Conducted Needed)
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Always Zero (0)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n

R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
(
-

)
T
r
a
n
s

F
i
l
t
e
r

(
+
)
T
r
a
n
s

F
i
l
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

E
n
a
b
l
e

R
e
g
Unused
(@#STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:NEEDed)
+
To bit 14 STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration
Chapter 6 349
Using the STATus System
Using the Status Registers
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
6.1.4.4 E4406A Core Status Register System
Standard Event Status Register
+
+
+
+
STATus:QUEStionable
STATus:QUEStionable:POWer
STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency
STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature
STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration
STATus:OPERation

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
50 MHz Osc Unleveled
Synth Unlocked
Unused
IF Align Failure
RF Align Failure
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Unused
Unused
Unused
Ref Osc Oven Cold
Freq Ref Unlocked
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
50 MHz Input Pwr too High for Cal
Invalid BW
Unused
LO Align Failure
Reserved
IF Synth Unlocked
Unused
ADC Align Failure
Reserved
Cal Osc Unlocked
Unused
Reserved
Reserved
Even Sec Clock Synth Unlocked
Unused
Misc/Sys Align Failure
Unused
Demodulation
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Reserved
Unused
Unused
Unused
Reserved
Unused
Unused
Unused
Reserved
Unused
Unused
Unused
Corrections Off
Unused
Unused
Unused
Align Needed
Always Zero (0)
Always Zero (0)
Always Zero (0)
Always Zero (0)
Always Zero (0)
Always Zero (0)
+
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
INTegrity Sum
TEMPerature Sum
POWer Summary
Reserved
CALibration Summary
FREQuency Sum
+
+
+
Reserved
SWEeping
Reserved
Waiting forTRIGger
CALibrating
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
MMEMory Busy
Reserved
PRINting
Reserved
Reserved
Status Byte Register
Service Request
Enable Register
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
7
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Operation Status Sum
Req. Serv. Sum (RQS)
Std. Event Status Sum
Message Available (MAV)
Error/Event Queue Summary
Unused
Unused
Questionable Status Summary
+
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Oper. Complete
Req. Bus Control
Query Error
Dev. Dep. Error
Execution Error
Command Error
Reserved
Power On
C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n

R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
(
-

)
T
r
a
n
s

F
i
lt
e
r

(
+
)
T
r
a
n
s

F
i
l
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

E
n
a
b
l
e

R
e
g
C
o
n
d
it
i
o
n

R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
(
-

)
T
r
a
n
s

F
i
lt
e
r

(
+
)
T
r
a
n
s

F
i
l
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

E
n
a
b
l
e

R
e
g
C
o
n
d
i
t
io
n

R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
(
-

)
T
r
a
n
s

F
i
l
t
e
r

(
+
)
T
r
a
n
s

F
i
l
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

E
n
a
b
l
e

R
e
g
C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n

R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
(
-

)
T
r
a
n
s

F
i
l
t
e
r

(
+
)
T
r
a
n
s

F
i
l
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

E
n
a
b
l
e

R
e
g
C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n

R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
(
-

)
T
r
a
n
s

F
il
t
e
r

(
+
)
T
r
a
n
s

F
i
l
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

E
n
a
b
l
e

R
e
g
C
o
n
d
i
t
io
n

R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
(
-

)
T
r
a
n
s

F
i
l
t
e
r

(
+
)
T
r
a
n
s

F
i
l
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

E
n
a
b
l
e

R
e
g
C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n

R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
(
-

)
T
r
a
n
s

F
i
l
t
e
r

(
+
)
T
r
a
n
s

F
i
l
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

E
n
a
b
l
e

R
e
g
STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity
IF/ADC Over Range
Measurement Uncal
Measurement Timeout
No Result Available
SIGNal Summary
Over Range
Under Range
Insufficient Data
Acquisition Failure
Memory Problem
Auto-Trigger Timeout
Trigger Problem
Reserved
Unidentified Error
Setting Limited/Readjusted
Always Zero (o)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n

R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
(
-

)
T
r
a
n
s

F
il
t
e
r

(
+
)
T
r
a
n
s

F
i
l
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

R
e
g
is
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

E
n
a
b
l
e

R
e
g
STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:SIGNal
Incorrect Carrier(s)
Incorrect Timing
Burst Not Found
Degraded Performance
Reserved
Freq Out-of-Range
Sync Error
Demodulation Error
Signal too Noisy
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Always Zero (0)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n

R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
(
-

)
T
r
a
n
s

F
i
lt
e
r

(
+
)
T
r
a
n
s

F
i
lt
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

E
n
a
b
l
e

R
e
g
+
Preset Values
For All Registers: (-) Transition Filter = 0's
(+) Transion Filter = 1's
For STAT:QUES, STAT:OPER, & all OPER:INST:ISUM
registers: Event Enable = 0's
For all Other Registers: Event Enable = 1's
Unused: All unused bits = 0
+
STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:UNCalibrated
Unused
Unused
No Long Code Phase
Reserved
Reserved
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Always Zero (0)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n

R
e
g
is
t
e
r
(
-

)
T
r
a
n
s

F
il
t
e
r

(
+
)
T
r
a
n
s

F
i
l
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
E
v
e
n
t

E
n
a
b
l
e

R
e
g
Data Uncalibrated Sum
&
350 Chapter 6
Using the STATus System
Using the Status Registers
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
6.1.5 Status Byte Register
The RQS bi t i s read and reset by a seri al pol l . The same bi t posi ti on
(MSS) i s read, non-destructi vel y by the *STB? command. I f you seri al
pol l bi t 6 i t i s read as RQS, but i f you send *STB i t reads bi t 6 as MSS.
For more i nformati on refer to I EEE 488.2 standards, secti on 11.
Chapter 6 351
Using the STATus System
Using the Status Registers
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
Bit Description
0, 1 These bi ts are al ways set to 0.
2 A 1 i n thi s bi t posi ti on i ndi cates that the SCPI error queue i s not empty whi ch means
that i t contai ns at l east one error message.
3 A 1 i n thi s bi t posi ti on i ndi cates that the data questi onabl e summary bi t has been set.
The data questi onabl e event regi ster can then be read to determi ne the speci fi c condi ti on
that caused thi s bi t to be set.
4 A 1 i n thi s bi t posi ti on i ndi cates that the i nstrument has data ready i n the output queue.
There are no l ower status groups that provi de i nput to thi s bi t.
5 A 1 i n thi s bi t posi ti on i ndi cates that the standard event summary bi t has been set. The
standard event status regi ster can then be read to determi ne the speci fi c event that
caused thi s bi t to be set.
6 A 1 i n thi s bi t posi ti on i ndi cates that the i nstrument has at l east one reason to report a
status change. Thi s bi t i s al so cal l ed the master summary status bi t (MSS).
7 A 1 i n thi s bi t posi ti on i ndi cates that the standard operati on summary bi t has been set.
The standard operati on event regi ster can then be read to determi ne the speci fi c
condi ti on that caused thi s bi t to be set.
352 Chapter 6
Using the STATus System
Using the Status Registers
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
To query the status byte regi ster, send the command *STB? The
response wi l l be the decimal sum of the bi ts whi ch are set to 1. For
exampl e, i f bi t number 7 and bi t number 3 are set to 1, the deci mal sum
of the 2 bi ts i s 128 pl us 8. So the deci mal val ue 136 i s returned. The
*STB command does not cl ear the status regi ster
I n addi ti on to the status byte regi ster, the status byte group al so
contai ns the servi ce request enabl e regi ster. Thi s regi ster l ets you
choose whi ch bi ts i n the status byte regi ster wi l l tri gger a servi ce
request.
Send the *SRE <number> command where <number> i s the sum of the
deci mal val ues of the bi ts you want to enabl e pl us the deci mal val ue of
bi t 6. For exampl e, assume that you want to enabl e bi t 7 so that
whenever the standard operati on status regi ster summary bi t i s set to 1
i t wi l l tri gger a servi ce request. Send the command *SRE 192 (because
192 = 128 + 64). You must al ways add 64 (the numeri c val ue of RQS bi t
6) to your numeri c sum when you enabl e any bi ts for a servi ce request.
The command *SRE? returns the deci mal val ue of the sum of the bi ts
previ ousl y enabl ed wi th the *SRE <number> command.
The servi ce request enabl e regi ster presets to zeros (0).
Chapter 6 353
Using the STATus System
Using the Status Registers
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
6.1.6 Standard Event Status Register
The standard event status regi ster contai ns the fol l owi ng bi ts:
354 Chapter 6
Using the STATus System
Using the Status Registers
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
The standard event status regi ster i s used to determi ne the speci fi c
event that set bi t 5 i n the status byte regi ster. To query the standard
event status regi ster, send the command *ESR?. The response wi l l be
the decimal sum of the bi ts whi ch are enabl ed (set to 1). For exampl e, i f
bi t number 7 and bi t number 3 are enabl ed, the deci mal sum of the 2
bi ts i s 128 pl us 8. So the deci mal val ue 136 i s returned.
I n addi ti on to the standard event status regi ster, the standard event
status group al so contai ns a standard event status enabl e regi ster. Thi s
regi ster l ets you choose whi ch bi ts i n the standard event status regi ster
Bit Description
0 A 1 i n thi s bi t posi ti on i ndi cates that al l pendi ng operati ons were compl eted fol l owi ng
executi on of the *OPC command.
1 Thi s bi t i s al ways set to 0. (The i nstrument does not request control .)
2 A 1 i n thi s bi t posi ti on i ndi cates that a query error has occurred. Query errors have SCPI
error numbers from 499 to 400.
3 A 1 i n thi s bi t posi ti on i ndi cates that a devi ce dependent error has occurred. Devi ce
dependent errors have SCPI error numbers from 399 to 300 and 1 to 32767.
4 A 1 i n thi s bi t posi ti on i ndi cates that an executi on error has occurred. Executi on errors
have SCPI error numbers from 299 to 200.
5 A 1 i n thi s bi t posi ti on i ndi cates that a command error has occurred. Command errors
have SCPI error numbers from 199 to 100.
6 Reserved
7 A 1 i n thi s bi t posi ti on i ndi cates that the i nstrument has been turned off and then on.
Chapter 6 355
Using the STATus System
Using the Status Registers
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
wi l l set the summary bi t (bi t 5 of the status byte regi ster) to 1. Send the
*ESE <number> command where <number> i s the sum of the deci mal
val ues of the bi ts you want to enabl e. For exampl e, to enabl e bi t 7 and
bi t 4 so that whenever ei ther of those bi ts i s set to 1, the standard event
status summary bi t of the status byte regi ster wi l l be set to 1, send the
command *ESE 144 (128 + 16). The command *ESE? returns the
deci mal val ue of the sum of the bi ts previ ousl y enabl ed wi th the *ESE
<number> command.
The standard event status enabl e regi ster presets to zeros (0).
6.1.7 Operation and Questionable Status Registers
The operati on and questi onabl e status regi sters are regi sters that
moni tor the overal l i nstrument condi ti on. They are accessed wi th the
STATus:OPERati on and STATus:QUESti onabl e commands i n the
STATus command subsystem. See the Secti on PSA Core Status
Regi ster System (Page 1 of 2) on page 347.
6.1.7.1 Operation Status Register
The operati on status regi ster moni tors the current i nstrument
measurement state. I t checks to see i f the i nstrument i s cal i brati ng,
sweepi ng, or wai ti ng for a tri gger. For more i nformati on see the *OPC?
command l ocated i n the I EEE Common Commands secti on.
Bit Condition Operation
0 Cal i brati ng The i nstrument i s busy executi ng i ts automati c
al i gnment process
3 Sweepi ng The i nstrument i s busy taki ng a sweep.
5 Wai ti ng for tri gger The i nstrument i s wai ti ng for the tri gger condi ti ons
to be met, then i t wi l l tri gger a sweep or
measurement.
356 Chapter 6
Using the STATus System
Using the Status Registers
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
6.1.7.2 Questionable Status Register
The questi onabl e status regi ster moni tors the i nstruments condi ti on to
see i f anythi ng questi onabl e has happened to i t. I t i s l ooki ng for
anythi ng that mi ght cause an error or a bad measurement l i ke a
hardware probl em, an out of cal i brati on si tuati on, or a unusual si gnal .
Al l the bi ts are summary bi ts from l ower-l evel event regi sters.
Bit Condition Operation
3 Power summary The i nstrument hardware has detected a
power unl evel ed condi ti on.
4 Temperature
summary
The i nstrument i s sti l l warmi ng up.
5 Frequency
summary
The i nstrument hardware has detected an
unl ocked condi ti on or a probl em wi th the
external frequency reference.
8 Cal i brati on
summary
The i nstrument has detected a hardware
probl em whi l e doi ng the automati c i nternal
al i gnment process.
9 I ntegri ty
summary
The i nstrument has detected a questi onabl e
measurement condi ti on such as: bad ti mi ng,
bad si gnal /data, ti meout probl em, si gnal
overl oad, or meas uncal .
Chapter 6 357
Using the STATus System
Using the STATus System IEEE Commands
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
6.2 Using the STATus System IEEE
Commands
These commands are speci fi ed i n I EEE Standard 488.2-1992, I EEE
Standard Codes, Formats, Protocols and Common Commands for Use
with ANSI / I EEE Std 488.1-1987. New York, NY, 1992.
Numeri c val ues for bi t patterns can be entered usi ng deci mal or
hexadeci mal representati ons. (that i s, 0 to 32767 i s equi val ent to #H0 to
#H7FFF) See the SCPI Basi cs i nformati on about usi ng bi t patterns for
vari abl e parameters.
6.2.1 Calibration Query
*CAL?
Performs a ful l al i gnment and returns a number i ndi cati ng the success
of the al i gnment. A zero i s returned i f the al i gnment i s successful . A one
i s returned i f any part of the al i gnment fai l s. The equi val ent SCPI
command i s CALibrate[:ALL]?
Front Panel
Access: System, Alignments, Align All Now
6.2.2 Clear Status
*CLS
Cl ears the status byte. I t does thi s by emptyi ng the error queue and
cl eari ng al l bi ts i n al l of the event regi sters. The status byte regi sters
summari ze the states of the other regi sters. I t i s al so responsi bl e for
generati ng servi ce requests.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
6.2.3 Standard Event Status Enable
*ESE <number>
*ESE?
Sel ects the desi red bi ts from the standard event status enabl e regi ster.
Thi s regi ster moni tors I /O errors and synchroni zati on condi ti ons such
as operati on compl ete, request control , query error, devi ce dependent
error, executi on error, command error and power on. The sel ected bi ts
are ORed to become a summary bi t (bi t 5) i n the status byte regi ster
whi ch can be queri ed.
The query returns the state of the standard event status enabl e
regi ster.
358 Chapter 6
Using the STATus System
Using the STATus System IEEE Commands
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Range: I nteger, 0 to 255
6.2.4 Standard Event Status Register Query
*ESR?
Queri es and cl ears the standard event status event regi ster. (Thi s i s a
destructi ve read.)
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Range: I nteger, 0 to 255
6.2.5 Identification Query
*IDN?
Returns an i nstrument i denti fi cati on i nformati on. The stri ng wi l l
contai n the model number, seri al number and fi rmware revi si on.
The response i s organi zed i nto four fi el ds separated by commas. The
fi el d defi ni ti ons are as fol l ows:
Manufacturer
Model
Seri al number
Fi rmware versi on
For exampl e:
Agilent Technologies,E4440A,US00000123,B.02.02
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Remarks: An @ i n the fi rmware revi si on i nformati on i ndi cates
that i t i s prototype fi rmware.
Front Panel
Access: System, Show System
Chapter 6 359
Using the STATus System
Using the STATus System IEEE Commands
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
6.2.6 Instrument State Query
*LRN?
Thi s command i s not i mpl emented. Other commands are avai l abl e for
returni ng the *LRN data. Use *IDN? to return the i nstrument model
number, seri al number, and fi rmware versi on. Use the *SAV/*RCL
commands to save and then return the i nstrument state i nformati on.
6.2.7 Operation Complete
*OPC
*OPC?
The *OPC command sets bi t 0 i n the standard event status regi ster to
1 when pendi ng operati ons have fi ni shed. I t does not hol d off
subsequent operati ons.
The *OPC? query stops new commands from bei ng processed unti l the
current processi ng i s compl ete. Then i t returns a 1, and the program
conti nues. Thi s query can be used to synchroni ze events of other
i nstruments on the external bus.
The i nstrument does not wai t for compl eti on of all processes for these
commands. The processes that are moni tored are i denti fi ed i n the
STATus:OPERati on regi ster. These i ncl ude:
For exampl e, i f you want to veri fy the compl eti on of both cal i brati on
and wai ti ng for tri gger set :STAT:OPER:ENAB 33 and moni tor any
changes.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
6.2.8 Query Instrument Options
*OPT?
For PSA anal yzers: Thi s command i s not i mpl emented. However the
i nformati on i s avai l abl e remotel y by usi ng SCPI commands. See
:SYSTem:OPTions? i n the secti on Show System on page 246.
PSA Process STATus:OPER
Register Bit
Byte Value
Cal i brati ng 0 1
Sweepi ng 3 8
MEASuri ng (not i n al l
modes)
4 16
Wai ti ng for tri gger 5 32
360 Chapter 6
Using the STATus System
Using the STATus System IEEE Commands
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
6.2.9 Power-On Status Clear
*PSC
*PSC?
Sets the state of the power-on status cl ear fl ag. Thi s command al l ows
you to speci fy i f the servi ce request enabl e regi ster and the event status
enabl e regi ster shoul d be cl eared at power up.
The query returns the contents of the power-on status cl ear fl ag.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
6.2.10 Recall
*RCL <register>
Thi s command recal l s the i nstrument state from the speci fi ed
i nstrument memory regi ster.
I f the state bei ng l oaded has a newer fi rmware revi si on than the
revi si on of the i nstrument, no state i s recal l ed and an error i s reported.
I f the state bei ng l oaded has an equal fi rmware revi si on than the
revi si on of the i nstrument, the state wi l l be l oaded.
I f the state bei ng l oaded has an ol der fi rmware revi si on than the
revi si on of the i nstrument, the i nstrument wi l l onl y l oad the parts of
the state that appl y to the ol der revi si on.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Range: Regi sters are an i nteger, 0 to 127
Remarks: See al so commands :MMEMory:LOAD:STATe and
:MMEMory:STORe:STATe
Exampl e: *RCL 12
Front Panel
Access: File, Recall State
6.2.11 Reset
*RST
Thi s command presets the i nstrument to a factory defi ned condi ti on
that i s appropri ate for remote programmi ng operati on. I n Spectrum
Anal ysi s Mode *RST i s equi val ent to performi ng the commands
:SYSTem:PRESet, wi th preset type set to MODE.
*CLS whi ch cl ears the STATus bi ts and error queue
*RST does not change the mode and only resets the parameters for the
current mode.
Chapter 6 361
Using the STATus System
Using the STATus System IEEE Commands
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
The :SYSTem:PRESet command i s equi val ent to a front panel Preset
key.
6.2.12 Save
*SAV <register>
Thi s command saves the i nstrument state to the speci fi ed i nstrument
memory regi ster.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Range: Regi sters are an i nteger, 0 to 127
Remarks: See al so commands :MMEMory:LOAD:STATe and
:MMEMory:STORe:STATe
Exampl e: *SAV 12
Front Panel
Access: File, Save State
6.2.13 Service Request Enable
*SRE <integer>
*SRE?
Thi s command sets the val ue of the servi ce request enabl e regi ster.
The query returns the val ue of the regi ster.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Range: I nteger, 0 to 255
Exampl e: *SRE 22
6.2.14 Read Status Byte Query
*STB?
Returns the val ue of the status byte regi ster wi thout erasi ng i ts
contents.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Remarks: See *CLS
362 Chapter 6
Using the STATus System
Using the STATus System IEEE Commands
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
6.2.15 Trigger
*TRG
Thi s command tri ggers the i nstrument. Use the
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SOURce command to sel ect the tri gger source.
I f you have sel ected a one-button measurement and i t has been paused
(I NI Ti ate:PAUSe), or the CONFi gure:<meas> command was used, thi s
command causes the system to exi t thi s wai ti ng state and go to the
i ni ti ated state. The tri gger system i s i ni ti ated and compl etes one ful l
tri gger cycl e. I t returns to the wai ti ng state on compl eti on of the
tri gger cycl e. See the MEASURE key for more i nformati on about
control l i ng the measurement process.
The i nstrument must be i n the si ngl e measurement mode. I f
I NI T:CONT ON, then the command i s i gnored. Dependi ng upon the
measurement and the number of averages, there may be mul ti pl e data
acqui si ti ons, wi th mul ti pl e tri gger events, for one ful l tri gger cycl e.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Remarks: See al so the :INITiate:IMMediate command
Front Panel
Access: Restart
6.2.16 Self Test Query
*TST?
For PSA anal yzers, NO tests are performed. *TST? al ways returns 0.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
6.2.17 Wait-to-Continue
*WAI
Thi s command causes the i nstrument to wai t unti l al l pendi ng
commands/processes are compl eted before executi ng any addi ti onal
commands. There i s no query form for the command.
The i nstrument does not wai t for compl eti on of all processes. The
processes that are moni tored are i denti fi ed i n the *OPC? command
descri pti on.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Exampl e: I NI T:CONT OFF; I NI T;*WAI
Chapter 6 363
Using the STATus System
STATus Subsystem
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
6.3 STATus Subsystem
The STATus subsystem control s the SCPI -defi ned i nstrument-status
reporti ng structures. Each status regi ster has a set of fi ve commands
used for queryi ng or maski ng that parti cul ar regi ster.
Numeri c val ues for bi t patterns can be entered usi ng deci mal or
hexadeci mal representati ons. (that i s, 0 to 32767 i s equi val ent to #H0 to
#H7FFF) See Vari abl e Parameters on page 285 for i nformati on about
usi ng bi t patterns for vari abl e parameters.
6.3.1 Operation Register
6.3.1.1 Operation Condition Query
:STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
Thi s query returns the deci mal val ue of the sum of the bi ts i n the
Status Operati on Condi ti on regi ster.
NOTE The data i n thi s regi ster i s conti nuousl y updated and
refl ects the current condi ti ons.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
6.3.1.2 Operation Enable
:STATus:OPERation:ENABle <integer>
:STATus:OPERation:ENABle?
Thi s command determi nes whi ch bi ts i n the Operati on Event regi ster
wi l l set the Operati on Status Summary bi t (bi t 7) i n the Status Byte
Regi ster. The vari abl e <number> i s the sum of the deci mal val ues of the
bi ts you want to enabl e.
NOTE The preset condi ti on i s to have al l bi ts i n thi s enabl e
regi ster set to 0. To have any Operati on Events reported to
the Status Byte Regi ster, one or more bi ts need to be set to
1.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Factory Preset: 0
Range: 0 to 32767
364 Chapter 6
Using the STATus System
STATus Subsystem
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
6.3.1.3 Operation Event Query
:STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?
Thi s query returns the deci mal val ue of the sum of the bi ts i n the
Operati on Event regi ster.
NOTE The regi ster requi res that the associ ated PTR or NTR
fi l ters be set before a condi ti on regi ster bi t can set a bi t i n
the event regi ster.
The data i n thi s regi ster i s l atched unti l i t i s queri ed. Once
queri ed, the regi ster i s cl eared.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
6.3.1.4 Operation Negative Transition
:STATus:OPERation:NTRansition <integer>
:STATus:OPERation:NTRansition?
Thi s command determi nes whi ch bi ts i n the Operati on Condi ti on
regi ster wi l l set the correspondi ng bi t i n the Operati on Event regi ster
when the condi ti on regi ster bi t has a negati ve transi ti on (1 to 0). The
vari abl e <number> i s the sum of the deci mal val ues of the bi ts that you
want to enabl e.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Factory Preset: 0
Range: 0 to 32767
6.3.1.5 Operation Positive Transition
:STATus:OPERation:PTRansition <integer>
:STATus:OPERation:PTRansition?
Thi s command determi nes whi ch bi ts i n the Operati on Condi ti on
regi ster wi l l set the correspondi ng bi t i n the Operati on Event regi ster
when the condi ti on regi ster bi t has a posi ti ve transi ti on (0 to 1). The
vari abl e <number> i s the sum of the deci mal val ues of the bi ts that you
want to enabl e.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Factory Preset: 32767 (al l 1s)
Range: 0 to 32767
6.3.2 Preset the Status Byte
:STATus:PRESet
Chapter 6 365
Using the STATus System
STATus Subsystem
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
Sets bi ts i n most of the enabl e and transi ti on regi sters to thei r defaul t
state. I t presets al l the Transi ti on Fi l ters, Enabl e Regi sters, and the
Error/Event Queue Enabl e. I t has no effect on Event Regi sters,
Error/Event QUEue, I EEE 488.2 ESE, and SRE Regi sters as descri bed
i n I EEE Standard 488.2-1992, I EEE Standard Codes, Formats,
Protocols and Common Commands for Use with ANSI / I EEE Std
488.1-1987. New York, NY, 1992.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
6.3.3 Questionable Register
6.3.3.1 Questionable Condition
:STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?
Thi s query returns the deci mal val ue of the sum of the bi ts i n the
Questi onabl e Condi ti on regi ster.
NOTE The data i n thi s regi ster i s conti nuousl y updated and
refl ects the current condi ti ons.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
6.3.3.2 Questionable Enable
:STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle <number>
:STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle?
Thi s command determi nes whi ch bi ts i n the Questi onabl e Event
regi ster wi l l set the Questi onabl e Status Summary bi t (bi t3) i n the
Status Byte Regi ster. The vari abl e <number> i s the sum of the deci mal
val ues of the bi ts you want to enabl e.
NOTE The preset condi ti on i s al l bi ts i n thi s enabl e regi ster set to
0. To have any Questi onabl e Events reported to the Status
Byte Regi ster, one or more bi ts need to be set to 1. The
Status Byte Event Regi ster shoul d be queri ed after each
measurement to check the Questi onabl e Status Summary
(bi t 3). I f i t i s equal to 1, a condi ti on duri ng the test may
have made the test resul ts i nval i d. I f i t i s equal to 0, thi s
i ndi cates that no hardware probl em or measurement
probl em was detected by the anal yzer.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Factory Preset: 0
Range: 0 to 32767
366 Chapter 6
Using the STATus System
STATus Subsystem
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
6.3.3.3 Questionable Event Query
:STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?
Thi s query returns the deci mal val ue of the sum of the bi ts i n the
Questi onabl e Event regi ster.
NOTE The regi ster requi res that the associ ated PTR or NTR
fi l ters be set before a condi ti on regi ster bi t can set a bi t i n
the event regi ster.
The data i n thi s regi ster i s l atched unti l i t i s queri ed. Once
queri ed, the regi ster i s cl eared.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
6.3.3.4 Questionable Negative Transition
:STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition <number>
:STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition?
Thi s command determi nes whi ch bi ts i n the Questi onabl e Condi ti on
regi ster wi l l set the correspondi ng bi t i n the Questi onabl e Event
regi ster when the condi ti on regi ster bi t has a negati ve transi ti on (1 to
0). The vari abl e <number> i s the sum of the deci mal val ues of the bi ts
that you want to enabl e.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Factory Preset: 0
Range: 0 to 32767
6.3.3.5 Questionable Positive Transition
:STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition <number>
:STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition?
Thi s command determi nes whi ch bi ts i n the Questi onabl e Condi ti on
regi ster wi l l set the correspondi ng bi t i n the Questi onabl e Event
regi ster when the condi ti on regi ster bi t has a posi ti ve transi ti on (0 to 1).
The vari abl e <number> i s the sum of the deci mal val ues of the bi ts that
you want to enabl e.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Factory Preset: 32767 (al l 1s)
Range: 0 to 32767
Chapter 6 367
Using the STATus System
STATus Subsystem
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
6.3.4 Questionable Calibration Register
6.3.4.1 Questionable Calibration Condition
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:CONDition?
Thi s query returns the deci mal val ue of the sum of the bi ts i n the
Questi onabl e Cal i brati on Condi ti on regi ster.
NOTE The data i n thi s regi ster i s conti nuousl y updated and
refl ects the current condi ti ons.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
6.3.4.2 Questionable Calibration Enable
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:ENABle <number>
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:ENABle?
Thi s command determi nes whi ch bi ts i n the Questi onabl e Cal i brati on
Condi ti on Regi ster wi l l set bi ts i n the Questi onabl e Cal i brati on Event
regi ster, whi ch al so sets the Cal i brati on Summary bi t (bi t 8) i n the
Questi onabl e Regi ster. The vari abl e <number> i s the sum of the
deci mal val ues of the bi ts you want to enabl e.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Exampl e STAT:QUES:CAL:ENABLE 16384 coul d be used i f you
have turned off the automati c al i gnment and you want
to query whether an al i gnment i s needed.
Factory Preset: 32767 (al l 1s)
Range: 0 to 32767
6.3.4.3 Questionable Calibration Event Query
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration[:EVENt]?
Thi s query returns the deci mal val ue of the sum of the bi ts i n the
Questi onabl e Cal i brati on Event regi ster.
NOTE The regi ster requi res that the associ ated PTR or NTR
fi l ters be set before a condi ti on regi ster bi t can set a bi t i n
the event regi ster.
The data i n thi s regi ster i s l atched unti l i t i s queri ed. Once
queri ed, the regi ster i s cl eared.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
368 Chapter 6
Using the STATus System
STATus Subsystem
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
6.3.4.4 Questionable Calibration Negative Transition
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:NTRansition <number>
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:NTRansition?
Thi s command determi nes whi ch bi ts i n the Questi onabl e Cal i brati on
Condi ti on regi ster wi l l set the correspondi ng bi t i n the Questi onabl e
Cal i brati on Event regi ster when the condi ti on regi ster bi t has a
negati ve transi ti on (1 to 0). The vari abl e <number> i s the sum of the
deci mal val ues of the bi ts that you want to enabl e.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Factory Preset: 0
Range: 0 to 32767
6.3.4.5 Questionable Calibration Positive Transition
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:PTRansition <number>
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:PTRansition?
Thi s command determi nes whi ch bi ts i n the Questi onabl e Cal i brati on
Condi ti on regi ster wi l l set the correspondi ng bi t i n the Questi onabl e
Cal i brati on Event regi ster when the condi ti on regi ster bi t has a posi ti ve
transi ti on (0 to 1). The vari abl e <number> i s the sum of the deci mal
val ues of the bi ts that you want to enabl e.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Factory Preset: 32767 (al l 1s)
Range: 0 to 32767
6.3.5 Questionable Calibration Extended Needed
Register
6.3.5.1 Questionable Calibration Extended Needed Condition
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:NEEDed:CONDition?
Thi s query returns the deci mal val ue of the sum of the bi ts i n the
Questi onabl e Cal i brati on Extended Needed Condi ti on regi ster.
NOTE The data i n thi s regi ster i s conti nuousl y updated and
refl ects the current condi ti ons.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Chapter 6 369
Using the STATus System
STATus Subsystem
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
6.3.5.2 Questionable Calibration Extended Needed Enable
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:NEEDed:ENABle
<number>
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:NEEDed:ENABle?
Thi s command determi nes whi ch bi ts i n the Questi onabl e Cal i brati on
Extended Needed Enabl e Regi ster wi l l set bi ts i n the Questi onabl e
Cal i brati on Event regi ster, whi ch al so sets the Cal i brati on Summary
bi t (bi t 8) i n the Questi onabl e Regi ster. The vari abl e <number> i s the
sum of the deci mal val ues of the bi ts you want to enabl e.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Exampl e STAT:QUES:CAL:EXT:NEED:ENABLE 16384 coul d be
used i f you have turned off the automati c al i gnment
and you want to query whether an al i gnment i s needed.
Factory Preset: 32767 (al l 1s)
Range: 0 to 32767
6.3.5.3 Questionable Calibration Extended Needed Event
Query
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:NEEDed[:EVENt]?
Thi s query returns the deci mal val ue of the sum of the bi ts i n the
Questi onabl e Cal i brati on Extended Needed Event regi ster.
NOTE The regi ster requi res that the associ ated PTR or NTR
fi l ters be set before a condi ti on regi ster bi t can set a bi t i n
the event regi ster.
The data i n thi s regi ster i s l atched unti l i t i s queri ed. Once
queri ed, the regi ster i s cl eared.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
6.3.5.4 Questionable Calibration Extended Needed Negative
Transition
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:NEEDed:
NTRansition <number>
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:NEEDed:
NTRansition?
Thi s command determi nes whi ch bi ts i n the Questi onabl e Cal i brati on
Extended Needed Negati ve Transi ti on regi ster wi l l set the
correspondi ng bi t i n the Questi onabl e Cal i brati on Event regi ster when
the condi ti on regi ster bi t has a negati ve transi ti on (1 to 0). The vari abl e
<number> i s the sum of the deci mal val ues of the bi ts that you want to
enabl e.
370 Chapter 6
Using the STATus System
STATus Subsystem
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Factory Preset: 0
Range: 0 to 32767
6.3.5.5 Questionable Calibration Extended Needed Positive
Transition
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:NEEDed:
PTRansition <number>
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:NEEDed:
PTRansition?
Thi s command determi nes whi ch bi ts i n the Questi onabl e Cal i brati on
Extended Needed Posi ti ve Transi ti on regi ster wi l l set the
correspondi ng bi t i n the Questi onabl e Cal i brati on Event regi ster when
the condi ti on regi ster bi t has a posi ti ve transi ti on (0 to 1). The vari abl e
<number> i s the sum of the deci mal val ues of the bi ts that you want to
enabl e.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Factory Preset: 32767 (al l 1s)
Range: 0 to 32767
6.3.6 Questionable Calibration Extended Failure
Register
6.3.6.1 Questionable Calibration Extended Failure Condition
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:FAILure:
CONDition?
Thi s query returns the deci mal val ue of the sum of the bi ts i n the
Questi onabl e Cal i brati on Extended Fai l ure Condi ti on regi ster.
NOTE The data i n thi s regi ster i s conti nuousl y updated and
refl ects the current condi ti ons.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
6.3.6.2 Questionable Calibration Extended Failure Enable
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:FAILure:ENABle
<number>
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:FAILure:ENABle?
Thi s command determi nes whi ch bi ts i n the Questi onabl e Cal i brati on
Extended Fai l ure Enabl e Regi ster wi l l set bi ts i n the Questi onabl e
Cal i brati on Event regi ster, whi ch al so sets the Cal i brati on Summary
Chapter 6 371
Using the STATus System
STATus Subsystem
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
bi t (bi t 8) i n the Questi onabl e Regi ster. The vari abl e <number> i s the
sum of the deci mal val ues of the bi ts you want to enabl e.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Exampl e STAT:QUES:CAL:EXT:FAI L:ENABLE 16384 coul d be
used i f you have turned off the automati c al i gnment
and you want to query whether an al i gnment i s needed.
Factory Preset: 32767 (al l 1s)
Range: 0 to 32767
6.3.6.3 Questionable Calibration Extended Failure Event
Query
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:FAILure[:EVENt]?
Thi s query returns the deci mal val ue of the sum of the bi ts i n the
Questi onabl e Cal i brati on Extended Fai l ure Event regi ster.
NOTE The regi ster requi res that the associ ated PTR or NTR
fi l ters be set before a condi ti on regi ster bi t can set a bi t i n
the event regi ster.
The data i n thi s regi ster i s l atched unti l i t i s queri ed. Once
queri ed, the regi ster i s cl eared.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
6.3.6.4 Questionable Calibration Extended Failure Negative
Transition
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:FAILure:
NTRansition <number>
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:FAILure:
NTRansition?
Thi s command determi nes whi ch bi ts i n the Questi onabl e Cal i brati on
Extended Fai l ure Negati ve Transi ti on regi ster wi l l set the
correspondi ng bi t i n the Questi onabl e Cal i brati on Event regi ster when
the condi ti on regi ster bi t has a negati ve transi ti on (1 to 0). The vari abl e
<number> i s the sum of the deci mal val ues of the bi ts that you want to
enabl e.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Factory Preset: 0
Range: 0 to 32767
372 Chapter 6
Using the STATus System
STATus Subsystem
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
6.3.6.5 Questionable Calibration Extended Failure Positive
Transition
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:FAILure:
PTRansition <number>
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:FAILure:
PTRansition?
Thi s command determi nes whi ch bi ts i n the Questi onabl e Cal i brati on
Extended Fai l ure regi ster wi l l set the correspondi ng bi t i n the
Questi onabl e Cal i brati on Event regi ster when the condi ti on regi ster bi t
has a posi ti ve transi ti on (0 to 1). The vari abl e <number> i s the sum of
the deci mal val ues of the bi ts that you want to enabl e.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Factory Preset: 32767 (al l 1s)
Range: 0 to 32767
6.3.7 Questionable Frequency Register
6.3.7.1 Questionable Frequency Condition
:STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:CONDition?
Thi s query returns the deci mal val ue of the sum of the bi ts i n the
Questi onabl e Frequency Condi ti on regi ster.
NOTE The data i n thi s regi ster i s conti nuousl y updated and
refl ects the current condi ti ons.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
6.3.7.2 Questionable Frequency Enable
:STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:ENABle <number>
:STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:ENABle?
Thi s command determi nes whi ch bi ts i n the Questi onabl e Frequency
Condi ti on Regi ster wi l l set bi ts i n the Questi onabl e Frequency Event
regi ster, whi ch al so sets the Frequency Summary bi t (bi t 5) i n the
Questi onabl e Regi ster. The vari abl e <number> i s the sum of the
deci mal val ues of the bi ts you want to enabl e.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Factory Preset: 32767 (al l 1s)
Range: 0 to 32767
Chapter 6 373
Using the STATus System
STATus Subsystem
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
6.3.7.3 Questionable Frequency Event Query
:STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency[:EVENt]?
Thi s query returns the deci mal val ue of the sum of the bi ts i n the
Questi onabl e Frequency Event regi ster.
NOTE The regi ster requi res that the associ ated PTR or NTR
fi l ters be set before a condi ti on regi ster bi t can set a bi t i n
the event regi ster.
The data i n thi s regi ster i s l atched unti l i t i s queri ed. Once
queri ed, the regi ster i s cl eared.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
6.3.7.4 Questionable Frequency Negative Transition
:STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:NTRansition <number>
:STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:NTRansition?
Thi s command determi nes whi ch bi ts i n the Questi onabl e Frequency
Condi ti on regi ster wi l l set the correspondi ng bi t i n the Questi onabl e
Frequency Event regi ster when the condi ti on regi ster bi t has a negati ve
transi ti on (1 to 0). The vari abl e <number> i s the sum of the deci mal
val ues of the bi ts that you want to enabl e.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Factory Preset: 0
Range: 0 to 32767
6.3.7.5 Questionable Frequency Positive Transition
:STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:PTRansition <number>
:STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:PTRansition?
Thi s command determi nes whi ch bi ts i n the Questi onabl e Frequency
Condi ti on regi ster wi l l set the correspondi ng bi t i n the Questi onabl e
Frequency Event regi ster when the condi ti on regi ster bi t has a posi ti ve
transi ti on (0 to 1). The vari abl e <number> i s the sum of the deci mal
val ues of the bi ts that you want to enabl e.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Factory Preset: 32767 (al l 1s)
Range: 0 to 32767
374 Chapter 6
Using the STATus System
STATus Subsystem
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
6.3.8 Questionable Integrity Register
6.3.8.1 Questionable Integrity Condition
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:CONDition?
Thi s query returns the deci mal val ue of the sum of the bi ts i n the
Questi onabl e I ntegri ty Condi ti on regi ster.
NOTE The data i n thi s regi ster i s conti nuousl y updated and
refl ects the current condi ti ons.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
6.3.8.2 Questionable Integrity Enable
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:ENABle <number>
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:ENABle?
Thi s command determi nes whi ch bi ts i n the Questi onabl e I ntegri ty
Condi ti on Regi ster wi l l set bi ts i n the Questi onabl e I ntegri ty Event
regi ster, whi ch al so sets the I ntegri ty Summary bi t (bi t 9) i n the
Questi onabl e Regi ster. The vari abl e <number> i s the sum of the
deci mal val ues of the bi ts you want to enabl e.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Factory Preset: 32767 (al l 1s)
Range: 0 to 32767
6.3.8.3 Questionable Integrity Event Query
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity[:EVENt]?
Thi s query returns the deci mal val ue of the sum of the bi ts i n the
Questi onabl e I ntegri ty Event regi ster.
NOTE The regi ster requi res that the associ ated PTR or NTR
fi l ters be set before a condi ti on regi ster bi t can set a bi t i n
the event regi ster.
The data i n thi s regi ster i s l atched unti l i t i s queri ed. Once
queri ed, the regi ster i s cl eared.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Chapter 6 375
Using the STATus System
STATus Subsystem
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
6.3.8.4 Questionable Integrity Negative Transition
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:NTRansition <number>
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:NTRansition?
Thi s command determi nes whi ch bi ts i n the Questi onabl e I ntegri ty
Condi ti on regi ster wi l l set the correspondi ng bi t i n the Questi onabl e
I ntegri ty Event regi ster when the condi ti on regi ster bi t has a negati ve
transi ti on (1 to 0). The vari abl e <number> i s the sum of the deci mal
val ues of the bi ts that you want to enabl e.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Factory Preset: 0
Range: 0 to 32767
6.3.8.5 Questionable Integrity Positive Transition
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:PTRansition <number>
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:PTRansition?
Thi s command determi nes whi ch bi ts i n the Questi onabl e I ntegri ty
Condi ti on regi ster wi l l set the correspondi ng bi t i n the Questi onabl e
I ntegri ty Event regi ster when the condi ti on regi ster bi t has a posi ti ve
transi ti on (0 to 1). The vari abl e <number> i s the sum of the deci mal
val ues of the bi ts that you want to enabl e.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Factory Preset: 32767 (al l 1s)
Range: 0 to 32767
6.3.9 Questionable Integrity Signal Register
6.3.9.1 Questionable Integrity Signal Condition
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:SIGNal:CONDition?
Thi s query returns the deci mal val ue of the sum of the bi ts i n the
Questi onabl e I ntegri ty Si gnal Condi ti on regi ster.
NOTE The data i n thi s regi ster i s conti nuousl y updated and
refl ects the current condi ti ons.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
376 Chapter 6
Using the STATus System
STATus Subsystem
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
6.3.9.2 Questionable Integrity Signal Enable
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:SIGNal:ENABle <number>
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:SIGNal:ENABle?
Thi s command determi nes whi ch bi ts i n the Questi onabl e I ntegri ty
Si gnal Condi ti on Regi ster wi l l set bi ts i n the Questi onabl e I ntegri ty
Si gnal Event regi ster, whi ch al so sets the I ntegri ty Summary bi t (bi t 9)
i n the Questi onabl e Regi ster. The vari abl e <number> i s the sum of the
deci mal val ues of the bi ts you want to enabl e.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Factory Preset: 32767 (al l 1s)
Range: 0 to 32767
6.3.9.3 Questionable Integrity Signal Event Query
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:SIGNal[:EVENt]?
Thi s query returns the deci mal val ue of the sum of the bi ts i n the
Questi onabl e I ntegri ty Si gnal Event regi ster.
NOTE The regi ster requi res that the associ ated PTR or NTR
fi l ters be set before a condi ti on regi ster bi t can set a bi t i n
the event regi ster.
The data i n thi s regi ster i s l atched unti l i t i s queri ed. Once
queri ed, the regi ster i s cl eared.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
6.3.9.4 Questionable Integrity Signal Negative Transition
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:SIGNal:NTRansition <number>
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:SIGNal:NTRansition?
Thi s command determi nes whi ch bi ts i n the Questi onabl e I ntegri ty
Si gnal Condi ti on regi ster wi l l set the correspondi ng bi t i n the
Questi onabl e I ntegri ty Si gnal Event regi ster when the condi ti on
regi ster bi t has a negati ve transi ti on (1 to 0). The vari abl e <number> i s
the sum of the deci mal val ues of the bi ts that you want to enabl e.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Factory Preset: 0
Range: 0 to 32767
Chapter 6 377
Using the STATus System
STATus Subsystem
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
6.3.9.5 Questionable Integrity Signal Positive Transition
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:SIGNal:PTRansition <number>
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:SIGNal:PTRansition?
Thi s command determi nes whi ch bi ts i n the Questi onabl e I ntegri ty
Si gnal Condi ti on regi ster wi l l set the correspondi ng bi t i n the
Questi onabl e I ntegri ty Si gnal Event regi ster when the condi ti on
regi ster bi t has a posi ti ve transi ti on (0 to 1). The vari abl e <number> i s
the sum of the deci mal val ues of the bi ts that you want to enabl e.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Factory Preset: 32767 (al l 1s)
Range: 0 to 32767
6.3.10 Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Register
6.3.10.1 Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Condition
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:UNCalibrated:CONDition?
Thi s query returns the deci mal val ue of the sum of the bi ts i n the
Questi onabl e I ntegri ty Uncal i brated Condi ti on regi ster.
NOTE The data i n thi s regi ster i s conti nuousl y updated and
refl ects the current condi ti ons.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
6.3.10.2 Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Enable
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:UNCalibrated:ENABle
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:UNCalibrated:ENABle?
Thi s command determi nes whi ch bi ts i n the Questi onabl e I ntegri ty
Uncal i brated Condi ti on Regi ster wi l l set bi ts i n the Questi onabl e
I ntegri ty Uncal i brated Event regi ster, whi ch al so sets the Data
Uncal i brated Summary bi t (bi t 3) i n the Questi onabl e I ntegri ty
Regi ster. The vari abl e <number> i s the sum of the deci mal val ues of the
bi ts you want to enabl e.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Factory Preset: 32767 (al l 1s)
Range: 0 to 32767
378 Chapter 6
Using the STATus System
STATus Subsystem
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
6.3.10.3 Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Event Query
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:UNCalibrated[:EVENt]?
Thi s query returns the deci mal val ue of the sum of the bi ts i n the
Questi onabl e I ntegri ty Uncal i brated Event regi ster.
NOTE The regi ster requi res that the associ ated PTR or NTR
fi l ters be set before a condi ti on regi ster bi t can set a bi t i n
the event regi ster.
The data i n thi s regi ster i s l atched unti l i t i s queri ed. Once
queri ed, the regi ster i s cl eared.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
6.3.10.4 Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Negative
Transition
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:UNCalibrated:NTRansition
<number>
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:UNCalibrated:NTRansition?
Thi s command determi nes whi ch bi ts i n the Questi onabl e I ntegri ty
Uncal i brated Condi ti on regi ster wi l l set the correspondi ng bi t i n the
Questi onabl e I ntegri ty Uncal i brated Event regi ster when the condi ti on
regi ster bi t has a negati ve transi ti on (1 to 0). The vari abl e <number> i s
the sum of the deci mal val ues of the bi ts that you want to enabl e.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Factory Preset: 0
Range: 0 to 32767
6.3.10.5 Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Positive
Transition
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:UNCalibrated:PTRansition
<number>
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:UNCalibrated:PTRansition?
Thi s command determi nes whi ch bi ts i n the Questi onabl e I ntegri ty
Uncal i brated Condi ti on regi ster wi l l set the correspondi ng bi t i n the
Questi onabl e I ntegri ty Uncal i brated Event regi ster when the condi ti on
regi ster bi t has a posi ti ve transi ti on (0 to 1). The vari abl e <number> i s
the sum of the deci mal val ues of the bi ts that you want to enabl e.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Factory Preset: 32767 (al l 1s)
Range: 0 to 32767
Chapter 6 379
Using the STATus System
STATus Subsystem
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
6.3.11 Questionable Power Register
6.3.11.1 Questionable Power Condition
:STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:CONDition?
Thi s query returns the deci mal val ue of the sum of the bi ts i n the
Questi onabl e Power Condi ti on regi ster.
NOTE The data i n thi s regi ster i s conti nuousl y updated and
refl ects the current condi ti ons.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
6.3.11.2 Questionable Power Enable
:STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:ENABle <number>
:STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:ENABle?
Thi s command determi nes whi ch bi ts i n the Questi onabl e Power
Condi ti on Regi ster wi l l set bi ts i n the Questi onabl e Power Event
regi ster, whi ch al so sets the Power Summary bi t (bi t 3) i n the
Questi onabl e Regi ster. The vari abl e <number> i s the sum of the
deci mal val ues of the bi ts you want to enabl e.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Factory Preset: 32767 (al l 1s)
Range: 0 to 32767
6.3.11.3 Questionable Power Event Query
:STATus:QUEStionable:POWer[:EVENt]?
Thi s query returns the deci mal val ue of the sum of the bi ts i n the
Questi onabl e Power Event regi ster.
NOTE The regi ster requi res that the associ ated PTR or NTR
fi l ters be set before a condi ti on regi ster bi t can set a bi t i n
the event regi ster.
The data i n thi s regi ster i s l atched unti l i t i s queri ed. Once
queri ed, the regi ster i s cl eared.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
380 Chapter 6
Using the STATus System
STATus Subsystem
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
6.3.11.4 Questionable Power Negative Transition
:STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:NTRansition <number>
:STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:NTRansition?
Thi s command determi nes whi ch bi ts i n the Questi onabl e Power
Condi ti on regi ster wi l l set the correspondi ng bi t i n the Questi onabl e
Power Event regi ster when the condi ti on regi ster bi t has a negati ve
transi ti on (1 to 0). The vari abl e <number> i s the sum of the deci mal
val ues of the bi ts that you want to enabl e.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Factory Preset: 0
Range: 0 to 32767
6.3.11.5 Questionable Power Positive Transition
:STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:PTRansition <number>
:STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:PTRansition?>
Thi s command determi nes whi ch bi ts i n the Questi onabl e Power
Condi ti on regi ster wi l l set the correspondi ng bi t i n the Questi onabl e
Power Event regi ster when the condi ti on regi ster bi t has a posi ti ve
transi ti on (0 to 1). The vari abl e <number> i s the sum of the deci mal
val ues of the bi ts that you want to enabl e.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Factory Preset: 32767 (al l 1s)
Range: 0 to 32767
6.3.12 Questionable Temperature Register
6.3.12.1 Questionable Temperature Condition
:STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature:CONDition?
Thi s query returns the deci mal val ue of the sum of the bi ts i n the
Questi onabl e Temperature Condi ti on regi ster.
NOTE The data i n thi s regi ster i s conti nuousl y updated and
refl ects the current condi ti ons.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Chapter 6 381
Using the STATus System
STATus Subsystem
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
6.3.12.2 Questionable Temperature Enable
:STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature:ENABle <number>
:STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature:ENABle?
Thi s command determi nes whi ch bi ts i n the Questi onabl e Temperature
Condi ti on Regi ster wi l l set bi ts i n the Questi onabl e Temperature Event
regi ster, whi ch al so sets the Temperature Summary bi t (bi t 4) i n the
Questi onabl e Regi ster. The vari abl e <number> i s the sum of the
deci mal val ues of the bi ts you want to enabl e.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Factory Preset: 32767 (al l 1s)
Range: 0 to 32767
6.3.12.3 Questionable Temperature Event Query
:STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature[:EVENt]?
Thi s query returns the deci mal val ue of the sum of the bi ts i n the
Questi onabl e Temperature Event regi ster.
NOTE The regi ster requi res that the associ ated PTR or NTR
fi l ters be set before a condi ti on regi ster bi t can set a bi t i n
the event regi ster.
The data i n thi s regi ster i s l atched unti l i t i s queri ed. Once
queri ed, the regi ster i s cl eared
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
6.3.12.4 Questionable Temperature Negative Transition
:STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature:NTRansition <number>
:STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature:NTRansition?
Thi s command determi nes whi ch bi ts i n the Questi onabl e Temperature
Condi ti on regi ster wi l l set the correspondi ng bi t i n the Questi onabl e
Temperature Event regi ster when the condi ti on regi ster bi t has a
negati ve transi ti on (1 to 0). The vari abl e <number> i s the sum of the
deci mal val ues of the bi ts that you want to enabl e.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Factory Preset: 0
Range: 0 to 32767
382 Chapter 6
Using the STATus System
STATus Subsystem
U
s
i
n
g

t
h
e

S
T
A
T
u
s

S
y
s
t
e
m
6.3.12.5 Questionable Temperature Positive Transition
:STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature:PTRansition <number>
:STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature:PTRansition?
Thi s command determi nes whi ch bi ts i n the Questi onabl e Temperature
Condi ti on regi ster wi l l set the correspondi ng bi t i n the Questi onabl e
Temperature Event regi ster when the condi ti on regi ster bi t has a
posi ti ve transi ti on (0 to 1). The vari abl e <number> i s the sum of the
deci mal val ues of the bi ts that you want to enabl e.
Key Type: There i s no equi val ent front-panel key.
Factory Preset: 32767 (al l 1s)
Range: 0 to 32767
383
M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
7 Menu Maps: Spectrum Analysis
Thi s chapter provi des a vi sual representati on of the front-panel keys and thei r associ ated
menu keys. These menu maps are i n al phabeti cal order by the front-panel key l abel or oval
cross-reference l abel . You can l ocate detai l ed i nformati on about each key/functi on at the
page number l i sted i n the fi gure ti tl e for each menu. For one-button measurement menus
see the One-Button Power Measurements Users and Programmers Reference.
384 Chapter 7
Menu Maps: Spectrum Analysis
Directions for Use
M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
Directions for Use
Refer to the fol l owi ng notes to uti l i ze the key-fl ow di agrams:
Start from the upper l eft corner of each measurement di agram. Go to the ri ght, and go
from the top to the bottom.
When changi ng a key from auto (wi th under l i ne) to manual , just press that key one
ti me.
When enteri ng a numeri c val ue for frequency, a val ue wi th uni ts, use the numeri c
keypad and termi nate the entry wi th the appropri ate uni t sel ecti on from the softkeys
di spl ayed.
When enteri ng a numeri c val ue for a uni tl ess val ue, l i ke Avg Number, use the numeri c
keypad and termi nate the entry wi th the Enter front-panel key.
I nstead of usi ng the numeri c keypad to enter a val ue, i t may be easi er to use the
front-panel knob or Up/Down arrow keys.
Table 7-1 Menu Map Legend
Icon Description
Thi s represents the anal yzer front-panel key.
An oval represents addi ti onal l evel s of menus.
Thi s box shows how the softkey defaul t condi ti on i s di spl ayed.
Defaul t parameters or val ues are underl i ned wherever possi bl e.
A dagger to the l eft of a softkey i ndi cates that when the key i s pressed thi s
i s an acti ve functi on.
A doubl e-dagger to the l eft of the softkey i ndi cates a functi on that i s not
al ways avai l abl e. I t i s dependent on other i nstrument setti ngs.
A bar on the l eft of two or more softkeys i ndi cates that the keys are a
mutual l y excl usi ve choi ce.
ADC Dither
On Off
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
3
8
5

M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
A
l
p
h
a

E
d
i
t
o
r

K
e
y
s
,

1

o
f

2
M e n u M a p s : S p e c t r u m A n a l y s i s
Alpha Editor Keys, 1 of 2
Alpha Editor
A B C D E F G
H I J K L M N
O P Q R S T U
V W X Y Z
Alpha Editor
More
2 of 2
a b c d e f g
h i j k l m n
o p q r s t u
v w x y z
Alpha Editor 2
The 'Alpha
Editor 2' menu
is used to
name files.
More
1 of 2
Alpha Editor
A B C D E F G
H I J K L M N
O P Q R S T U
V W X Y Z
Alpha Editor 1
The 'Alpha Editor
1' menu is used
to configure
system options,
licensing and the
LAN interface.
pe846a
3
8
6
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s

A
l
p
h
a

E
d
i
t
o
r

K
e
y
s
,

1

o
f

2
Menu Maps: Spectrum Analysis
Alpha Editor Keys, 2 of 2
Alpha Editor
Space
A B C D E F G
H I J K L M N
O P Q R S T U
V W X Y Z

Space
Alpha Editor
( ) : ; . ' "
_ ! ? ~
+ - * / < > =
| / \ { } [ ]
@ # $ % ^ &
Space
Alpha Editor
a b c d e f g
h i j k l m n
o p q r s t u
v w x y z

Alpha Editor 3
The 'Alpha
Editor 3' menu
is used to
change titles
on the display.
More
3 of 3
More
1 of 3
More
2 of 3
pe847a
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
3
8
7

M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
A
M
P
L
I
T
U
D
E

Y

S
c
a
l
e

K
e
y
,

1

o
f

2

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

3
5
)
M e n u M a p s : S p e c t r u m A n a l y s i s
AMPLITUDE Y Scale Key, 1 of 2 (See page 35)

AMPLITUDE
Y Scale
amp y
scale
External
(11974)
26-50 GHz
Presel Select
3-26 GHz

Presel Center
Amplitude
Attenuation
10.00 dB
Auto Man
Scale/Div
10.00 dB
Scale Type
Log Lin
Presel Adjust
[3-26 GHz]
0.0 MHz
Ref Level
0.0 dBm
More
1 of 3
Presel Adjust
[3-26 GHz]
0.0 MHz

Amplitude
Max Mixer Lvl
-10.00 dBm
More
3 of 3
Corrections
Amplitude
Ref Lvl Offset
0.00 dB
Int Preamp
On Off
Ext Amp Gain
0.00 dB
Atten Step
2 dB 10 dB
Y Axis Units
dBm
More
2 of 3
Corrections
Y Axis Units
dBmV
A
V
dBmA
W
dBm
More
1 of 2
Y Axis Units
dBuA
dBG
dBpT
dBuV/m
dBuA/m
dBuV
More
2 of 2
3
8
8
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s

A
M
P
L
I
T
U
D
E

Y

S
c
a
l
e

K
e
y
,

1

o
f

2

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

3
5
)
Menu Maps: Spectrum Analysis
AMPLITUDE Y Scale Key, 2 of 2 (See page 35)
Delete
Correction
Edit
Correction
On Off
Corrections
Delete
Correction
Edit
Correction
On Off
Delete
Correction
Edit
Correction
On Off
Delete
Correction
Edit
Correction
On Off
User
Other
Cable
Antenna
pe853a
Edit
Edit
Edit
Frequency
300 MHz
Amplitude
2 dB
Delete Point

Point
1
Edit
Edit
Apply Corrections
Yes No
More
1 of 2
Antenna
[Off]
Cable
[Off]
Other
[Off]
User
[Off]
Corrections
Freq Interp
Log Lin
Delete All
Corrections
More
2 of 2
Corrections
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
3
8
9

M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
A
u
t
o

C
o
u
p
l
e

K
e
y
,

1

o
f

3

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

5
5
)
M e n u M a p s : S p e c t r u m A n a l y s i s
Auto Couple Key, 1 of 3 (See page 55)
A U T O
C O U P L E
p e 8 4 9 a
A v g / V B W t y p e
D e t e c t o r
P h N o i s e O p t
F F T & S w e e p
A D C R a n g i n g
A D C D i t h e r
A u t o C o u p l e
A u t o A l l
D e t e c t o r
N o r m a l
A u t o M a n
A v g / V B W T y p e
L o g - P w r ( V i d e o )
A u t o M a n
P h N o i s e O p t
F a s t T u n e
A u t o M a n
F F T & S w e e p
A u t o : B e s t D y n a m i c
R a n g e
A D C R a n g i n g
A u t o r a n g e
( B e s t S / N )
A D C D i t h e r
O f f
A u t o M a n
3
9
0
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s

A
u
t
o

C
o
u
p
l
e

K
e
y
,

1

o
f

3

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

5
5
)
Menu Maps: Spectrum Analysis
Auto Couple Key, 2 of 3 (See page 55)
Avg/VBW Type
Auto
Pwr Avg
(RMS)
Voltage Avg
Log-Pwr Avg
(Video)
Detector
Auto
Peak
Sample
Negative Peak
Normal
PhNoise Opt
Optimize
(f) for
f > 50 kHz
Optimize
(f) for
f < 50 kHz
Optimize
LO for
Fast Tuning
Auto
FFT & Sweep
FFTs/Span
2
(Minimum)
Avg/VBW type Detector PhNoise Opt FFT & Sweep
pe850a
Auto: Best
Dynamic Range
Auto: Best
Speed
Manual: Swept
Manual: FFT
Average
(Log/RMS/V)

C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
3
9
1

M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
A
u
t
o

C
o
u
p
l
e

K
e
y
,

1

o
f

3

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

5
5
)
M e n u M a p s : S p e c t r u m A n a l y s i s
Auto Couple Key, 3 of 3 (See page 55)
ADC Dither
ADC Dither
On
(Best Log Accy)
ADC Ranging
ADC Ranging
Bypass
(Best (f))
Autorange
(Best S/N)
pe851a
Auto
Off
(Best Noise)
3
9
2
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s

B
W
/
A
v
g

K
e
y

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

6
7
)
Menu Maps: Spectrum Analysis
BW/Avg Key (See page 67)

BW/Avg
pe852a

Avg/VBW Type
Log-Pwr (Video)
Auto Man
BW/AVG
Span/RBW
106
Auto Man
Video BW
3.00000000 kHz
Auto Man
VBW/RBW
1.00000
Average
100
On Off
Res BW
3.00000000 kHz
Auto Man
Avg/VBW Type
Auto
Pwr Avg
(RMS)
Voltage Avg
Log-Pwr Avg
(Video)
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
3
9
3

M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
D
e
t
/
D
e
m
o
d

K
e
y

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

7
7
)
M e n u M a p s : S p e c t r u m A n a l y s i s
Det/Demod Key (See page 77)
Detector
Average
(Log/RMS/V)
Sample
Negative Peak
Peak
Normal
Det/Demod
Auto
det/demod
More
1 of 2
Detector
EMI Peak
(CISPR)
MIL Peak
Quasi Peak
(CISPR)
EMI Average
(CISPR)
More
2 of 2
3
9
4
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s

D
i
s
p
l
a
y

K
e
y
,

1

o
f

2

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

8
7
)
Menu Maps: Spectrum Analysis
Display Key, 1 of 2 (See page 87)
Title
Clear Title
Change Title Alpha Editor 3
Display
If no measurement
is chosen (Meas Off
Selected)
Note: The menus under
Display are measurement
dependent and vary with each
measurement
Limits
pe908a

Display
Display Line
-25.00 dBm
On Off
Title
Full Screen
Preferences
Limits
Active Fctn
Position
Center
Top
Center
Act Fctn Posn
Graticule
On Off
Annotation
On Off
Preferences
Bottom
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
3
9
5

M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

K
e
y
,

1

o
f

2

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

8
7
)
M e n u M a p s : S p e c t r u m A n a l y s i s
Display Key, 2 of 2 (See page 87)
Limit Test
On Off
X Axis Units
Freq Time
Type
Upper
Lower
Limits
Fixed Rel
Delete All Limits
Limits
Edit
Limits
Amptd Interp
Log Lin
Freq Interp
Log Lin
Delete Limit
Margin
0.0 dB
On Off
More
1 of 2
Limit Display
On Off
Limit 1
[Upper]
Limit 2
[Upper]
More
2 of 2
Limit 1 Limit 1

Freq Interp key: grayed

out in Time Limits
Limits (Display-2)
Same as Limit 1 (above)
but menu title is "Limit 2"
Point
1
Frequency
300 MHz
Amplitude
2 dB
Delete Point
Connected To
Previous Pt
Yes No
Edit
3
9
6
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s

F
i
l
e

K
e
y
,

1

o
f

6

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

1
0
5
)
Menu Maps: Spectrum Analysis
File Key, 1 of 6 (See page 105)
File
Rename
Catalog
Save
Load
Delete
Copy
More
1 of 2
Save
Load
Delete
Copy
Rename
Delete All
Delete All Now
Create Dir
Create Dir
Now
Dir Up
Dir Select
Name Alpha Editor 2
File
File
Create Dir
Delete All
More
2 of 2
Catalog
pe856a
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
3
9
7

M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
F
i
l
e

K
e
y
,

1

o
f

6

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

1
0
5
)
M e n u M a p s : S p e c t r u m A n a l y s i s
File Key, 2 of 6 (See page 105)

Sort
Type 1
Catalog
pe857a
Catalog
Dir Up
Dir Select
Type
State
Sort
3
9
8
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s

F
i
l
e

K
e
y
,

1

o
f

6

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

1
0
5
)
Menu Maps: Spectrum Analysis
File Key, 3 of 6 (See page 105)
Save
Save Now
Dir Up
Save
Dir Select
Type
State
Format
Trace + State
Source
All Traces
Name
Alpha Editor 2
When Type = Screen:
When Type = Trace:
Otherwise, Format is
greyed out.
Format
Reverse
Bitmap
Bitmap
Format
CSV
Trace + State
When Type = Trace:
Otherwise, Source is
greyed out.
Source
Trace 2
Trace 3
Trace 1
All Traces
Type 2
When Type = Corrections:
Source
Cable
Other
Antenna
User
When Type = Limits:
Source
Limit 2
Limit 1
pe858a
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
3
9
9

M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
F
i
l
e

K
e
y
,

1

o
f

6

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

1
0
5
)
M e n u M a p s : S p e c t r u m A n a l y s i s
File Key, 4 of 6 (See page 105)
Sort
Sort
By Size
By Name
By Extension
Order
Up
Down
By Date
Rename
Rename Now
Rename
Dir Up
Dir Select
Name
Type
State
Sort Sort
Type 1
Alpha Editor 2
File (4)

Load
Load Now
Load
Dir Up
Dir Select
Destination
Sort
Type
State
When Type = Trace:
Destination
Trace 2
Trace 3
Trace 1
Otherwise, Destination is
greyed out.
Type 3
Sort

Delete
Delete Now
Delete
Dir Up
Dir Select
Type
State
Sort
Type 1
Sort

Copy
Copy Now
Copy
Dir Up
Dir Select
Dir
From To
Type
State
Sort Sort
Type 1
When Type = Limits:
Source
Limit 2
Limit 1
pe859a
4
0
0
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s

F
i
l
e

K
e
y
,

1

o
f

6

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

1
0
5
)
Menu Maps: Spectrum Analysis
File Key, 5 of 6 (See page 105)
Sort
Sort
By Size
By Name
By Extension
Order
Up
Down
By Date
Rename
Rename Now
Rename
Dir Up
Dir Select
Name
Type
State
Sort Sort
Type 1
Alpha Editor 2
File (4)
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
4
0
1

M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
F
i
l
e

K
e
y
,

1

o
f

6

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

1
0
5
)
M e n u M a p s : S p e c t r u m A n a l y s i s
File Key, 6 of 6 (See page 105)
Type
Trace
State
Type 3
Type
Trace
Screen
State
Type 2
Type
All
Trace
Screen
State
Type 1
Limits
More
1 of 2
Limits
More
1 of 2
Limits
Type
Corrections
More
2 of 2
Type
Corrections
More
2 of 2
Used for
Catalog,
Copy,
Rename and
Delete
Used for Save
Used for Load
Type
Corrections
More
1 of 2
More
2 of 2
File (6)
4
0
2
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s

F
R
E
Q
U
E
N
C
Y

C
h
a
n
n
e
l

K
e
y

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

1
3
1
)
Menu Maps: Spectrum Analysis
FREQUENCY Channel Key (See page 131)

FREQUENCY
Channel
pe862a
Freq/Channel
Stop Freq
26.5000000 GHz
Start Freq
10.0000000 MHz
CF Step
2.64900000 GHz
Auto Man
Freq Offset
0.00000000 Hz
Signal Track
On Off
Center Freq
13.2550000 GHz
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
4
0
3

M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
I
n
p
u
t
/
O
u
t
p
u
t

K
e
y

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

1
3
7
)
M e n u M a p s : S p e c t r u m A n a l y s i s
Input/Output Key (See page 137)
Input Port
Amptd Ref
(f=50 MHz)
RF
Input/Output
Input Port
RF
RF Coupling
AC DC
Input/
Output
Input/Output
Input Mixer Input Mixer
321.4 MHz
IF Out Opt
SA
Spectrum
Analyzer
Dnconverter
321.4 MHz IF
(SA Disabled)
321.4 MHz Opt
W / mmW
Preselectors
On Off
Key reads Microwave
Preselector On/Off
for microwave PSAs.
Readback:
SA
Readback:
DnCnv
WBIF

4
0
4
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s

I
n
p
u
t
/
O
u
t
p
u
t

K
e
y

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

1
3
7
)
Menu Maps: Spectrum Analysis
Input/Output, 2 of 2 (See page 137)
Input/Output(2)
Image
Suppress
Image Shift
Signal ID Mode
Mixer Type
Presel Unpre
Harmonic
-8
Auto Man
Mixer Bias
0.00 mA
On Off

Mixer Config
18.-26.5 GHz
(K)
33-50 GHz
(Q)
26.5-40 GHz
(A)
40-60 GHz
(U)
60-90 GHz
(E)
50-75 GHz
(V)
More
1 of 3
75-110 GHz
(W)
110-170 GHz
(D)
90-140 GHz
(F)
140-220 GHz
(G)
220-325 GHz
(J)
170-260 GHz
(Y)
More
2 of 3
User
Ext Mix Band Ext Mix Band Ext Mix Band
More
3 of 3
Input Mixer
Mixer Config
Signal ID
On Off
Signal ID Mode
Image Suppress
Input Mixer
Ext Mix Band
18-26.5 GHz
(K)
Input Mixer
Int Ext
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
4
0
5

M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
M
a
r
k
e
r

K
e
y

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

1
5
3
)
M e n u M a p s : S p e c t r u m A n a l y s i s
Marker Key (See page 153)
Marker
Readout
Period
Time
Frequency
Inverse Time

Marker
If no measurement
is chosen (Meas Off
Selected)
Note: The menus under
Marker are measurement
dependent and vary with each
measurement

Marker
Delta
Select Marker
1 2 3 4
Normal
Off
Delta Pair
(Tracking Ref)
Ref
Span Pair
Span Center
More
1 of 2
Marker
Select Marker
1 2 3 4
Marker Trace
Auto 1 2 3
Readout
Frequency
Marker Table
On Off
Marker All Off
More
2 of 2
4
0
6
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s

M
a
r
k
e
r

-
-
>

K
e
y

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

1
6
9
)
Menu Maps: Spectrum Analysis
Marker --> Key (See page 169)

Marker ->
Mkr -> Start
Mkr -> CF
Mkr-> CF Step
Mkr -> Span
Mkr -> Stop
Mkr -> Ref Lvl
Marker
Mkr -> CF

Note: This key is disabled if the

Spectrum Emission Mask
Measurement is chosen
Marker ->
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
4
0
7

M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
M
a
r
k
e
r

F
c
t
n

K
e
y

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

1
6
3
)
M e n u M a p s : S p e c t r u m A n a l y s i s
Marker Fctn Key (See page 163)

Marker Fctn
Function Off
Select Marker
1 2 3 4
Band / Intvl
Power
Marker Noise
Marker Count
Marker
Fctn
pe867a

Note: This key is disabled if the

Spectrum Emission Mask
Measurement is chosen
Marker Count
Marker Count
On Off
Gate Time
100.0 ms
Auto Man
4
0
8
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s

M
O
D
E

K
e
y

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

1
7
3
)
Menu Maps: Spectrum Analysis
MODE Key (See page 173)
Mode
Spectrum
Analysis
MODE
pe868a
Note:when measurement
applications are loaded, this
menu contains a key for
each loaded application.
Please refer to the
documentation for the
specific application you are
using for these menus.
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
4
0
9

M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
P
e
a
k

S
e
a
r
c
h

K
e
y

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

1
8
5
)
M e n u M a p s : S p e c t r u m A n a l y s i s
Peak Search Key (See page 185)
Peak Search
pe869a
Peak Table
Peak Table
On Off
Peak Sort
Freq Amptd
Peak Readout
All
Peak Readout
All
> Display Line
< Display Line
Search Param
Peak Excursn
6.00 dB
Pk Threshold
-90.00 dBm
Peak Search
Param Max
Peak Search
Search Param
Continuous Pk
On Off
More
2 of 2
Peak Table
Peak Search
Next Pk Right
Pk-Pk Search
Next Peak
Next Pk Left
Min Search
Mkr -> CF
More
1 of 2
4
1
0
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s

P
r
e
s
e
t

K
e
y

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

1
9
3
)
Menu Maps: Spectrum Analysis
Preset Key (See page 193)
Preset
If System selection of Preset
Type is Factory or Mode, this
key immediately performs
mode setup or a full factory
preset.
If System selection of Preset
Type is User Preset, then
this menu appears.
Preset
User Preset
Mode Preset
Factory Preset
Save User
Preset
pe870a
Saves state for all modes
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
4
1
1

M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
P
r
i
n
t

S
e
t
u
p

K
e
y

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

1
9
7
)
M e n u M a p s : S p e c t r u m A n a l y s i s
Print Setup Key (See page 197)
Print Setup
Eject Page
Printer Setup
Orientation
Portrait
Color
On Off
Prints/Page
1 2
PRINT
SETUP
Page Size
Letter
More
2 of 2
Print Setup
More
1 of 2

Grayed out unless PCL5 printer

Grayed out unless Color Capable printer
pe871a
Executive
Letter
Legal
Ledger
A4
A3
Page Size Printer Setup
Language
PCL3 PCL5
Color Capable
Yes No
Orientation
Landscape
Portrait
4
1
2
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s

S
P
A
N

X

S
c
a
l
e

K
e
y

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

2
0
9
)
Menu Maps: Spectrum Analysis
SPAN X Scale Key (See page 209)
Span
Full Span
Zero Span
Last Span
Span
26.4900000
GHz
SPAN
X Scale
Span Zoom
pe872a
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
4
1
3

M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
S
w
e
e
p

K
e
y

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

2
1
3
)
M e n u M a p s : S p e c t r u m A n a l y s i s
Sweep Key (See page 213)
pe873a

SWEEP

Gate Setup
Gate
On Off
Sweep
Sweep
Single Cont
Sweep Time
66.24 ms
Auto Man
Points
601
Auto Sweep Time
Norm Accy
Polarity
Pos Neg
Delay
3.0 ms
Length
1.5 ms
Gate Setup
Gate View
On Off
Gate Source
Front
RF Burst
(IF Wideband)
Ext Front
(Ext Trig In)
1.50 V
Ext Rear
(Trigger In)
1.50 V
Gate Source
4
1
4
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s

S
y
s
t
e
m

K
e
y
,

1

o
f

4

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

2
2
3
)
Menu Maps: Spectrum Analysis
System Key, 1 of 4 (See page 223)
System
More
2 of 3
Color Palette
Diagnostics
Restore Sys
Defaults
Show System
System
Show Errors
Power On/
Preset
Time/Date
Alignments
Config I/O
More
1 of 3
SYSTEM
System
More
3 of 3
Licensing
Service
Alignments
Config I/O
Color Palette
Diagnostics
Service
Licensing Show System
Time/Date
Show Errors
PwrOn/Preset
pe874a
Show Hdwr
Reference Refererence
Personality Personality Show Hdwr
Security Security
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
4
1
5

M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
S
y
s
t
e
m

K
e
y
,

1

o
f

4

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

2
2
3
)
M e n u M a p s : S p e c t r u m A n a l y s i s
System Key, 2 of 4 (See page 223)
Color Palette Alignments
Align Subsys
Align RF
Align IF
Align ADC
Align Current IF
Flatness
Align Current
SysGain
Align Audio
Digitizer Gain
Config I/O
Alpha Editor 2
System (2)
Time/Date
Alignments
Restore Align
Defaults
Align All Now
Auto Align
On Alert Off
Align Subsys
SCPI LAN
SCPI Telnet
Port 5023
On Off
SCPI Socket
Port 5025
On Off
SICL Server
On Off
Time/Date
Time/Date
On Off
Date Format
MDY DMY
Set Time
182544
Set Date
20010102
Color Palette
Vision Impair 1
Optical Filter
Vision Impair 2
Monochrome
Default
GPIB
Address
18
Config I/O
Host Name
aaaa
SCPI LAN
IP Address
199.199.199.199

Subnet Mask
255.255.0.0

Gateway Address
0.0.0.0

4
1
6
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s

S
y
s
t
e
m

K
e
y
,

1

o
f

4

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

2
2
3
)
Menu Maps: Spectrum Analysis
System Key, 3 of 4 (See page 223)
Diagnostics
Diagnostics
Front Panel
Test
Licensing
Licensing
Delete
License
Activate License
Option
License Key Alpha Editor 1
Alpha Editor 1
System (3)
Reference
Show License Show License
PwrOn/Preset
Save User
Preset
Power On
Last Preset
PwrOn/Preset
Preset Type
Mode
User
Mode
Factory
Preset Type
Freq Ref
10.0000000 MHz
Int Ext
10 MHz Out
Off On
Reference
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
4
1
7

M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
S
y
s
t
e
m

K
e
y
,

1

o
f

4

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

2
2
3
)
M e n u M a p s : S p e c t r u m A n a l y s i s
System Key, 4 of 4 (See page 223)

Show Errors
Previous Page
Next Page
Verbose SCPI
On Off
Clear Error
Queue
Show Errors
System(4)
Show Hdwr
Show Hdwr
Show System
Show System
Show License
Show License
Personality
Personality
Security
Secure
Erase
All
Secure
Erase
User
Security

Confirm?
Yes
No
Security
Enabled

Secure
On
Enabled
(boot
activates)
Off
4
1
8
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s

T
r
a
c
e
/
V
i
e
w

K
e
y

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

2
6
3
)
Menu Maps: Spectrum Analysis
Trace/View Key (See page 263)
Trace/View
Trace/View
Blank
View
Max Hold
Min Hold
Trace
1 2 3
Clear Write
Trace/View
More
1 of 2
Trace/View
More
2 of 2
Operations
Normalize
[Off]
Operations
2 -> 3
2 <-> 3
1 -> 3
1 <-> 2
2 - DL -> 2
Normalize
Ref Trace
(Trace 3)
View Blank
Norm Ref Lvl
0.00 dB
Norm Ref Posn
10
Store Ref
(1 -> 3)
Normalize
On Off
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
4
1
9

M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
T
r
i
g

K
e
y

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

2
7
3
)
M e n u M a p s : S p e c t r u m A n a l y s i s
Trig Key (See page 273)
Trig
RF Burst
(IF Wideband)
More
1 of 2
Video
Line
Free Run
TRIG
Trig

Ext Front
(Ext Trig In)
1.50 V
Ext Rear
(Trigger In)
1.50 V

Entire menu grayed out

when Gate View is on

Trig
More
2 of 2
Trig Slope
Pos Neg
Trig Delay
1.000 s
On Off
4
2
0
C
h
a
p
t
e
r

7
M
e
n
u

M
a
p
s
:

S
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s

T
r
i
g

K
e
y

(
S
e
e

p
a
g
e

2
7
3
)
Menu Maps: Spectrum Analysis
Index
421
I
n
d
e
x
Symbols
*CLS, 341
*ESE, 354, 355
*ESR?, 354
*LRN, 359
*RST, 31
*SRE, 352
*STB?, 352
Numerics
10 dB step, 53
10 MHz Out key, 246
2 dB step, 53
26 - 50 GHz key, 42
3 - 26 GHz key, 41, 42
321.4 MHz output, 139, 140
488.2 I EEE commands, 357
A
Acti vate key, 253
ADC di ther
automati c, 63
off, 64
on, 64
ADC Di ther key, 62
ADC rangi ng
automati c, 64
bypass, 64, 65
ADC Rangi ng key, 64
al i gn
now, 362
Al i gn ADC key, 236
Al i gn Al l Now key, 234
Al i gn Audi o Di gi ti zer Gai n key,
237
Al i gn Current I F Fl atness key,
237
Al i gn Current SysGai n key, 237
Al i gn I F key, 236
Al i gn RF key, 235
Al i gn Subsys key, 235
al i gni ng
ADC, 236
al i gn al l , 234
audi o di gi ti zer gai n, 237
automati c al i gn, 233
I F, 236
I F fl atness, 237
RF, 235
subsystems, 235
system gai n, 237
al i gnment functi ons, 260
al i gnments
ti me correcti ons, 238
Al i gnments key, 233, 245
Al l key, 108
Al l Traces key, 116
al pha edi tor
menu map, 385, 386
Ampl i tude key, 97
ampl i tude reference, 137
ampl i tude Y scal e
menu map, 387, 388
AMPLI TUDE Y Scal e front-panel
key, 35
Amptd I nterp key, 100
Amptd Ref key, 137
angl e parameter (vari abl es), 285
Annotati on key, 104
antenna
correcti on, 49
Antenna correcti on key, 49, 50,
51
appl et, 319
appl i cati ons
i nstal l i ng, 254
sel ecti ng, 179, 180, 181
appl i cati ons, sel ecti ng, 179
Appl yi ng Correcti ons key, 48
arbi trary bl ock data, 286
ASCI I data format, 128
Attenuati on key, 36
attenuator step
10 dB, 53
2 dB, 53
Attn Step key, 53
Auto Al i gn key, 233
Auto Al l key, 55
auto coupl e, 55
menu map, 389, 390, 391
AUTO COUPLE front-panel key,
55
auto coupl i ng
Auto Al l , 55
Auto key, 73, 79
phase noi se, 61
Auto Sweep Ti me key, 215
Autorange key
ADC rangi ng
autorange, 65
Average key, 71, 81
averagi ng, 71
l og-power, 72
power, 72
traces, 377, 378
type, 75
Auto, 73
Log power, 73
power, 74
vol tage, 74
vi deo, 72
vol tage, 72
Avg/VBW Type key, 72, 75
phase noi se, 62
B
B,M,T measurements, 292
Band/I ntvl Power key, 165
bandwi dth power, 165
bandwi dth rati o
vi deo to resol uti on, 69
BASI C programmi ng, 313
bi nary data order, setti ng, 128
bi t_pattern parameter
(vari abl es), 285
Bi tmap
format, 115
screen fi l e, 106
Bi tmap key, 115
Bl ank key, 267
bl ock data
arbi trary, 286
i denti fyi ng bl ock si ze, 286
parsi ng output, 286
book
terms, 31
book, usi ng, 31
bool ean parameter (commands),
284
bottom/mi ddl e/top
measurements, 292
bus
cl ear command, 310
LAN, 304
LAN cabl e, 325
BW/Avg
menu map, 392
BW/Avg front-panel key, 67, 155,
156, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162,
174, 175, 176, 177
By Date key, 109
By Extensi on key, 110
By Name key, 109
By Si ze key, 110
Bypass key, 65
byte order, setti ng data, 128
C
C l anguage
addressi ng sessi ons, 333
cl osi ng sessi ons, 334
compi l i ng and l i nki ng, 328
creati ng, 327
exampl e, 330
openi ng sessi on, 331
sessi ons, 331
usi ng VI SA l i brary, 327
usi ng VI SA transi ti on l i brary,
328, 330
C programmi ng, socket LAN, 319
422
Index
I
n
d
e
x
cabl e
correcti on, 49
cabl e, LAN, 325
cal i brati on
condi ti on regi ster, 367, 368,
369, 370, 372
defaul ts, 238
frequency correcti ons on/off, 234
functi ons, 260
I EEE command, 357
moni tori ng status of, 355, 356
query, 357
ti me correcti ons, 238
cal i brati on condi ti on regi ster,
367, 368, 369, 371
Catal og
key, 107
Center Freq key, 131
center frequency, marker to, 187
CF Step key, 134
Change Ti tl e key, 102
changi ng
frequency span, 209, 210, 211
Cl ear Error Queue key, 224
cl ear status, I EEE command, 357
Cl ear Ti tl e key, 103
Cl ear Wri te key, 265
cl eari ng errors, 224
CLS command, 342
code, programmi ng
compati bi l i ty across PSA modes,
296, 298
compati bi l i ty, PSA seri es versus
VSA, 299
Col or Capabl e key, 199
Col or key, 201, 202
col or pal ette
defaul ts, 248
sel ecti ng, 249
Col or Pal ette key, 247
command compl ete, 359
commands
bool ean parameter, 284
compati bi l i ty across PSA modes,
296, 298
keyword parameter, 284
mul ti pl e on a l i ne, 287
parameters, 284
PSA seri es versus VSA
compati bi l i ty, 299
syntax, 281
termi nati on, I EEE, 287
uni ts parameter, 284
val i d commands, 282
vari abl e parameter, 284
vari abl e parameter keywords,
284
compati bi l i ty, programmi ng
across PSA modes, 296
PSA seri es versus VSA, 299
condi ti on of i nstrument, 337, 341
condi ti on regi ster, 341
Confi g I /O key, 239
confi gurati on
GPI B address, 239
host I D, 240
host name, 240
I P address, 240, 241
LAN, 241
confi guri ng
mi xer, 148
Connected To Previ ous key, 97
connecti on errors, 320
connecti on refused error, 322
connecti on ti med out error, 322
conti nuous measurements, 175
Conti nuous Pk key, 187
control keys, 33, 151, 183
Control LAN Tel net key, 242
Control SI CL LAN key, 243
Control Socket LAN key, 242
control l er, 335
control l i ng
gate ti me, 167
Copy key, 122
Copy Now key, 122
copyi ng
fi l es, 122
correcti on
antenna, 49, 50, 51
cabl e, 49
frequency, 51, 52, 53
other, 49
user, 49
correcti on constant defaul t, 238
Correcti ons
fi l e type, 106
correcti ons
appl yi ng, 48
ti me, 238
Correcti ons key, 48, 109
counter, 166
Coupl i ng key, 138
coupl i ngs, 31
Create Di r key, 126
Create Di r Now key, 126
creati ng
di rectori es, 126
di rectori es now, 126
CSV
format, 115
CSV key, 115
CSV trace type, 106
D
data
arbi trary bl ocks, 286
data byte order
setti ng, 128
data format, 128
data to a fi l e
movi ng, 128
date
di spl ay on/off, 230
di spl ayi ng, 230
setti ng, 230
Date Format key, 230
dBm key, 43
dBmV key, 43, 44
dBuV key, 45, 46
debuggi ng errors i n programs,
224
defaul t
col or pal ette, 248
Defaul t key, 248
defaul ts
LAN, 320
restori ng
system, 250
defi ni ng
l i mi ts, 91
defi ni ti ons
dependenci es/coupl i ngs, 31
exampl e, 31
factory preset, 31
maxi mum val ue, 31
remote command, 31
state saved, 31
terms, 31
degree parameter (vari abl es), 285
Del ete
key, 253
Del ete Al l key, 127
Del ete Al l Li mi ts key, 102
Del ete Al l Now key, 127
Del ete key, 121
Del ete Li mi t key, 98
Del ete Now key, 121
Del ete Poi nt key, 98
del eti ng
fi l es, 121, 127
l i mi ts, 102
opti ons, 253
Del ta key, 156
Del ta Pai r key, 156
dependenci es, 31
Dependenci es/Coupl i ngs term, 31
desti nati on
trace 1, 120
trace 2, 120
trace 3, 120
Index
423
I
n
d
e
x
Desti nati on key, 119
Det/Demod
menu map, 393
Det/Demod key, 77
detecti on
auto on/off, 79
average, 81
negati ve peak, 83
normal , 81
peak, 82
RMS, 86
sampl e, 82
detector
EMI , 83, 84, 85
MI L, 85
RMS averagi ng, 72
rul es for auto sel ecti on, 80
Detector key, 77
phase noi se, 62
devi ce cl ear command, 310
di agnosti cs, 260
Di agnosti cs key, 249
Di r From/To key, 123
Di r Sel ect key, 110, 117, 120, 122,
124, 125, 126
Di r Up key, 110, 116, 120, 122,
123, 125, 126
di rectori es
creati ng, 126
sel ecti ng, 120
di spl ay
marker readout, 160
frequency, 161
i nverse ti me, 162
peri od, 161
ti me, 161
menu map, 394, 395
on/off, 104
trace, 135
Di spl ay front-panel key, 87
di spl ay l i ne
adjusti ng, 87, 88, 89, 90
Di spl ay Li ne key, 87, 88, 89, 90
di spl ay of gate setup, 217
di spl ay wi ndows
Marker Tabl e, 162
di spl ayi ng
errors, 223
pages, 224
di vi si ons, scal i ng, 37
documentati on, usi ng, 31
E
echo, l ack of, 308
edge tri gger setup, 218, 219
Edi t key, 95
edi ti ng
ampl i tude, 97
connecti ng poi nts, 97
del eti ng l i mi ts, 98
del eti ng poi nts, 98
frequency, 96
l i mi ts, 95, 96, 97, 98
poi nts, 95, 97, 98
Eject Page key, 201
EMI Average key, 84
EMI detecti on, 83, 84, 85
EMI Peak key, 85
enabl e regi ster
servi ce request, 344
error
operati on status regi ster, 355
questi onabl e status regi ster,
356
error handl i ng, 337
error i nformati on, duri ng
executi on, 224
error messages, 323
error moni tori ng, 361, 363
errors
cl eari ng, 224
connecti ng remotel y, 320
connecti on refused, 322
connecti on ti med out, 322
di spl ayi ng, 223
fi l e movi ng/copyi ng, 321
LAN troubl eshooti ng, 319
no response from host, 322
packets l ost, 321
ti meout, 320
ESE command, 342
event enabl e regi ster, 342
event regi ster, 341
event status byte, enabl e and
read, 357
event status enabl e, I EEE
command, 357
event status regi ster
query and cl ear, 358
Exampl e term, 31
Ext Amp Gai n key, 53
Ext Front key, 275
Ext Mi x Band key, 142, 143, 144,
145
Ext Rear key, 275
external 1 gate tri gger, 220
external 2 gate tri gger, 221
external ampl i fi er gai n, 53
External key, 42
external mi xi ng, 138
F
factory defaul ts, 238
LAN, 320
Factory key, 229
Factory Preset key, 195
Factory Preset term, 31
faster measurements, di spl ay off,
104
FFT, 58
FFT & Sweep key, 56, 57, 58
FFTs/Span key, 59
fi l e
al l , 108
catal og, 107
copy, 122
copy now, 122
correcti ons, 109
del ete, 121
del ete now, 121
format, 114
l i mi ts, 108
l oad now, 117
menu map, 396, 397, 398, 399,
400, 401, 404
name, 116, 125, 126
renami ng, 124
renami ng now, 124
save, 111
save now, 112
screen, 109
sort, 109, 119, 122, 123, 125
state, 108
trace, 108
type, 114, 119, 123, 124
, 107
fi l e copyi ng/movi ng errors, 321
Fi l e front-panel key, 105
fi l e source, 115
al l traces, 116
trace 1, 116
trace 2, 116
trace3, 116
fi l e type, 105, 121
Correcti ons, 106
Li mi ts, 106
Measurement Resul ts, 106
Screen, 106
State, 105
Trace, 105
fi l es
del eti ng, 127
l i mi t l i nes, 118
fi l ter
negati ve transi ti on, 341
posi ti ve transi ti on, 341
fi ndi ng
peaks, 185, 186, 187
fi ndi ng programmi ng errors i n
executi on, 224
fl atness correcti ons on/off, 234
424
Index
I
n
d
e
x
format
Bi tmap, 115
CSV, 115
Reverse Bi tmap, 115
Trace + State, 115
Format key, 114
format, data, 128
Free Run key, 273
Freq I nterp key, 98
Freq Offset key, 135
Freq Ref key, 245
frequency channel
menu map, 402
FREQUENCY Channel
front-panel key, 131
frequency condi ti on regi ster, 372,
373
frequency correcti ons on/off, 234
frequency count, 166
Frequency key, 51, 52, 53, 96,
161
frequency parameter (vari abl es),
285
frequency reference, 245
Front key, 220
Front Panel Test key, 249
front-panel features (see Getti ng
Started gui de), 31
front-panel key
AMPLI TUDE Y Scal e, 35
AUTO COUPLE, 55
Di spl ay, 87
Fi l e, 105
FREQUENCY Channel , 131
I nput/Output, 137
Marker, 153
Marker -->, 169
Marker Fctn, 163
Meas Setup, 174
Measure Control , 175
MODE, 179
Mode Setup, 182
Peak Search, 185
Preset, 193
Pri nt, 197
Pri nt Setup, 197
Restart, 203
Save, 205
Si ngl e, 207
SPAN X Scal e, 209
SWEEP, 213
System, 223
Trace/Vi ew, 263
TRI G, 273
front-panel keys
Det/Demod, 77
MEASURE, 173
Ful l Screen key, 87
Ful l Span key, 210
Functi on Off key, 166
G
Gate Del ay key, 219
Gate key, 216
Gate Length key, 219
Gate Setup key, 217
Gate Source key, 220
Gate Ti me key, 167
gate tri gger source
front/external 1, 220
Front/RF burst, 221
rear/external 2, 221
Gate Vi ew key, 217
Gated FFT
measurement, 58
gated sweep functi onal i ty, 216
GPI B Address key, 239
GPI B bus i nformati on, 335
GPI B command statements, 335
H
hardware
moni tori ng status of, 356
hardware status, 337, 341, 363
Harmoni c key, 148
hi gh frequency si gnal s, usi ng
external mi xers, 138
Host I D, 240
Host Name key, 240
HP BASI C, 313
HP VEE, over socket LAN, 318
HP VI SA l i brari es, 314
HP-I B address, 239
I
i denti fi cati on mode, 147
i denti ty, I EEE command
opti ons, query
model number, query, 358
I EEE command, 359
I EEE command termi nati on, 287
I EEE command, event status
enabl e, 357
I EEE common commands
*commands, I EEE, 357
I F output, 139, 140
I mage Shi ft key, 147
I mage Suppress key, 147
i ni ti ate measurement, 176, 362
I nput Port key, 137
i nput/output
menu map, 403
I nput/Output front-panel key, 137
i nstrument preset, 360
i nstrument status, 337, 341, 363
moni tori ng, 361
moni tori ng status moni tori ng,
361
I nt Preamp key, 48
i nteger vari abl e (vari abl es), 285
i ntegri ty condi ti on regi ster, 374,
375
i ntegri ty si gnal condi ti on regi ster,
375, 376, 377
I nverse Ti me key, 162
I P Address key, 240, 241
J
Java
program, 319
programi ng socket LAN, 319
K
key press counter , 249
keyboard l ock, 260
keys
control , 33, 151, 183
keyword parameter (commands),
284
L
LabVi ew, usi ng i t over LAN, 318
LAN
bus, 304
C program, 319
cabl e, 325
Java program, 319
SI CL, 244, 313
socket programmi ng, 309
sockets, 242, 243
tel net, 242, 307
types of access, 241
usi ng, 304
VEE program, 318
LAN defaul ts, 320
LAN troubl eshooti ng, 319
Landscape key, 200
Language key, 199
Last Span key, 211
Li cense Key
key, 252
Li censi ng key, 251, 254, 255
l i mi t
off, 92
on, 92
test off, 93
test on, 93
Li mi t 1 key, 92
Li mi t 2 key, 92
Index
425
I
n
d
e
x
Li mi t key, 92
l i mi t type, 92
Li mi ts
fi l e type, 106
l i mi ts
ampl i tude, 97
connecti ng poi nts, 97
del eti ng, 102
del eti ng l i mi ts
edi ti ng
limits, 98
del eti ng poi nts, 98
edi ti ng, 95
fi xed, 101
i nterpol ati on, 98, 100
Li n, 98, 100
Log, 98, 100
l ower, 92
margi n, 94
poi nt, 95
rel ati ve, 101
segments, 100
test, 93
ti me, 96
uni ts, 100
upper, 92
Li mi ts key, 91, 101, 108
Li ne key, 274
Li near
scal e type, 38
l i stener, 335
Load key, 117
Load Now key, 117
l oadi ng
fi l es, 117
l i mi t l i nes from fi l e, 118
l ocal echo, l ack of, 308
l ocati ng
peaks, 185, 186, 187
Log
scal e type, 38
l og-power averagi ng, 72
Log-Pwr Avg key, 73
l ower
l i mi t type, 92
l ower l i mi t, 92
M
manual , usi ng, 31
margi n
off, 94
on, 94
Margi n key, 94
marker
menu map, 405
movi ng to center frequency, 187
Marker --> front-panel key, 169
Marker ->CF key, 169
Marker ->CF Step key, 169
Marker ->Ref Lvl key, 171
Marker ->Start key, 169
Marker ->Stop key, 170
Marker Al l Off key, 162
marker control mode
Del ta, 156
Del ta Pai r, 156
Normal , 155
Span Pai r, 158
Marker Count key, 166
access, 166
Marker ->Span key, 170
marker fctn
menu map, 407
Marker Fctn front-panel key, 163
Marker front-panel key, 153
marker functi on, 163
Marker Noi se key, 163
Marker Tabl e key, 162
marker to
menu map, 406
Marker Trace key, 160
markers
al l off, 162
bandwi dth power, 165
frequency readout, 161
i nverse ti me readout, 162
movi ng, 169, 170, 171, 185
off, 159, 162, 166
peak
conti nuous, 187
excursi on, 188
mi ni mum search, 186
next, 185
next l eft, 186
next ri ght, 186
search, 190
threshol d, 189
peak to peak search, 187
peri od readout, 161
readout, 160
search
parameters, 188
sel ecti ng, 155, 160
ti me readout, 161
to center frequency, 169
to center frequency step, 169
to reference l evel , 171
to span, 170
to start frequency, 169
to stop frequency, 170
trace assi gnment, 160
markers off, 155
Max Hol d key, 266
Max Mi xer Lvl key, 54
Maxi mum Val ue term, 31
Meas Setup front-panel key, 174
Measure Control front-panel key,
175
MEASURE front-panel key, 173
Measure key, 175
measurement
gated FFT, 58
resume, 175
measurement errors
moni tori ng status of, 356
measurement modes
sel ecti ng, 179, 180, 181
Measurement Resul ts
fi l e type, 106
measurements
aborti ng, 177
bottom/mi ddl e/top, 292
i ncreasi ng speed, 289
pausi ng, 176
resumi ng, 176
menu map
al pha edi tor, 385, 386
ampl i tude Y scal e, 387, 388
auto coupl e, 389, 390, 391
BW/Avg, 392
Det/Demod, 393
di spl ay, 394, 395
fi l e, 396, 397, 398, 399, 400,
401, 404
frequency channel , 402
i nput/output, 403
marker, 405
marker fctn, 407
marker to, 406
mode, 408
peak search, 409
preset, 410
span X scal e, 412
sweep, 413
system, 414
trace/vi ew, 418
tri g, 419
message
to other users, 260, 261
MI L detecti on, 85
MI L Peak key, 85
mi l l i meter si gnal s, usi ng external
mi xers, 138
Mi n Hol d key, 266
Mi n Search key, 186
mi xer
confi gurati on, 148
Mi xer Bi as key, 149
Mi xer Confi g key, 148
mi xer l evel
adjusti ng, 54
426
Index
I
n
d
e
x
Mi xer Type key, 148
mi xers, external , 138
Mkr to CF key, 187
mode
menu map, 408
si gnal I D, 147
MODE front-panel key, 179
Mode key, 228
Mode Preset key, 195
Mode Setup front-panel key, 182
modes/appl i cati ons
l oadi ng, 254
moni tori ng errors, 361
moni tori ng i nstrument
condi ti ons, 355, 356
moni tori ng i nstrument status,
363
moni tori ng status, 361
moni tori ng the i nstrument, 337,
341
Monochrome key, 249
movi ng
data to a fi l e, 128
markers, 169, 170, 171, 185
mul ti pl e users, system message
to, 260, 261
N
Name key, 116, 125, 126
nami ng
fi l es, 116, 125, 126
Negati ve Peak key, 83
negati ve transi ti on fi l ter, 341
Next Page key, 224
Next Peak key, 185
Next Pk Left key, 186
Next Pk Ri ght key, 186
no response from host error, 322
Normal key, 81, 155
numeri c data fi l e format
setti ng, 128
O
Off key marker, 159
one measurement, 175
OPC command, 342
openSocket, 319
operati on compl ete, I EEE
command, 359
operati on condi ti on regi ster, 363,
364
operati on status, 363
operati on status regi ster, 355
Opti cal Fi l ter key, 249
Opti mi ze L(f) key
frequenci es, 61
frequenci es>50 kHz, 61
Opti mi ze LO key
fast tuni ng, 62
Opti on
key, 251
Opti on 123
321.4 MHz I F output, 139, 140
presel ector sel ecti on, 140, 141
opti on 124 Vi deo Out connector ,
216
Opti on 1DS, 48
opti ons
acti vati ng, 253
del eti ng, 253
query, 359
sel ecti ng, 181
opti ons, I EEE command, 359
Order Up Down key, 110
ori entati on
l andscape, 200
portrai t, 200
Ori entati on key, 199
other
correcti on, 49
other users
system message to, 260, 261
output
321.4 MHz, 139, 140
output data, i denti fyi ng bl ock
si ze, 286
P
packet errors, 321
Page Si ze key, 201
pages
di spl ayi ng next, 224
di spl ayi ng previ ous, 224
paper ori entati on, 199
parameter (vari abl es), 285
parameters (commands), 284
parameters, vari abl e, 285
Pause key, 176
Peak Excursn key, 188
Peak key, 82
peak search
menu map, 409
Peak Search front-panel key, 185
Peak Search key, 190
percent parameter (vari abl es),
285
Peri od key, 161
persi stent setti ngs, 320
personal i ti es
sel ecti ng, 179, 180, 181
phase noi se
Auto, 61
opti mi zati on, 60, 61, 62
phase parameter (vari abl es), 285
PHNoi se Opt key
phase noi se opti mi zati on, 60
pi ngi ng the anal yzer, 323
Pk Threshol d key, 189
Pk-Pk Search key, 187
Poi nt key, 95
Poi nts key, 221
Pol ari ty key, 218
Portrai t key, 200
posi ti ve transi ti on fi l ter, 341
power
toggl i ng i nternal preamp, 48
Y Axi s Uni ts, 42
dBm, 43
dBmV, 43, 44
dBuV, 45, 46
vol ts, 44
watts, 44
power averagi ng, 72
power condi ti on regi ster, 379, 380
power on
preset, 225
Power On key, 226
Power On/Preset key, 225
power parameter (vari abl es), 285
power-on
ti me, 261
power-on status cl ear, I EEE
command, 360
preamp, i nternal , 48
Presel Adjust key, 40
Presel Center key, 38
presel ector
adjusti ng, 40
sel ecti on, 41, 42
presel ector center, 38
presel ector sel ecti on, 41, 42, 140,
141
Preset
factory, 195
mode, 195
power on, 225
user, 194
preset, 360
factory, 229
menu map, 410
mode, 228
savi ng, 196, 229
status regi sters, 364
user, 227
preset defaul ts
LAN, 320
Preset front-panel key, 193
Preset Type key, 227
Previ ous Page key, 224
pri nt
aborti ng, 197
Index
427
I
n
d
e
x
Pri nt front-panel key, 197
Pri nt Setup front-panel key, 197
pri nter
col or, 201, 202
col or capabi l i ty, 199
compati bi l i ty, 198
eject page, 201
l anguage
PCL3, 198
PCL5, 198
l anguage, PL3/PL5, 199
ori entati on, 199
l andscape, 200
portrai t, 200
paper si ze, 201
pri nter l anguage, 198
pri nts per page, 200
pri nter setup, 197
Pri nter Setup key, 198
pri nter, paral l el
HP pri nters, 198
pri nti ng
moni tori ng status of, 355
pri ntout ori entati on, 199
Pri nts/Page key, 200
programmer s reference, usi ng, 31
programmi ng
command parameters, 284
command syntax, 281
compati bi l i ty among PSA
modes, 296, 298
compati bi l i ty, PSA seri es versus
VSA, 299
exampl e usi ng C l anguage, 330
SCPI basi cs, 281
socket LAN, 309, 319
usi ng C l anguage, 327
val i d commands, 282
vi a LAN, 309
wi th C, 319
wi th Java, 319
programmi ng commands,I EEE,
357
programmi ng errors, debug
i nformati on, 224
PSA seri es versus VSA
(programmi ng compati bi l i ty),
299
Pwr Avg key, 74
Q
Quasi Peak key, 83
questi onabl e condi ti on regi ster,
365, 366
questi onabl e status regi ster , 355,
356
R
rati o
VBW/RBW, 69
Readout key, 160
real number data format, 128
Rear key, 221
rear-panel features (see Getti ng
Started gui de), 31
recal l , I EEE command, 360
Ref Level key, 35
Ref Lvl Offset key, 47
reference l evel key, 35
reference l evel offset, 47
regi ster
cal i brati on condi ti on, 367, 368,
369, 371
frequency condi ti on, 372, 373
i ntegri ty condi ti on, 374, 375
i ntegri ty si gnal condi ti on, 375,
376, 377
operati on condi ti on, 363, 364
power condi ti on, 379, 380
questi onabl e condi ti on, 365, 366
temperature condi ti on, 380,
381, 382
regi sters, 344
cal i brati on condi ti on, 367, 368,
369, 370, 372
condi ti on, 341
event, 341
event enabl e, 342
operati on, 355
questi onabl e, 355
servi ce request enabl e, 352
standard event status, 353
status byte, 351
rel ati ve power parameter
(vari abl es), 285
Remote Command term, 31
Rename key, 124
Rename Now key, 124
renami ng
fi l es, 124
Res BW key, 67
reset, I EEE command, 360
resol uti on bandwi dth, 67
adjusti ng, 67
Resol uti on BW Auto Man, 67
Restart front-panel key, 203
restart the measurement, 175
Restor Sys Defaul ts key, 250
Restore Al i gn Defaul ts key, 238
restori ng
defaul ts, 238
system defaul ts, 250
resul ts data, i denti fyi ng bl ock
si ze, 286
Resume key, 176
resume the measurement, 175
Reverse Bi tmap
format, 115
Reverse Bi tmap key, 115
RF burst gate tri gger, 221
RF Burst key, 221, 275
RF Coupl i ng key, 138
RF key, 137
RMS detecti on (averagi ng), 74
RMS detecti on command
(averagi ng), 72, 86
RST term, 31
S
Sampl e key, 82
save
fi l e, 111
Save front-panel key, 205
Save key, 111
Save Now key, 112
Save User Preset key, 196, 229
save, I EEE command, 361
saved
state, 31
savi ng
trace data, 127
user preset, 196, 229
scal e per di vi si on, 37
scal e type
Li near, 38
Log, 38
Scal e Type key, 38
Scal e/Di v key, 37
SCPI
versi on of, 261
SCPI errors duri ng executi on, 224
SCPI LAN
control , 243
socket, 242
tel net, 242
SCPI LAN key, 241
SCPI l anguage
basi c i nfo, 281
command parameters, 284
command syntax, 281
keyword parameters, 284
val i d commands, 282
SCPI socket control port, 243
screen di vi si ons, scal i ng, 37
Screen fi l e type, 106
Screen fi l es
Bi tmap, 106
Screen key, 109
Search Param key, 188
searchi ng
parameters, 188
428
Index
I
n
d
e
x
peak excursi on, 188
peak threshol d, 189
peaks, 185, 186, 187
Securi ty (Enabl e), 256
Securi ty Erase Al l
key, 255
Securi ty Erase User, 256
Sel ect Marker key, 155
sel ecti ng
ac coupl i ng, 138
ampl i tude reference, 137
col or pal ette, 249
dc coupl i ng, 138
di rectori es, 110, 117, 120, 122,
124, 125, 126
di spl ay col or schemes, 248, 249
external mi xi ng, 142, 143, 144,
145
frequency reference
external , 245
i nternal , 245
i nstrument modes, 180
marker pai rs, 155
markers, 155
Marker Trace, 160
mi xi ng bands, 142, 143, 144,
145
modes, 180
si gnal I D, 147
si gnal i ndent, 146
si ngl e or conti nuous sweep, 214
source, 123
sweep ti me, 213
sweep type
FFTs/Span, 59
ti me gate, 216, 217
sel ecti ng pri nter paper si ze, 201
sel ecti ng the presel ector, 41, 42,
140, 141
sel f-test, 362
seri al number, query, 358
Servi ce key, 260
servi ce request enabl e regi ster,
344, 352
servi ce request, I EEE command,
361
servi ce requests, 337, 341, 345
Set Date key, 232
Set Ti me key, 231
setti ng
center frequency, 131
center frequency step, 134
date, 232
frequency offset, 135
numeri c data fi l e format, 128
parameters
peak search, 190
start frequency, 132
stop frequency, 133
the i nput port, 137
ti me, 231
ti me and date, 230
tri gger
external tri gger i nput, 275
free run, 273
l i ne, 274
offset, 277
pol ari ty, 276
RF Burst, 275
ti me del ay, 276
vi deo, 274
setup gate vi ew, 217
show errors, 223
Show Errors key, 223
Show Hdwr key, 247
Show Li cense key, 253
Show System key, 246
showi ng
hardware, 247
l i cense, 253
system, 246
SI CL LAN, 313
SI CL over LAN, 244
Si gnal I D Mode key, 147
Si gnal I ndent key, 146
Si gnal Track key, 136
Si ngl e front-panel key, 207
si ngl e measurement, 175
socket LAN
programmi ng, 318
wi th C program, 319
wi th Java program, 319
socket programmi ng, 309
sockets over LAN, 242, 243
sort
by date, 109
by extensi on, 110
by name, 109
by si ze, 110
order up down, 110
Sort key, 109, 119, 122, 123, 125
source
sel ecti ng, 123
Source key, 115
Span key, 209, 210
Span Pai r key, 158
span X scal e
menu map, 412
SPAN X Scal e front-panel key,
209
Spectrum Anal ysi s key, 180
SRE command, 342
SRQ, 337, 341, 361
SRQ command, 345
standard event status, 353
enabl e regi ster , 355
standard event status byte,
enabl e and read, 357
standard event status regi ster,
I EEE command, 358
Start Freq key, 132
start measurement, 176, 362
State
fi l e type, 105
state
get data, 359
recal l i ng, 360
saved, 31
savi ng, 361
State key, 108
State Saved term, 31
states
automati c detecti on, 79
status
preset, 364
status byte
cl eari ng, 357
regi ster system, 337, 341, 347,
348, 349
status byte regi ster, 350
status byte, I EEE command, 361
status enabl e regi ster, 355
status regi ster
operati on status, 355
questi onabl e status, 356
status regi sters, 347, 348, 349
operati on, 355
questi onabl e, 355
setti ng and queryi ng, 342
status subsystem, 363
STB command, 342
Stop Freq key, 133
stri ng parameter (vari abl es), 285
Subnet Mask key, 241
sweep
menu map, 413
moni tori ng status of, 355
Sweep Cont/Si ngl e key, 214
SWEEP front-panel key, 213
sweep poi nts, 221
sweep states, swi tchi ng, 215
Sweep Ti me key, 213
sweep ti me, automati c, 215
sweep tri gger edge setup, 218,
219
synchroni zati on, 359, 362
system
menu map, 414
System front-panel key, 223
system message, 260, 261
Index
429
I
n
d
e
x
T
tal ker, 335
tel net over LAN, 242
tel net, usi ng, 307
temperature condi ti on regi ster,
380, 381, 382
terms
*RST, 31
book, 31
defi ni ti on, 31
dependenci es/coupl i ngs, 31
exampl e, 31
factory preset, 31
maxi mum val ue, 31
remote command, 31
state saved, 31
test
l i mi ts, 93
margi n, 94
Test key, 93
test, I EEE command, 362
throughput, i mprovi ng, 289
ti me
di spl ay on/off, 230
di spl ayi ng, 230
setti ng, 230, 231
ti me correcti ons, 238
ti me gate, 216, 217
Ti me key, 161
l i mi ts
frequency, 96
ti me parameter (vari abl es), 285
ti me sel ecti ve spectrum anal ysi s,
64
ti me si nce power-on, 261
Ti me/Date key, 230
ti meout errors, 320
ti mi ng control , 359, 362
Ti tl e key, 102
Trace
fi l e type, 105
trace
desti nati on, 119
poi nts, 127
savi ng, 127
transfer data, 127
Trace + State
format, 115
key, 115
Trace + State trace type, 105
Trace 1 key, 116, 120
Trace 2 key, 116, 120
Trace 3 key, 116, 120
trace averagi ng, 377, 378
trace data format, 286
trace di spl ay, 135
trace format, 128
Trace key, 108, 265
trace poi nts, 264
trace type
CSV, 106
Trace + State, 105
trace/vi ew
menu map, 418
Trace/Vi ew front-panel key, 263
tri g
menu map, 419
Tri g Del ay key, 276
TRI G front-panel key, 273
Tri g Offset command, 277
Tri g Sl ope key, 276
tri gger
moni tori ng status of, 355
tri gger measurement, 176
tri gger pol ari ty, gate, 218
tri gger source
gate, 220, 221
tri gger, I EEE command, 362
turni ng markers off, 159
type
l ower l i mi t, 92
upper l i mi t, 92
Type key, 92, 107, 114, 119, 121,
123, 124
U
uni ts parameter (commands), 284
unl ocked hardware
moni tori ng status of, 356
upper, 92
upper l i mi t, 92
USB connecti on, 244, 245
user
correcti on, 49
User key, 227
User Preset key, 194
user s reference, usi ng, 31
usi ng external mi xers, 138
V
vari abl e parameter (commands),
284
vari abl es
angl e parameter, 285
bi t_data parameter, 285
degree parameter, 285
frequency parameter , 285
i nteger parameter, 285
parameters, 285
percent parameter, 285
phase parameter, 285
power parameter, 285
rel ati ve power parameter, 285
stri ng parameter, 285
ti me parameter, 285
vol tage parameter, 285
VBW/RBW key, 69
VBW/RBW rati o, 69
VEE over socket LAN, 318
VEE, usi ng i t over LAN, 318
vi deo averagi ng, 72
vi deo bandwi dth, adjusti ng, 68
Vi deo BW, 68
Vi deo BW key, 68
Vi deo key, 274
Vi deo Out connector functi onal i ty,
216
Vi ew key, 266
vi ew of gate setup, 217
VI SA l i brari es, 314
VI SA l i brary, 328, 330
Vi si on I mpai r 1 key, 248
Vi si on I mpai r 2 key, 248
vol tage averagi ng, 72
Vol tage Avg key, 74
vol tage parameter (vari abl es),
285
Vol ts key, 44
VSA versus PSA seri es
(programmi ng compati bi l i ty),
299
VTL, compi l i ng and l i nki ng C
l anguage, 328
W
wai t, I EEE command, 362
Watts key, 44
wi ndows
Marker Tabl e, 162
X
X Axi s Uni ts key, 100
Y
Y Axi s Uni ts
dBm, 43
dBmV, 43, 44
dBuV, 45, 46
vol ts, 44
watts, 44
Y Axi s Uni ts key, 42
Z
Zero Span key, 211
430
Index
I
n
d
e
x